San Diego County Sheriff's Detention Service Policy and Procedure Manual

SAN DIEGO COUNTY
SHERIFFS DEPARTMENT
Detention Services Bureau

Policy and Procedure
Manual
(Effective March 10, 2016)
San Diego County Sheriffs Department Detention Services Bureau Manual of Policies and Procedures
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
SEPTEMBER 8, 2009
A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADMINISTRATION, ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

A.1
Philosophy, Goals and Policies
A.3
Table of Organization
A.5
Definitions; Policy and Procedure Manual
A.7
Review and Endorsement; Policy and Procedure Manual
A.9
Numbering System and Format: Policy and Procedure Manual
A.10 Intranet Library of Policies and Procedures

A.11 Distribution; Policy and Procedure Manual
A.12 Historical Files; Policy and Procedure Manual
A.15
Public Information Plan
A TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

A.1
PHILOSOPHY, GOALS AND POLICIES
PURPOSE:
The Sheriffs detention facilities shall be operated in accordance with established Department Policy and
Procedures, California State Law, applicable case law and acceptable professional standards. The
mission of the Detention Services Bureau is to provide professional detention services in a safe and
humane environment.
POLICY:
The Constitutional Rights of inmates shall be protected. The basic physical and mental health needs of
persons incarcerated within the Sheriffs detention facilities shall be maintained. Inmate programming,
counseling and spiritual support shall be provided, to the degree possible, with the aim of inducing selfimprovement opportunities for those incarcerated.
A.1 PHILOSOPHY, GOALS AND POLICIES

#15//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
A.3
TABLE OF ORGANIZATION
PURPOSE
To establish and define organization of the Detention Services Bureau and the application of basic
principles, including organization by: function, unity of command, delineation of responsibility and
delegation of authority.
POLICY
The Detention Services Bureau shall define a formal organizational structure with clearly defined and
articulated components. The chain of command and the functional division of its components shall be
compiled to be evidently perceived by all members of the Sheriffs Department.
PROCEDURE
I.
Under the supervision of the Sheriff of San Diego County and the direct supervision of the
undersheriff, the assistant sheriff in charge of the Detention Services Bureau, is responsible and
accountable for operating and maintaining all Sheriff's detention facilities.
II.
The Detention Services Bureau is comprised of three commands: Detention Operations

Command Area 1, Detention Operations Command Area 2 and Detention Operations Command
Area 3. Each area of command is administered by a Sheriff's commander.
A.
Detention Operations Command Area 1 is comprised of the following facilities/units:

1.
The Inmate Processing Division (IPD) is administered by an inmate processing

manager.
2.
The East Mesa Reentry Facility (EMRF) is administered by a Sheriffs captain.
3.
The Detention Support Division (DSD) is administered by a Sheriffs captain.

This division includes the Jail Information Management System Unit (JIMS) and
County Parole & Alternative Custody (CPAC).
4.
Reentry Services is administered by a reentry manager. The division also

includes counseling services.
a.
Inmate Welfare Fund
b.
Print shop
c.
Vocational trades
A.3 TABLE OF ORGANIZATION

#15//09
Page 1 of 2
5.
B.
C.
D.
III.
The Inmate Services Division is administered by an inmate services manager.

The division includes:
a.
Laundry
b.
Commissary
c.
Central warehouse
Detention Operations Command Area 2 is comprised of the following facilities/units:

1.
The San Diego Central Jail (SDCJ) is administered by a Sheriff's captain.
2.
The South Bay Detention Facility (SBDF) is administered by a Sheriff's

lieutenant.
3.
The Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility (LCDRF) is administered by a

Sheriff's captain.
4.
The Vista Detention Facility (VDF) is administered by a Sheriff's captain.
5.
The Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) is administered by a Sheriff's

lieutenant.
6.
The Prisoner Transportation Detail (PTD) is administered by a Sheriff's

lieutenant.
The Detention Operations Command Area 3 is comprised of the following

facilities/units:
1.
The George Bailey Detention Facility (GBDF) and Facility 8 (FAC 8) are
administered by a Sheriffs captain.
2.
The Detentions Training Unit (DTU) is administered by a Sheriff's lieutenant.
3.
The Medical Services Division (MSD) is administered by a medical services

administrator.
4.
The Detention Investigations Unit (DIU) is administered by a Sheriff's lieutenant.
5.
The Food Services Division is administered by a food services manager.
Each facility captain, lieutenant and unit manager is responsible for the efficient and
effective daily operation of their assigned facilities/unit. Procedures for the efficient and
effective daily operation of the facilities/unit shall be established, and periodically
reviewed and modified to meet individual needs and legal mandates.
ORGANIZATION CHART
The structure of the Detention Services Bureau is shown on the following organizational chart
(DSB Organization Chart). This chart is updated annually during the departments budget
process.
A.3 TABLE OF ORGANIZATION

#15//09
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.5
DEFINITIONS: POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL
A.7, A.9, A.11
PURPOSE:
A statement as to the reason a policy and procedure is necessary. The first paragraph of a policy and
procedure section shall be the Purpose statement.
POLICY:
A statement, or description, of the departments attitude toward a given subject. Such statement (or
description) shall be the framework within which personnel are to operate and a guide for decisionmaking. The second paragraph of a policy and procedure section shall be a Policy statement.
DEFINITION:
Policies and procedures are the written rules and guidelines that govern operations within the San Diego
County Sheriffs Detention Services Bureau. The categorical codification system is the means by which
written guidelines can be added, revised, deleted and easily found.
The manual is to be a living document, subject to revision as conditions change. Revisions are
encouraged at any time, by any employee, and are not restricted to the annual review period (see Review
and Endorsement, A.7).
PROCEDURE:
An established order of logical steps to be followed in order to comply with the policy. Such steps shall
be detailed enough to minimize confusion, yet concise enough to be easily understood. The procedure
shall follow the policy and be written in outline form (see Numbering System, and Format A.9).
A.5 DEFINITIONS: POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

#15//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.7
DETENTION SERVICES BUREAU POLICY AND
PROCEDURE MANUAL REVIEW, REVISION, AND
ACCOUNTABILITY
A.11, A.12
PURPOSE
To provide a process for review and revision of the Detention Services Bureau Policy and Procedure
Manual.
POLICY
The Detention Services Bureau Policy and Procedure (P&P) Manual will be reviewed and updated as
needed to reflect changes necessary due to inspections, legal updates and formal input from department
personnel. Submission of proposed changes to policy and procedures are encouraged from all members
of the department. Proposals can be submitted through the chain of command to the P&P committee.
The P&P committee will review all detention policies annually.
PROCEDURE:
I.
COMMITTEE
A.
The Detention Services Bureau commanders will appoint a captain or lieutenant of the
Detention Support Division as the chairperson of the Detention Services Policy and
Procedure Committee (P&P committee).
B.
A lieutenant or sergeant from each detention facility, as selected by the facility

commander, shall be designated to serve on the P&P committee.
C.
The detention operations area commanders will designate manager(s), or other staff, to
serve as P&P committee members from the following disciplines: Food Services, Inmate
Processing, Inmate Services, Reentry Services and Medical Services.
D.
II.
The P&P committee chairperson may request that representatives from other bureaus
attend committee meetings to ensure consistency and continuity of services (i.e. Court
Services, JIMS, etc).
REVISION PROCESS
A.
The members of the P&P committee will serve as auditors for their respective designated
policy sections during annual policy and procedure reviews. They will accept
recommendations for revisions and submit to the committee.
B.
The P&P committee will study, review, track and finalize proposed revisions to policies
and procedures as assigned by the chairperson.
A.7 DSB P&P MANUAL REVIEW, REVISION AND ACCOUNTABILITY

#15//08
Page 1 of 2
C.
III.
The P&P committee will present substantive and operational changes in policies and
procedures to the Detention Services Bureau chain of command for approval.
1.
The committee representative responsible for that respective section revises the
P&P and emails it, along with a justification, to the P&P committee secretary.
The secretary then attaches a cover sheet and emails the proposed changes to the
committee and up the chain of command for review and approval.
2.
Minor grammatical, typographic and non-substantive changes may be approved

by the committee chairperson, then edited and posted to the Intranet by the P&P
committee secretary.
D.
The P&P committee secretary will update the Sheriffs Intranet upon final approval of
the assistant sheriff of the Detention Services Bureau. (See A.11 Distribution of P&P
Manual).
E.
The P&P committee chairperson, via the P&P committee secretary, will electronically
notify all department personnel of changes or updates to the Intranet version of P&P, at
which time the policy will become effective (See III below).
F.
The P&P committee secretary will maintain a P&P historical file on compact disc.
Updates will be assigned control numbers that indicate the year of revision and the
sequential number of revisions that year i.e., 90-01 (1990- first revision or set of
revisions).
ACCOUNTABILITY
A.
The Sheriff's Intranet is the authorized source for Detention Services Bureau P&P.
B.
Upon department-wide electronic notification of a policy change or update, facility or

unit training personnel designated by the facility commanders and manager, will review
the changes and provide the appropriate training to all personnel.
C.
Facilities will also maintain current manual copies for review by all personnel.
Revisions to the manual will be provided electronically by the P&P committee
chairperson, via the P&P committee secretary, identifying the revision control number,
and the justification for the change.
D.
An updated checklist will be included in every manual. The checklist will have the
control number of the revision, date inserted, and the identification of the person
updating the manual.
E.
Each facility commander and division manager will be responsible for encouraging
participation in the review process, on an on-going basis, by all employees and concerned
public and community agencies. Any recommendations should be forwarded to the P&P
committee.
A.7 DSB P&P MANUAL REVIEW, REVISION AND ACCOUNTABILITY

#15//08
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.9
NUMBERING SYSTEM AND FORMAT: P&P
MANUAL
A.5, A.7, A.11
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To ensure uniformity concerning which procedures shall be in the manual and their proper placement
therein. A standardized format will ease comprehension.
POLICY
The numbering and formatting of Departmental Policy and Procedures will be consistent with the format
set forth in this section.
I.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
A.
Subjects will be arranged according to the categorization of the "Standards for Adult
Local Detention Facilities," published by the American Correctional Association. (See
table of contents page)
B.
Numbers will be assigned to the various subjects according to the "table of contents" of
this manual. Said number will consist of the appropriate capital letter followed by a
period and a number, (e.g., "A.9", "Number System and Format").
1.
Where possible, procedures will be written in generalized terms to apply to all

facilities. If necessary, individual facilities may supplement the general
procedures with additional or clarifying procedures unique to their operating
conditions. Said additional procedures will be printed on green paper, and will be
known as "green sheets." They shall be placed immediately following the
appropriate "General Procedure."
2.
"Green sheets" will bear the same subject title, and the same number as the
general procedure. In addition, a letter designator will follow the number as
follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
San Diego Central Jail will use the letter C

Facility 8 will use the letter "F"
East Mesa Reentry Facility will use the letter "M"
George Bailey Detention will use the letter "G"
Las Colinas Detention and Reentry will use the letter "L"
South Bay Detention will use the letter "S"
Vista Detention will use the letter "V"
For example: Vistas supplemental "green sheet" for section "L.11 would be
L.1l.V).
A.9 NUMBERING SYSTEM AND FORMAT: P&P MANUAL
#15//08
Page 1 of 3
II.
3.
No "green sheets" will be placed in this manual, except as a supplement to a

general Policy and Procedures section that applies to at least two facilities.
4.
"Green sheets" will be on the same form and in the same format, as the General
Procedures. They will not need the "Related Sections" or "In Compliance To"
categories, nor the "Purpose" and "Policy" paragraphs, as these will be on the
"General Procedures".
5.
It will be the responsibility of individual commands to prepare their own "green

sheets." They will not be subject to the "Review and Endorsement Procedure",
(Section A.7) but must be approved by the facility commander and a copy must
be sent to the Sheriff's Legal Advisor.
FORMAT
A.
B.
The manual will use a standard outline format, as follows:

I
Roman numerals to designate major categories
Capital letters for subjects within categories.
Numbers for sub-sections
Lower case letters for sub-sub sections.
Example (Indent as shown)

I.
A.
1.
2.
3.
a.
b.
c.
B.
Etc.
Etc.
C.
Rules of Thumb
1.
Do not use an I if there is no II
2.
Do not use an A if there is no B
3.
Do not use a 1 if there is no 2

#15//08
Page 2 of 3
4.
III.
Do not use an a if there is no b
TYPING AND PRINTING

A.
Double space between paragraphs, and single space all else.
B.
Even numbered pages are to be printed on the back of the odd numbered pages to save
space.
C.
Form headings.
1.
Date Date of latest revision
2.
Number Appropriate letter and number according to the table of contents, and
the desired order.
3.
Subject Select a title that can be easily found in the Index.
4.
Related Sections List other policy sections related to this section.

#15//08
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.10
INTRANET LIBRARY OF POLICIES AND
PROCEDURES
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To establish a process to file a secure policy and procedures manual in the computer, with reading and
printing access to all personnel.
POLICY
A computer web based intranet library file will be established that can be accessed by all personnel. A
librarian will be established who has responsibility for maintaining the file, using security precautions to
retain the integrity of the text.
PROCEDURE
I.
DETENTION SERVICES BUREAU P&P ACCESS

The intranet library for the Detention Services Bureau P&P Manual can be accessed by any
Sheriffs employee with intranet access.
II.
A.
All employees can read P&P and print hard copies directly from the intranet library.
B.
The intranet library can be accessed by double clicking on Internet Explorer which
brings you to the Sheriffs homepage. From the Bureau drop down menu, select
Detention Services Bureau under "Documents" click on Detention P&P. Select a
policy section from the policies listed or complete a search for specific items.
RESTRICTED ACCESS
The librarian, who is the P&P committee secretary, has responsibility for maintaining the library
and editing the files. Editing access is restricted to the librarian and the P&P committee
chairperson.
A.10 INTRANET LIBRARY OF POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

#15//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.11
DISTRIBUTION: POLICY AND PROCEDURE
MANUAL
A.5, A.7, A.9, A.12
PURPOSE
To ensure all Detention Services Bureau employees have ready access to current copies of all pertinent
policies and procedures.
POLICY
The Detention Services Bureau Manual of Policies and Procedures shall be distributed in a manner to
allow for easy access by all concerned.
PROCEDURE
I.
Copies of the manual shall be distributed by the P&P committee secretary as follows:
ASSIGNED TO:
Detention Services Bureau
Inmate Services Manager
San Diego Central Jail
Facility 8
Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility
South Bay Detention Facility
Vista Detention Facility
East Mesa Reentry Facility
George Bailey Detention Facility
Medical Administrator
Food Services Manager
# OF COPIES
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
Each facility/division manager will create a facility green sheet designating the person(s) who
will be responsible for keeping the manuals updated. The green sheet will also include that a
hard copy of the policy will be available in the facility administrative office as well as the watch
commander's office.
A.11 DISTRIBUTION: POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

#15//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.12
HISTORICAL FILES: POLICY AND PROCEDURE
MANUAL
A.11
PURPOSE
To provide an organized repository for deleted, superseded or modified Detention Services Bureau
Policies and Procedures (Detention P&P). Availability of this information is frequently critical in
litigation.
POLICY
All deleted, superseded, or modified Detention P&P sections are to be retained for a period of ten years.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
DETENTION P&P SECTIONS (white sheets)

A.
The P&P committee secretary, of the Detention Services Bureau, will be responsible for
maintaining the Historical File of all Detention P&P sections.
B.
The P&P committee secretary will create an updated data file on compact disc each
month containing all policies and procedures and facility green sheets.
C.
A hard copy of all approved policies with justifications will be retained for a period of ten
years.
FACILITY/DIVISION SECTIONS (green sheets)

Each facility or division manager will designate one position to be responsible for maintaining
the Historical File of all sections specific to that operation (green sheets).
A.12 HISTORICAL FILES: POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

#15//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 8, 2013
A.15
PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN
TITLE 15 CCR SECTION 1045
PURPOSE
To establish a plan for dissemination of useful information to the public, inmates, other governmental
agencies and news media.
POLICY
Information about the detentions system, procedures and programs will be made available on the
Sheriffs public website and at each detention facility. The information will meet or exceed the
requirements of Title 15, section 1045.
PROCEDURE
I. The Detention Support Division will maintain information for the Public Information Plan on the
Sheriff's website. The plan will minimally include the procedural information listed in Title 15,
section 1045, as well as the full text of Title 15.
II. The Public Information Plan will be made available on the Sheriffs public website
(http://www.sdsheriff.net/jailinfo.html) under the heading Jail Information and in printed form at
each facility.
III. The Public Information Plan on the public website shall be reviewed annually by the Detention
Support Division.
IV. Each detention facility will develop a green sheet to identify the location and position to
maintain facility copies.
A.15 PUBLIC INFORMATION PLAN

#13//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FISCAL MANAGEMENT
B.1
Audit of Detention Facilities
B.3
Cash Controls and Operations
B.5
Inmates Money Orders and Checks
B.7
Bail or Fine Receipt Changes
B.9
Inmate Welfare Trust Fund Guidelines
B.11
Inmate Purchase from Sheriffs Commissary Stores
B.13
Sheriffs Commissary Internal Controls and Procedures
B.15
Budget Preparation and Control
B.19
Fiscal System Accounting for Revenue and Expenditures
B.21
Employee Expense Reimbursement
B.23
Financial Reporting to Detention Services Bureau Commanders
B.27
Requisition and Purchase of Supplies and Equipment
B.29
Personnel Position Control, Records and Payroll
B.31
Insurance Coverage
B.33
Space and Equipment Requirements
B.35
Personnel Performance Review and Needs Assignment
B.37
Records Retention and Destruction
B.39
Shared Account Watch Commanders Logs
B TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.1
AUDIT OF DETENTION FACILITIES
ICW GOVT CODE 26644; SD CO CHARTER ART.
VIII, SEC 801, 802, 803
PURPOSE
To ensure detention facilities budgets are audited as required by law.
POLICY
Each detention facilitys budget shall be audited annually.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each detention facility is subject to an audit by the Countys outside auditor, and the County
Auditor and Controller.
II.
At a minimum, the detention facility services senior accountant will perform audits
annually.
III.
The Auditor and Controller will make periodic scheduled management audits of the detention
facilities.
B.1 AUDIT OF DETENTION FACILITIES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 3, 2008
B.3
CASH CONTROLS AND OPERATIONS
B.1 & B.5
PURPOSE
To establish controls and guidelines for cash operations within the detention facilities.
POLICY
Proper management controls and procedures will be adhered to for all detention cash handling
operations.
PROCEDURE
I.
All cash operations shall be governed by written cash handling procedures.

A.
Procedures shall be available for reference at each workstation where cash handling
operations occur.
B.
Procedures will establish the responsibility of staff within the detention facilities in regard
to cash and shall cover the procedures listed below where applicable.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
General Cash Procedure

Checking Account Maintenance
Safe Operation
Bail or Fine Cash
Booking Cash
Final Release Cash
Cashier Cash
Accounting Office Cash
II.
Detention facility supervisors will provide training to appropriate staff using the written cash
handling procedures.
III.
The written cash handling procedures are to be reviewed on an on-going basis (and updated
annually) by submitting suggested changes to the Financial Services Division manager.
B.3 CASH CONTROLS AND OPERATIONS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

B.5
INMATE MONEY ORDERS AND CHECKS
P.3, P.5, Q.47
PURPOSE
To provide a secure process for the receipt of approved checks, money orders or government
checks/drafts and posting of funds for persons in custody.
POLICY
Detention facilities shall allow inmates to sign and cash approved money orders, cashiers checks or
government checks/drafts. Detention facilities shall allow persons to place cash deposits on an inmates
account. Amounts that would place an inmates account balance over $500 will not be accepted.
Personal checks shall be accepted only for the purpose of posting bail or paying fines (refer to DSB P&P
Q.47).
PROCEDURE
I.
The following documents can be accepted:

A.
Cashiers checks from United States banks.
B.
Money orders issued by U.S. businesses (i.e., U.S. Postal Service, Western Union, Credit
Unions, Banks, Savings & Loans Associations, etc.).
C.
California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and Honor Camp checks (San
Diego County Probation Department) in any denomination.
D.
Other government instruments (i.e., government payroll, retirement checks or other

similar drafts).
NOTE: An inmates account may be increased over the $500.00 limit and checks, or
money orders in excess of $200.00 may be accepted for cashing with the approval of a
detention processing supervisor or watch commander.
II.
Unacceptable checks or money orders:

A.
Checks or money orders in EXCESS of $200 delivered to the Information Office for
deposit into an inmate's account.
B.
Checks or money orders in EXCESS of $200 received in the U.S. mail. Staff will
complete an Incoming Property Receipt (J-53 form) with the description of the item (the
serial/check number, denomination, and bank or company name where appropriate). The
B.5 INMATE MONEY ORDERS AND CHECKS

#15//10
Page 1 of 3
check or money order will be placed in the inmate's property with the appropriate copy of
the J-53 form.
C.
III.
Personal checks (other than for the purpose of posting bail). Staff will complete a J-53
form with the description of the item (the check number, denomination, and bank or
company name where appropriate). The check or money order will be placed in the
inmate's property with the appropriate copy of the J-53.
The following procedures shall be followed when approved checks, money orders, or cash are
received through the mail.
A.
B.
Cash
1.
The deputy will complete aJ-53 form with the denomination amount in the
description section.
2.
The deputy will hand deliver the cash to the Custody Information Office with the
J-53 form. The detention information assistant will immediately post the money
to the inmate's account and print the funds receipt.
3.
The inmate's copies of the funds receipt and the J-53 form will be given to the
deputy and delivered to the inmate.
Approved checks and money orders (delivered to the Custody Information Office or
through U.S. mail)
1.
The deputy shall contact the inmate and advise him/her of the receipt of the
check/money order.
a)
b)
If the inmate desires to have the check/money order cashed and the funds
placed on his/her inmate funds account:
(1)
The inmate will be provided with a Check Cashing Form (J-48

form).
(2)
The J-48 form shall be filled out completely and signed in the
presence of the deputy. The inmate will also endorse the
check/money order.
(3)
The deputy shall deliver the endorsed check and J-48 form to the
locked box/drawer marked for the accountant.
(4)
The detention facility accountant shall retrieve and process the

request according to established guidelines.
If the inmate does not wish to have the funds placed on his/her inmate
funds account, the deputy will complete a J-53 form with the description
of the item (the serial/check number, denomination, and bank or company
name where appropriate). The check or money order will be placed in the
inmate's property with the appropriate copy of the J-53 form.

#15//10
Page 2 of 3
IV.
Posting of funds to the inmates account shall be subject to a waiting period of five (5) working
days if the check/money order is in excess of $200.00. Checks issued by a federal, state or
county agency may be posted to an inmates account immediately upon receipt of the signed J-48
form by the accounting personnel.
V.
To cash a check or money order, the inmate must endorse the check and fill out the upper portion
of the J-48 form in triplicate. All of the information requested must be filled in. After the
waiting period of five (5) working days expires, and/or the money has been deposited into the
inmates account (reflecting the new balance), the pink copy of the J-48 form shall be returned to
the inmate.
VI.
If a check or money order is not honored, it shall be returned to the inmates property with the
endorsement canceled. A property receipt will be given to the inmate.
VII.
Occasionally, an inmate shall be released from custody before the five (5) working days waiting
period has expired. The detention facility accountant shall send a notice by mail to the
individual advising they have an unclaimed amount of money at the detention facility. The
subject shall be advised to contact the detention facility accounting office so payment may be
arranged. The individual must be advised to bring proper identification.

#15//10
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.7
BAIL OR FINE RECEIPT CHANGES
PURPOSE
To ensure legal and departmental requirements are met when correcting bail or fine receipts.
POLICY
Minor corrections on bail or fine receipts are acceptable, EXCEPT when the change (s) involves the
AMOUNT of the bail.
PROCEDURE
I.
Minor corrections must be legible, and may include such items as court appearance date, court
location and booking number. The person making the correction must initial corrections.
II.
Any major corrections necessary, such as a change in the money amount, will require that a new
receipt be written. The original receipt is to be VOIDED.
III.
When voiding a receipt, VOID must be written across the face of the receipt. The reason for
the VOID must be noted and the signature of the person voiding the receipt be placed on it. In
addition, the signature of the senior office assistant, Detention Processing supervisor or watch
commander will be obtained on the voided receipt.
B.7 BAIL OR FINE RECEIPT CHANGES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.9
INMATE WELFARE FUND GUIDELINES
ICW/P.C. 4024; CAC TITLE 15, SUBCHAPTER4,
SECTION 1043
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines, responsibilities, controls, and accountability for the operation and effectiveness
of the Inmate Welfare Fund.
POLICY
The Inmate Welfare Fund will be administered by an Inmate Welfare Committee solely for the benefit,
education and welfare of the inmates in compliance with Penal Code Section 4025; California
Administrative Code, Title 15, Subchapter 4, Section 1043; and other legal mandates.
PROCEDURE
Inmate Welfare Fund operating procedures will be in accordance with the Inmate Welfare Fund
Operations Manual. Changes, additions and modifications of the manual will be the responsibility of the
Inmate Welfare Committee.
B.9 INMATE WELFARE FUND GUIDELINES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 21, 2015

B.11
INMATE PURCHASES FROM SHERIFFS
COMMISSARY STORES
B.9, T.7, T.9 P.C. SECTION 4025
PURPOSE
To provide for inmate purchase of approved items not furnished by the detention facility.
POLICY
The San Diego County Sheriffs Department Commissary will provide items for sale to inmates.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Sheriffs Commissary will provide for sales of confectionery, postage, writing materials,
toilet articles and sundries to inmates.
II.
The sale prices for the articles offered for sale, shall be fixed by the commissary stores
supervisor and approved by the Inmate Services Division manager at such amounts as will render
the Commissary self-supporting, and, in addition, provide a small margin of profit.
III.
Profits from the Sheriffs Commissary will be deposited in the Inmate Welfare Fund through the
County Treasurer.
IV.
Inmate commissary purchases shall be conducted in accordance with Detention P&P section T.9.
B.11 INMATE PURCHASES FROM SHERIFFS COMMISSARY STORES

#15//06
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.13
SHERIFFS COMMISSARY INTERNAL CONTROL
AND PROCEDURES
B.9, B.11, T.9; PC SEC 4025;
GOVT CODE SECTION 25262
PURPOSE
To establish controls and procedures for the operation of the Sheriffs Commissary within the detention
facility
POLICY
Sheriffs Commissary will be operated according to written procedures established by the Inmate
Services Division operations sergeant. Written procedures will be reviewed on an ongoing basis and
updated annually.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Inmate Services Division operations sergeant shall be responsible for maintaining strict
controls on the Sheriffs Commissary operations and for maintaining an accounting system in
compliance with generally accepted accounting principles.
II.
Commissary sales, and bookkeeping shall be executed in compliance with the written procedures
for the Sheriffs Commissary.
III.
The Sheriffs Commissary shall be audited periodically by the Inmate Services Division and the
Division of Inspectional Services. The results are reported to the Financial Services Division,
Detention Services Bureau assistant sheriff, Detention Services Bureau commanders and the
affected facility commanders.
B.13 SHERIFF COMMISSARY STORES INTERNAL CONTROL AND PROCEDURES Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.15
BUDGET PREPARATION AND CONTROL
ICW SD CO. CHARTER ARTICLE VIII, SEC. 800
PURPOSE
To establish responsibility for budget preparation and control.
POLICY
The Detention Services Bureau will prepare, monitor, and control an annual budget in accordance with
guidelines established in the County Operational Plan.
PROCEDURE
I.
Detention facility commanders are responsible for preparation of annual budget requests.
II.
Bureau and facility commanders will monitor budget expenditures utilizing Oracle and the fiscal
management tool.
III.
Budget transfers between sub-accounts must be approved by the facility commander.
IV.
Budget transfers between facilities must be approved by the respective bureau commanders, with
input from affected facility commanders.
B.15 BUDGET PREPARATION AND CONTROL
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.19
FISCAL SYSTEM ACCOUNTING FOR REVENUE
AND EXPENDITURES
ICW COUNTY CHARTER ART. VIII, SEC. 804
POLICY
To establish a procedure for monitoring detention facility budgets.
POLICY
Each facility commander shall monitor the facility budget to ensure program objectives are met.
PROCEDURE
I.
Reports generated by Oracle are to be used to review the status of the detention facilitys
operation in relation to the budget. The Auditor and Controller produce these reports
approximately every four weeks.
II.
The Oracle Manual provides information on Oracle and the reports that Oracle generates.
III.
The Oracle on-line system is available for use, providing current fiscal information on the
detention facilitys operation. The on-line system can be used for a general overview of the
budget and examination of detail transactions.
B.19 FISCAL SYSTEM ACCOUNTING FOR REVENUE AND EXPENDITURES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.21
EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
ICW SD CO. CHARTER ART.VIII; SD CO. ADM.
CODE ART III; GOVT. CODE 29601; DEPT P&P 6.69
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines providing reimbursement of staff for authorized expenses.
POLICY
Proper procedures are to be followed when reimbursing staff for expenses incurred.
PROCEDURE
I.
All employee reimbursements are governed by the San Diego County Charter, Article VIII; San
Diego County Administrative Code, Article III; and other legal requirements, as well as
procedures established by the Sheriffs Financial Services Division.
II.
Information concerning preparation of specific claims for expenses is to be obtained from the
Sheriffs Financial Services Division.
B.21 EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.23
FINANCIAL REPORTING TO DETENTION
SERVICES BUREAU COMMANDERS
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide direction for obtaining information on detention support and operation functions by bureau
commanders.
POLICY
Financial information on the detention facilitys support and operation functions will be provided to the
Detention Services Bureau commanders.
PROCEDURE
I.
Financial reports generated by the countys centralized accounting system are to be used by the
Detention Services Bureau commanders, facility commanders, and staff to review the operations
of the detention facilities.
II.
Food Services Division reports will be submitted to the Area 3 commander for review of the
food services operation.
III.
Reports on the findings of internal audits are to be submitted to the Detention Services Bureau
commanders.
B.23 FINANCIAL REPORTING TO FACILITY SERVICES COMMANDERS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

B.27
REQUISITION AND PURCHASE OF SUPPLIES AND
EQUIPMENT
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines governing the requisition and purchase of supplies and equipment.
POLICY
Appropriate and established procedures are to be used in the acquisition of supplies and equipment.
PROCEDURE
I.
The requisition of supplies and equipment shall comply with San Diego County Charter, Article
VII, Section 705; San Diego County Administrative Code, Article XXIII; San Diego County
Administrative Manual, Item Number 0090; San Diego County Purchasing Department
Procurement Manual; and all other regulations designated by governmental authority.
II.
All requisitions shall be approved by persons designated by the Financial Services Division.
B.27 REQUISITION AND PURCHASE OF SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT

#15//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.29
PERSONNEL POSITION CONTROL, RECORDS AND
PAYROLL
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To establish a procedure for regulating position control, personnel records and the payroll function for
the detention facilities.
POLICY
Personnel position control, records and payroll function shall comply with all regulations designated by
governmental authority.
PROCEDURE
I.
Position control will be reviewed by the Financial Services Division, Detention Services Bureau
analyst, facility commander and bureau commanders.
II.
Payroll will be based on the use of the Kronos Time Collection System, which will be approved
by supervisory staff.
III.
Financial Services is responsible for determining:
IV.
A.
Persons on the payroll are legally employed.
B.
Positions are authorized in the budget.
C.
Funds are available.
Personnel position control will be coordinated by the Sheriffs Personnel Office.
B.29 PERSONNEL POSITION CONTROL, RECORDS AND PAYROLL
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 18, 2002

B.30
SURPLUS PROPERTY ACQUISITION
PURPOSE
To establish a procedure and appoint an acquisition coordinator to obtain surplus material, equipment,
supplies, etc., from the Federal Government, State and County outlets.
POLICY
It is the intent of the San Diego County Sheriffs Detention Facility Services to obtain and utilize as
much governmental surplus as possible. To that extent, our acquisition coordinator shall monitor what
is available from that source or look for certain items brought to the coordinators attention from the
Detention Facility staff.
PROCEDURE
A.
The Material Supply Supervisors position shall be designated the Acquisition

Coordinator. Whenever Detention Facility staff need equipment, supplies, etc., and funds
may not be available or surplus property would suffice, they should make their needs
known to the Material Supply Supervisor at East Mesa.
B.
Whenever Detention Facility staff are in need of equipment or supplies and surplus
property would suffice, they should make their needs known to the Material Supply
Supervisor at East Mesa.
C.
The Material Supply Supervisor shall check the County, State, and Federal surplus outlets
to see if the specific item is available, or will be. If the item is available, County and
State procedures to obtain it from surplus will be followed.
SURPLUS PROPERTY ACQUISITION
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.31
INSURANCE COVERAGE
PURPOSE
To ensure legal requirements are met in providing insurance protection.
POLICY
Facility insurance coverage will comply with the San Diego County Administrative Code, Article X
(applicable sections); the San Diego County Administrative Manual, Item Number 0080-2; and other
regulations designated by governmental authority.
PROCEDURE
I.
Workers compensation, civil liability, liability for official vehicles and bonding shall be covered
and administered by the Risk Management Unit as directed by the Board of Supervisors.
II.
All claims and forms shall be prepared as directed by the Risk Management Unit.
B.31 INSURANCE COVERAGE
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.33
SPACE AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
PURPOSE
To ensure space and equipment requirements for the detention facilities are properly reviewed and
necessary action taken.
POLICY
Detention facility commanders will review space and equipment needs annually to ensure the facility
accommodates change in the inmate population and program requirements.
PROCEDURE
I.
Detention facility commanders will report findings concerning the space and equipment review
to the Detention Services Bureau commanders, annually, in conjunction with budget preparation.
II.
Detention facility commanders will work with the Detention Services Bureau commanders in
planning the effective use of space and equipment.
B.33 SPACE AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

B.35
PERSONNEL PERFORMANCE REVIEW AND NEEDS
ASSESSMENT
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To ensure the review of employee performance and the planning for future personnel needs.
POLICY
Detention facility commanders will review personnel requirements and performance on a continuous
basis in order to ensure facility objectives are met.
PROCEDURE
I.
Detention facility commanders will assess position functions within the facility on an ongoing
basis to ensure relevancy to the facility objectives.
II.
Personnel performance will be evaluated in compliance with the San Diego County Charter,
Article IX; the San Diego County Administrative Manual, Item Number 0080-04; Sheriffs
Department Policy and Procedure, Section 3.5; Civil Service Rule V; and all other regulations
designated by governmental authority.
B.35 PERSONNEL PERFORMANCE REVIEW AND NEEDS ASSESSMENT

#15//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
B.37
RECORD RETENTION AND DESTRUCTION
ICW GC 26202/26205/26205.1; B/S REC DESTRUCTION
NO 115 7-23-74; AMEND TO REC DESTRUCTION
PURPOSE
To establish a procedure for record retention and destruction.
POLICY
Records shall be retained for the length of time required to satisfy legal, liability, and audit requirements
and shall be disposed of in compliance with legal procedures.
PROCEDURE
I.
All detention records shall be retained for an adequate period of time that will satisfy legal,
liability and audit requirements.
Financial records for the Sheriffs Commissary Working Capital Fund, Inmate Welfare Trust
Fund(s), Food Services Operation, inmate cash accounting, and bail/fine collections shall be
retained for five (5) years.
II.
III.
Records retained within the detention facility should be retained in an orderly manner.
A.
Records should be retained in a sequential format (example: fiscal year, date, document
number, etc., unless otherwise required).
B.
Boxes used to store records in the detention facility should be labeled on the outside as to
the contents of the box. The type of record, inclusive dates, sequential numbers or other
identifying characteristics should be listed.
Because records can consume much needed storage space in the detention facility, off-site
storage is available with the Iron Mountain Storage Facility which is facilitated through the
Financial Services Division (858) 974-2231.
A.
Off-site record storage procedures are covered in the Iron Mountain Users Manual which
is maintained by the Financial Services Division.
B.
Boxes used for standard document storage must measure 15L x12W x 10H which will
hold 1.2 cubic feet of records.
C.
The number of boxes required should be determined. The ordering of boxes is facilitated
through the Financial Services Division but must be purchased by the requesting facility.
D.
Once received, place the records in the boxes listing the box number, record name,
inclusive dates, document numbers (if in sequence) and fiscal year on a separate sheet of
paper. This sheet of paper will be turned over to the appropriate staff member for
preparation of a transmittal form. Each box must have a "Retention Schedule" form
attached to the lower right corner of the numbered box on the end opposite the number.
B.37 RECORD RETENTION AND DESTRUCTION
Page 1 of 2
E.
The "Transmittal of Records" form is prepared in triplicate utilizing the sheet of paper
listing the box numbers and other pertinent information on box contents. The original is
sent to the Iron Mountain Storage Facility, one copy is sent to the Financial Services
Division (MS 0-41) and the other copy is retained on file at the facility.
F.
The Financial Services Division coordinates all pick ups from detention facilities going
to the Iron Mountain Storage Facility.
IV.
In order to access or authorize access of the records stored by the Iron Mountain Storage Facility,
the Sheriffs staff member must be authorized to do so on a County of San Diego Records
Authorization Form RM001. With this form on file with the Financial Services Division
(MS 0-41), records may be accessed or recalled for examination.
V.
In order to destroy records, an Application for Destruction of Records (AUD 100-1) form must
be reviewed and approved by the Financial Services Division manager and then by the County
Auditor and Controller Office.
A.
Instructions for preparation of this form are on the back of the last copy of this form.
B.
Once approved by the Auditor and Controller and the Financial Services Division
manager, the Sheriffs Department may destroy the records in its possession and the Iron
Mountain Storage Facility will destroy the records it is holding.
B.37 RECORD RETENTION AND DESTRUCTION
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

B.39
SHARED ACCOUNT WATCH COMMANDER LOGS
PURPOSE
To establish a method of recording routine and informational events concerning the overall operation of
the facility and daily activities and maintain that information in the computer.
POLICY
A shared account shall be established by each detention facility to record daily activities as compiled
by the watch commander.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
SHARED ACCOUNT ACCESS

A.
The Watch Commander Log can be used by any Sheriffs employee who is authorized
access by the facility administrator. Authorized employees can read the Watch
Commander Log directly from the terminal or print hard copies of any portion of the log.
The shared Watch Commander Account is accessed by entering the WC Log Folder and
selecting the current month.
B.
The shared Watch Commander Log administrator is responsible for maintaining and
updating a list of account users who will be given access to the shared account with
editing authority.
INFORMATION ENTRY
A.
The watch commander, or his designee on each shift, shall record the pertinent the daily
activities occurring during shift. A visiting supervisor will maintain a handwritten/typed
log. The handwritten log shall be submitted to the shared account administrator, or the
next shift supervisor, to enter the information into the computer.
1.
III.
Log entries should be written in short, precise, accurate and businesslike form.
The logs are subject to subpoena. Entries shall be made which will facilitate the
passing of information between shifts regarding the operational and daily
activities of the facilities.
FORMAT
A.
The account administrator will provide a new file for each month, titled with the current
month and year, i.e., July 1994, August 1994. The watch commander, or his designee,
will enter the watch commanders name and the name of each supervising sergeant from
B.39 SHARED ACCOUNT WATCH COMMANDER LOGS

#15//07
Page 1 of 2
the daily deployment into the Watch Commander Log. The Watch Commander Log shall
be maintained in chronological order. Each new entry shall follow the last (without hard
page breaks) to create a continuous document.
IV.
OFFICIAL RECORD
A.
At the end of each month, the administrative staff will electronically reserve, save, and
archive the log to ensure retrieval for a period of time that satisfies legal, liability, and
audit requirements. This stored log will become the official record and should be
accessible in read only format to all personnel.
B.39 SHARED ACCOUNT WATCH COMMANDER LOGS

#15//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 7, 2015
C
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PERSONNEL
C.1
Minimum Staffing
C.2
Radiation and Safety Protection
C TABLE OF CONTENTS
#15//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
JANUARY 27, 2014

C.1
MINIMUM STAFFING
CCR TITLE 15, SEC.1027; CA. STATE PENAL CODE SEC.
4021, PRISON RAPE ELIMINATION ACT OF 2003
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for minimum levels of staffing.
POLICY
Each facility commander shall determine the minimum number of personnel, per shift, necessary to
ensure facility security and staff and inmate safety. The facility commander or designee shall ensure
there is sufficient staff on duty at all times, with the ability to respond in the event of an emergency.
Whenever a female inmate is incarcerated in a facility, there shall be an appropriately trained female
deputy or supervisor assigned, available and accessible for the supervision of the female inmate.
PROCEDURE
I.
Minimum staffing levels should be based on a combination of factors, including but not limited
to peak levels of activity, facility design, ability to provide adequate security for the protection of
staff and inmates, Title 15 guidelines, Board of State and Community Corrections
recommendations and operational flexibility. Each facility will develop a green sheet that
defines minimum staffing levels and how limited staff will effect operations.
When the number of scheduled staff falls below the minimum for an extended period of time,
supervisors may authorize overtime to ensure continuous routine facility operation.
A.
Personnel may be called to work on their regular day off. Time permitting and barring
any extenuating circumstances, overtime shall be offered in the following order:
1.
2.
3.
Facility staff
Bureau staff
Department staff
B.
Personnel may be required to extend their shift. Supervisors should consider deputy
safety when authorizing overtime that extends a 12.5-hour shift or consecutive days
worked without a day off. Unless exigent circumstances exist, personnel will not be
allowed to work more than 18 hours in day.
C.
Minimum staffing levels for routine facility operation should not be exceeded using
overtime.
C.1 MINIMUM STAFFING

#14//01
Page 1 of 2
II.
If staffing levels fall below the minimum level, the watch commander should consider placing
the affected area or facility in restricted movement. If the staffing levels fall to an unsafe
level, programs may be cancelled. All efforts should be made to allow social visits. Professional
visits should not be cancelled due to staffing levels.
III.
A lieutenant shall be on duty at all times in those facilities designated as Booking Facilities
unless approved by the facility commander.
A.
Facility commanders may authorize an acting watch commander. Acting" sergeants

may also be authorized. They should not be utilized as a matter of routine, if minimum
staffing levels are already compromised.
B.
Minimum staffing levels shall be reevaluated during budget reviews and revised as
necessary.
C.1 MINIMUM STAFFING

#14//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
C.2
RADIATION SAFETY AND PROTECTION
TITLE 10,21 AND 17; Code of Federal Regulations and Standards
for Protection against Radiation.
PURPOSE
To ensure proper safety precautions are followed when operating body scan devices.
POLICY
The San Diego County Sheriff's Department is dedicated to all components of workplace safety. This
written program establishes procedures to safeguard the health of Sheriff's employees, volunteers,
visitors, and inmates in the vicinity of a body scan device and to ensure compliance with all applicable
federal and state regulations. Each facility with an x-ray body scan device will ensure that radiation
safety procedures and guidelines are followed to ensure the safe operation of the unit(s).
REFERENCE:
Title 10 (10 CFR Part 20) Code of Federal Regulations, Standards for Protection Against Radiation;
Title 21 (CFR 1020.40) Code of Federal Regulations, Chapter 1, Subchapter J (Radiological Health);
Title 17 (17 CCR)- California Code of Regulations, Public Health Chapter 5, Subchapters 4 and 4.5;
Canon/SecurePASS Operator Maintenance Manual.
Definitions:
Body Scan: X-ray technology used to produce an image revealing the presence of contraband
concealed on or inside of a subject.
Body Scanner: A stationary system for obtaining full height radiographic images of a person to detect
any kind of weapons, explosives, drugs, and other contraband either concealed under clothing,
swallowed or hidden in anatomical cavities of the human body without causing harm to the person being
scanned (SecurePASS System)
X-Ray (x-radiation): A form of electromagnetic radiation similar to light but of shorter wavelength and
capable of penetrating solids and of ionizing gases.
Radiation: Process in which energetic particles or waves travel through a medium or space. X-radiation
is an ionizing radiation.
Radiation Survey: Measurement of the X-radiation equivalent dose rate at the external surfaces of the
body scanner, the personal work station(s), the boundaries of the working zone, and in adjacent rooms if
applicable.
Exposure: A term defining the amount of ionizing radiation that strikes living or inanimate material.
C.2 RADIATION SAFETY AND PROTECTION
#14//10
Page 1 of 5
Dose: The quantity of radiation or energy absorbed.

PROCEDURE
I.
The Lieutenant assigned to the Detentions Support Division shall serve as the Radiation Safety
Officer (RSO) for the Detention Services Bureau.
A.
The RSO will maintain the Radiation Safety and Protection Program and coordinate the
safe operation of x-ray based body scan devices in compliance with applicable State and
Federal regulations.
B.
The RSO will ensure all new or relocated radiation sourcing equipment operated within
the Detention Services Bureau is registered and annual fees are paid to the Radiologic
Health Branch of the California Department of Public Health (form RH2261).
C.
The RSO will ensure all radiation sourcing equipment operated within the Detention
Services Bureau is serviced and maintained in compliance with all applicable State and
Federal requirements.
D.
The RSO will ensure the annual fees for each body scan device is paid to the Radiologic
Health Branch of the California Department of Public Health prior to the effective date of
the license.
Title 17 of the California Code of Regulations, Section 30231 requires above payment
and mandates that failure to do so requires usage of the scanning devices to immediately
cease until all fees have been paid.
II.
The administrative sergeant at each facility operating a body scanner will serve as the facility
section manager and will be responsible for the following:
A.
Report any movement or relocation of a body scan device to the RSO.
B.
Notify the RSO and the Virtual Imaging/Canon representative upon becoming aware of
any maintenance or safety issues related to the body scan device.
C.
Will ensure all radiation sourcing equipment operated within his/her respective facility is
serviced and maintained in compliance with all applicable State and Federal
requirements.
D.
Report new x-ray emitting equipment to the RSO prior to its arrival at the facility.
E.
Ensure only employees who have successfully completed proper training are assigned to
operate the body scanner.
F.
Ensure all parts removal and installation is completed by a qualified service engineer of
the Virtual Imaging and/or designated sub-contractor.
G.
Ensure all survey, service, inspection and instrument calibration records are retained for
the lifetime of the respective body scan device.

#14//09
Page 2 of 5
III.
Body Scanner Operation

A.
Only employees who have successfully completed training will operate the body scanner
equipment.
B.
The operator's manual for each device shall not be removed from the designated work
station for each unit.
C.
Pregnant inmates will not be scanned with a body scanner.
D.
During operation of the body scanner, unauthorized persons are not allowed within the
working zone (approximately 2 meters out from each side of the base of the unit). The
working zone will be clearly marked with black dots on the floor, around the unit. The
device shall be considered operational while the red light on the unit is on.
E.
Each body scan device shall be marked with the following:

Caution! Dangerous Voltage
Caution! Radiation Danger
IV.
Training
A.
Body scanner operator training will consist of the following subject matter:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Design of the scanner

Purpose of basic components
Principals of scanner operation
Radiation and scanner operation safety principles
X-ray history, X-ray tube, penetration & absorption, X-ray scanner features,
limitations of X-rays, and prohibited items
Control of scanner device
Principles of investigation of digital images
Malfunction diagnostics
Health and safety
Practice and knowledge testing
The training staff at each facility will be responsible for training and certifying deputies
to operate the equipment.
V.
SecurePass Body Scanner Safety Features

A.
Safety features are built into the device which minimize the exposure doses to which the
personnel and persons being scanned could be exposed:
1.
2.
3.
X-ray generator is enclosed in the X-ray protection case.

System of slit diaphragms in the X-ray protection case provides a narrow fan
shaped X-radiation beam.
X-ray protection shutter shuts off output of the X-radiation from the generator.

#14//09
Page 3 of 5
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Permanently connected additional X-ray filter.

High-sensitivity digital X-ray converter.
Built in dosimeter for monitoring stability of the X-ray generator.
STOP Button (emergency stop).
Red Signal Lantern when on indicates machine is in operation.
Body Scanner Malfunction

In the event of a scanner malfunction, the X-ray protection shutter shuts off X-radiation
output from the generator. If the X-ray protection shutter fails, high voltage to the X-ray
tube shuts off. The SecurePASS software tests the system when it is turned on and
during the scanning process. Error messages are displayed on the operator's screen.
In the event any of the safety features become inoperable, the systems operator
will shut down the body scan device and immediately notify his/her supervisor.
VI.
Servicing and Survey of Body Scanners

To ensure Virtual Imaging - SecurePASS x-ray based body scan devices are operating within
manufacturer specifications, a calibration, maintenance, and service shall be performed twice a
year by a service engineer as authorized by Virtual Imaging Inc.
Annual Radiation Survey
A radiation survey, that checks to ensure no radiation exposure to operators, shall be performed
on each body scanner device:
VII.
A.
At intervals not exceeding more than 1 year.
B.
Upon installation of a new unit.
C.
Upon relocation of an existing unit.
D.
Immediately following any service that could potentially increase the systems output.
Radiation Doses
Safety of the Persons Being Scanned
The radiation dose to which an arrestee or inmate being scanned is exposed to per scanning
session does/shall not exceed .25 uSv. The SecurPASS scanner allows the same person to be
scanned up to 1,000 times per year which equates to three scans per day without exceeding
existing dose regulations.
Operator Safety
Within an unshielded perimeter of approximately 2 meters from the scanner the maximum dose
rate of the scattered radiation does not exceed 10 uSv per hour.

#14//09
Page 4 of 5
Bystander Safety
For incidental bystanders the level of exposure per day and year is negligibly low. Based on
vendor recommendations the scanning area zone approximately 2 meters out from each side of
the device shall be clearly marked on the floor around each unit.
VIII.
Daily System Check

During each shift, any employee assigned to operate a body scan device will conduct the
following system check prior to utilizing the device:
A.
Inspect the device for obvious damage.
B.
Ensure all access panels are securely in place.
C.
Ensure all external cable connections are secure.
D.
If the system is not already on, turn it on.
E.
Verify that the "Power On" light is lighted.
F.
Record the systems check in JIMS.
If any damage or malfunction is found during the systems check, the employee shall power off
the unit and notify their supervisor and the section manager. The unit will be placed "Out of
Service" until appropriate repairs have been completed.
Emergency Procedures
Should an emergency situation occur, the body scanner device shall be powered off and
appropriate facility personnel and the department RSO will be notified.
If the control panel is not functioning the main power breaker for the system must be shut
off and/or the unit should be unplugged immediately.
If a situation occurs in which staff suspect possible exposure to excessive levels of radiation
while operating the system, they should immediately advise their supervisor and seek medical
attention. If this occurs, the facility commander or designee will immediately discontinue use of
the body scan device.
Upon completion of needed repairs by an authorized service engineer, a Radiation Survey must
be conducted on the identified body scan device. The body scan device can only be cleared to
return to normal operation if and when it is determined to be safe to do so by the authorized
service engineer.

#14//09
Page 5 of 5
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 15, 2016

D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TRAINING AND STAFF DEVELOPMENT
D.1
Philosophy and Goals for Training
D.3
Training Coordinator; Selection and Responsibilities
D.7
Training Officer Selection
D.9
Detention Operation Training
D.11
Detention Supervisor Training
D.13
In-Service Training
D.15
Training in Emergency Plans
D TABLE OF CONTENTS
#16//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

D.1
PHILOSOPHY AND GOALS FOR TRAINING
D.3, D.7, D.9, D.11, D.13, D.15
PURPOSE
To provide staff members with the information and skills necessary to function effectively in the
Detention Services Bureau.
POLICY
The Detention Facility Training Program will have policies and procedures to ensure training programs
for all employees are specifically planned, coordinated, supervised, and evaluated.
PHILOSOPHY AND GOALS
I.
Training is defined as an organized, planned, and evaluated activity designed to achieve specific
learning objectives through classroom studies and closely supervised on-the-job training.
Training may take place within the facility, away at workshops, or special schools.
II.
Staff development is defined as an organized, planned and evaluated activity designed to further
increase the staff members level of competence, which enables them to function more
effectively.
A.
Training and development of sworn and professional detention staff is an important

responsibility of the Detention Services Bureau and individual facility administrators.
B.
The primary goal of training and staff development is the accomplishment of

organizational objectives. This is accomplished through the effective utilization of the
organizations resources.
C.
Each facility will have written policies and procedures which ensure the facilitys
training programs for all employees are specifically planned, coordinated, supervised and
evaluated.
D.
Facility related orientation and yearly security refresher training will be outlined and
coordinated by the training coordinator for both sworn and professional staff.
D.1 PHILOSOPHY AND GOALS FOR TRAINING

#15/07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

D.3
TRAINING COORDINATOR, SELECTION AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
D.7
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for selection and duties of the facility training coordinator.
POLICY
Each facility shall select a deputy to function as the facility training coordinator. The facility training
coordinator reports to and works under the supervision of, the facility supervisor in charge of training. Facility
staffing needs may dictate the necessity for more than one assigned training coordinator.
PROCEDURE
I.
SELECTION
The training coordinator shall be selected from the ranks of existing corporals and training officers in
the following manner:
A.
The availability of a training coordinators position shall be announced at briefings and by

email notices sent to all members of the department per Department Policy and Procedure
Section 3.19.
B.
Interested deputies shall submit their names and resumes to the Career Path Sergeant for
Detentions-Courts per Department Policy and Procedure Section 3.19.
C.
Selection criteria shall include:
D.
1.
Minimum one year satisfactory service as a corporal or training officer.

Must have received a Meets Expectations" rating on latest corporal/training officer
annual Employee Appraisal Report.
2.
Excellent organizational skills.
3.
General knowledge of Detention Policy and Procedures and Title 15 requirements.
4.
Excellent communication skills.
5.
Basic working knowledge of computer programs (MS Word, Access, Excel, PowerPoint,
JIMS, NetRMS and SDLAW).
An interview will be conducted by a lieutenant appointed by the facility commander, the facility
training sergeant, and the outgoing training coordinator.
D.3 TRAINING COORDINATOR, SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

#15//07
Page 1 of 2
E.
II.
A ranked order of names will be submitted to the facility commander, who will make the
selection.
DUTIES
The primary responsibility of the training coordinator is to assist the Detention Training Unit (DTU) in
meeting the training needs of the facility and its personnel. Other responsibilities of the training
coordinator include, but are not limited to:
A.
Coordination and tracking of training of new deputies, both assigned and transferred.
B.
Planning, coordination, and evaluation of facility in-service training for sworn and professional
personnel.
C.
Liaison with other facilities through attendance at announced facility training coordinator
meeting at the direction of the DTU.
D.
Staff projects involving training and staff development.
E.
Orientation and training of emergency plans to all new professional staff personnel.
F.
Plan and coordinate regularly scheduled training officer meetings.
G.
Liaison between training officers and facility administrators.
H.
Assisting DTU with planning, scheduling, and tracking required S.T.C. training for all sworn
staff through the rank of sergeant.
D.3 TRAINING COORDINATOR, SELECTION AND RESPONSIBILITIES

#15//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

D.7
TRAINING OFFICER SELECTION
DEPARTMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURE SECTION 3.19
10.910.9
IN
COMPLIANCE WITH:
PURPOSE
To establish specific guidelines for the selection and evaluation of detention training officer(s) and
corporal(s).
POLICY
Each facility shall have a designated number of training officers, who will be selected, trained, and
evaluated in accordance with Department Policy and Procedures Section 10.9. Detention personnel
including Deputy Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriff-Detentions or Deputy Sheriff-Courts applying for a training
officer position must meet established minimum standards in order to be considered for such assignment.
The facility commander shall have the authority to waive minimum requirements when necessary to
obtain a sufficient pool of candidates.
PROCEDURE
I.
Training Officer Selection Process

The testing process for training officer will be conducted independently by each facility once
approved by the Detention Services Bureau and will involve the following process:
A.
When a training officer vacancy exists, the facility training sergeant will notify the
Departments career path sergeant for verification of the vacancy at an approved work
location. The career path sergeant will then notify all interested candidates, bureau-wide,
of the vacancies.
B.
The facility training sergeant will compile a list of training officer candidates and begin
scheduling them for the testing process. Candidates will be tested and evaluated by a
selection committee comprised of a lieutenant, two sergeants (one of whom shall be the
facility training sergeant), and two training officers assigned to the facility. The
examination will be in three parts, including an oral interview, a 10-minute Training
Proposal presentation (written example), and a written exercise. The results of the
examination will be compiled and those candidates receiving a minimum combined score
of 70% shall be placed on a list for the facility commanders review.
C.
The facility commander will select a deputy to fill each vacancy from the names submitted.
In the event none of the candidates are acceptable to the facility commander, the selection
committee may be re-convened to select additional candidates by the procedure set forth in
Sections A and B. Once all selections are finalized, the facility training sergeant will
advise the career path sergeant who will in turn advise the Payroll Unit so the appropriate
pay adjustments can be made.
D.7 TRAINING OFFICER SELECTION

#15//07
Page 1 of 2
II.
Evaluation of Training Officers

A.
Evaluation of training officers/corporals shall primarily be the responsibility of first line

supervisors and will be done in accordance with Department Policy and Procedures
Section 10.9.
B.
In addition to those requirements, all new training officers shall receive a monthly
evaluation for the first six months of appointment, documenting acceptable and/or
unacceptable performance levels. This evaluation shall be filed in the training officers
station file for a period of two years.
D.7 TRAINING OFFICER SELECTION

#15//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 30, 2015

D.9
DETENTION OPERATION TRAINING
D.3
PURPOSE
To provide a systematic program of facility-specific training designed to give the new deputy the skills,
knowledge, information, attitudes, practices and procedures necessary to function effectively in a detention
setting.
POLICY
Each facility shall follow the departments approved phase training program in which each new detention
deputy (new employee or transferee) will participate and satisfactorily complete.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Phase Training Program will be under the direction of the Detention Training Unit (DTU). The
facility training sergeant will supervise and ensure compliance at each facility, and the program will
be coordinated by the facility training coordinator.
A.
The assigned facility training officer shall complete a daily evaluation which will be
presented to the deputy in training by the end of the shift of the following work day. The
daily evaluations track the progress of the trainee.
B.
The team training sergeant will review the daily evaluations to monitor the deputy in
trainings progress and to ensure they are being presented to the deputy in training by the end
of the shift of the following work day. The facility training sergeant will ensure that the daily
evaluations are being completed in a timely manner and report any non-compliance via the
chain of command to the facility commander.
C.
Each new deputy shall spend the required time in each phase of training.
D.
1.
Phase One and Two: Minimum 14 days, Maximum 21 days
2.
Phase Three: 7 days
Based on the trainees performance, this process may be accelerated at the discretion of the
team watch commander along with the supporting documentation. The facility training
officer, deputy in training and watch commander shall agree to the acceleration. Trainees
must still complete a minimum of 14 days on Phase One and Phase Two.
D.9 DETENTION OPERATION TRAINING

#15//11
Page 1 of 2
E.
Based on the trainee's performance, this process may also be extended. If the trainee is not
performing at a MEETS EXPECTATIONS level of performance by the end of phase
training, the facility training officer may recommend to the team watch commander the
training be extended for a specific period of time, not to exceed 7 working days at a time, so
the trainee may correct any performance deficiencies. This recommendation must be
supported by daily evaluations and a Facility Training Officer Worksheet.
If the trainee is still unable to perform at a MEETS EXPECTATIONS rating level after the
extended phase, the facility training officer will document the deficiency(s) in the daily
training evaluations and Facility Training Officer Worksheet. The evaluations and all
supporting documents will be submitted to the facility commander via the chain of command.
The facility commander will consider the recommendation and supporting documents, and
will then decide whether the trainee should be retained.
II.
The Phase Training Program will be evaluated on an annual basis by DTU.
III.
At the end of the Phase Training Program, the deputy in training will complete a written evaluation
of the program.
IV.
Each new detention deputy will complete the required hours of entry-level core training during
his/her first year, and 24 hours of STC training for each year thereafter.
V.
Every deputys phase training file will be archived for two years.
VI.
Facility Orientation Program (FOP) (Minimum 7 Days; Maximum 14 Days)

A.
The deputy should work as many positions as needed to be signed off on all of the training
topics before the completion of training is recommended to training staff.
B.
Daily evaluations will be completed on each F.O.P.s deputy by the end of shift.
C.
Incident/crime reports may be required at the discretion of the facility.
D.
Facility Orientation Program shall include at minimum the review and/or explanation of:
1.
Facility commander directives
2.
Mandatory reading list located in the Phase Training Manual
3.
Emergency procedures of the work assignment
4.
All greensheets related to the work assignment
5.
Physical layout of the work assignment
D.9 DETENTION OPERATION TRAINING

#15//11
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

D.11
DETENTION SUPERVISOR TRAINING
PURPOSE:
To establish a training program for new sergeants, lieutenants and professional staff
supervisors assigned to the Detention Services Bureau.
POLICY:
All newly assigned detention sergeants and professional staff supervisors shall attend a
department specific 80 hour POST supervisory course. This course must be completed
within one (1) year of being promoted to the rank of sergeant or professional staff
supervisor.
Detention lieutenants are required to complete the POST management course within one
year of being promoted to the rank of lieutenant.
PROCEDURE:
The supervisory course shall include, but not be limited to, supervision techniques, legal
considerations, performance evaluations, discipline, stress management and budget
procedures. The POST supervision course meets the requirement for this section.
D.11 DETENTION SUPERVISOR TRAINING

#15//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
D.13
IN-SERVICE TRAINING
PURPOSE:
To provide a regular program of on-site in-service training for sworn personnel and professional staff.
POLICY:
All Detention personnel shall receive regularly scheduled on-going in-service training designed to
provide skills and information, and to develop sound practices necessary to function effectively in the
detention environment.
PROCEDURE:
I.
On-site in-service training for all sworn personnel shall be planned, coordinated and evaluated by
the facility training sergeant under the direction of the In-Service Detentions Training Unit.
A.
All newly employed sworn staff deputies assigned to a facility shall complete the Phase
Training program; which is estimated at 510 hours.
B.
Annually, sworn staff must complete 24 hours of training per the Board of State and
Community Corrections.
C.
Annually, sworn staff assigned to a facility shall receive training on the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
II.
Vehicle Pursuits
PREA
Survivair Testing
Cord Cuff
Professional staff are an essential resource in the operation of each detention facility. Their
training and development shall be the responsibility of their assigned supervisors within their
respective departments.
A.
All newly employed professional staff shall receive 16 hours of training set up by the
professional staff training coordinator which shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
1.
Facility tour and orientation
2.
Institutional rules and regulations
3.
Security and safety practices
4.
Staff-inmate relations
5.
Fire and emergency procedures (fire extinguishers)
D.13 IN-SERVICE TRAINING
#14//12
Page 1 of 2
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Laws concerning detention operations

Table of Organization
Personal/Facility security
Mandatory reading list
Emergency procedures
Key security/key sets/lost keys
Alarms (security/fire)
Inmate Con Games
Bomb threat procedures
Medical emergency
Hostage situation
Riot situation
Escapes
Payroll information for new employees
Policy and procedures checklist
Inmate contact
Inmate movement/non-sworn staff off limit areas
Inmate worker supervision
Occupational Injuries, Illness or Death (Departmental P&P Section 3.16)
Rules of Conduct for Non-Sworn (Departmental P&P Section 2.2)
Laws on and rules concerning computer records security
County and Sheriffs Department Smoking Policy
Sexual harassment
PREA Zero Tolerance Policy
Miscellaneous
a.
b.
c.
d.
B.
List of forms issued by Sheriffs Personnel

Facility specific employee information card
Inmate worker ID badge (Color Coded)
Jail visitor ID badges social and professional
All professional staff shall receive yearly scheduled in-service training designed to
provide skills, and to develop sound practices necessary to function effectively in the
detention environment. The In-Service Detentions Training Unit in cooperation with the
employees supervisor shall develop and present this training.
III.
Facility management shall encourage all staff members to use all resources available to continue
their personal and professional training and development.
IV.
Documentation of training for each job classification shall be kept on file.
V.
Nothing in this section restricts facilities from expanding on facility specific or job specific
training needs.
D.13 IN-SERVICE TRAINING

#14//12
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 10, 2015

D.15
TRAINING IN EMERGENCY PLANS
PURPOSE
To standardize training procedures for emergency plans throughout the Detention Services Bureau.
POLICY
All facility personnel are required to have a thorough knowledge of the procedures regarding all written
emergency plans.
PROCEDURE
I.
All sworn personnel at each detention facility shall be trained in the implementation of written
emergency plans, which will include but are not limited to: riot and disorder, taking of hostages,
evacuation, fire and escape procedures.
A.
Trainee level deputies shall be familiarized with emergency procedures during phase
training. Competency in the emergency procedures shall be demonstrated during final
phase testing.
B.
Non-trainee level deputies who transfer to a facility shall be advised of the emergency
plans and steps will be taken to ensure their familiarization.
C.
All deputies shall receive on-going in-service training regarding implementation of

written emergency plans in the form of facility line-up training.
II.
All non-sworn personnel shall be advised of their duties and responsibilities in the event of the
implementation of an emergency plan. The training coordinator will facilitate training of nonsworn staff so they are familiar and understand the emergency plans, especially regarding fires
and evacuations.
III.
All new employees assigned to a facility will be familiarized with all emergency plans prior to
beginning their permanent work assignment.
IV.
All written emergency plans will be made available to applicable personnel.
D.15 TRAINING IN EMERGENCY PLANS

#15//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
E
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COUNTY PAROLE AND ALTERNATIVE CUSTODY
E.1
Philosophy, Goals and Policies
E.2
Electronic Monitoring
E.3
Home Detention Criteria
E.4
Installation and Removal of Devices
E.5
Home Detention Violations
E.6
Home Visitation Procedure
E.7
Prisoner Transportation/Vehicles
E.8
County Parole Board
E.9
Supervision Caseload Standards
E.10
Fire Camps
E TABLE OF CONTENTS
#12//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 25, 2012

E.1
PHILOSOPHY, GOALS AND POLICIES
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018
PURPOSE
The County Parole and Alternative Custody Unit (CPAC) maximizes jail bed space through alternative
custody programs designed to socially reintegrate offenders through evidence-based practices and
proactive supervision methods.
POLICY
The San Diego County Sheriff's Department recognizes the use of evidence-based practices and the
usefulness of reentry services. These practices and programs are designed to produce self-reliance in
incarcerated individuals. The philosophy and methodology of supervision and management practices
that incentivize participant cooperation and compliance provide increased flexibility and availability for
custody options. This method of supervision places the staff in contact with inmates so that the goals
and objectives of community safety, security and programs can be achieved.
E.1 Philosophy, Goals and Policies

NEW SECTION
#12//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 30, 2015

E.2
ELECTRONIC MONITORING
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018, 1208
PURPOSE
The purpose of the County Parole and Alternative Custody Unit (CPAC) is to identify, assess and
electronically monitor inmates with global positioning (GPS) and/or alcohol monitor devices who are
participating in any CPAC program except county parole.
POLICY
Inmates participating in any CPAC program will be electronically monitored with GPS and/or alcohol
monitoring devices with the exception of county parole participants. Participation may be voluntary
(offender-funded) or involuntary (department-funded).
PRODEDURE
I.
CPAC RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
Review all court minutes, applications, and the Jail Information Management System
(JIMS) for inmates who meet the eligibility criteria for any CPAC program.
B.
All applicants will undergo a risk assessment to determine eligibility for all the CPAC
programs they apply for or have been selected for by the CPAC unit.
C.
Complete required enrollment documents and maintain a custody file for each participant.
Access to these files will be limited to authorized personnel.
D.
Install devices and monitor all CPAC inmates to ensure compliance with the program
rules and regulations. (County Parole participants are not supervised with GPS but may
be required to use alcohol monitoring as part of their conditions of parole.)
E.
Acknowledge and determine appropriate responses to all electronic monitoring

violations.
E.2 ELECTRONIC MONITORING

#12//11
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

E.3
HOME DETENTION AND RRC/WF CRITERIA
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018 and 1208.
PURPOSE
To assess and determine the eligibility of inmates for placement in the Home Detention and/or
Residential Reentry Center/Work Furlough Programs with electronic monitoring.
POLICY
Inmates currently in the custody of the San Diego County Sheriff's Department and court referred
applicants may be screened for participation in the Home Detention or RRC/WF Program with
electronic monitoring. County Parole and Alternative Custody (CPAC) are the only personnel
authorized to determine eligibility for the program. Each inmate will be considered on a case by case
basis.
PROCEDURE
I.
INELIGIBILITY FACTORS
Those applicants who meet any of these ineligibility factors are generally disqualified and may
not grieve the denial.
A.
Inmates/defendants sentenced pursuant to CA Penal Code 1170(h), Post Release

Community Supervision (PRCS), documented prison gang members, and active
state/federal parolees.
B.
If applicant was not arrested, convicted and sentenced in the County of San Diego.
C.
Inmates/defendants with open or pending charges (pretrial and STAR pre-arraignment

defendants are excluded), detainers or bookable active warrants.
D.
A residence that does not meet minimum qualifications.
E.
Is charged with any of the following offenses:

1.
Murder PC 187
2.
Manslaughter PC 192(a)
3.
Vehicle Manslaughter PC 191.5, 192(a)(1), and 192(c)(3)
4.
Mayhem PC 203 and 205
5.
Kidnapping PC 207, 208 and 209
6.
ADW on a Peace Officer PC 245(c) and 245 (d)
E.3 HOME DETENTION AND RRC/WF CRITERIA

#16//01
Page 1 of 6
7.
Arson PC 451
8.
Grand theft firearm PC 487.3
9.
Any of following sex offenses: PC 220, 261, 264.1, 286 (c), 286(d), 288, 288.5,
289(a), 311-312.3.
10.
a.
Any sex offense wherein the victim or presumed victim is/was under 18
years of age.
b.
All offenses which require registration under PC 290.
Any of following violent offenses: PC 12022(b), 12022.5, and 12022.7.

If these offenses were committed in the past, by the applicant, they may be
evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
II.
ELIGIBLE APPLICANTS
The following may apply for Home Detention with electronic monitoring:
A.
Sentenced in-custody inmate (self-referral)
B.
Court Referred:
C.
D.
III.
1.
Pretrial (in lieu of bail).
2.
Presentenced (defined as: the court is requesting a prescreen review to see if a

defendant qualifies for any CPAC program).
3.
Sentenced (in or out of custody).
STAR Pre-Arraignment
1.
These participants are vetted by the courts and the STAR Unit under PC1269. The
CPAC Unit electronically monitors the defendant only.
2.
After arraignment is completed, the courts may refer the participant to CPAC as a
Pretrial participant.
3.
Most sentenced inmates may apply for RRC/WF as long as they do not meet any
of the ineligibility factors.
CPAC detention deputies will review the extract on a daily basis to locate any qualified
participants.
HOME DETENTION ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

A.
Out of custody applicants must submit their CPAC Electronic Monitoring Application (J142 form) and their sentencing minute order to the CPAC Unit within 14 business days of
their report date to custody.

#16//01
Page 2 of 6
IV.
1.
In custody applications (J-142 form) shall be reviewed within 14 business days

after received.
2.
Presentenced application (J-142 form) and court order should be received within
14 days of sentencing.
B.
Inmates must agree to program supervision requirements, wear a monitoring device, and
when applicable, pay any administrative and daily fees.
C.
Inmates must have been arrested, convicted and sentenced to serve a minimum of 96
hours in San Diego County on Home Detention.
D.
Sentenced inmates that have not been precluded from participating in the program by a
judge.
E.
Sentenced or un-sentenced inmates must not have any open bookings, detainers, or active
bookable warrants (in county or out of county).
F.
Inmates must have a verified place of residence or accept placement into appropriate
housing as determined by CPAC staff (refer to section V). Criminal history that reveals
any instance of domestic violence where a valid protection order is in effect may preclude
participation.
G.
Any inmate whose criminal history reveals an arrest or conviction for sex offenses to
include sexual assault, lewdness, indecent exposure, or child victim crimes, shall be
presumptively ineligible for the program, unless an exception is appropriate based on the
severity of the crime and the passage of time from the date of offense. The CPAC deputy
recommending the exception shall:
1.
Submit written documentation to the CPAC lieutenant regarding the exception.
2.
Place a copy of the written documentation in the program case file.
RRC/WF ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

A.
Inmates must agree to program supervision requirements and wear a monitoring device.
B.
Sentenced inmates cannot have been precluded from participating in the program by a
judge.
C.
Sentenced inmates must not have any open or pending charges, detainers, or active
bookable warrants (in county or out of county).
D.
Criminal history that reveals any instance of domestic violence where a valid protection
order is in effect may preclude participation.
E.
Inmates must not have any medical condition that prevents them from either
programming or working.
F.
Inmates must have a minimum of 20 days left on their sentence.

#16//01
Page 3 of 6
V.
RESIDENCE ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA

An eligible inmate must reside at a location that meets the following criteria:
A.
Unfettered access to the residence for CPAC staff to conduct random, unannounced home
checks.
B.
Working utilities, specifically electricity. A hard line telephone is not required unless the
residence is located in an area where cell phone coverage is absent.
C.
No firearms, alcohol, or illegal drugs may be used by the participant in the residence
during the incarceration period.
D.
GPS device must be able to transmit and receive a signal to provide accurate and
consistent location from their residence.
E.
A signed Cohabitant Acknowledgement (J-144 form) must be completed by all persons,

18 years and older, living at the applicant's residence.
Cohabitants that are active state or federal parolees, mandatory supervision probationers
and/or documented street or prison gang members may preclude the participant from
living at that residence.
F.
VI.
A Consent to Search (SO-135 form) must be signed by the applicant prior to residence
check. Failure to sign the SO-135 form will be grounds to deny the applicant for Home
Detention. The consent to search pertains to the participant's living areas and common
areas of the residence as well as vehicles or items under the participant's control.
APPLICANT BACKGROUND INVESTIGATION

CPAC staff shall complete a comprehensive criminal and personal background check on all
applicants and review, at minimum, the following:
Presentenced or prescreened backgrounds will be completed by the STAR Unit.
A.
SD Law Reports to include, but not limited to the following:

1.
Criminal History Databases (State and Federal).
2.
Department of Motor Vehicles Databases.
3.
Temporary Restraining Order Databases.
B.
JIMS Incident Reports
C.
Court Case Documentation
D.
Arrest and criminal reports
E.
Inmate's family and community structure
#16//01
Page 4 of 6
F.
Prior treatment programs
G.
Probation Reports (Pre-Sentenced Reports)
H.
All applicants shall have a risk assessment completed.
I.
VII.
1.
A full risk assessment shall be completed on any applicant serving more than 30
days in Home Detention. It will be completed by the STAR Unit, but the CPAC
staff shall assist when necessary.
2.
A basic risk assessment shall be completed on any applicant serving less than 30
days in Home Detention, and will be completed by CPAC staff.
3.
Pre-arraignment risk assessments are completed by the STAR Unit and approved
by the courts.
Any participant sentenced and approved for CPAC for over 30 days will have case plan
developed by the Correctional Counselors.
1.
The case plan will consist of assigned classes the participant will be required to
attend and complete while in the CPAC program.
2.
The classes are assigned based off the participant's "needs" which is determined
by their risk assessment.
APPROVAL PROCESS
All applicants recommended, or not recommended, for Home Detention or RRC/WF by CPAC
deputies will be reviewed and approved by a CPAC sergeant.
VIII.
A.
CPAC deputies or STAR staff will submit the inmate's program case file with all required
documents.
B.
CPAC sergeants will review all case file documents, and approve or deny participation.
C.
All inmates or defendants who score as a "High" on their risk assessment for violence
will be approved or denied by the CPAC lieutenant or designee.
DENIAL AND APPEAL PROCESS

A.
All court referred applicants who are denied placement into the program will be denied
through the CPAC chain of command to the rank of captain if not approved by the CPAC
lieutenant. Presentenced or prescreened applicants will be denied by the CPAC lieutenant
or designee.
1.
The CPAC deputy shall report in writing to the CPAC sergeant why he or she is
not recommending the applicant.

#16//01
Page 5 of 6
2.
If the CPAC sergeant or designee agrees with the deputy's assessment he or she
will deny the applicant and forward the applicant's folder to the CPAC lieutenant
for review.
3.
If the CPAC lieutenant or designee denies the applicant, the CPAC captain or
designee will make the final decision whether to approve or disapprove the denial.
At a minimum, all non-recommended applicants will be approved by CPAC
lieutenant or designee.
B.
Non-court referred in custody applicants for Home Detention will be notified in writing
and be informed of the grievance process.
1.
Non court referred out of custody applicants will be informed either in writing or
by phone.
2.
Out of custody applicants cannot grieve the denial.
C.
Prescreen applicants will be informed of the denial utilizing the Prescreen Notification
CPAC (J-167 form) issued to the court.
D.
After the applicant is denied and informed of the denial they may grieve the denial based
on the Detention P&P N.1 Grievance Procedure.
If not in custody at the time of the denial they may grieve the denial once in custody
utilizing the Detention P&P N.1 Grievance Procedure.
E.
VIII.
If the inmate disagrees with the grievance decision of the CPAC sergeant, the inmate may
file a third level appeal to the CPAC lieutenant who shall respond within 10 calendar
days as outlined in Detention P&P N.1 Grievance Procedure.
INCOMPLETE APPLICATION PROCESS

If the applicant fails to complete the application process before their report date, due to their
inaction, the applicant will be told by CPAC staff to report to custody as stated on their court
order.
A.
These applicants will have no course of appeal for their denial.
B.
These applicants can reapply for any CPAC program after they are in custody.
C.
This will be documented in JIMS under HDR/ISR and approved by a CPAC supervisor.
D.
If necessary, a letter can be sent to the court identifying the reason for the denial.

#16//01
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
E.4
INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF DEVICES
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the installation and removal of home electronic monitoring devices from
participants.
POLICY
County Parole and Alternative Custody Unit (CPAC) personnel will install all electronic monitoring
Global Positioning System (GPS) ankle bracelets, and shall have primary responsibility for the removal
of the GPS ankle bracelets.
PROCEDURE
I.
Installation of GPS Devices

Upon an inmate's successful acceptance into the Home Detention Electronic Monitoring
Program, the CPAC Deputy will be responsible for verifying the following has been completed:
In Custody Participants:
A.
GPS device shall be installed and activated by CPAC staff prior to release.
B.
CPAC staff will ensure participant signs the rules and regulations form.
C.
CPAC staff will ensure the inmate has pre-authorized transportation on site.
D.
CPAC staff will ensure jail staff has turned over all of the inmates personal belongings.
E.
CPAC staff will transfer the inmate into the program housing unit in the Jail Information
Management System (JIMS).
Out of Custody Participants:

A.
GPS device shall be installed and activated primarily by the vendor, but CPAC staff can
assist if necessary.
B.
CPAC staff will complete the booking procedure (photo and fingerprints).
C.
CPAC staff will ensure the participant signs the rules and regulations form.
D.
E.4 Installation and Removal of Devices
Page 1 of 4
#15//02
Upon an inmate's successful acceptance into the Residential Reentry Center / Work Furlough
program (RRC/WF), the CPAC Deputy will be responsible for verifying the following has been
completed:
In-Custody Participants:
A.
GPS shall be installed and activated by CPAC Staff.
B.
CPAC staff will ensure jail staff has turned over all of the inmates personal belongings.
C.
CPAC staff will ensure the participant signs rules and regulations form.
D.
CPAC staff transports participant to RRC/WF facility.
E.
Out of Custody Participants:
II.
A.
GPS shall be installed and activated by vendor primarily, but CPAC can assist if
necessary.
B.
CPAC staff will complete booking procedure (photo and fingerprints)
C.
CPAC staff will ensure participant signs the rules and regulations form.
D.
CPAC staff transports participant to RRC/WF facility.
E.
Removal of Devices
A.
Successful Completion
Home Detention
1.
The participant will be instructed to go to the vendor on their release date with all
electronic monitoring equipment with them.
2.
Special circumstances may require CPAC staff members to meet a participant

during the weekend or at an alternate location for the removal of their device.
This shall require authorization from a CPAC supervisor prior to the event.
3.
In general, inmates who are scheduled to be released on holidays or weekends

will have their GPS devices deactivated on their scheduled release date, and
removed on the next available business day by the vendor.

#15//02
Page 2 of 4
4.
The vendor will remove and deactivate the participants GPS device, and remove
them from the program monitoring system.
5.
Upon the participants release, the vendor will notify CPAC staff. CPAC Staff
will complete the release in JIMS, ONS, Active list and forward the participants
case file to Records.
RRC-WF
The RRC/WF staff will have a list of all participants' release dates provided by CPAC
staff. On the day of release, the RRC/WF staff will remove the GPS device and store
until a CPAC staff member picks up the device from their site.
Upon the participants release, the RRC/WF staff will notify CPAC staff. The CPAC
staff will complete the release in JIMS, ONS, Active list and forward the participants
case file to Records.
B.
Revocation
Home Detention Voluntary Termination
1.
CPAC staff can instruct the participant to turn themselves into the closest booking
facility, if they have a GPS device only.
2.
CPAC staff shall notify the booking facility of the participant arrival.
3.
A trained JPMU deputy will remove the device prior to housing.
4.
CPAC staff shall verify the participant has been processed and then ensure the
participant's device is deactivated and update JIMS housing location.
5.
CPAC staff will complete the entries in JIMS, up-date ONS and Active list and
forward the participants case file to IPD.
OR
1.
The participant will be instructed to report to the vendors office with all the
electronic monitoring equipment. If the participant is unable to arrange for
transportation, CPAC staff may be required to transport.
2.
A CPAC deputy will transport or meet the participant at the vendors office,
terminate them from the program, remove the device and transport them to the
appropriate jail for processing.
3.
CPAC staff will complete the entries in JIMS, up-date ONS and Active list and

#15//02
Page 3 of 4
C.
Violation of Program Rules

Home Detention
1.
The severity of the violation will determine the location and time of the removal
of the device.
2.
Regardless of the time and location, CPAC staff will meet with the participant to
remove the device and return to custody.
3.
CPAC staff will complete the entries in JIMS, up-date the ONS and Active list
and forward the participants case file to IPD.
RRC-WF
1. RRC/WF staff will get permission from a CPAC supervisor to remand a participant.
2. Once the permission is given, the RRC/WF staff will ensure they complete the Rule
Violation hearing on the participant before the participant is remanded.
3. CPAC staff will then pick up the participant, remand the participant at the appropriate
detention facility and remove the device.
4. CPAC staff will complete the entries in JIMS, up-date the ONS and Active list and
5. If CPAC staff initiates the remand, a Rule Violation will be completed by CPAC staff
and a hearing will be completed by a CPAC Supervisor or designee.
D.
New Arrests/Bookings
1. If a participant is arrested on a new charge(s) by any law enforcement agency, a
trained deputy from the JPMU at the booking facility will remove the GPS ankle
bracelet prior to housing the inmate. CPAC staff will retrieve the device from the
facility during working hours.
2. A CPAC staff member will complete the entries in JIMS, up-date the ONS and
Active list and forward the participants case file to IPD.
3. If other electronic monitoring equipment needs to be collected, the cohabitants will
first be contacted to arrange for equipment drop-off at the vendor's office. Otherwise,
a CPAC deputy may be required to retrieve the electronic monitoring equipment from
the participants residence.

#15//02
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
E.5
HOME DETENTION and RRC/WF VIOLATIONS
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018 and 1208
PURPOSE
To set forth rules governing the home detention electronic monitoring participants behavior in an effort
to provide a safe and healthy environment for the community, staff, and program vendors.
POLICY
Upon acceptance, Home Detention Electronic Monitoring Program participants will be required to read,
sign and adhere to the program Rules and Regulations (Form J-148).
PROCEDURE
I.
Disciplinary Sanctions
As part of the orientation process, inmates placed on the program will be provided with a written
copy of the rules and regulations. Inmates will also be advised of the disciplinary process and
the sanctions they can expect for violating the rules of the program.
Rule violations may result in the following:
A.
Verbal warning
B.
Written warning
C.
Restricted movement
D.
Mandatory or increased reporting
E.
Mandatory or increased drug or alcohol testing
F.
Mandatory or increased programming
G.
Step down from Home Detention to RRC/WF
H.
Loss of good time credits (4019 P.C.)
I.
Revocation and return to jail
J.
Additional criminal charges
E.5 Home Detention Violations

#15//02
Page 1 of 2
II.
Reporting Procedures
A.
Home Detention and Pretrial Participants:

1.
CPAC staff will follow the established procedures as outlined in Detention P&P
O.1 as it relates to Rule Violation Reports if violation requires a remand to jail or
loss of good time credits.
2.
All other rule violations will be documented in JIMS under a HDR incident entry
and approved by a CPAC supervisor.
3.
If a participant has a grievance with the rule violation sanctions, the participant
can grieve verbally or by writing to the CPAC sergeant.
Any grievances resulting from the rule violation will be handled through the
Detention P&P Section N.1 Grievance Procedure.
B.
RRC/WF Participants:
1.
All rule violations that occur at this site will be handled by the CAI (Corrections
Alternatives Inc.) staff through their hearing process, but a CPAC supervisor or
designee will approve the discipline.
2.
If the CAI staff recommends the participant be remanded to jail, the CAI staff will
hold the hearing and have the remand approved by a CPAC supervisor or
designee. A copy of the rule violation from CAI will be provided to the
participant.
3.
If CPAC staff determines the participant will be remanded to jail or the CAI staff
did not document the remand through their rule violation process, CPAC staff will
follow the established procedures as outlined in Detention P&P O.1 as it relates to
Rule Violation Reports.
E.5 Home Detention Violations

#15//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
E.6
HOME VISITATION PROCEDURE
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018
PURPOSE
To ensure adherence to the Home Detention Electronic Monitoring Programs Rules and Regulations
(Form J-148), and evaluate proper electronic monitoring equipment placement and operation.
POLICY
Each program participant will be subject to environmental review of their residence and their electronic
monitoring equipment by County Parole and Alternative Custody (CPAC) deputies. Failure to comply
with the programs rules and regulations may result in their immediate return to a detention facility and
removal from the program.
PROCEDURE
I.
Field Operations
A.
Patrol-trained CPAC deputies shall operate as a two-person unit for daily activities, such
as house visits and compliance checks. Assistance from local on-duty patrol should be
requested any time resistance is anticipated during the arrest, or other circumstances exist
which may compromise officer safety.
B.
Field units will not proceed to any location or residence without first contacting their
immediate supervisor when there is prior knowledge of any of the following:
1.
Uncooperative participants
2.
Have knowledge of weapons in control of the participant
3.
Any other officer safety hazardous conditions
C.
Deputies conducting a home visit should announce their purpose and presence during the
home checks in order to warn all residence occupants of their presence. Deputies, in
general, will not force entry for the purpose of performing a home compliance check
unless exigent circumstances exist.
D.
Deputies should contact a CPAC supervisor prior to making forced entry in order to
affect an arrest of a participant. If forced entry is anticipated at a participant's residence of
record, an SO-101 "High Risk Entry Checklist" and S0-125 "Comm OP Plan" shall be
completed prior to the entry in order to ensure that all hazards are considered and
available resources are present.
E.6 Home Visitation Procedure

#15//02
Page 1 of 2
In addition, a 4th waiver status should be confirmed and/or CPAC forms J-144 and J-148
should be verified, and granted consent for CPAC deputies to enter a participant's
residence. If forced entry is made, the knock and notice requirements outlined in PC 844
shall be adhered to.
E.
II.
Any illegal contraband or evidence located within the scope of a home visit will be
handled in accordance with existing law and departmental policy and procedures.
Home Visit Objectives

A.
Ensure the participant is in compliance with the program's rules and regulations.
B.
Assess the suitability of the residence and living arrangements.
C.
Verify the participants address, and take digital photos of the property and vehicles for
the case file, if the deputy believes there are officer safety concerns with the residence,
i.e. video surveillance, fortification.
D.
Develop support from the participants spouse, family, or roommates.
E.
Develop contacts within the immediate community to hold participants accountable.
F.
Develop contingency plans should high control contacts (i.e. arrests, searches, crisis
intervention) become necessary.
E.6 Home Visitation Procedure

#15//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 3, 2012
E.7
TRANSPORTATION/VEHICLES
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018
PURPOSE
To ensure participants enrolled or removed from the Home Detention Electronic Monitoring Program
are transported to and from Sheriffs detention facilities in a safe and secure manner.
POLICY
Participants enrolled or removed from the program shall be transported safely and free of contraband to
and from a detention facility upon accepting or failing to meet the program rules and regulations.
PRODEDURE
I.
Vehicle Operations
The County Parole and Alternative Custody Unit (CPAC) will have unmarked caged vehicles
and unmarked non-caged vehicles. These vehicles are unassigned and not available for take
home privileges unless prior approval is granted.
II.
Prisoner and Patrol Vehicle Searches

A. CPAC deputies shall assume that the enrolled or revoked participant may have had an
opportunity to obtain contraband and/or a weapon prior to the time that the enrolled or
revoked participant came into their custody. Therefore, CPAC deputies shall search every
enrolled or revoked participant prior to placing them in their vehicle for transportation.
B. CPAC deputies shall assume that contraband and/or weapons may have been placed in or on
their vehicles, both before and after transporting the participant. CPAC deputies must
inspect their vehicles for such items or any irregularities prior to and after transporting the
participants.
III.
Prisoner Medical Emergencies

If a medical emergency arises during the transportation of a participant, the inmate will be
taken to the nearest emergency room or trauma center. All other medical needs will be
assessed during intake at the facility.
E.7 Transportation/Vehicles
#12//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
E.8
COUNTY PAROLE
P.C. SECTIONS 3074 THROUGH 3088
PURPOSE
To ensure all legal and department requirements are met under the authority for County Parole in San
Diego County contained in California Penal Code Sections 3074 thru 3088.
POLICY
The San Diego County Board of Parole Commissioners establishes the following rules for the
administration of parole functions in San Diego County as provided for under the authority of P.C 3076.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
COUNTY PAROLE
A.
The authority for County Parole in San Diego County is contained in California Penal
Code Sections 3074 through 3088. The Board of Parole Commissioners establishes and
enforces the rules for the administration of parole functions in San Diego County.
B.
The Board establishes the terms and conditions for each applicant who is granted County
Parole. The County Parole term will last at least until the inmates projected release date,
but the Board may order parole for a longer period of time (up to a maximum of 2 years).
Inmates may apply for County Parole only once during each sentence. The County Parole
Board decision is final and not subject to appeal.
C.
The San Diego County Board of Parole Commissioners consists of a representative from
the Sheriff's Department, the Probation Department, and a public member appointed by
the Presiding Superior Court Judge. The public member shall serve for a term of one
year, not to exceed three consecutive years.
ELIGIBILITY
Any inmate, who is sentenced to serve time in San Diego County, confined in or committed to
any county jail, camp facility, or work furlough facility under a judgment of imprisonment or as
a condition of probation for any criminal offense, may apply for County Parole.
However, any of the following would deem them ineligible:
A.
B.
The Court ordered "no parole" or "no early release" at the time of sentencing.
Inmate is serving a local sentence for a serious or non-violent offense listed in PC 667.5(c)
or PC 1192.7(c).
E.8 COUNTY PAROLE
Page 1 of 5
#15//02
C.
Criminal cases are pending.
D.
An active felony hold or warrant exists.
E.
The Court has denied sentence modification on this case.
F.
3 or more days of "good time" were lost (PC 4019).
G.
County Parole was revoked within the past 3 years.
H.
Inmate has served a state or federal prison term within the last 5 years.
I.
Not enough time remains to process an application, or hearing date closed prior to release
date.
J.
Inmate is a current federal, state, or local prison commit (AB 109, PC 1170).
K.
Post Release Community Supervision Offender serving time in county jail (PRCS).
L.
New charge or major rule violation prior to release on County Parole.
M.
Poor in-custody behavior, assaultive behavior towards staff, or attempt to escape.
The facility Correctional Counselor will determine if the applicant meets basic eligibility
requirements; however, a detailed processing of the application will be completed by the County
Parole Officer. The facility Correctional Counselor will send the completed application along
with any accompanying documents to the County Parole Officer.
If an applicant is determined to be ineligible for County Parole, the County Parole Officer will
complete and send a notification stating the reason(s) for denial ineligibility via interoffice mail
to applicants at jail facilities, and email to applicants under CPAC.
All eligible applicants will be scheduled for a County Parole Hearing date on or after the
applicant has served of their calculated sentence. The County Parole Officer will send a
notification of the scheduled hearing date via interoffice mail to applicants at jail facilities, and
email to applicants under CPAC.
All male applicants are scheduled for hearings at South Bay Detention Facility (SBDF) on the
1st, 3rd, and 5th Thursdays of the month. All female applicants are scheduled for hearings at Las
Colinas Detention & Reentry Facility on the 2nd, and 4th Thursdays of the month. Females
already enrolled in a CPAC program will be seen at SBDF on the 1st, 3rd and 5th Thursday of the
month.
III.
APPLICATIONS
A.
Inquiries by inmates and requests for applications are referred to the Correctional
Counselors assigned to the facility.
E.8 COUNTY PAROLE

#15//02
Page 2 of 5
IV.
B.
Counseling staff assigned to the facility at which the inmate parole applicant is housed is
responsible for verifying that the inmate meets basic eligibility requirements before
giving them an application.
C.
The facility Correctional Counselor will review and send the completed application and
any attached documents to the County Parole Officer via email to CPAC@sdsheriff.org
OR interoffice mail to MAILSTOP 0-312.
INPUT
A.
The jail staffs input into the parole process consists of records, especially ISRs and
behavior observations.
B.
Facility staff desiring to comment on an inmates actions, behavior or attitude must

contact the Correctional Counselor assigned to that particular housing unit or to the
County Parole Officer.
Letters of recommendation may not be sent directly to the Parole Board or court by the
facility staff unless directed to do so by the Facility Commander.
V.
CONDITIONS OF PAROLE
The standard conditions of parole include, but are not limited to, the following:
A.
Obey all laws of the United States, State of California, and any ordinance of any city,
county, political subdivision or public district thereof.
B.
Follow such course of conduct as directed by the County Parole Officer and report when,
and as, instructed.
C.
Notify the County Parole Officer of any changes in residence, telephone numbers or
place of employment.
D.
Shall NOT leave the County of San Diego without permission of the County Parole
Officer.
E.
Neither visit nor communicate nor attempt to visit or communicate with inmates of any
jail, camp, or work furlough facility without the written permission of the County Parole
Officer.
F.
Submit your person, property, place of residence, vehicle, personal effects to search at
any time with or without a warrant and with or without reasonable cause, when required
to do so by the County Parole Officer or any law enforcement officer.
G.
Additional conditions of parole deemed appropriate by the Board will be imposed and
outlined in the County Parole grant.
VI.
HEARING PROCESS
A.
The applicant is scheduled for a County Parole hearing after serving at least one-half of
their sentence time, and will appear before the Board for a personal interview. They may
E.8 COUNTY PAROLE

#15//02
Page 3 of 5
waive their right to appear at the hearing, but this may weaken their chances of being
paroled. At the hearing the applicant must give the Parole Board a good reason to be
released early and be prepared to answer questions from the Board relating to their
criminal history, behavior in custody, program participation, and post-release plans.
VII.
B.
Inmates may apply for County Parole only once during each sentence. The decision of
the Parole Board is final and cannot be appealed. Decisions are made on a case by case
basis, and will be determined on the candidate's behavior in custody, seriousness of the
offense, criminal history, custody programming, and the post-release plans presented at
the hearing. Immediately after the hearing, all applicants are notified of the Board's
decision. They are each presented with either a denial or grant of County Parole. In
addition, a note is entered into their JIMS inmate history.
C.
The Board may grant County Parole effective immediately or at a later date. The
applicant may be required to secure a residential treatment bed prior to release, or satisfy
other conditions similar to formal Probation. All grants of County Parole are sent directly
to Inmate Processing Division to conduct the release of the inmate as ordered by the
Board.
RETURNED TO CUSTODY
When a County Parolee is determined to be in violation of the conditions of County Parole, the
County Parole Officer must contact the County Parole Board members and request a 2/3
majority vote to rescind the offer of County Parole. A Parolee may return to custody by selfsurrendering, or by being arrested for a County Parole Warrant and/or new crime.
If the Parolee is in violation of any of the conditions of County Parole, the County Parole Officer
will instruct the Parolee to self-surrender at a booking facility. The County Parole Officer will
complete and submit a County Parole Hold to the booking facility Inmate Processing Division to
notify them of a pending self-surrender to ensure that the Parolee does not bail out of custody.
If a County Parolee fails to self-surrender or is unable to be contacted, the County Parole Officer
will complete and submit a warrant to the Sheriff's Records & ID Division, and notify the Board
that a warrant has been issued.
Warrants are served by law enforcement as stated in P.C. 3081 (c). A warrant may be recalled
due to unforeseen circumstances; however, the County Parole Board must have a 2/3 majority
vote to recall the warrant. Otherwise, the warrant will remain in effect.
If a County Parolee is arrested by law enforcement for committing a new crime, the County
Parole Officer may be notified of the arrest by the arresting officer, Inmate Processing Division,
and/or a Probation representative.
A.
The County Parole Officer must notify the Board of the arrest.
B.
The County Parole Officer will complete and send a Notice of Revocation to the facility
Correctional Counselor where the inmate is housed.
C.
The facility Correctional Counselor will present the notice to the inmate for signature.
The inmate may appeal or decline to contest the revocation.
E.8 COUNTY PAROLE

#15//02
Page 4 of 5
VIII.
D.
The County Parole Officer must notify the Board of the inmates decision. If the inmate
declines to contest the revocation, the inmate will stay in custody and serve the remainder
of their custody time.
E.
When an inmate decides to appeal their revocation, the County Parole Officer will
schedule the inmate for the next available Board Hearing.
1.
If the inmate's County Parole remains revoked the inmate will stay in custody and
serve the remainder of their custody time.
2.
If the inmate's County Parole is reinstated, the County Parole Officer will
complete and submit a grant of County Parole along with the Remove Parole
Hold to the facility Inmate Processing Division.
SUPERVISION
All County Parolees are supervised and report weekly to the County Parole Officer pursuant to
P.C. 3088. They must comply with all terms and conditions outlined on the County Parole grant.
Parolees must submit documentation via fax or email monthly showing compliance of the
following conditions, including but not limited to:
A.
Treatment Program progress reports
B.
Self-Help Meeting Attendance Record
C.
Proof of restitution payments
D.
Proof of enrollment in DUI Program/Classes
E.
Proof of enrollment and completion of Court-ordered classes
F.
Proof of Employment and/or Education status
G.
Completion of community service
If the Parolee is in compliance with all the terms and conditions outlined on the County Parole
grant by the end of the County Parole term, the Parolee may request a Completion Letter from
the County Parole Officer.
E.8 COUNTY PAROLE

#15//02
Page 5 of 5
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
E.9
CPAC SUPERVISION CASELOAD STANDARDS
P.C. 1203.016 THROUGH 1203.018 and 1208
PURPOSE
To monitor a County Parole, Home Detention, and Residential Re-entry Center and Work Furlough
(RRC/WF) Program participants behavior through home compliance checks, case manager-participant
interactions, and evidence-based treatment interventions that are aligned with the participants risk and
needs.
POLICY
Each participant will undergo a validated risk/needs assessment. The assessed risk level will have
corresponding minimum supervision standards requiring staff to maintain contact with participants so that
the goals and objectives of community safety, security and programming can be achieved.
PROCEDURE
The County Parole & Alternative Custody Unit (CPAC) will utilize the Northpointe COMPAS software
to assess a participant's risk level. The initial supervision standards will be based on the highest risk score
or may be determined based on criminogenic needs. This standard can be modified based on the
participant's performance while in the program. Any adjustment to a participant's supervision level will
be authorized by a CPAC supervisor.
The target caseload for CPAC deputies is 40:1, which may include 10 high risk and 30 low/medium risk
participants. The case loads will be divided between the CPAC staff. Generally, the law enforcement
CPAC staff will be responsible for the Home Detention participants and detention CPAC staff will be
responsible for the RRC/WF participants, but they may be intermixed.
I.
HOME DETENTION STANDARDS

At the minimum, home detention participants are required to physically check-in at the vendor's
case management office bi-weekly.
In addition, the following minimum supervision standards will be set forth for all Home Detention
CPAC participants:
A.
GENERAL RISK LEVEL SUPERVISION

1.
Low Level (1-4)

a.
CPAC correctional counselors and the vendor staff will provide

programming as appropriate.
b.
Monthly home compliance checks as needed.
E.9 CPAC SUPERVISION CASELOAD STANDARDS
#15//09
Page 1 of 4
c.
2.
3.
II.
Bi-weekly phone contact by CPAC case manager.
Medium Level (5-7)

a.

b.
Bi-weekly home compliance checks required.
c.
Weekly phone contact by CPAC case manager.
High Level (8-10)

a.

b.
Weekly home compliance checks required.
c.
Weekly phone contact by CPAC case manager.
RRC/WF STANDARDS
The following minimum supervision standards will be set forth for all RRC/WF CPAC
participants:
A.
All Levels (1-10)

1.
CPAC correctional counselors and the RRC/WF staff will provide programming as
appropriate.
2.
Participants will meet with the RRC/WF case manager on a weekly basis or as
directed.
3.
Participants will meet with CPAC staff when requested by RRC/WF staff or when
needed.
4.
Participants shall obey all rules and regulations required by the RRC/WF facility.
5.
All participants will have a ten day black-out period when first arriving at the
RRC/WF site. The black-out period prevents the participant from leaving the site
for the first ten days allowing participant to become familiar with program before
being allowed into the public.
The black-out period can be shortened, extended or waived with CPAC supervisory
approval.

#15//09
Page 2 of 4
III.
COUNTY PAROLE STANDARDS

The following minimum supervision standards will be set forth for all County Parole participants:
A.
B.
IV.
All County Parole participants will follow all conditions set forth by the County Parole
Board.
CPAC correctional counselors may request assistance from the CPAC staff if a County
Parole participant is having issues with complying with their parole conditions.
CRIMINOGENIC NEEDS
A.
Participants may be required to undergo random alcohol and/or drug testing at intervals set
forth by CPAC staff or by the vendor requirements.
B.
Participants may be required to complete programming/classes as set forth by CPAC

correctional counselors or required by the vendor.
C.
Home Detention and RRC/WF participant schedules may be reviewed and approved by
CPAC staff. Schedules may include employment, job seeking, school, medical
appointments, and general needs.
Vendors can obtain preapproval from CPAC staff to approve certain schedules.
V.
DOCUMENTATION
A.
B.
C.
All home compliance checks will be documented as follows:

1.
Home Detention participants: in Offender 360 (O-360) under CPAC Conditions

using "HCC" (Home Compliance Check).
2.
County Parolees: in the County Parole database under case file notes.
3.
RRC/WF facility does not require home compliance checks but if any contact is
made with a participant at the facility an entry shall be made in O-360 under CPAC
Review using Case Notes.
All phone contacts shall be documented as follows:

1.
Home Detention participants: in O-360 under CPAC Conditions "PCAL" (Phone

Call).
2.
RRC/WF participants: in O-360 under Case Notes using CPAC Review.
3.
County Parolees: in the County Parole database under case file notes.
Alcohol and/or drug testing of Home Detention and RRC/WF participants will be
documented by the vendor and recorded in their case management software. Any
anomalies will be reported to CPAC staff.

#15//09
Page 3 of 4
D.
Class/program attendance and completion will be documented as follows:

1.
Home Detention and RRC/WF participants: by the vendor and recorded in their
case management software.
2.
County Parolees: required to fax proof of class/program attendance and completion

to CPAC correctional counselors.
CPAC correctional counselors will monitor attendance and completion of required
courses.
E.
All vendors and CPAC staff will communicate on a regular basis to evaluate each
participant's case and discuss their progress in the program.

#15//09
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
CATEGORY:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 1, 2014
E.10
FIRE CAMPS
PURPOSE
Provide general guidelines for the screening and placement of sentenced Penal Code 1170(h) inmates
at fire camps.
POLICY
Penal Code 1170(h) sentenced inmates currently in the custody of the San Diego County Sheriff's
Department may be screened for participation in the fire camps. The fire camps will be ran
collaboratively by Cal Fire and California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) as an
alternative housing option. Participants will be screened by the Inmate Processing Division (IPD), Jail
Population Management Unit (JPMU) and Medical Services Division (MSD). Each inmate will be
considered on a case-by-case basis.
PROCEDURE
I.
SELECTION
A.
Program participation will be on a voluntary basis, initiated by the inmate, via an Inmate
Request form (J-20) to IPD.
IPD staff will verify that the inmate is eligible under the following criteria:
1.
2.
Inmate is sentenced under Penal Code 1170(h) with at least 18 months in custody
(after application of credits).
Inmate is not sentenced as a mandatory supervision offender.
B.
The J-20 will be scanned and an electronic file will be created. This file will be called
the Fire Camp Screening Packet (FCSP) from this point forward. A CDCR County Fire
Camp Offender Screening and Processing form will also be added to the electronic file.
These forms will be completed as the screening process goes forward.
C.
The FCSP electronic file will be stored in the IPD, Fire Camp email account. As each
division completes their review, they will update the electronic file to identify that it is
ready for the next screening step.
D.
Non-Qualified Inmates
The electronic FCSP's title will be changed to identify that the inmate was disqualified.
IPD will place the original J-20 and a copy of the Fire Camp Decision form (J-141) in the
inmate's custody record, and a copy of both will be returned to the inmate with a written
explanation of denial. The electronic FCSP will be printed and placed in the inmate's
FIRE CAMPS
#14//05
Page 1 of 5
custody record. This same procedure will be followed when inmates are disqualified by
MSD, JPMU or CDCR.
E.
Qualified Inmates
The electronic FCSP's title will be edited to identify that it is ready to be screened by
JPMU.
II.
CRIMINAL HISTORY SCREENING

A.
JPMU staff will screen the inmate's history using the following criteria.
Definitive Exclusionary Criteria:
1.
Violent felonies
Current or prior PC 667.5(c) convictions or comparable out-of-state conviction(s).
2.
Serious Felonies
Current or prior PC 1192.7(c) and/or PC 1192.8 convictions(s) or comparable outof-state conviction(s).
3.
History of escape or "walk-away" within the past ten years.
4.
Active felony hold, warrant or detainer for a felony offense.
5.
Misdemeanor holds are not exclusionary EXCEPT where it is unclear whether a

charge is a felony or a misdemeanor.
6.
Active or potential US ICE hold with prior deportation.
7.
Active US ICE hold with no prior deportation and no immediate family ties
and/or no established work history of 12 months or more.
8.
Prison Gang Membership

Active or inactive gang member or associate.
9.
Disciplinary History
Any in-custody misconduct in the last 12 months of incarceration, resulting in a
finding of guilt that could constitute a felony, whether or not prosecution is
pursued.
FIRE CAMPS
#14//05
10.
A Security or Psychiatric Housing Unit term in the last 12 months.
11.
Designated high notoriety or public interest case.
12.
Current or prior commitment for arson of structure, forest, property or arson with
injuries.
Page 2 of 5
13.
B.
Conviction, arrest or detention for possession of explosive device.
Qualified Inmates
The electronic FCSP's title will be edited to identify that it is ready to be screened by
MSD.
III.
MEDICAL SCREENING
A.
MSD staff will screen the inmate using the following criteria:
1.
Functional Capacity
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
B.
Has no work restrictions

Has bilateral vision with 20/40 each eye with corrective spectacles
Has good bilateral grip strength
Has good mobility and endurance
Able to dig ditches, chop wood and haul water
Able to work at high altitudes
2.
No chronic medical conditions OR chronic medical conditions that are in good

control and are common conditions.
3.
Does not require any medications to be administered by a nurse. Requires only

access to limited nurse sick call and to emergency care.
4.
Requires two or fewer consultations to General Surgery, Orthopedics, GYN,

Radiology, Ophthalmology or Internal Medicine.
Mental Health Criteria

1.
Is not presently prescribed any psychotropic medication (for example:

antipsychotics, antidepressants or mood stabilizers). OR
2.
Has been screened by a Mental Health Clinician who has determined that the
individual:
a.
b.
C.
FIRE CAMPS
#14//05
Has a past history of mental health treatment, has been emotionally stable
without psychotropic medication(s) for a period of at least six months. OR
Does not require mental health treatment.
Dental Criteria
1.
Is not presently awaiting delivery of dental prosthesis.
2.
Is not currently experiencing toothache/pain.
3.
Has no unusual or soft tissue pathology requiring treatment within 60 days.
Page 3 of 5
D.
Qualified Inmates
The electronic FCSP's title will be changed to notify IPD that the inmate is ready to
continue the selection process.
IV.
CDCR APPROVAL
A.
All qualified FCSP packets will be electronically sent to CDCR via a Secure Transfer
Protocol for their approval.
B.
CDCR will notify IPD of the acceptance or denial of the inmate packets provided.
C.
Qualified Inmates
IPD will create the Fire Camp transfer list and notify JPMU to arrange for the inmate to
be transported to CDCR.
V.
TRANSPORTATION
A.
Male Inmates
1.
Qualified male inmates will be transferred to the Vista Detention Facility to await
transfer to the High Desert State Prison at Susanville.
2.
CDCR Statewide Transportation will pick-up these inmates on Mondays at 4 a.m.
3.
B.
a.
The inmates will be fed breakfast before the arrival of Statewide

Transportation.
b.
Statewide will strip out the inmates and dress them in a CDCR jumpsuit
prior to transporting. Inmates will keep jail issued shower shoes during
transport.
Inmates are limited to one brown paper bag of property.
Female Inmates
Qualified female inmates will be transported from the Las Colinas Detention Facility by
the San Diego Sheriff's Transportation Detail to the California Institute for Women
(CIW). This transport will occur during the regularly scheduled transportation run on
Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday.
VI.
HOUSING
Inmates at fire camp will be housed under the County Parole and Alternative Custody Unit
(CPAC) housing area in the Jail Information Management System (JIMS). They will be
considered to be out at an alternative housing site and under the responsibility of CPAC.
A.
Fire Camp Returns

1.
FIRE CAMPS
#14//05
Inmates are to be returned to SDSD custody at least 30 days before release date.
Page 4 of 5
2.
B.
VII.
Inmates may need to be returned to custody for various reasons, to include, but
not limited to:
a.
Sickness, or need medical care beyond what is available at the camp.
b.
They are injured at camp.
c.
Unable to complete the training.
d.
Violate the camp rules.
CPAC will be notified of any change in an inmate's housing situation.
Return to Custody
A. The transporting deputy will complete an ISR in JIMS detailing the reason for return to
custody of a Fire Camp Inmate.
B. Male Inmates
CDCR staff will contact SDCJ's Processing Sergeant to arrange for a deputy to meet with
their staff to return the inmate to custody. CPAC staff will be the second point of contact
if SDCJ cannot provide a transport deputy.
1.
2.
3.
The meeting place will be the Alpine Sheriff's Station's secure parking lot:
2751 Alpine Blvd., Alpine, CA 91901-3820
The deputy will take custody of the inmate and sign CDCR Form 123, Body
Receipt to accomplish the transfer of the inmate.
The deputy will then transport the inmate to SDCJ for return to custody.
C. Female Inmates
1.
CDCR Fire Camp staff will return female inmates to CIW. SDSD transportation
detail deputies will pick-up the returned inmate during their regularly scheduled
transportation run to CIW.
2.
If the inmate is located in San Diego County and needs to be returned to our
custody immediately, CDCR will contact the watch commander at Las Colinas
Detention Facility or Vista Detention Facility, whichever is closer, to arrange for
a deputy to meet them and transfer the inmate.
D. Injured Inmates
CDCR staff will take the injured inmate to the nearest hospital for treatment. If the
hospital is within the county, they will contact SDCJ's Processing Sergeant to arrange for
a deputy to relieve their staff and take custody of the inmate.
FIRE CAMPS
#14//05
Page 5 of 5
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INMATE RECORDS
F.1
Records maintained
F.3
Commitments and court orders
F.4
Temporary restraining orders
F.5
Inmate incident reporting
F.7
Record of inmate participation in programs
F.9
Crime reports and major incident documentation
F.10
Tarasoff notifications
F.13
Subpoena duces tecum
F.15
Contact with the duty judge
F TABLE OF CONTENTS
#15//10
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.1
RECORDS MAINTAINED
F.7
PURPOSE
To ensure inmates are properly committed; inmate property is correctly managed; there is a record of
events while the inmate is in custody; and there is an established records retention schedule.
POLICY
Detention Support Services will maintain and update the following inmate records:
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Inmate records that will be maintained and kept in the inmate custody record are:
A.
Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form)
B.
Sentence documents
C.
Court orders
D.
Discipline reports (If not recorded in IMS)
E.
Release orders
F.
Classification records (If not recorded in IMS)
G.
Any document changing the inmates legal, medical, disciplinary, or special custody status
(If not recorded in IMS)
The following records will be maintained and kept for the designated period of time:
RECORD TITLE
Facility quarterly reports (historical file)
Bail/fine receipts
Cash disbursement forms
Check cashing requests
Prison and honor camp transfers
Custody or safekeeping receipts
Bureau of State and Community Corrections
Facility correspondence files
F.1 RECORDS MAINTAINED
#15//10
RETENTION RECORD
Indefinite
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
Page 1 of 2
Fire incident reports

General and subsidiary ledgers
Money adjustment requests
Monthly balance sheet reports (A.R.M.S.)
Monthly bank statements (inmate welfare
revolving fund, bail account, inmate trust fund)
Stores deposit permits
Inmate worker pay reimbursement Claims
(confidential file kept by the legal advisor)
Weekly proof of cash reports
Employee grievance
Erroneous releases
Escape reports
Facility master schedule
Facility property & inventory files
Grand jury inspections
Disciplinary actions
Inmate Grievances (non-disciplinary)
Night count sheets
Inmate participation in jail program
Inmate property records
Kitchen inspections
Petty cash transactions
Requisitions/purchasing files
Subpoena logs and files
Watch commander logs
Work orders
*Bi-weekly leave activity reports
*Detention facility services quarterly reports
*Food service reports
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
2 Years
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
III.
After the above documents have exceeded their required retention period, they may be
destroyed, if not needed for an ongoing investigation or pending court order.
* Original kept by other county department for a minimum of two years.
IV.
After January 18, 2002, all records listed in section II that are recorded in the IMS system will be
retained for a minimum of 5 years.
F.1 RECORDS MAINTAINED

#15//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.3
COMMITMENTS AND COURT ORDERS
P.15, Q.49
PURPOSE
To establish a standard operating procedure for the processing of court orders received on In custody
inmates.
POLICY
Every effort will be made to comply with valid court orders.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
COURT ORDER ACCEPTANCE

A.
If there is a question as to the authenticity of a court order, the court clerk should be
contacted to verify the order. Legal Affairs should be contacted in the event a court clerk
cannot be reached.
B.
Any court order received at a detention facility, whether via transportation, messenger
mail or hand delivery, will be inspected for authenticity and validity prior to processing.
Any questions or discrepancies should be directed to the clerk of the court issuing the
order. Hand delivered court orders will not be accepted if incomplete or invalid.
C.
Court orders will be accepted from anyone eighteen (18) years of age, or older. Family
or friend must present a valid driver license or other valid picture identification. A bail
bond agent must present a valid bail bond identification card with a driver's license or
other picture identification. An attorney must present a valid bar card with a driver
license or other picture identification. The court order will be inspected for authenticity
and validity prior to processing. Any questions or discrepancies should be directed to the
clerk of the court issuing the order.
D.
Court orders (other than To-report commitments) will not be accepted regarding
inmates who are not physically in custody at the time the order is received. Such orders
will be returned to the issuing judge with a written explanation as to why the order was
not accepted.
COURT ORDER PROCESSING

A.
All court orders accepted are to be time-stamped immediately upon receipt, inmates
booking number written on the face of the document and processed in the following
manner:
1.
Court orders authorizing jail entry of an outside party, (i.e. court appointed
psychiatric investigators) will be reproduced and copies distributed as follows:
F.3 COMMITMENTS AND COURT ORDERS

#15//10
Page 1 of 3
2.
3.
a.
The original document will be filed in the inmates custody record.
b.
A copy will be provided to the watch commander.
c.
A copy will be filed in the alphabetical file, by inmates name, in the

custody information office.
d.
If the court order pertains to a medical or psychiatric evaluation, a copy

will be sent to the medical staff.
Court orders ordering the release or transport of an inmate for other than custody
related purposes (i.e., family funeral services) will be immediately directed to the
watch commander for review and approval. The document shall be distributed as
follows:
a.
The original document will be placed in the inmates custody record.
b.
A copy will be directed to the watch commander.
c.
A copy will be forwarded to the medical staff if the court order pertains to
a medical issue.
Court orders for release or transport of an inmate for medical reasons (i.e.
dental/medical/psychiatric) will be immediately directed to the watch commander
for verification and acceptance. The watch commander (along with the medical
staff on medical/dental/psychiatric orders) shall make any and all efforts to ensure
the following:
a.
Confirm the necessity for the transport or release if the same could not be
accomplished by having the other party (ies) come to the facility.
b.
Confirm the exact date, time and location of the appointment as well as the
expected duration.
c.
Confirm all other aspects of the court order (transportation method,

criminal record and driver's license validity of the person named to
transport, if other than Sheriff's personnel).
Any court order not received in ample time to allow confirmation, or which
appears unreasonable, or places the security of the inmate(s), facility or staff in
jeopardy is subject to amendment or denial by the facility commander. Efforts
should be made to inform the issuing judge, and/or initiating attorney, of the
changes or denial, prior to the effective time of the original order. The facility
commander shall contact Legal Affairs when presented with such an order.
B.
The computer records will be updated to reflect the court order.

1.
Update the computerized custody record to reflect future court dates and times,
sentencing information and other pertinent court ordered information.

#15//10
Page 2 of 3
2.
Release orders will be processed as soon as possible.

#15//10
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

F.4
TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS
PURPOSE
To set a standard procedure for the acceptance, service and processing of a temporary restraining order
(TRO) when the respondent is in custody.
POLICY
Responsibility of acceptance and processing of a TRO upon inmates in custody of the Sheriffs
detention facilities will rest with the watch commander.
PROCEDURE
If it is determined the respondent of a TRO is in custody and the TRO has not been served, the
appropriate detention facility watch commander will be contacted by the Sheriffs Civil Office (SCO)
and made aware of the existence of the TRO. A copy of the TRO will be sent via fax or e-mail to the
detention facility for immediate service by that facilitys sworn personnel. SCO personnel must make
contact with the watch commander or designee before the TRO is faxed/e-mailed.
I.
Once the watch commander receives the TRO for service, the watch commander will direct
sworn personnel to serve the TRO as soon as possible. Time is of the essence, and the TRO must
be served before the respondent is released from custody.
A.
B.
The important points to be communicated to the inmate while serving the TRO are the
stay away orders located on the restraining order or the teletype. Stay away orders
include, the address/location and distance from which the respondent must stay away; the
court appearance date; and the protected person or person's name(s). In addition, any
prohibited conduct and all of the firearms requirements and restrictions must be
communicated.
1.
The orders that apply to inmates in custody or inmates pending release are listed
on the restraining order.
2.
Disregard any orders on the TRO that are lined or crossed out by the SCO.
Once the TRO is served by sworn personnel, the serving deputy must call Sheriffs
records at 858-974-2457 for a local TRO and relay the service information for computer
entry and documentation. The service information needed for documentation is the
serving deputys name and ARJIS number, the case number for the TRO, the name of the
person served and the date, time, and location of the service of the TRO. The above
information suffices as acknowledgement of the TRO; the inmate does not have to sign
the TRO.
F.4 TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS

#16//01
Page 1 of 2
C.
II.
Following each TRO service, the serving deputy must document the service in the Jail
Information Management System (JIMS) using a primary incident type of TRO. To
complete, the deputy must log the facility, area, and housing unit information. For "action
taken" the serving deputy need only write, Records notified and Case number
1234567, filling in the actual number of the TRO served. A narrative is not required to
complete a TRO service incident. If something unusual happens during the service that
should be documented; the deputy should write a narrative for future reference. Link the
inmate to the TRO service incident. When linking the inmate, use involvement code O.
This will complete the TRO service documentation.
Procedures for a National Crime Information Center (NCIC) hit of a TRO prior to release
A.
All inmates in custody of the Sheriffs detention facilities are run in NCIC before being
released. The NCIC inquiry is part of the release process to ensure that all wants for the
particular inmate have been addressed prior to release. If an inmate being processed for
release or as part of a records check has an active TRO in the system and the restraining
order has not been served, the detention processing technician (DPT) will contact the
watch commander or designee immediately.
B.
The DPT will make a copy of the information contained in the NCIC hit with regard to
the TRO. This information is to be used to serve the TRO upon the inmate prior to
release.
C.
The watch commander or designee will direct a sworn deputy to serve the TRO from the
NCIC hit information. The NCIC hit information contains all the information necessary
for legal service of the TRO
1.
If the NCIC hit is for a local TRO, sworn staff shall follow the procedures in
section I for service.
The NCIC hit information will not contain the court date for appearance for the
local TRO. The serving deputy should direct the inmate to contact the nearest
Court Services Bureau office or court of jurisdiction to obtain the appearance
date. This information may also be obtained at the court of filing of the TRO.
2.
If the TRO is out-of-county or out-of-state the NCIC hit information will contain
a contact phone number for service information. The serving deputy shall follow
the procedures in section IA for service, and then call the service information
number listed in the NCIC hit to relay the service information. The service
information that needs to be communicated is the serving deputys name and
ARJIS number, the case number for the TRO, the name of the person served and
the date, time, and location of the service of the TRO. Once completed, the
service deputy must document the service (refer to section I.C for procedures).
F.4 TEMPORARY RESTRAINING ORDERS

#16//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.5
INMATE INCIDENT REPORT (JIMS)
J.1, J.2, J.3, O.1, Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003
PURPOSE:
To standardize reporting procedures for a variety of inmate incidents/actions encountered in daily facility
operations.
POLICY:
All inmate movements, other than for population management reasons, including applicable inmate
actions shall be documented in the incidents module within the Jail Information Management System
(JIMS). Completed forms shall be reviewed, approved, forwarded and disseminated as required.
PROCEDURE:
Incident reports shall be completed for, but not limited to, the following reasons:
I.
II.
Any change in an inmates status due to:

A.
Medical Transfer
B.
Housing movement due to inmate request or individual problem
C.
Keep separate
D.
Administrative segregation and protective custody housing placement
E.
Loss of inmate worker status
F.
Injury
G.
Change of classification due to disciplinary action
An inmates special housing requirements:

A.
Safety cell
B.
Medical isolation
C.
Sobering cell
D.
Need for specialized housing of LGBT inmates beyond 30 days
F.5 INMATE INCIDENT REPORT (JIMS)

#15//10
Page 1 of 2
E.
III.
Other
Any unusual inmate behavior:

Incident reports shall be filed in the inmates custody record. Copies of incidents shall be
distributed according to facility policy. Other than for disciplinary actions (violation of inmate
rules & regulations), no incident report shall be given to any inmate.
If discipline is to be imposed on an inmate or housing module, discipline shall be documented in
JIMS on an incident report (refer to DSB P&P section O.1.).
F.5 INMATE INCIDENT REPORT (JIMS)

#15//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.7
RECORD OF INMATE PARTICIPATION IN PROGRAMS
PURPOSE
To establish a standard procedure for maintaining records of inmate participation in programs.
POLICY
Correctional counselors will maintain complete and accurate records of all inmates participating in
programs.
PROCEDURE
Correctional counselors will be responsible for maintaining a record of the programs available to the
inmates. Participation by inmates will be recorded on an attendance record and entered into the
Offender 360 database by reentry services staff.
The attendance records will be kept in the correctional counselors office and will be maintained for two
(2) years.
F.7 RECORD OF INMATE PARTICIPATION IN PROGRAMS

#15//10
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.9
CRIME REPORTS AND MAJOR INCIDENT DOCUMENTATION
PURPOSE
To fulfill legal and departmental requirements for proper crime/incident documentation.
POLICY
Whenever a crime or incident occurs, that results in physical harm, or serious threat of physical harm, to
an employee, inmate or other person, proper documentation shall be completed in a timely manner.
PROCEDURE
Whenever an incident occurs in which a crime/incident report is required, it shall be the responsibility of
the on-duty watch commander when the incident occurred, or was discovered, to see that all necessary
reports are written and processed as rapidly as possible. All reports shall be completed on the same shift
as the incident occurred or was discovered, unless otherwise authorized by a supervisor. In which case,
the reports shall be completed as soon as reasonably possible. Supervisors may authorize overtime to
complete the reports if it is deemed necessary.
It is the supervisors responsibility to review all reports for accuracy and completeness. The supervisor
shall then approve the report and check all attached documents or property/evidence to see it has been
processed properly.
I.
PROCESSING OF REPORTS
A.
The report writer shall call the Sheriffs Records Division to get a case number. Once the
case number has been obtained, the report writer will log into NetRMS and complete the
report.
B.
The report writer shall submit the completed incident/crime report to the shift supervisor
utilizing NetRMS for approval.
C.
The shift supervisor shall submit the approved report to the Detentions Investigations
Unit (DIU) utilizing NetRMS.
D.
If a copy of the report needs to be retained at the module or placed on the briefing board,
extra copies may be made and distributed.
E.
If there is evidence to be submitted, the evidence tag shall be attached to the evidence.
F.9 CRIME REPORTS AND MAJOR INCIDENT DOCUMENTATION

#15//10
Page 1 of 2
II.
COMPLETING OF REPORTS
Watch commanders shall ensure the following documents, when applicable, are fully completed
immediately after the incident:
III.
A.
Crime reports, arrest reports, and property/evidence documentation.. Employee medical

injury incident reports shall be submitted verifying any injury to staff personnel as soon
as reasonably reliable information is obtained explaining the nature and severity of the
injury or illness.
B.
Interdepartmental memorandum (After-action report) describing in detail the sequence of

events, known or suspected escape location or method, personnel actions, suspect
identification, suspect charge, known criminal history and any other pertinent information
that clarifies or adequately describes the incident.
C.
When appropriate, motor vehicle accident reports shall be completed.
EXTRAORDINARY OCCURRENCES
A.
Any extraordinary occurrence such as riots, fires, severe medical injuries or illness to
inmate populations or staff, suicides or natural calamity shall be duly noted and explained
in sufficient detail to adequately describe the situation.
B.
When appropriate, collateral support services utilized (Homicide, arson, SWAT,

communications center, etc.) shall be indicated in the report. These references shall
include mention of what functions were requested and provided by these units.
C.
It shall be the watch commanders responsibility to notify the communications center of

any incident of such importance that it should be placed on the morning report. These
shall include major crimes, escapes and serious unusual incidents.
F.9 CRIME REPORTS AND MAJOR INCIDENT DOCUMENTATION

#15//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.10
TARASOFF NOTIFICATIONS
SDSD P&P Section 6.120, W&I Code 8100 (b) (1)
NUMBER:
A.15
SUBJECT:
PURPOSE
RELATED SECTIONS:
This policy establishes guidelines for properly documenting Tarasoff notifications in all San Diego
County detention facilities.
POLICY
Detention Services Bureau staff shall respond to and properly document all Tarasoff notifications
occurring in the detention facilities. The facility watch commander shall be notified and take
appropriate steps to ensure all documentation and notification requirements are met.
PROCEDURE
A Tarasoff warning or notification is when a licensed psychotherapist reports one of their patients has
made a serious threat of physical violence against any reasonably identifiable victim(s). An inmate who
informs the therapist he or she intends to harm their parole officer (or any other reasonably identifiable
victim) upon release from custody is an example of when a Tarasoff notification is necessary.
Tarasoff notifications will be handled similarly to other threats of violence. Deputies will speak with the
reporting party to gather information about the threat. Deputies will make a reasonable attempt to
contact the victim to provide information about the threat of violence and the identity of the suspect.
Deputies will speak with the suspect to determine an appropriate course of action (i.e. crime report for
Penal Code section 422). Deputies will attempt to locate the suspect if they have already been released
from custody.
Deputies shall notify the watch commander of a Tarasoff warning as soon as possible and prepare a case
report detailing the incident. To ensure Tarasoff cases are readily identifiable, deputies will select the
Tarasoff incident option under the special studies drop down menu in NetRMS.
Deputies will also complete an FD4074 Law enforcement report of firearms prohibition form.
Properly filling out this form and faxing it to the appropriate personnel will prohibit the suspect from
purchasing a firearm or other deadly weapon for six months. The form is available on the Sheriffs
Sharepoint Site (SSP) and will be faxed by the deputy to the Department of Justice (the fax number is on
the form). A copy of the completed form will be scanned and attached to the case report. Deputies will
document in their report the date and time the form was successfully faxed. These forms are only to be
used in cases involving a licensed psychotherapist making a Tarasoff notification and not for other crime
reporting purposes.
F.10 TARASOFF NOTIFICATIONS

#15//10
Page 1 of 2
The facility watch commander or designee shall inform the communications center of all Tarasoff
notifications. This will generate a CAD event documenting the Departments response to the incident.
The watch commander or designee will provide the dispatcher with: the victims name; identity of the
suspect; information about the threat of violence; and information regarding notifications or contacts
that were made.
F.10 TARASOFF NOTIFICATIONS

#15//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

F.13
SUBPOENA DUCES TECUM
PURPOSE
To set a standard procedure for the acceptance and processing of a Subpoena Duces Tecum (SDT).
POLICY
Responsibility of acceptance and processing of a SDT will rest with the watch commander.
PROCEDURE
Any SDT will be directed to the watch commander. This includes subpoenas for support personnel (i.e.,
medical, kitchen, laundry, etc.). The Detention Information Assistant (DIA) will not accept the
subpoena. It must be served on the watch commander. Prior to acceptance, the watch commander or
designee will complete a search to ensure the inmate is in custody. (If the inmate is not in custody, refer
the person serving the subpoena to the Sheriffs records division).
The watch commander will then:
I.
Log the SDT in the SDT log in the watch commanders office.
II.
Before acting on the SDT, scan and forward the SDT directly to the Sheriffs legal advisor. Fax a
copy to the chief deputy district attorney (CDDA) of the proper division in which the case is
being heard (El Cajon, Vista, or South Bay). For San Diego cases, fax a copy of the subpoena to
the chief of the superior court division. In as much as these positions are subject to transfer in
personnel, it is better to address the subpoenas to the title rather than the name or particular
CDDA.
The CDDAs FAX numbers, mail stations and telephone numbers are:
LOCATION OF HEARING
FAX NO.
MAIL STATION
PHONE NO.
Vista
El Cajon
South Bay
San Diego
(760) 806-4162
(619) 441-4095
(619) 498-5625
(619) 531-3735
N-160
S-127
S-109
C-16
(760) 806-4004
(619) 441-4588
(619) 498-5656
(619) 531-4255
If the subpoena is sent via fax, follow through with a telephone call to the CDDAs office to
make sure they received it and await further instructions. The DA may move to quash the
subpoena or request that the Sheriffs legal advisor make the motion to quash. Alternatively,
they may ask you to comply with the subpoena and to make their office duplicate copies of the
records produced.
Notify the Sheriffs legal advisor with what the DAs instructions are with regard to each
subpoena, so the legal advisor will know whether to move to quash it or not.
F.13 SUBPOENA DUCES TECUM
#15//10
Page 1 of 2
III.
Review the contents of the subpoena, and if it is believed that the records requested contain
sensitive or confidential material or will be unduly burdensome to comply with, the watch
commander will forward the subpoena to the facility commander. The facility commander
should then review the subpoena with the Sheriffs legal advisor, who will decide whether to
take appropriate legal action against it. (Refer to Department P&P Section 6.16)
IV.
If section III above does not apply and instructions are given to comply with the subpoena after
completing section II, the watch commander will assign the appropriate personnel to gather the
documents.
V.
The watch commander will make sure the documents are certified as being true and correct
copies.
VI.
Assign the appropriate personnel to appear in the designated court with the required documents.
VII.
File a copy of the subpoena in the SDT log.
F.13 SUBPOENA DUCES TECUM

#15//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 1, 2011
F.15
CONTACT WITH THE DUTY JUDGE
PC 810, The Duty Judge Manual
PURPOSE
To ensure access to the Duty Judge is facilitated for the reduction or enhancement of bail, or for O.R.
(own recognizance) release after court hours.
POLICY
All requests for bail enhancement, bail reduction, or O.R. releases made by attorneys and/or Arresting
Officers/Deputies during court hours shall be instructed to go to the courthouse to process their request.
When a request is made to the Watch Commander or designee to contact the Duty Judge for the
purposes of bail reduction, enhancement or O.R. release after court hours, the Watch Commander or
designee will contact the Duty Judge by leaving a phone message on the Duty Judge Line. The request
can be made by the Arresting Officer/Deputy, an inmate or the inmates attorney of record pursuant to
Penal Code 810.
Accurate telephone numbers for the following shall be posted prominently in the Watch Commanders
office in every detention facility:
Duty Judge Line
Sheriffs Warrants Unit
Duty District Attorney
Duty City Attorney
It is the responsibility of the Sheriffs Warrants Unit to ensure that current working phone numbers are
provided to the Watch Commanders.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures shall be followed by the Watch Commander or designee when contacting the
Duty Judge after court hours by the requesting party:
A.
Arresting Officer/Deputy
1.
Watch Commander or designee calls the Duty Judge to inform him/her of a

request for enhancement or reduction in bail by an arresting agency.
2.
The Arresting Officer/Deputy will provide justification to the Duty Judge for the
bail enhancement or reduction.
F.15 CONTACT WITH THE DUTY JUDGE

NEW SECTION
#11//10
Page 1 of 3
B.
3.
If the request is approved by the Duty Judge, the Watch Commander or designee
will ensure the J-107 Bail Setting Request form is properly filled out and
submitted to the Detention Processing Supervisor.
4.
If the request is denied by the Duty Judge, the Watch Commander or designee
does nothing.
Requests by an Inmate or an Inmates Attorney.

1.
When an attorney of an inmate requests the Duty Judge for the purpose of bail
enhancement, reduction or O.R. release, the Watch Commander or designee shall
obtain the attorneys contact information and Bar Card number.
2.
The Watch Commander or designee shall leave a message with the Duty Judge by
calling the Duty Judge telephone number. The Watch Commander shall inform
the Duty Judge of the request and provide the Duty Judge with the attorneys
information, as well as the Watch Commander telephone number.
3.
After leaving a message with the Duty Judge, the Watch Commander shall inform
the attorney of the following:
a.
b.
If the Duty Judge does not wish to entertain the request, no further action
will be taken.
If the Duty Judge wants to entertain the motion on the merits, the Sheriffs
Department will be in contact with the attorney.
4.
If the Duty Judge decides to entertain the motion, the Duty Judge will contact the
Sheriffs Warrants Unit and provide the responding employee with the attorneys
telephone number, as well as a callback number for the court so that the hearing
can be recorded. Warrants Unit will then set up a conference call between the
requesting attorney, and the prosecutor on duty (either from the D.A.s office or
the City Attorneys office). The last number called will be the courts callback
number. Once the conference call is set up on the courts recording line, the
employee will put down the receiver and not participate further nor listen to the
call.
5.
If the Duty Judge decides to reduce bail, he/she will contact the Watch
Commander. Upon receiving such a call, the Watch Commander shall contact the
Warrants Units via conference call and have the Warrants Unit verify that the
person on the other line purporting to be the Duty Judge is, in fact, the same
person who contacted the Warrants Unit.
6.
If the request is made by an inmate, the same procedures as above shall be

followed, except that the Watch Commanders message for the Duty Judge shall
inform him or her that the request is being made by the inmate. The contact
telephone number given to the Duty Judge, instead of the attorneys telephone
number, will be the Watch Commanders telephone number.
7.
If the request is approved by the Duty Judge, the Watch Commander or designee
will ensure the J-107 Bail Setting Request form is properly filled out and
Page 2 of 3
NEW SECTION
#11//10
submitted to the Detention Processing Supervisor. If the request denied by the

Duty Judge, the Watch Commander or designee shall make an in entry in the
inmates JIMS history.
The telephone numbers used in this process shall not be disclosed to the attorney or the inmate, unless
specifically directed to do so by the Duty Judge.

NEW SECTION
#11//10
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
F.16
SEXUAL ASSAULT CASE ASSIGNMENTS &
INVESTIGATIONS
SDSD P&P 6.71
PURPOSE:
To standardize case assignment procedures and notifications for a variety of Sexual Assault incidents
encountered in a detention facility.
POLICY:
Whenever an allegation of sexual assault is reported, whether from an inmate/detainee, volunteer,
contractor, Sheriff's employee or any outside source, proper notifications and documentation shall be
completed in a timely manner.
PROCEDURE:
The deputy whom the assault was reported to is responsible for writing the initial Crime Report or
appropriate report as noted below, and charging the applicable Penal Code Section, based on the
circumstances of the assault. See Sheriff's P&P Section 6.71 regarding report documentation. The
Detentions Investigation Unit (DIU and/or Sexual Assault Unit (SAU) will be responsible for follow-up
investigations as appropriate.
In all cases, if the alleged incident took place within 96 hours, immediate notification to the appropriate
investigative body is required, via the Communications Center. The Communications Center has contact
information for outside agency notifications.
I.
CASE ASSIGNMENTS:
A.
Inmate on inmate follow up investigations will be handled by the DIU and will be
responsible for PREA tracking.
B.
Sheriff's employees on inmate investigations will be handled by the SAU and DIU
(support) unless otherwise directed. DIU will be responsible for PREA tracking.
C.
Sexual harassment - Sheriff's employees on inmates - in the detention facilities, noncriminal, sexual harassment allegations will be investigated by the command and/or
handled via administrative investigation as appropriate.
D.
Sheriff's employees on detainee incidents occurring outside of the detention facilities

will be investigated by the SAU. The detentions' watch commander will notify the on-call
SAU sergeant. SAU will be responsible for PREA reporting to DIU and command
notifications. The effected command will decide if an internal affairs investigation is
warranted.
F.16 Sexual Assault Case Assignments & Investigations

#14/12
Page 1 of 8
II.
E.
SDSD jurisdiction, Community If the abuse occurred within 96 hours, immediately

contact the SAU for investigation/direction. If SAU/DIU waives a response, the deputy
taking the preliminary report will be responsible for completing the initial crime report in
NetRMS, to document the allegation and deputy actions. The report will then be
forwarded to the SAU for investigation.
F.
Outside jurisdiction, Community If the abuse occurred within 96 hours, immediately

contact the agency of jurisdiction for investigation/direction. If the agency waives, a
deputy will take the initial report and complete a "Courtesy" report in NetRMS following
Sheriff's P&P 6.71; Courtesy Reports. If the case occurred out of country, complete the
Courtesy Report and contact the appropriate consulate.
G.
Outside jurisdiction, Detention Facility (CCA / GEO) If the abuse occurred within
96 hours, immediately contact the DIU for investigation/direction. The deputy taking the
initial report will be responsible for completing the initial crime report in NetRMS, to
document the allegation and deputy actions. The report will then be forwarded to the DIU
for investigation as deemed appropriate.
H.
Assaults by other Law Enforcement Officers - The watch commander will

immediately contact the agency watch commander for investigation. SDSD deputies will
complete a "981000-ZZ-Miscellaneous Incident Report" in NetRMS, print it out and
forward it to the station/agency watch commander for investigation.
RESPONDING TO SEXUAL ASSAULTS - INMATE vs INMATE

California Penal Code 293(a): Any employee of a law enforcement agency who personally
receives a report from any person, alleging that they have been the victim of a sex offense, shall
inform that person that his or her name will become a matter of public record unless he or she
requests that it not become a matter of public record, pursuant to Section 6254 of the
Government Code.
When a victim of a sexual assault requests their name be confidential, the deputy will fill out the
victim information on the report. The very first sentence, above the synopsis should be bold
typed and contain the sentence, THE VICTIM IN THIS REPORT REQUESTS TO
REMAIN CONFIDENTIAL PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE 293(a) AND
CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE 6254."
When you first become aware or informed that a sexual assault has occurred, and determined that
a DIU response is necessary, the following steps shall be taken:
Secure the safety of victim away from the suspect.
(Instruct victim not to take any actions that could destroy physical evidence: showering,
brushing their teeth, changing their clothes, urinating, defecating, drinking or eating)
Lockdown the housing unit or suspend operations in the affected area.
Notify your supervisor and request additional staff for assistance.
Secure the scene to ensure evidence is not destroyed or tampered with.

#14/12
Page 2 of 8
Do not attempt to collect evidence (absent exigent circumstances) until directed by

DIU/SAU.
Separate all witnesses and/or suspect(s).
(Place known suspect(s) in an area where their ability to destroy evidence is limited) example an
area without a sink, shower, toilet etc.
Prepare a synopsis of the incident and be prepared to brief DIU upon their arrival.
Do not process the scene, conduct suspect/witness interviews or arrange for a SART exam
unless directed by DIU.
A preliminary interview with the victim to obtain the elements of the crime should be completed
by the first responder. The report should document the following:
When and where the assault took place.
Specific details of how they were assaulted.
Can the victim identify the suspect and any possible witnesses?
Does the victim complain of any injuries or pain, even if there are no visible
injuries?
What is the victim and suspect's condition and demeanor (apologetic, afraid, etc.)?
Document torn clothing, bodily fluids, area in disarray.
Document the initial evidence of injury (description, photographs, etc.).
If necessary, take photographs of the scene making sure not to disturb anything.
Once DIU Detectives arrive on scene, they will assess the assault and arrange for a SART exam,
if needed. SART exams should NOT be initiated or attempted by the facility medical staff.
These exams must be done at a recognized medical facility by a SART nurse. It is the facility's
responsibility to transport the victim and the suspect to the facility and provide security during
the exam. A DIU Detective will be present during the exam.
The DIU case agent will write a follow-up report to the initial report and submit the case to the
District Attorney's office for review and possible issuance.
III.
RESPONDING TO SEXUAL ASSAULTS - STAFF on INMATE

Notify the watch commander. If the alleged incident occurred within 96 hours and there is
evidentiary value that can be obtained (video, soiled clothing, injury etc.), immediately contact
the Sexual Assault Unit (SAU) sergeant for direction.

#14/12
Page 3 of 8
If SAU waives, the deputy notified of the alleged incident will take the initial report and will
document how they became aware of the incident and will document the event in a crime report
using "miscellaneous report" and assign the case to the SAU. The affected command will be
notified by SAU and decide if an internal affairs investigation is warranted.
IV.
PROCEDURE PURSUANT TO PREA MEDICAL INTAKE QUESTIONS

If an inmate discloses he/she has been a previous victim of a sexual assault that occurred within
96 hours, request that the alleged victim not take any actions that could destroy physical
evidence, including, as appropriate: washing, brushing teeth, changing clothes, urinating,
defecating, smoking, drinking or eating.
In addition, the following procedures shall be followed:
Medical staff will notify the watch commander, JPMU and refer the inmate to the Mental
Health Clinician.
Watch commander will notify their respective sexual abuse investigator as identified
above in Case Assignment.
A.
Allegations of inmate on inmate assaults occurring in SDSD Detention Facilities

The watch commander will assign a deputy to conduct the initial investigation to
determine if a report has been written. If a report has not been written, the deputy will
write the crime report and assign it to DIU for follow-up. If the incident was previously
documented, deputies will write an ISR using the PREA dropdown and include the
following information:
1.
2.
B.
Reference to the original case number

Synopsis of how they became aware of allegations and notifications they made
Outside Jurisdiction Institution or Confinement Facility

The watch commander will assign a deputy to conduct the initial investigation to
determine if a report has been written. If the incident was previously documented,
deputies will write an ISR using the PREA dropdown and include the following
information:
1.
2.
Reference to the original case number.

Synopsis of how they became aware of allegations and notifications they made.
If a report has not been written, JPMU will contact the agency/facility where the assault
occurred and inform them of the allegation. The JPMU deputy will obtain the employee
name and ID#, contacted. In addition, obtain the facility commander's name, e-mail and
or physical address for written notification. The watch commander will assign a deputy
to complete a "Courtesy" report in NetRMS, using the Offense code "990000 - ZZ COURTESY REPORTS" to document the allegation and deputy actions. The deputy
will print the report, scan it, and send it to the facility commander, via e-mail.

#14/12
Page 4 of 8
The facility commander must notify, in writing, the facility commander of the facility
where the sexual abuse is alleged to have occurred no later than 96 hours after receiving
the allegation. (PREA 115.63)
The watch commander should also make "notifications" as they normally would for any critical
incident or potential call-out occurring in a facility.

#14/12
Page 5 of 8
Sexual Assault Checklist
The below terms and definitions will play an important role when evaluating any PREA related
incident.
Definitions of Sexual Violence:
Nonconsensual sexual acts: Contact of any person without his or her consent, or of a person
who is unable to consent or refuse; and Contact between the penis and the vagina or the penis
and the anus including penetration, however slight; Contact between the mouth and the penis,
vagina or anus; Penetration of the anal or genital opening of another person by a hand, finger or
other object.
Abusive sexual contacts: Contact of any person without his or her consent, or of a person who
is unable to consent or refuse; and Intentional touching, either directly or through the clothing,
of the genitalia, anus, groin, breast, inner thigh, or buttocks of any person. Exclude incidents in
which the intent of the sexual contact is to harm or debilitate rather than to sexually exploit.
Date Reported:
Time Reported:
Reporting Source:
(Grievance, medical request, etc.)
To whom the report was made:

Reporting Party:
(Other than Victim)
Victim Name:
(If multiple victims, list on separate sheet of paper)
Interview Location:
Witnesses:
Time lapse between incident and reporting:
Location of Incident:
Date / Time of Incident:
Video Available:
Yes
No

#14/12
Page 6 of 8
To preserve evidence, determine if the incident occurred within 96 hours. Contact Detentions
Investigation Unit (DIU) or Sexual Assault Unit (SAU) and they will decide if a Sexual Assault
Response Team (SART) examination is needed. Because of the time sensitivity, this information needs
to be relayed to DIU as soon as possible. If the incident occurred longer than 96 hours and there is no
obtainable evidence (fluids etc.) simply document the facts of the case and actions of the deputy. No
immediate notification to DIU/SAU is required. If you are unsure, immediately contact DIU/SAU as
appropriate for direction.
Suspect(s) Name:
(If multiple suspects, list on separate sheet of paper)
Crime Scene Secured: Yes
No
(Note the date, time and deputy securing the scene). Do not allow the victims and/or suspects to clean up
in anyway, urinate, defecate, drink or eat. Deputies should not make any attempt to collect evidence
(absent exigent circumstances) until directed by DIU or SAU.
Victim Separated: Yes
No
(Do not allow victim to change clothes use restroom, wash, shower, eat or drink)
No
Witness Separated: Yes
Suspect Separated: Yes No
Time DIU Notified:

Time DIS Notified:
Time SAU Notified:
Notified via Communication Center
Notification of SAU will be at the discretion of DIU
Reporting deputy will need to prepare a short synopsis of the incident and brief the responding DIU
and/or SAU staff.
Synopsis/ DIU Brief:
293 PC Notifications:
Yes
No
(Note the date, time and deputy giving notification). Notification must be given either verbally or in
writing:
"Pursuant to California Penal Code Section 293 and 293.5, you have a right to request that your
name not become part of a public record pursuant to California Government Code Section 6254.
Before criminal proceedings are initiated in your case, a prosecutor from the District Attorney's
Office will fully explain the advantages and disadvantages of electing to keep your name out of
public records."
#14/12
Page 7 of 8
Document notification of the victim in the narrative section of the report with the victim's response as
follows:
'On (Date) at (Time) I advised (Victim's name) regarding (his/her) rights pursuant to California
Penal Code Section 293 and 293.5. (His/her) response was ()."
When a victim of a sexual assault requests their name be confidential, the deputy will fill out the victim
information on the report. The very first sentence, above the synopsis should be bold typed and contain
the sentence, 'THE VICTIM IN THIS REPORT REQUESTS TO REMAIN CONFIDENTIAL
PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE 293(a) AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE
6254."
Report:
The crime report will be written by the deputy that the assault was reported to. The deputy will need to
ensure the appropriate Penal Code Section(s) are charged based on the circumstances of the assault. The
initial report should document the following:
Preliminarily interview the victim to obtain elements of the crime, explain SART Exam and
ask victim if they will consent to a SART exam.
When and where the assault took place.
Specific details of how they were assaulted.
Can the victim identify the suspect and any possible witnesses?
Does the victim complain of any injuries or pain, even if there are no visible injuries?
What is the victim and suspect's condition and demeanor (apologetic, afraid, etc.)?
Document torn/soiled clothing, bodily fluids, area in disarray.
Document the initial evidence of injury (description, photographs, etc.).
If necessary, take photographs of the scene making sure not to disturb anything.
Document if victim has done anything that could affect evidence collection; i.e changed
clothes, showered, brushed teeth, washed, used restroom, eaten or drank anything.
Document if victim has disclosed to anyone else.
References:
Detentions In-Service Training Unit- PREA Training Bulletin February 2014

Department P&P Section 6.33 Major Crimes
Department P&P Section 6.71 Crime Case Reports
Department P&P Section 6.125 Sexual Assault
Department P&P Section 6.127 Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA)

#14/12
Page 8 of 8
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MAY 1, 2003
G
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PHYSICAL PLANT
G.1
Maintenance Procedures
G.3
Elevators
G.5
Damage Cost Estimates
G TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 3, 2011
G.1
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
CAC TITLE 15, SEC. 1280
PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines for expeditious handling of maintenance requests.
POLICY:
Each facility will ensure the timely completion of routine, urgent and/or emergency maintenance.
PROCEDURE:
I.
Each facility will be routinely inspected by medical supervisory, security and line staff for
compliance with applicable health, safety and security laws, guidelines, etc.
II.
Maintenance requirements noted during such inspections and during normal operations are to be
promptly logged to ensure deficiencies are corrected.
III.
Routine maintenance is performed by the Department of General Services Facilities

Maintenance, Monday through Friday (except holidays) during business hours. At the discretion
of the Watch Commander, an emergency maintenance Call-out may be initiated for those
repairs, which, if not performed would significantly impair the operation of the facility or the
safety of the staff or inmates.
IV.
Each facility will establish a procedure for the handling of routine maintenance requests. This
procedure will contain but is not limited to the following:
A.
Documenting needed repairs
B.
Notification of maintenance personnel.
C.
Follow-up of requested repairs.
G.1 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

#11/01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 3, 2011
G.3
ELEVATORS
PURPOSE
To identify locations and use of elevators for daily operations within the detention facilities. To provide
for the safe removal of passengers in a non-functioning elevator.
POLICY
The proper use of elevators will be determined by each facility to ensure efficiency in the movement of
inmates, food, supplies, and staff. Due to the volume of elevator use, and the impact on facility
operations, repair of elevators is of great concern and shall be handled expeditiously. Preventative
maintenance shall be scheduled and completed in a timely manner.
PROCEDURES
Each detention facility will establish procedures to meet the needs of the individual facility. The
procedures should include, but not be limited to:
I.
Location and use of elevator(s).
II.
Maintenance procedures and use of the emergency override system.
III.
Evacuation of persons from a non-functioning elevator
IV.
Use of elevators during an emergency
V.
Elevator capacity limitations.
G.3 ELEVATORS
#11/03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 10, 2012

G.5
DAMAGE COST ESTIMATES
PURPOSE
To establish a procedure for documenting the estimated cost to the Department for repairs when an
inmate or other individual damages or destroys jail property. The manner of documenting this estimate
will be in a form appropriate for submission to court as evidence.
POLICY
All acts of vandalism and property damage committed by an identifiable inmate or other individual will
be documented in a NetRMS crime report. The estimated cost for the repair of this vandalism, damage,
or destruction will be documented using form J-73, Damage Cost Estimate. The damage estimate will
be approved by the Building Maintenance Supervisor.
PROCEDURES
I.
Whenever a deputy encounters an instance of vandalism or damage committed by an

identifiable inmate or other individual, the incident will be documented.
A.
A NetRMS crime report will be written to document the event.
B.
The J-73 on-line form will be completed to estimate the overall cost of the incident.
1.
The J-73 will show all labor hours for each classification of employee involved in
the repair of the damage.
a.
b.
C.
For a county employee, the top-step hourly wage listed in the

employees MOA for that classification will be the rate used.
For private providers, the hourly rate will be taken from their bill.
2.
The J-73 will list all materials used to repair the damage.
3.
The J-73 will be signed by the person filling out the form. This individual will be
whoever is most qualified to make the estimate.
4.
The J-73 will be approved and signed by the Building Maintenance Supervisor.
The completed J-73 will be submitted to Jail Investigations to be processed with the
corresponding NetRMS crime report.
G.5 DAMAGE COST ESTIMATES

#12//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
AUGUST 1, 2012
H
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SAFETY AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
H.1
Fire Procedure
H.2
Facility Emergency Operations Manual
H.3
Evacuation Plans
H.4
Emergency Back-Up Systems
H.5
Fire / Smoke Detections Systems
H.7
Fire / Safety Inspections, Testing
H.9
Emergency Aid
H.11 Storage and Use of Toxic, Caustic Materials

H.13
Smoking
H.14
Mobile Booking
H TABLE OF CONTENTS
#12//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
H.1
FIRE PROCEDURES
H.2, H.3, H.5, H.7, J.1, J.2
PURPOSE
To establish an effective and uniform procedure for responding to reports of fire and/or smoke within a
detention facility.
POLICY
In the event of a fire within any detention facility, the immediate emphasis will be on the protection and
safety of staff members, inmates, and any visitors within the facility. The protection of property will be
secondary. Fire procedures will be reviewed and updated annually by the facility Fire Safety Officer
(FSO) and approved by the Facility Commander.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each detention facility will develop a fire response procedure that will meet the needs of the
individual facility (refer to green sheets). The procedure will include, but not be limited to:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Fire discovery.
Fire suppression.
Personnel responsibilities (sworn and professional staff).
Fire equipment.
Reference to evacuation plans.
Quarterly staff drills.
Notification requirements.
II.
Each facility will maintain an Emergency Operations Manual (EOM) in accordance with the
guidelines presented in section H.2. Copies of the facility EOM will be placed in strategic work
locations for use as references in the event of a fire. They must be kept secure to prevent access
by inmates.
III.
All personnel will be required to familiarize themselves with facility fire procedures prior to their
work assignments and to attend scheduled fire training classes.
A.
Fire prevention methods and implementation of fire procedures will be the subject of
regularly scheduled line-up training sessions.
B.
Shift supervisors are directly responsible for ensuring personnel are properly trained for
fire response.
1.
All deputies and sergeants will be tested quarterly in Survivair use and will
demonstrate proficiency. This testing will be documented with on-line form J-16,
which will be retained in the employees facility training file or station file until
H.1 FIRE PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 2
the next testing. Personnel who fail to demonstrate proficiency will be

immediately scheduled for retraining.
2.
All deputies and sergeants will be tested quarterly in knowledge and use of their
emergency equipment, including fire hoses and extinguishers. Testing will be
documented and retraining scheduled as necessary.
IV.
The Facility Commander shall ensure that there is at all times at least one person on duty who is
trained in fire and life safety procedures that relate specifically to the facility.
V.
To ensure the safety of all facility occupants, fire prevention is of the utmost concern. Fire
prevention shall include, but not be limited to:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
VI.
Facility fire safety inspections.

Proper storage of toxic and caustic materials.
Special containers for flammable liquids and for rags used with flammable liquids.
Separate containers for combustible refuse in all housing areas and other locations
throughout the facility.
Selection and approval of appropriate facility furnishings, which should indicate the fire
safety performance ratings of the materials selected.
The Facility Commander is directly responsible for ensuring the implementation of this policy.
H.1 FIRE PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 1, 2009
H.2
FACILITY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MANUAL
H.1, H.3, H.4, I.3, I.5, I.7
PURPOSE
To mandate and provide the minimum guidelines for an Emergency Operations Manual (EOM) that will
be maintained in each detention facility.
POLICY
Each detention facility will maintain an EOM that contains information pertinent to effective emergency
responses for critical incidents. The EOM will be reviewed annually and updated as necessary.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each facility EOM will contain a title page displaying the following information:
A.
The title of the manual, including the facility name.
B.
Information regarding the most recent review of the EOM, including:

1.
2.
C.
Information regarding the most recent update of the EOM including:

1.
2.
D.
II.
The date of the most recent review.

The name and signature of the person who completed the most recent review.
The date of the most recent update.

The name and signature of the person who completed the most recent update.
The name and signature of the Facility Commander approving the EOM.
Every facility will maintain either one or two versions of an EOM.

A.
The administrative version is the complete version of the EOM.

1.
2.
3.
B.
It will meet all of the minimum criteria presented within these guidelines.
It will contain staff phone numbers, Department phone numbers and community
resource information as outlined in Section VII below.
Administrative copies will generally be kept in areas of the facility that are not
normally accessible to inmates.
The tactical version is an abbreviated version of the EOM.

1.
It will be identical to the administrative version of the EOM except:

a.
It will not contain staff phone numbers.
H.2 FACILITY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS MANUAL
Page 1 of 4
b.
c.
2.
C.
III.
IV.
V.
Copies of the tactical version will be distributed in areas of the facility where they
can be readily accessed by line staff as a resource in the event of a critical
incident.
A facility may choose to maintain only an administrative version of its EOM.
Each facility EOM will contain a distribution page listing the locations of all copies of its EOM
A.
The first section of the list will show the locations of all administrative copies of the
EOM.
B.
The second section of the list will show the locations of all tactical copies of the EOM.
Each facility EOM will include section 6.1 of the Departments on-line EOM.
A.
This section will periodically be reviewed to determine whether the staffing numbers
presented in this section need to be updated.
B.
Updates to these staffing numbers will be directed to Standards and Compliance for
submission to the Departments EOM committee.
Each facility EOM will include any facility Green Sheets corresponding to the following
Detention P&P sections:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
VI.
It will not contain Department phone numbers outside the facility.

It will not contain community resource information.
H.1:
H.3:
H.4:
I.3:
I.5:
I.7:
Fire Procedure
Evacuation Plans
Emergency Back-up Systems
Hostage Procedures
Inmate Escape Procedures
Riot and Disorder Procedures
Each facility EOM will include emergency operations checklists for specified emergency
situations.
A.
The following checklists are mandatory for every facility EOM:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Aircraft Crash
Attack on Facility
Bomb Threat
Evacuation of Facility
Escape of Inmate
Fire
Hostage Situation
Medical Emergency
Riot/Disorder
Weapons of Mass Destruction
Page 2 of 4
B.
VII.
This list is not restrictive; each facilitys command can determine whether to maintain
additional checklists beyond the ten listed.
Each facility EOM will contain maps of the facility, subject to the following guidelines:
A.
The entire facility will be represented by a series of maps.

1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
All maps in the EOM will show evacuation routes.

1.
2.
3.
VIII.
Every area populated by inmates will be represented in maps.

All areas populated by facility staff will be represented in maps.
All areas of the facility accessed by visitors will be represented in maps.
For those facilities which consist of multiple buildings, the overall layout of the
facility will be represented by a map.
Every map will show a primary evacuation route.

Every map will show a secondary evacuation route.
Potential holding areas for in-facility evacuations will be indicated on maps.
Each facility EOM will contain phone numbers pertinent to emergency procedures.
A.
Every administrative copy of the EOM will contain a complete copy of the Department
telephone directory.
Every administrative copy of the EOM will contain emergency phone numbers to all
appropriate community resources including:
1.
2.
C.
Local police, fire and medical agencies.

Any other potentially useful community resources.
Every administrative copy of the EOM will contain fan-out sheets for all facility
employees. Each fan-out sheet will:
1.
2.
Present each facility team on a separate page.

Include home phone numbers and any cell phone and/or pager numbers where
possible.
D.
An emergency notification phone list for the DSB Chain of Command will be maintained
in all administrative copies of the EOM.
E.
Every copy of the tactical version of the EOM in the facility will contain an internal
phone list for that facility. No other phone numbers need to be maintained in the tactical
EOM.
IX.
Each facility EOM will contain the most recent version of the Threatcon Operational
Conditions Guide (03/07).
X.
Each facility EOM will be reviewed annually and revised as necessary under the direction of the
facility Administrative Sergeant and approved after each review or revision by the Facility
Commander.
Page 3 of 4
A.
Part of the annual review of the EOM will be to confirm that all copies of the facility
EOM are identical, except as regards the differences between administrative and tactical
versions.
B.
The guidelines presented in this section are minimum standards for facility EOMs and
are not intended to restrict facility command staff from including additional material in
order to enhance emergency responses.
C.
Each copy of an EOM, whether an administrative copy or a tactical copy, will be

maintained as an integral book. It shall not be divided into smaller volumes so that its
sections can be distributed separately.
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
H.3
EVACUATION PLANS
H.1, H.2
PURPOSE
To provide an integrated plan for evacuation in the event of fire, earthquake or other disaster of all or
part of a detention facility and to ensure the safety of all occupants.
POLICY
The evacuation of inmates from or within the detention facility will be based on the magnitude of the
situation requiring evacuation or relocation. The evacuation plan will be reviewed annually by the
facility Fire Safety Officer (FSO) and approved by the Facility Commander.
Limited Evacuation
A limited evacuation may occur when a fire or disaster has made one or more areas of the facility
unsafe, or when security has been substantially compromised. Inmates will be moved to another
location within the facility until it is safe to return them to their housing units or work areas.
Inmates will not be moved outside the facility.
Total Evacuation
In a total evacuation, the extent of the disaster must be of such magnitude that continued
detention of inmates inside the facility would unreasonably jeopardize their safety.
Limited Release
A limited release would only be considered when total evacuation has taken place and then only
at the direction of the Facility Commander with authorization from DSB Command Staff. Such
a release is dependent upon the type and severity of the existing emergency. Types of inmates
released will follow the order outlined under Total Release.
Total Release (Per Government Code Sec. 8658)
A total release will only occur if the emergency is of such magnitude that continued detention
would unnecessarily endanger the lives of inmates. Only the Facility Commander will authorize
a total release with authorization from DSB Command Staff. When such authorization is made,
inmates shall not all be released at the same time. Releases should be made in the following
order:
H.3 EVACUATION PLANS
Page 1 of 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Sentenced misdemeanor prisoners;

Unsentenced misdemeanor prisoners;
Pre-arraignment misdemeanor prisoners;
Sentenced non-violent felony prisoners;
Un-sentenced non-violent felony prisoners;
Pre-arraignment non-violent felony prisoners;
Violent felony prisoners will not be released, except in extreme situations and only on
the order of the Sheriff.
The law enforcement agency, in whose jurisdiction the facility is located, shall be notified of any
releases.
PROCEDURES
I.
Exit routes must be distinctly and permanently marked in areas of a facility that are accessed
primarily by facility staff or visitors. Exit signs do not need to be posted within inmate housing
areas (Title 24, Appendix Chapter 3A, Section 331A.5). Exit routes must remain functional at
all times and be kept clear of obstructions.
II.
Evacuation plans will include primary and secondary evacuation routes for all areas of the
facility. These evacuation routes will be clearly marked on the maps in the facility Emergency
Operations Manual (EOM) as described in section H.2.
III.
Each detention facility will develop evacuation procedures that will meet the individual needs of
the facility (refer to green sheets). These procedures will be documented in the facility EOM and
should include but not be limited to:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
IV.
Evacuation routes and assembly areas (include floor plans).

Evacuation of personnel and visitors.
Evacuation of inmates.
Equipment.
Quarterly staff drills.
Procedures for daily inspection of evacuation routes to ensure such routes are clear of
obstructions.
Evacuation plans will be the subject of regular line-up training and shift supervisors are
responsible for ensuring personnel are thoroughly versed with facility evacuation plans.
H.3 EVACUATION PLANS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 5, 2009
H.4
EMERGENCY BACK-UP SYSTEMS
H.2
PURPOSE
To establish an effective and uniform procedure for responding to a power failure within a detention
facility.
POLICY
In the event of a power failure within any detention facility, the immediate emphasis will be on
establishing emergency power utilizing an emergency generator, after which emergency lighting and
communications will be established. Emergency power failure procedures will be reviewed annually by
the facility Fire Safety Officer and approved by the Facility Commander.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Each detention facility will develop a power failure procedure that will meet the needs of the
individual facility (refer to green sheets). The procedure will include but not be limited to:
A.
Emergency Generators
B.
Emergency Lighting
C.
Emergency Communications
D.
Emergency Water Supply
To ensure the emergency water is safe to drink, 20% will be rotated annually. The rotated water
may be distributed to staff and/or inmates for consumption at the facility. Each facilitys green
sheet shall include the following as it pertains to the storage and rotation of the emergency water
supplies:
A.
Rotation procedures and documentation methods to track the rotation.
B.
In addition to the drinking water, identify at least 60 gallons of potable or bottled water
that will be utilized by the kitchen for general cleaning.
C.
Identify adequate water supplies necessary for sanitation and human waste disposal.
Additionally, each facilitys POST orders shall identify the staff member responsible for
ensuring the rotation is completed.
III.
Each facility will maintain an Emergency Operations Manual (EOM) in accordance with the
guidelines presented in section H.2. The EOM will include information concerning emergency
generator type, location, operation/activation, emergency lighting, and emergency
H.4 EMERGENCY BACK-UP SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 2
communications. Copies of the facility EOM will be placed in strategic work locations for use in
the event of a power failure. They must be kept secure to prevent access by inmates.
IV.
All personnel will be required to familiarize themselves with facility power failure procedures
prior to their work assignments and to attend scheduled power failure training classes.
V.
The Facility Commander is directly responsible for ensuring the implementation of this policy.
H.4 EMERGENCY BACK-UP SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 3, 2012
H.5
FIRE/SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM
H.7
PURPOSE
To familiarize detention staff with the automatic smoke and fire detection systems located within the
detention facility.
POLICY
An automatic smoke/fire detector system is required in all sleeping areas and in other areas not
structurally separated from sleeping areas. Detention staff will have access to information concerning
the type and location of these detectors.
PROCEDURE
I.
The smoke/fire system must emit an audible alarm to alert occupants of abnormal conditions.
The smoke/fire detection system shall be tested annually by the Department of General Services,
and shall be inspected by the local fire department biennially (every other year). All inspections
and testing of equipment will be documented. The Fire Safety Officer will ensure tests and
inspections are completed.
II.
Each facility will identify and describe the smoke/fire detection systems within the individual
facility (refer to green sheets). This section should include, but not be limited to, fire alarm
systems, smoke detector systems, fire sprinkler systems, and maintenance and inspections.
III.
Each facility will have facility-specific floor plans indicating the locations of all systems.
H.5 FIRE/SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM

#12//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 4, 2010
H.7
FIRE/SAFETY INSPECTIONS, TESTING
H.5, J. 1, J.2
PURPOSE
To establish procedures for inspecting and testing fire/safety equipment; and for the review and retention
of the inspection documents.
POLICY
Each facility shall have a designated Fire Safety Officer (FSO) who is responsible for coordinating
regularly scheduled inspections, testing and reviews of fire/safety equipment and procedures.
PROCEDURE
I.
The FSO shall be a Sergeant or Watch Commander appointed by the Facility Commander. The
FSO shall ensure a comprehensive and thorough monthly inspection of the facility is conducted
for compliance with safety and fire prevention standards. If the monthly inspection is conducted
by a designee, it will be reviewed and signed by the facility FSO.
A.
Appropriate facility-specific inspection forms will be used to properly document such

inspections.
B.
A monthly Fire Safety Report, reflecting the results of the inspection, shall be attached to
the completed inspection forms and retained at the facility for a period of two years.
C.
A copy of these documents shall be forwarded for review to the Facility Commander, via
the Assistant Facility Commander.
II.
Facility personnel will immediately make written notification of any fire/safety violations or
related problems identified or suspected. The written notification shall be forwarded to the FSO,
even if discrepancies have been previously noted. It shall be the FSOs responsibility to
investigate all reported deficiencies on a timely basis and take corrective action.
III.
The FSO shall be responsible for the quarterly testing of all fire safety equipment and alarms to
ensure the systems are in continuous proper operating condition.
IV.
Any time facility personnel identify missing or faulty fire/safety equipment, a written request
identifying the problem shall be forwarded to the FSO. The FSO will immediately arrange for
maintenance, repairs, and/or replacement of the equipment.
V.
The FSO shall ensure that the adequacy and operation of the facilitys fire alarm and smoke
detection systems are tested annually by the Department of General Services.
VI.
The FSO shall ensure that an inspection of the facility by local or state fire officials is conducted
every two years and any discrepancies are corrected.
H.7 FIRE/SAFETY INSPECTIONS, TESTING
Page 1 of 2
VII.
The FSO shall ensure the availability of fire hoses or extinguishers at designated locations
VIII.
The FSO shall establish a policy, specified in a facility green sheet, that all Survivair equipment
be tested at the beginning of each shift. This testing will be documented on Department form J-5
and archived at each facility for a period of six (6) months.
IX.
The FSO shall review this Policy and Procedure section annually.
H.7 FIRE/SAFETY INSPECTIONS, TESTING
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 1, 2005
H.9
EMERGENCY AID
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for requesting emergency assistance and operational deployment of allied
agencies during major incidents.
POLICY
In the event of major emergency conditions requiring immediate outside assistance (e.g.,
implementation of jail evacuation plans, riot containment, etc.), the Watch Commander shall direct and
coordinate all operations.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Watch Commander shall notify the Facility Commander and the Bureau Commander.
II.
Requests for emergency assistance, including Sheriffs Patrol personnel, should be made via the
Communications Center. The notification should include:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Nature of incident.
Personnel requirements.
Mission requirements.
Location of Command Post.
Locations of staging area/motor pool (parking).
III.
After the initial notification, the Watch Commander shall supervise the overall operation.
Outside agency personnel normally should report to their respective supervisors; thereafter,
operations shall be coordinated between the Watch Commander and these outside agency
supervisors.
IV.
During the incident, all on-duty Sheriffs personnel assigned to the facility shall remain at their
duty assignments until properly relieved.
H.9 EMERGENCY AID
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
H.11
STORAGE AND USE OF TOXIC, CAUSTIC MATERIALS
PURPOSE
To ensure the safety of staff and inmates through the proper use and storage of flammable, toxic or
caustic chemicals.
POLICY
All flammable, toxic, or caustic chemicals will be stored and used in accordance with this section.
Chemicals will only be used according to written instructions provided by the manufacturer.
PROCEDURE
I.
KITCHEN
There are cleaning materials that are used and stored in kitchen areas that are flammable, toxic or
caustic.
A.
Use: Cleaning materials used in kitchen areas are issued to inmates, as needed, by
kitchen staff members. The kitchen staff will supervise the use of these chemicals until
the chemicals are returned to the storage room.
When chemicals are dispensed from the original container to a spray bottle, the spray
bottle must be labeled with the information that identifies the chemicals exactly as it
appears on the original container.
II.
B.
Storage: Cleaning chemicals used in the kitchen area shall be stored in a locked storage
room. Only kitchen staff personnel will have the key and control of this area. Inmates
will not be allowed in this storage room. Cleaning chemicals will be inventoried and
accounted for by kitchen personnel on a daily basis.
C.
Disposal: Cleaning chemicals used in the kitchen will be disposed of in accordance with
state law. Cleaning chemicals will never be disposed of in storm drains.
DISPENSARY
Antibacterial agents are used in the dispensary for medical purposes.

A.
These agents shall be used by trained medical staff only. Inmates are not authorized to
possess these items or access the area where they are stored.
B.
Storage: Denatured alcohol and antibacterial agents in the dispensary shall be stored in
locking cabinets or in a locked storage room. No inmates are authorized to possess or
access these items.
H.11 STORAGE AND USE OF TOXIC, CAUSTIC MATERIALS
Page 1 of 2
C.
III.
IV.
Disposal: Denatured alcohol and antibacterial agents in the dispensary will be disposed
of in accordance with state law.
OFFICE
A.
Use: Any potentially hazardous substance such as typewriter cleaner, copy machine
toner, etc., used for office work, will not be used by inmates except under supervision of
detention staff.
B.
Storage: All potentially hazardous office supplies will be stored in a locked storage
room. This storage room shall be kept locked and only detention staff is allowed access.
C.
Disposal: All potentially hazardous office supplies will be recycled when possible.
Those which cannot be recycled will be disposed of in accordance with state law.
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
In accordance with state legislation, all hazardous substances will be inventoried on Material Safety
Data Sheets. Inventory sheets will be kept updated on a quarterly basis by a staff member designated by
the Facility Commander.
H.11 STORAGE AND USE OF TOXIC, CAUSTIC MATERIALS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
I
JUNE 3, 2014
H.13
SMOKING
O.3
PURPOSE
To provide a healthy, comfortable and productive working and living environment by protecting nonsmokers from secondhand smoke and ensuring smokers adhere to smoking restrictions within detention
facilities.
POLICY
To achieve the goal of smoke-free environments in County facilities, as mandated by both the Sheriff
and the County Board of Supervisors, it is the policy of the Detention Services Bureau that smoking any
tobacco products or electronic smoking devices within the detention facilities is prohibited. The term
detention facilities shall include all areas within the secure portion of the facility. This includes the
structures themselves and any grounds within the secured area.
PROCEDURE
I.
Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the detention facilities including, but not limited to:
A.
B.
C.
D.
All work locations

All inmate living areas
All hallways, rooms and storage areas
All secured areas, buildings and grounds
II.
Inmates shall not possess tobacco products or electronic smoking devices, including but not
limited to cigars, cigarettes, pipes, snuff, chewing tobacco, electronic cigarettes, and igniting
devices such as matches and lighters. Such items shall be considered contraband. If any of these
items are found at the time of their initial booking process, these items will be returned to the
arresting agency or at the inmates request, disposed of in accordance with policy. If the items
are located after the booking process, these items shall be seized by staff and disposed of in
accordance with policy.
III.
The Facility Commander may designate a smoking area for professional staff as long as it
complies with the above sections and:
A.
B.
C.
It is located a minimum of 20 feet away from any main exit, entrance or operable window
of any public building.
It is not within the view of inmates.
It does not allow smoke to flow into the work site.
The Facility Commander may affect other rules about designated smoking areas as deemed necessary.
H.13 SMOKING
#14//06
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 28, 2015

H.14
MOBILE BOOKING
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for responding to a request for assistance for a planned or spontaneous event
where mass arrests are expected to occur.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Department maintains the capability of remotely accepting prisoners for planned
operations or incidents involving mass-arrest. A Mobile Booking Team will be available to respond to
these types of events with an on-site intake process, making it possible to accept arrestees into Sheriffs
custody with minimal delay and providing law enforcement personnel the ability to return to duty as
quickly as possible.
The activation of the Mobile Booking Team will be at the discretion of the Detention Operations
Commander-Area 2 and/or Emergency Services. The Department will provide temporary booking
services at or in proximity to the requesting agencys Command Post when the volume of arrests are
reasonably expected to rise above 50 and/or when the requesting agency believes the anticipated number
of arrests would adversely affect the overall operation without the assistance of mobile booking.
Smaller scale operations may be approved at the discretion of the Detention Operations CommanderArea 2. This service will primarily involve the Prisoner Transportation Detail (PTD). PTD may
perform Mobile Booking functions until such time as the requesting agency determines the Mobile
Booking Team is no longer required.
All requests for the Mobile Booking Team deployment for a planned event will be coordinated through
Detention Operations Commander-Area 2 and the Prisoner Transportation Detail.
Consideration for responding to an incident will be based on the type and location of the incident, the
anticipated number of arrests, and all other information provided to the Sheriffs Department from the
requesting agency. At the direction of the Detention Operations Commander-Area 2 or Emergency
Services, a Prisoner Transportation Detail (PTD) supervisor will activate a Mobile Booking Team and
notify all participants. Regardless of the scale of the response, the sergeant responding from PTD will
be considered the Processing Sergeant at the scene and will ensure appropriate processing and booking
criteria is followed. The on-scene supervisor will also be responsible for informing and updating the
booking facilities of the activation and requesting resources as needed.
H.14 MOBILE BOOKING

#15//05
Page 1 of 3
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
Mobile Booking activations for planned or spontaneous callouts are as follow:

A.
In the event of a planned incident, the Detention Services Bureau Command may decide
to make the Mobile Booking Team available to the requesting agency. The PTD Sergeant
and/or Lieutenant will participate in the agencys planning committee.
B.
In the event of a spontaneous request from an outside agency, the Communications

Center will contact the Detention Operations Commander-Area 2 for a decision to
activate and size of activation to be implemented. If the activation is approved, the
Detention Operations Commander-Area 2 or Emergency Services will contact the PTD
Lieutenant or Sergeant, who will be responsible for notifying necessary staff. The JIMS
Sergeant shall be notified no later than the next business day of the activation and
booking activity of the Facility 15 terminal server. The JIMS Sergeant or JIMS Project
Manager may be reached through the Help Desk at (858) 571-4211.
Mobile booking activation plans will be made by the PTD Lieutenant or designee based on the
size and nature of the incident.
A.
Staging will be at or in proximity to the requesting agencys Command Post, depending

upon the location of the incident. This area needs to be identified by the requesting
agency at the time of notification and should allow for easy bus access. It should be
sufficiently removed from the mass arrest incident to provide a safe location from which
to operate and must be in an area that can be secured & controlled by Sheriff's personnel.
B.
The callout will involve the PTD supervisor notifying each designated booking
facility. The designated booking facilities will provide staff to receive inmates
from Prisoner Transportation. Prior to arrival, Prisoner Transportation will call
the effected booking facility informing them the number of incoming inmates.
Upon arrival, Prisoner Transportation will drop off the inmate(s) and property.
Deputies from the booking facility will take custody of the inmate(s) and
complete the booking process.
It will be the responsibility of the PTD supervisor to deploy the initial team to the location. A
typical activation involves the Prisoner Transportation Detail, Inmate Processing Division and
Medical Services.
A.
The minimum equipment and personnel are listed below:

1 PTD Sergeant
1 Bus and 1 Deputy (driver)
3 Vans and 6 Deputies (1 driver and 1 security per van)
2 Site Security Deputies
1 Computer Coordinator Deputy
1 Booking Trailer
1 Portable Toilet
3 Laptops/2 MiFi Cards
H.14 MOBILE BOOKING

#15//05
Page 2 of 3
2 Detention Processing Technicians

1 Detentions Nurse
B.
IV.
Further callouts may be directed by the Detention Operations Commander-Area 2 in the

case of increasing severity of the situation. This plan is designed to be incremental and
will initially involve the Prisoner Transportation Detail, but can involve other facilities
depending upon the increasing severity of the incident. If the size of the incident dictates
a need for additional personnel, the PTD Supervisor will notify the Watch Commander(s)
from the designated booking facilities. Watch Commanders will assign staff to respond
from their facility. Initial responders will be personnel (sworn and professional staff)
currently on duty. Relief personnel will coincide with normal facility shift change times.
The Prisoner Transportation Detail has an ongoing responsibility to routinely maintain a list of
trained personnel and equipment.
A.
Prisoner Transportation Division:

1.
Delivering and ensuring the maintenance schedule for the Mobile Booking trailer
and generators are done.
2.
Delivering and ensuring the maintenance schedule for the portable toilet is done.
3.
Will maintain the monthly inventory and booking supplies in the Mobile Booking
trailer.
4.
The manual booking kit boxes shall be stored in a safe and secured area accessible
primarily to authorized PTD staff.
B.
The Division of Inspectional Services and the Detention Support Division will conduct
quarterly audits on the manual booking boxes to assure a proper state of readiness.
C.
Medical Services will be responsible for their medical response equipment.
D.
The Detention Support Division and the Detention Training Unit will be responsible for
providing ongoing training to ensure all staff is informed of the procedures involved in
Mobile Booking. The Medical and Inmate Processing staff will be included in the
training.
H.14 MOBILE BOOKING

#15//05
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 15, 2016

I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECURITY AND CONTROL

I.1
Emergency Alarm Systems
I.3
Hostage Policy
I.5
Emergency Inmate Escape Procedure
I.7
Riot and Disorder Policy

Facility Control
I.19
Facility Closed Circuit TV (CCTV)
I.21
Housing Unit Area Activity Log
I.23
Facility Inspection by Supervisory/Administrative Staff
I.25
Key Control
I.29
Post Orders
I.31
Radio Use
I.32
Facility Emergency Color Code System
I.33
Facility Security Trash Control
I.35
Housing Unit Special Equipment
I.37
Facility Tool Control
I.39
Vehicle Assignment and Usage

Inmate Control
I.40
Vehicle Safety
I.41
Inmate Cell Searches
I.43
Inmate Count Procedure
I TABLE OF CONTENTS
#16//01
Page 1 of 2
I.45
Inmate Hospitalization and Guards
I.47
Inmate Identification Wristbands and Clothing
I.49
Inmate Line-Up Procedures
I.51
Inmate Movements
I.52
Inmate Searches
I.57
Transportation of Inmates
Security of the Facility
I.61
Facility Security Control- Main Floor
I.62
Facility Security Use of Personal Mobile Communication Devices
I.63
Facility Security - Housing Units
I.64
Security Checks of Housing Units and Holding Cells
I.65
Facility Security - Detention Facility Windows
I.66
Facility Security Physical Security
I.67
Facility Security - Loading Dock, Kitchen, & Storage Rooms
I.69
Facility Security Weapons
I.70
Tactical Team Identification
I.71
Persons Authorized To Enter Sheriffs Detention Facilities
I.73
Juveniles Entering Inside Detention Facilities

Use of Force
I.83
Use of Cell Extraction Procedures
I.85
Use of Defensive Device
I.87
Detention Use of Canines
I.89
Use of Force
I.91
Use of Carotid Restraint
I.93
Use of Restraint Equipment
I.95
Forcible Blood Sample Taking
I.96
Providing Assistance to Arresting Officer
I TABLE OF CONTENTS
#16//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

I.1
EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS
H.1, H.2, H.4, H.5, H.7, I.32
PURPOSE
To provide a means for detention facility staff and inmates to summon emergency assistance.
POLICY
All detention facilities shall maintain alarm systems that are manually or automatically activated for
staff, inmate and facility security protection.
PROCEDURE
I.
STAFF ALARM SYSTEM

A.
Each facility shall have a staff alarm system to allow staff to summon assistance
immediately in the event of an escape attempt, assault, or other incident which threatens
the safety and security of the facility, employees or inmates.
B.
Such alarm systems shall be connected to a central control area to ensure a constant
monitoring of the alarms with appropriate, timely assistance dispatched to the scene of
any alarm.
C.
The control deputy shall log into the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) all
alarms indicating date, time, location, and disposition. The disposition shall include
information as to the cause of the alarm such as, medical, fight, accidental, etc.
D.
The control deputy shall test each system at the beginning of each shift. He or she shall
contact each area of the facility and request an alarm check. Prior to the activation of
such alarm checks, the control deputy shall state aloud test so all control room
personnel shall be aware such activation is not an actual alarm.
E.
Each activation of the alarm other than testing (see D above) must be cleared by the
control deputy. To clear the alarm the control deputy shall:
1.
Establish visual contact with the employee who activated the alarm in the control
area to ensure the employees well being (or verify the employees well being by
an independent source, i.e., send a deputy with instructions to call back with a
prearranged code);
2.
Broadcast a Code 4 to any other responding deputies;
3.
Reset the alarm panel
I.1 EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS

#15//08
Page 1 of 2
II.
III.
INMATE EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM

A.
Each facility shall maintain an inmate emergency alarm system. The system shall consist
of alarm buttons in each housing unit, holding room, or area where inmates are routinely
held and terminate in control. The alarm buttons should be readily identifiable as an
emergency system and be located as to provide ready access to the inmate.
B.
When the alarm is activated, the control deputy shall dispatch assistance, log the
information, and clear the alarm as I.B, C and E (above).
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

A.
Each facility shall maintain fire/smoke detection devices in all sleeping areas and areas
not separated from sleeping areas.
B.
Fire/smoke detection devices shall be maintained throughout the detention facility and
inspected on a quarterly basis. The following alarm types should be strategically placed
and readily identified as an emergency system:
1.
Manual Pull Alarm
2.
Smoke Detectors
3.
Heat Sensors
4.
Sprinkler System
C.
Response to, testing and maintenance of the fire alarm system is delineated in DSB P&P
Section H.
D.
All personnel are required to familiarize themselves and receive training on activation of
and response to a fire alarm situation.
I.1 EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEMS

#15//08
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 4, 2013
I.3
HOSTAGE POLICY
I.32, SDSD P&P ADDENDUM F, 6.38, 8.1, 9.3, 9.4
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for detention personnel involved in a hostage incident; and the protection of
human life, including the hostage, innocent bystanders, law enforcement officers, and the suspect.
POLICY:
To effectively control and terminate a hostage situation predicated upon a logical evaluation of the
totality of circumstances involved in the incident and appropriate handling by detentions security staff.
Demands: Demands by the hostage-taker(s) should be carefully considered and evaluated as to
the impact upon the immediate and subsequent circumstances, or the overall situation, before
agreement to, or denial of, such demands.
Use of Deadly Force: In addition to the Departments policy on the use of deadly force, the
application of deadly force in a hostage situation must be considered when all reasonable
negotiating alternatives have been presented and the immediate threat to human life has not
diminished or, when a human life has been taken by the hostage-taker(s). Once the deputy,
who is ultimately responsible for the incident, announces his decision to neutralize the hostagetaker(s) by deadly force, special weapons personnel will be utilized. The selected marksman
shall be fully briefed concerning the incident and specifically instructed as to their mission.
Thereafter, and until advised otherwise, they shall have the sole authority to utilize approved
tactics and procedures to accomplish their mission.
Authority of Hostage: All personnel shall be aware of the fact that no one, regardless of rank or
position within this department, retains his/her authority when taken hostage.
Surrendering Weapons: No deputies shall be expected to surrender his/her weapon(s) upon
demand of a hostage-taker(s).
Hostage Exchanges: No deputies shall be expected to, nor should feel compelled to, exchange
his/her person for one or more hostages.
PROCEDURE:
I.
The hostage situation is a most difficult problem. The successful resolution of such incidents
requires great moral courage, sound judgment, discipline and determination on the part of all
personnel involved. Experience has proven that the successful termination of hostage situations
is predicated upon adherence to the following general guidelines:
A.
Contain the hostage-taker(s) and hostage(s) unless forced by circumstances to take other
action.
I.3 HOSTAGE POLICY

#13//07
Page 1 of 2
B.
Control assisting personnel movements, strategic placement, and use of weapons.
C.
Communicate with supervisors, subordinates, the suspects, and others as appropriate.
II.
Contact the Communications Center for the assistance of the Crisis Negotiation Team (CNT) or
Special Enforcement Detail (SED).
III.
Unless directed by the facility commander, or a representative of the Office of the Sheriff,
inmate hostage-taker(s) must not be set at liberty. To gain time and to establish interim
communication with hostage-taker(s), the on-duty watch commander shall designate an
appropriate spokesperson to initiate communication with the inmate hostage-taker(s) in an effort
to secure the safety and/or release of hostages, and the capture or surrender of inmates who have
seized hostages.
IV.
The primary objective of a negotiator is to change the attitude of the hostage-taker(s) from
hostility to trust. Time is on the side of the negotiator and is the principal tactic used in the
negotiating process. During the negotiations, the negotiator should command the respect of all
personnel involved, but should not portray himself as the ultimate decision-maker. The hostagetaker(s) should be made to understand that there is another authority over the negotiator. The
technique will allow the negotiator to employ further delaying tactics.
V.
When, and/or if, trained hostage negotiators are dispatched to the facility, they will be
immediately briefed by the interim spokesperson that initiated communication with inmate
hostage-taker(s). Any further negotiations with hostage-taker(s) will be conducted by those
negotiators dispatched to the facility, unless otherwise directed by the scene commander.
I.3 HOSTAGE POLICY

#13//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

I.5
EMERGENCY INMATE ESCAPE PROCEDURE
I.32, I.87 and SDSD P&P 6.58
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines in the event an in-custody inmate escapes from any of the following:
1.
Any Sheriffs Department detention facility.
2.
Any location outside of a detention facility.
3.
Any prisoner transportation situation.
4.
Any court or court holding facility.
POLICY
With the exception of the detention canine unit and the mandates of immediate hot pursuit, detention
deputies generally shall not be utilized in a search outside the perimeter of the facility. Coordination of
search efforts shall be the responsibility of the agency of jurisdiction. However, detention deputies may
be utilized in the search efforts at the discretion of the incident commander.
If the escape is made from a transporting unit, the transporting deputys primary concern is the security
of the remaining inmates/prisoners left in his/her custody.
PROCEDURE
Each facility shall develop a green sheet policy outlining a specific escape response plan. This
information should be included in the after action report.
I.
ESCAPE FROM A SHERIFFS DETENTION FACILITY

A.
The first deputy to become aware of an attempt or actual escape will immediately notify
the control deputy.
B.
The control deputy will notify the watch commander.
C.
The watch commander will initiate a lockdown and direct a count be conducted.
D.
The watch commander will notify the Communications Center of the suspected escape.
E.
If the escape route is known:

1.
Secure the area, and if safe to do so, remain at the crime scene until properly
relieved.
I.5 EMERGENCY INMATE ESCAPE PROCEDURE

#16//04
Page 1 of 6
II.
2.
Avoid disturbing any tracks or materials left behind at the crime scene.
3.
Preserve evidence.
F.
No one shall move into or out of the facility without the consent of the watch commander.
G.
All unnecessary inmate movement will stop.
H.
Depending on the layout of the facility, it may be necessary to deploy deputies to the exterior
of the facility and set up a perimeter.
I.
Depending on the facility, all unnecessary vehicle traffic may be stopped. When deemed
appropriate and necessary by the watch commander, all vehicles leaving the detention facility
grounds or parking lots will be searched. License plate numbers for vehicles leaving will be
recorded and forwarded to the Detention Investigation Unit (DIU) for follow up if necessary.
J.
If available, canine deputies will be dispatched with an armed cover deputy to search for the
escaped inmate(s).
1.
Allow canine to obtain the escapees scent from tracks, clothing or bedding.
2.
The canine deputy must be shown the last known location or escape zone.
3.
The canine cover deputy will maintain contact with the Communications Center
and/or facility control via the 800MHz radio.
ESCAPE FROM A LOCATION OUTSIDE OF THE FACILITY, OR DURING THE

TRANSPORTATION OF INMATE (S)
A.
If the escape takes place from a location outside of the facility (i.e. hospital), or during
the transportation, and there are other inmates but only one deputy, the deputy shall
notify the Communications Center of the escape, the direction of travel, a description of
the inmate, etc.
B.
The deputy shall then transport the remaining inmates to the nearest Sheriffs detention
facility as soon as possible and shall not participate in the search.
C.
After the inmates have been secured, they are to be interviewed for information regarding
the escape. When at all possible, the inmates should be kept separate from other inmates
and from each other until the investigator has been given the opportunity to interview and
obtain their statements.
D.
When no other inmates are present, or when there are two or more deputies, one of the
deputies will notify the Communications Center of the escape and advise if pursuit has
been initiated. Circumstances such as security level of the inmate, time of day, location,
availability of cover, ability to communicate with the Communications Center, etc., shall
dictate whether or not a pursuit would be advisable. Based on the circumstances, the
Communications Center watch commander may terminate the pursuit.

#16//04
Page 2 of 6
III.
ESCAPE FROM A COURT HOUSE OR COURT HOLDING FACILITY

The responsibility for handling investigations of escapes, including follow-up investigations of
any in-custody escape that occurs at a court house or from a court holding area, including
inmates who have been taken to a medical facility for treatment from court and are guarded by
deputies assigned to the Court Services Bureau (CSB), will be that of the CSB detective unit.
IV.
INMATE PROPERTY AND RECORDS

The detention processing supervisor (DPS) shall be responsible for the following:
V.
A.
All property belonging to the inmate shall be collected and stored at the facility from
which the inmate escaped.
B.
After receiving confirmation from the watch commander, a computer entry will be made
in the remarks section indicating the inmate has escaped. The booking will then be
closed as "ESC" (subject escaped).
C.
The inmate account shall be closed and sent to the accountant at the San Diego Central
Jail (SDCJ). All information regarding the status of the escape of the inmate shall
accompany the money and account.
D.
Court Jurisdiction The DPS on whose shift the escape occurred shall inform the court
of the escape by sending a memo to the judge to whom the case has been assigned (if
any), the supervising judge of the court branch to which the case has been assigned, or if
the case is in the main courthouse, the supervising criminal judge, and the presiding
judge. A copy of the court paper should be forwarded with this memo. A copy of the
court paper should also be sent to any other agency that has a hold, such as a federal
agency, state parole, Department of Juvenile Justice, etc. The fugitive desk officer is to
be notified if there are out-of-state cases involved.
E.
Hold papers for out-of-county warrants are to be returned to the originating agency.
Federal detainers are to be returned to the federal agency and parole holds are to be
returned to the Office of State Parole.
ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTING REQUIRMENT

In addition to all other reports, the facility commander shall prepare an after action report for
the affected detention operations area commander. The report shall include, but not be limited to:
A.
Facility commanders synopsis and recommendations.
B.
Copies of related NetRMS reports.
C.
Copy of the escape report plus completed copies of the escape procedure duties and
responsibilities.

#16//04
Page 3 of 6
VI.
AFTER ESCAPE FOLLOW-UP

A.
Detention personnel shall obtain all information available which may include
interviewing other inmates and witnesses, checking records for criminal history, mug
shots, etc., and shall furnish all the information that is obtained, which may assist in the
investigation, in a follow-up deputys report.
B.
In all cases, the responsibility for obtaining complaints and warrants shall be that of the
assigned DIU detective. All persons and agencies notified of an escape shall also be
notified of the recapture.
C.
Detention facility: Whenever an escape occurs, the facility watch commander or designee
shall ensure that notification is made to:
D.
1.
The Communications Center watch commander or designee
2.
The assistant facility commander
3.
Facility commander
4.
The assigned area commander
5.
At the commanders discretion:

a.
Assistant Sheriff of the Detention Services Bureau
b.
Undersheriff
c.
Sheriff
6.
Public Affairs
7.
The chairman of the Board of Supervisors or designated representative.
8.
Chief of police or designee for the jurisdiction in which the facility is located.
Communication Center: The watch commander or designee is responsible to:

1.
Take immediate and appropriate action as necessary to alert field units and/or
outside agencies.
2.
Relay the information to all local enforcement agencies of the county via a999
CLETS Teletype message.
3.
Notify the supervisor of DIU to contact the involved facility in order to initiate
any required follow-up investigation.
4.
Notify Divisional of Inspectional Services.
5.
Provide an immediate news release.
#16//04
Page 4 of 6
E.
Detention facility watch commander

All reports concerning an escape from any Sheriffs facility are the responsibility of the
personnel of that particular facility. Any report of escape from a hospital facility shall be
the responsibility of the personnel of the jail where the inmate is in custody, unless the
inmate is being guarded by CSB deputies. In that case, the deputies guarding the inmate
shall complete the initial crime report and forward it to the CSB detective unit for followup.
The watch commander will, via Public Affairs, give newspapers and television stations
prompt notification of the escape accompanied by a photograph and description of the
escapee in cases of escape by:
1. Inmates who are in custody of the California Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation (CDCR prison returnees).
2. Inmates who affect the escape by force or violence.
3. Inmates who have been convicted of or charged with a felony.
4. Inmates who would be considered a risk to the community at large.
F.
G.
Crime reports involving escapes from Adult Institutions, Work Furlough Center, shall be
the responsibility of the South Bay Detention Facility (SBDF). The report is to be written
only when the escape has occurred at any facility that is not operated by the Sheriff. All
reports concerning an escape from any Sheriffs facility are the responsibility of the
personnel of that facility.
1.
The watch commander of SBDF will assign a sworn staff member of that facility
to record the information supplied over the phone by the qualified Adult
Institutions officer in a crime report in NetRMS. The report will be taken by this
means and no field deputy needs to be dispatched.
2.
Sheriffs DIU will be notified as soon as the reporting deputy has all necessary
information.
CDCR fire camp escapes of Sheriff's inmate.

Following an escape of a Sheriff's inmate from a CDCR fire camp, CDCR staff will
initiate preliminary investigative measures according to their policies, including
completing and disseminating a BOL identifying the fire camp inmate and completing an
internal administrative report/investigation in reference to the escape.
CDCR staff will generally cease search efforts for an escaped Sheriff's inmate within
twenty four hours of discovering the escape. CDCR will release custody of the escaped
inmate back to the San Diego County Sheriff's Department. At this point, the Sheriff's
department will assume the responsibility as the primary investigative party.

#16//04
Page 5 of 6
The following procedures shall be followed upon notification of an escape of a Sheriff's

inmate from a CDCR fire camp.
1.
Information of escaped CDCR fire camp inmates will be given to the SDCJ watch
commander.
2.
The SDCJ watch commander will notify the Communications Center of the
escape and request for DIU and the Fugitive Task Force to be notified.
3.
The SDCJ watch commander will assign a sworn staff member of that facility to
record the information supplied over the phone by the CDCR fire camp staff and
complete a crime report in NetRMS. The report will be taken by this means and
no field deputy needs to be dispatched.
4.
DIU will be notified as soon as the reporting deputy has all necessary information.
5.
Refer to section IV-V of this policy for inmate property and records,
administrative reporting requirements, and after escape follow up procedures.

#16//04
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 28, 2015

I. 7
RIOT AND DISORDER POLICY
I.32, Addendum F, 404 P.C.
PURPOSE:
To establish criteria by which riots or disorders are quelled and control re-established.
POLICY:
All detentions personnel will be constantly alert for any pre-indications of possible unrest within the
facility that could result in a riot or disorder. This information is to be relayed to the watch commander
for resolution to preclude such action, if possible. If spontaneous actions by inmates occur or if
resolution has not been successful and a riot or disorder occurs within a detention facility, the goal will
be quelling of the disorder in the most expeditious manner possible while protecting life and property of
staff and inmates. Preservation of life shall be the first concern during such situations. This policy will
be reviewed annually.
PROCEDURE:
I.
II.
RIOT AND DISORDER DEFINED

A.
Riotous Situations: A condition of riot may exist in the event of any number of inmates
assaulting any official, destroying county property, banding together to resist authority,
refusing to return to housing units or any covert act which would be detrimental to the
orderly routine of the jail. (PC 404 (a) and (b)).
B.
Riots Assume Various Forms: Some are spontaneous, triggered by an incident after an
accumulation of tension in the jail. Others are race riots and gang fights. Other riotous
situations may be found to be a reflection of the prevalence of violent protest in the free
community.
PLAN OF ACTION
A.
Priorities: This policy will be executed in the most expedient manner possible, realizing
that priorities will be given in the following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
General public safety;

Safety of all hostages;
Safety of all other personnel;
Inmate welfare and safety
Protection of property;
To restore order and control;
Identification, arrest and legal prosecution.
I.7 RIOT AND DISORDER POLICY

#15//05
Page 1 of 3
B.
C.
Communication:
1.
The Alarm: Immediate communication by staff members observing a riotous

disturbance should be made to the Control deputy who will notify the watch
commander and supervisor responsible for the affected area. The supervisor will
activate response to the disturbance. A first-line sworn supervisor, usually the
sergeant, will direct pre-selected staff to the scene. Once a riotous condition has
been confirmed, the watch commander will notify the Communications Center,
facility commander and the detention facility operations commander.
2.
Response: The initial response objective is to contain riotous conditions to as few

inmates as possible and to as small an area as feasible. Response shall be directed
by the ranking officer within the facility, who will not be in the immediate area,
but available to proceed as needed. Unless directed by the ranking officer in
command, all available staff will not proceed to the scene, but will stand ready as
a reserve force, should additional personnel be required to suppress the
disturbance. All lines of communication by inmates should be cut off (i.e., turn
off telephones, close windows, etc.) to avoid spread of disorder. Inmates housed
in modules in close proximity of a riotous disturbance will be locked in their cells.
All areas of the facility, not immediately affected by the riotous condition, shall,
insofar as practical, continue normal operating procedures, so as not to
unnecessarily heighten facility tension.
Establishment of control:
1.
The final objective of all action is to restore order with as little injury to persons
and property as possible, and to achieve complete control over all facility activity.
As conditions permit, every effort must be exercised to determine inmate riot
leaders, and all other inmates who riot, or incite to riot. Additionally, any other
criminal offenses will be documented for possible criminal prosecution.
2.
Inmates, who are seemingly unwilling to participate, will be given opportunity to

leave the riot area, and when possible returned to their housing units. Control is
established when hostages, if any, are released, rioters quelled, and all involved
inmates are locked-down under guard.
3.
Nervous tension of both inmates and personnel will be a delicate state for
sometime after a major disturbance. The sooner a relatively normal atmosphere
can be restored, the better. A detailed investigation of the occurrence will be made
by interrogation of inmates and staff participants and a thorough inspection of the
facility to determine extent of damages. A photographic record of the damage will
be made before making immediate repairs; and all reports shall be submitted to
the facility commander via the chain of command. Most of the work and other
programs may be suspended for a brief time.
4.
If actual suspension of Title 15 Minimum Standards occurs, and lasts longer than
three (3) days, a written report to the Board of State and Community Corrections
(BSCC) is required. If suspension of standards lasts beyond 15 days, it will be
necessary to obtain written approval from the chairman of the BSCC. Isolation of
the actual ringleaders and segregation of others on grounds of circumstantial
suspicion will remove the focal points of agitation from the rest of the inmate
Page 2 of 3
#15//05
group and lower the emotional temperature. Just as soon as it seems safe to do so,
the return to work can begin with the objective of restoring the whole institution
to normal.
III.
USE OF FORCE
A.
Conditions for Use of Firearms: Only that force deemed necessary and objectively
reasonable to restore order will be employed. Condition for use of firearms and physical
force are to be determined by factual circumstances of occurrence to protect persons from
death or serious bodily injury and only when authorized by the facility commander or
designee. Firearms and gas equipment may be utilized only where there is an immediate
threat to life and there is insufficient time to secure the services of the Sheriffs Special
Enforcement Detail (SED).

#15//05
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 8, 2013
I.19
FACILITY CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV)
PURPOSE
To define the usage of closed circuit television within a detention facility.
POLICY
Each facility equipped with closed circuit television cameras and monitors will ensure proper placement
for viewing purposes. This equipment will be used for surveillance only.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
Facility staff and supervisors shall inspect equipment daily to ensure that cameras, monitors, and
recording equipment are functioning properly.
A.
The day shift sergeant in each facility equipped with closed circuit television equipment
will check the equipment daily to ensure proper focus.
B.
Should repair be needed on any equipment, the sergeant will promptly notify the County
Security Communications Office and the facility administrative staff.
Wherever possible, video monitors will be placed in such a manner to allow viewing by sworn
personnel only, unless the area is shared with professional staff.
A.
Only security personnel will monitor areas where inmates may be observed unclothed
such as safety cells and areas where strip searches are being conducted.
B.
Assigned staff monitoring areas of unclothed inmates will be the same gender of the
inmate being viewed.
DVD's of disturbances will be filed in an archive and maintained for two years.
I.19 FACILITY CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV)

#13//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

I.21
HOUSING UNIT AREA ACTIVITY LOG
PURPOSE
To record routine and emergency situations involving inmates and overall housing unit activities.
POLICY
Deputies assigned to housing units on each shift shall maintain daily shift records of pertinent
information regarding inmates and their activities.
PROCEDURE
I.
All entries will be made in the Operations Logging Activities section of JIMS. The log entries
mostly relate to our obligations under Title 15. It is our way of documenting activities and
events that occur during shifts to use for possible future reference.
II.
Log entries should be written in short, precise, accurate and businesslike form. The logs are
subject to subpoena. Profanity and vulgarity will be avoided, unless quoting an inmates
statement (which will be shown as a quotation).
It is the responsibility of the oncoming deputy to review entries in the log as a briefing on
problems in the housing unit. Log entries should contain that which is necessary for maintenance
of good communication, and continuity, between shifts.
III.
The oncoming shift deputy shall review the following JIMS Web reports at the beginning of each
shift; "Lower Bunk" and "Lower Bunk and Tier". Discrepancies will be resolved prior to end of
shift. The JIMS Web report, "Prior Suicide Attempts" (PSA) will also be reviewed at the start of
shift. Where feasible, inmates who have had a prior suicide attempt will be housed with a
cellmate. Discrepancies will be addressed immediately. A JIMS entry shall be made in the area
activity log confirming these reports were reviewed.
IV.
In the event that JIMS goes off-line for an extended period of time, the following procedures will
be followed to ensure continuity of documentation until JIMS is back on-line.
A.
Scheduled Maintenance
1.
Immediately prior to the time at which the system is scheduled to be taken offline, make an entry in JIMS stating that JIMS will be off-line for maintenance.
2.
Maintain written logs for however long JIMS is unavailable, using the JIMS OffLine Activity Log (J-7 form).
3.
When JIMS becomes available again, make a log entry stating that JIMS is back
on-line.
I.21 HOUSING UNIT AREA ACTIVITY LOG
Page 1 of 2
#15//08
4.
B.
C.
V.
VI.
Enter all information from the J-7 forms into JIMS, making sure the activity times
are accurate.
Unscheduled Loss of the System

1.
Maintain written logs during the time JIMS is off-line, using a J-7 form.
2.
When JIMS becomes available again, make a log entry documenting the time at
which JIMS went off-line.
3.
Make a second log entry stating that JIMS is back on-line.
4.
Enter all information from the J-7 forms into JIMS, making sure the activity times
are accurate.
Follow-up Procedures
1.
J-7 forms will be reviewed by the team watch commander or designee to ensure
that all information was accurately transcribed into JIMS.
2.
J-7 forms will be retained at the facility for six months after use, after which they
may be destroyed.
Sergeants are required to review JIMS Area Activity Logs at least twice during their shift.
Reviews should be conducted in such a manner as to ensure compliance with the minimum
standards required under Title 15. Sergeants will make a "Supervisor Log Review" entry in each
areas Area Activity Log showing that the check has been completed.
A.
Each supervisors log review will extend back to the previous log review, to include the
end of the previous shift when necessary.
B.
The supervisor will explain any discrepancies found in the note section of their log entry.
Lieutenants (watch commanders) are required to review JIMS Area Activity Logs at least once
during their shift. The reviews should be conducted in the prescribed manner listed in Section V.
I.21 HOUSING UNIT AREA ACTIVITY LOG

#15//08
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
I.23
FACILITY INSPECTION BY SUPERVISORY /
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the daily inspection of each facility by the facility commander or designee,
and supervisory staff.
POLICY
Each facility commander or assistant facility commander, and a line supervisor shall visit and inspect the
facility as outlined below. The line supervisor may also act as the facility commanders designee.
The inspection should be unannounced and should assess security measures, adequate staffing of
housing areas, housing conditions, inmate morale, quality of care (and supervision) inmates are
receiving, etc. Supervisors shall prohibit staff from alerting other staff members that these supervisory
rounds are occurring, unless such announcement is related to the legitimate operational functions of the
facility.
PROCEDURE
I.
The facility commander or assistant facility commander shall personally conduct an inspection of
the facility at least once per pay period. The inspection will include walking all housing units
checking for health and hygiene problems, maintenance issues, security issues and the overall
condition of the facility.
At least once per pay period, the shift watch commander is responsible for conducting an
inspection of housing and operational areas. The inspection shall be conducted in the form of a
security check paying attention to health and hygiene problems, maintenance issues, security
issues and the overall condition of the facility.
II.
The designated security/housing sergeant is responsible for conducting an inspection of housing

and operational areas. The sergeant shall perform the inspection twice per pay period; once
during the five (5) on and once during the two (2) on. The sergeant should verify that
maintenance requests and other requests for upkeep and repair have been properly documented.
He/she should also take other action as necessary to ensure adequate levels of security,
supervision, cleanliness and quality of care are being met.
III.
The results of these inspections, as completed by all levels of supervision, shall be entered in
JIMS in the appropriate housing unit(s) area activity log, using the JIMS dropdown selection
SUPV INSPECTION. Any unusual occurrences should be reported to the appropriate
administrator, and to the facility commander. On a weekly basis, the facility commander shall
review JIMS entries related to facility inspections by supervisory staff and follow up on areas of
concern.
I.23 FACILITY INSPECTION BY SUPERVISORY / ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

#14//10
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

I.25
KEY CONTROL
I.1
PURPOSE
To establish a standard procedure for daily key set control, and quarterly inspection and inventory of all
facility key sets and keys.
POLICY
The control deputy on each shift shall be accountable for all the key sets in the facility. No keys are to
be taken from the facility without the specific permission of the facility commander, or the watch
commander.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
DAILY KEY CONTROL

A.
Oncoming deputies shall receive their keys from the off-going deputies they are
relieving. Any off-going deputy whose position is not relieved shall turn their keys into
the control deputy.
B.
The control deputy shall conduct a key count at the beginning of shift and complete a
Key Control Roster. The Key Control Roster shall be retained until the completion of the
next quarterly key inspection and inventory.
C.
If a key set is not reported or accounted for during the key count, the control deputy shall
notify the watch commander immediately. All reasonable efforts shall be made to locate
the missing keys, including, but not limited to, searches and telephone contact with the
last person known to have possession of the key set.
D.
If the key set is not located, the watch commander shall notify the facility commander
without delay. An entry shall be made in the facility watch commanders log.
QUARTERLY INSPECTION AND INVENTORY

A.
Each facility shall maintain a master key control roster. The roster shall identify each key
set by letter/number designation, list each key attached to the key set and the key set
location.
B.
Quarterly, the facility commander or designee shall conduct an inventory and physical
inspection of these key sets. The results of this inventory and inspection shall be
documented.
I.25 KEY CONTROL

#15//08
Page 1 of 2
C.
This inventory and inspection shall include all facility key sets, to include new or spare
keys, as well as the emergency key set maintained at the Communications Center.
D.
Any missing key set or individual key from a key set is to be reported to the watch
commander, who shall notify the facility commander without delay. All reasonable steps
shall be taken to recover the key set or key.
E.
Failure to locate the key set or key shall be cause for the facility commander to notify the
affected operation area commander without delay.
F.
Any damaged keys or key rings requiring service shall be reported to the administrative
sergeant. The administrative sergeant shall promptly have the keys or key rings repaired
or replaced.
I.25 KEY CONTROL

#15//08
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
I.29
POST ORDERS
PURPOSE
To establish a duties list for each facility assignment.
POLICY
All facilities will have written Post Orders for each assignment located at each duty station. These Post
Orders will be reviewed annually and updated as necessary. Each employee will be provided an
opportunity to read and ask questions regarding each Post Order while in phase training. This
information will be documented in the training file when completed.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each facility will have a comprehensive narrative statement of the duties (Post Order) of each
duty station within the facility. Included in this Post Order will be a chronological list of duties
so anyone assigned will be able to ascertain what needs to be accomplished at any particular time
during each shift.
II.
The Post Order for each duty assignment will be available at all times (see page 2 for sample)
III.
Post Orders will be updated whenever needed and will be reviewed annually to determine if
additional updating is necessary. The facility commander shall sign and approve all updates and
annual reviews to the Post Orders.
IV.
Semi-annually (January and July) Post Orders shall be presented as briefing training topics at
team briefings. Employees shall sign the training roster acknowledging they have received the
training.
V.
When an employee is assigned to a new duty station, he/she will:

A.
Read the Post Order.
B.
The employee will acknowledge that they read the Post Orders by signing the required
reading portion of the facility training manual.
I.29 POST ORDERS

#14//10
Page 1 of 2
SAN DIEGO COUNTY SHERIFFS DEPARTMENT

VISTA DETENTION FACILITY
Post Orders
West House Deputy
REPORTS TO:
RESPONSIBILITIES
& AUTHORITY:
The Watch Commander

Within the limits of authorized Policy and Procedure the West House
Deputy will maintain secure custody and control of inmates. He/she will
supervise and visually monitor inmates. He/she will enforce laws and
regulations related to the facility operation. He/she will ensure the health
and safety of inmates in the West House.
SPECIFIC DUTIES:
Upon arrival, the West House Deputy will be briefed by the off going
deputy. He/she will account for all inmates. He/she will account for all
security items and make necessary log entries. He/she will continuously
monitor living conditions and report unsafe or unsanitary situations.
He/she will ensure that the established itinerary (meal services,
medications, inspections, programs, etc) is completed. He/she will
maintain a clean workstation. He/she will perform additional duties as
assigned.
CHRONOLOGY:
AM SHIFT
0730-0800
0800-0815
0815-0830
830-1100
1100-1145
1145-1200
1200-1400
1400-1500
1500-1600
1600
Shift Briefing/training
Account for all security items
Line up inmates for AM court
Line up inmates for medications
Conduct house count (via face cards & zero floor list)
Line up called for visits
Monitor food and spoons
Feed inmates
Line up inmates for PM court
Line up inmates for programs
File new inmate face cards after housing run
Clean work station
Brief on coming shift
End shift
PM SHIFT
1530-1600
1600-1800
1800-2200
I.29 POST ORDERS

#14//10
Shift Briefing/training
Account for all security items
Monitor food and spoons
Feed inmates
Line up inmates for programs
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

I.31
RADIO USE
PURPOSE
To acquaint the detention deputy with the proper use of vehicle radios and appropriate radio etiquette.
POLICY
The vehicle radio will be used whenever prisoners are transported, transmitting on DTN Trans.
PROCEDURE
I.
When transporting prisoners from one location to another, check out the next available facility
radio unit number when checking out the transportation vehicle. This information is to be logged
into the Jail Information Management System computerized log under CO.
II.
When ready to transport, advise the Communications Center on the air that you are en-route from
one location to another, giving the number of prisoners being transported. This should be
transmitted on DTN Trans. The following is an example of the appropriate radio transmission:
50D19, 10-8, ARJIS 1234 en-route SDCJ with four 10-16s
III.
Upon arrival at your destination, advise the Communications Center with a transmission such as:
50D19, 10-97 at SDCJ
IV.
When transporting an inmate of the opposite sex, advise the Communications Center with a
transmission of:
"50D19, 10-8, ARJIS 1234 en-route to LCDRF from VDF with one 10-16. Starting mileage
123,456"
V.
Upon arrival at your destination, advise the Communication Center with:

"50D19, 10-97 at LCDRF, ending mileage of 123,578"
I.31 RADIO USE

#15//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
I.32
EMERGENCY COLOR CODE SYSTEM
H.1, I.1, I.3, I.5, I.7, M.5
PURPOSE
To establish continuity among all facilities in alerting and summoning appropriate detention facility staff
(professional and sworn) to emergency situations.
POLICY
All detention facilities shall implement and maintain the following emergency color code system. It is
the responsibility of each detention facility staff member to be able to accurately identify the color code
that corresponds to the occurring emergency.
PROCEDURES
In the event of an emergency, staff shall announce the color code associated with the specific emergency
situation via radio, telephone, or other means of communication. The following colors and their
respective emergency are as follows:
Code Blue
Code Green
Code Orange
Code Red
Code White
Code Yellow
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
Medical Emergency
Riot
Fire
Deputys Alarm
Escape
Hostage
I.32 EMERGENCY COLOR CODE SYSTEM

#15//09
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 1, 2005
I.33
FACILITY SECURITY TRASH CONTROL
L.5, M.41
PURPOSE
To provide for the safe storage and disposal of those items considered contraband or could be used as
weapons in the jail.
POLICY
Any refuse items, which can be fashioned into a weapon by an inmate, will be properly stored in a
secure area until it can be disposed of in a secure manner. Inmates and inmate workers will not handle or
have access to this trash.
PROCEDURES
I.
Regular trash is any trash generated by the facility that is not a security hazard. It will be
properly bagged for removal.
II.
Security trash is any trash that is considered contraband or which can be fashioned into a weapon
by an inmate. All security trash generated by the dispensary and kitchen shall be properly bagged
and secured in a designated area. Only deputies are permitted to remove security trash. Inmate
workers shall not handle security trash except under direct supervision of a deputy.
III.
Needles and syringes will be packaged separately from other security trash and stored in a
designated area. They will be removed in accordance to Medical Policy and Procedure, Section
41.
I.33 FACILITY SECURITY TRASH CONTROL
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2005
I.35
HOUSING UNIT SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
PURPOSE
To identify special equipment used by the inmates or staff, which must be accounted for and kept in
good working order.
POLICY
Deputies, at the beginning of each shift, will check all special equipment and appropriate log entries will
be made to document the presence and condition of the equipment.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each housing unit will be equipped with special items to be used by the inmates or staff.
Examples of these items are nail clippers, hair scissors, hair ovens or pressing irons, razors,
Survivair, stretcher, oxygen tank, fire extinguisher, etc. (Specific equipment will be identified at
each facility.)
II.
At the beginning of each shift, the deputy assigned to housing units will account for each item of
issued equipment and record it in the appropriate Jail Information Management System log. If a
particular item of equipment is in need of repair or replacement the deputy will contact the
administrative deputy. If possible, the administrative deputy will provide either a temporary or
permanent replacement of the item. All emergency equipment will be examined or tested at the
beginning of each shift.
III.
The shift sergeant will be notified of any missing or damaged equipment.
I.35 HOUSING UNIT SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
I.37
FACILITY TOOL CONTROL
M.35, K.4
PURPOSE:
To provide a means of secure storage and safe use of tools and equipment within a detention facility.
POLICY:
All tools and equipment, which could be potential weapons or means of security breaches, will be
securely stored and/or accounted for at all times. An inventory of such items will be maintained and
reviewed each time a tool is checked out.
PROCEDURE
Each facility will have a secure area where small hand tools such as pliers, screwdrivers, bolt cutters,
etc., can be stored when not in use.
I.
These items will be inventoried so it will be readily noticeable when one or more items have
been removed. All such items will be checked out when needed, and checked in when no longer
in use.
II.
The administrative sergeant or designee will be responsible for control and inventory of the
tools.
I.37 FACILITY TOOL CONTROL

#15//09
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
I.39
VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT USAGE
SDSD P&P SEC(s) 5.1, 5.2, 5.4
PURPOSE
To establish bureau-wide standards for the use of department vehicles.
POLICY
All vehicles assigned to the bureau are to be operated in a safe manner, in compliance with departmental
regulations, and state and local laws.
PROCEDURE
I.
PRE-OPERATION CHECKS
A.
Vehicle condition report

1.
Drivers of vehicles capable of carrying more than ten (10) passengers shall
complete an Operator's Vehicle Condition Report (VEH-2 form) daily.
2.
These reports are kept at the facility level for thirty (30) days before they are
purged.
B.
Fuel, oil and coolant levels shall be checked for appropriate levels.
C.
All of a vehicles safety equipment shall be checked for proper operating condition:
1.
Brakes
2.
Lights turn signals and emergency lights
3.
Spare tire, jack and lug wrench;
4.
Emergency road flares
5.
First-aid kit
D.
Tires shall be inspected for excessive wear and proper inflation.
E.
The condition of the vehicles body shall be compared to the vehicle damage report in the
vehicle. Any differences should be immediately called to a supervisors attention.
I.39 VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT AND USAGE

#15//09
Page 1 of 2
II.
ACCIDENTS
Any damage to a department vehicle shall immediately be reported to the shift supervisor. The
supervisor will respond to the scene of any accident and submit appropriate reports.
I.39 VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT AND USAGE

#15//09
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
I.40
VEHICLE SAFETY
I.5, I.57 and SDSD P&P 5.4
PURPOSE
To establish Detention Services Bureau (DSB) safety guidelines for the use of a "rear observer" when
operating department vehicles.
POLICY
Whenever possible, all Sheriff's department employees operating department vehicles in reverse shall
use a "rear observer". The rear observer shall be in a position to control traffic and assist the driver in
avoiding accidents.
PROCEDURES
I.
II.
DRIVER
A.
Whenever possible, the driver of a county vehicle shall utilize a rear observer when
backing.
B.
When using a rear observer both the driver and the rear observer shall make sure there is
a good line of communication between the two positions. A good line of communication
is where the driver and rear observer maintain sight of the other and through mutual
understanding agrees on specific hand signals to be used during the backing procedure.
C.
In the event the driver of the vehicle does not understand what the rear observer is trying
to convey with the hand signals, the backing procedure shall be stopped until the signals
are clarified and are understood.
REAR OBSERVER
This position becomes extra eyes and ears for the driver. While the vehicle is being backed, the
rear observer shall monitor the area around the rear of the vehicle. The rear observer should
keep a close watch for other vehicles and persons moving around while the vehicle is in motion.
The rear observer should be ready to give the signal to stop if any pedestrian, vehicle or other
obstacle moves or is in the vehicle's path of travel. In the event the driver is not watching the rear
observer and an emergency situation occurs, the rear observer shall get the driver's attention by
voice or by slapping the side of the vehicle with an open hand to regain the drivers attention.
I.40 VEHICLE SAFETY

#15//09
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
I.41
INMATE CELL SEARCHES
I.55, L.2, P.3,
4021 P.C., PRISON RAPE ELIMINATION ACT of 2003
PURPOSE
To establish procedures for the search of inmate cells, housing units and areas used by inmates.
POLICY
To ensure protection for inmates and staff by providing a safe and secure environment free of
contraband, weapons, excessive personal property (which would provide fuel for fire), contagious
diseases and vermin and to protect inmates from unreasonable searches.
PROCEDURES
I.
CELL, HOUSING UNITS OR AREA SEARCHES

All conducted searches should be documented in JIMS. The entry should include areas
searched and the employees who conducted the search.
A.
SCHEDULED INSPECTIONS - Prior notice of the inspection is given to the inmates

who may prepare their housing area for the inspection (i.e. cleaning the floors, bars,
windows, etc., laying personal property out, etc.). This type of inspection is for
cleanliness standards compliance and to evaluate adherence to rules and regulations as
to the amount of personal property and jail issued property each inmate has. It should
not result in the inmate-housing unit being left in disarray by the inspecting deputies.
Inspections should not occur after 2200 hours or before 0600 hours.
B.
UNSCHEDULED CELL SEARCHES - These searches are for the purpose of

preventing violence, preventing escape, or controlling contraband. Searches are not to
be conducted for the purpose of harassing, intimidating or punishing inmates. This
type of search will necessarily cause the inmates' property and bedding to be inspected
thoroughly, which may result in some disarray. The deputies conducting the search
should make every reasonable effort to assure that the property is not destroyed or
misplaced. This type of search may be done at any time.
C.
Searches should not occur after 2200 hours or before 0600 hours on court nights,
unless there are some exigent circumstances that would require an unscheduled cell
search during these hours. The above time restrictions do not apply to hourly cell
security checks performed day and night to reduce jail escapes, control contraband and
prevent inmate assaults.
I.41 INMATE CELL SEARCHES

#14//10
Page 1 of 2
II.
ENTERING CELLS OCCUPIED BY INMATES OF THE OPPOSITE SEX

Per Penal Code Section 4021 when the inmate is present in the cell an employee of the same sex
as the inmate shall be present during the inspection or search of an inmate's cell.
III.
PRIVILEGED COMMUNICATION
While conducting inmate cell searches and/or inspections, privileged communications (i.e.
correspondence from State and Federal courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of public
office, Citizens Law Enforcement Review Board (CLERB), Internal Affairs, Office of the
Sheriff, the Board of State and Community Corrections (BSCC), PREA Auditor and facility
commander or the assistant facility commander) may be examined for contraband pursuant to the
search and/or inspection. However, privileged communications shall only be scanned for
security concerns and validation of privileged content in the presence of the inmate.
I.41 INMATE CELL SEARCHES

#14//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 30, 2015

I.43
INMATE COUNT PROCEDURE
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform procedure for physically counting and verifying the well-being of all inmates
within the facility and accounting for all inmates temporarily out of the facility.
POLICY
Inmates shall be accounted for at each detention facility. Inmates away from the facility for authorized
reasons will be accounted for upon their return.
PROCEDURE
I.
COUNTS DEFINED
A.
Soft Count A count of the number of inmates in a facility or housing unit which verifies
each inmates well-being through verbal or physical acknowledgement from the inmate.
It also determines if the correct numbers of inmates are currently in the facility or
housing unit.
B.
Hard Count A count which verifies each inmates well-being through verbal or physical
acknowledgement from the inmate, and uses one of the following methods to confirm the
identity of every inmate in a facility:
C.
II.
1.
Bar Code Reader (BCR)
2.
Emergency Evacuation List
3.
Face Cards
4.
Floor Sheets
Head Count A total count of the number of inmates in each area. A head count can be
utilized any time a simple count outside the purviews of "soft count" & "hard count" is
not required.
INMATE COUNT REQUIREMENTS

A.
There shall be at least one verified and recorded hard count during each shift.
B.
Three soft counts are required daily. These soft counts will occur during the time periods
of 1700-1800, 1830-1900 and 0400-0430 hours.
I.43 INMATE COUNT PROCEDURE

#15//11
Page 1 of 3
C.
A head count will be conducted during the first security check of each day shift. This
head count shall occur prior to 0700 hours daily.
D.
The watch commander may call for an additional count at any time deemed necessary.
E.
A hard count shall be conducted between 0900-1200 hours (day hard count), and 21002300 hours (night hard count), using one of the methods described in section IB. During
hard counts, verification of the inmate's identity will be done by comparing the wristband
picture to the inmate and matching the booking number to the hard count method used. It
is the responsibility of the watch commander to ensure this process is followed.
The watch commander is responsible for ensuring these counts are performed. The
facility commander shall develop procedures as to the time and method for these counts.
1.
Day hard count

Inmates in facility court holding cells at the time of day hard count will be
accounted for using paper court lists. The paper court list shall be archived with
the housing count sheets for each facility.
2.
Night hard count

The Jail Information Management System (JIMS) Bar Code Reader (BCR) or
paper count sheets shall be used to account for inmates during night hard count.
If JIMS is unavailable to verify count, the watch commander may direct that any
one of the remaining hard count methods be utilized to confirm the count. The
watch commander will make a notation in the watch commanders log.
III.
F.
During an emergency, the watch commander will direct that one of the hard count
methods be performed to verify the count. Depending on the circumstances, the watch
commander may direct a head count be conducted first, to quickly determine if an
inmate(s) is missing.
G.
If an escape is suspected, and the escape route is known, the watch commander may
initially focus the count efforts in that area. However, a facility hard count will be
completed as soon as practical.
DISCREPANCIES
Any discrepancies in the count shall be immediately resolved. If the discrepancy cannot be
resolved, control and the watch commander shall be notified immediately.
IV.
RANDOM COUNTS
Unscheduled, random inmate counts should be conducted periodically, at the discretion of the
shift supervisor or watch commander.

#15//11
Page 2 of 3
V.
RECORDING COUNTS
All scheduled/non-scheduled counts will be recorded in the JIMS and paper copies used will be
archived in accordance with the department records management plan.

#15//11
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 6, 2014
I.45
INMATE HOSPITALIZATION AND GUARDS
I.47, I.51, I.57, I.93, Q.43 and SDSD P&P 6.46
PURPOSE
To standardize the processing of hospitalized inmates and regulate the assignment of guards.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Sheriffs Department to coordinate the hospitalization of any inmate in the custody
of the Sheriff. Pre-arraignment, hospitalized arrestees, regardless of arresting agency, will not be
booked. It will be the responsibility of the arresting agency to arrange for the arraignment of their
hospitalized arrestee and to provide the security until the arraignment is conducted.
For those pre-arraignment, hospitalized arrestees arrested by a Sheriffs Deputy, the Detention Services
Bureau will assume the guarding responsibilities at the hospital, but the arrestee will not be booked until
after arraignment. It will be the Law Enforcement Services Bureaus responsibility to arrange for the
arraignment. Once arraigned and committed to the custody of the Sheriff, the appropriate booking
facility will book the arrestee in absentia and assume the necessary guarding responsibilities.
For juvenile inmates in the custody of the Probation Department, the Sheriffs Detention Services
Bureau will assume hospital guarding responsibilities for inmates, deemed dangerous and when an
armed Probation officer is not available. Those juvenile inmates fitting these criteria can be found in
JIMS under the San Diego Central Operation Status Board, housing unit JH.
For pre-arraignment, hospitalized arrestees arrested by the Sheriffs Department and post-arraignment,
hospitalized inmates arrested by all other agencies, it is the responsibility of the housing facilitys watch
commander to evaluate the charges of any prisoner requiring hospitalization to determine the
appropriate number of deputies to guard the prisoner.
For those inmates admitted to the Tri-City Medical Center Security Unit (TCMCSU), the San Diego
Central Jail (SDCJ) watch commander or the Vista Detention Facility (VDF) processing sergeant or
designee, is responsible for maintaining entries in JIMS that must reflect the names and booking
numbers of all hospitalized inmates (guarded or not).
SDCJ will be responsible for entering admissions, housing changes, discharges and other information
into the hospital log for all inmates at any local hospital, except for those at the TCMCSU. VDF will
maintain the hospital log for any inmates housed at the TCMCSU.
I.45 INMATE HOSPITALIZATION AND GUARDS

#14//13
Page 1 of 6
PROCEDURE
I.
All arrestees admitted to a hospital are to be arraigned prior to being booked into a detention
facility. If an arrest is made by the Sheriffs Department, the following procedures will be
followed:
A.
After confirming the arrestee is to be admitted to a hospital, the transporting/arresting

deputy will contact the watch commander, at the appropriate booking facility, to request a
guard. The deputy will provide the watch commander with the following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Full name of arrestee

Date of birth
Criminal charges
Name of hospital and room number of inmate
The watch commander will provide this information to the Jail Population Management
Unit (JPMU). The JPMU deputy will run the arrestees criminal history and determine
the appropriate custody level for the inmate. In addition to the custody level, the JPMU
deputy shall advise the watch commander of any prior violent charges, escapes or walkaways.
The watch commander or designee shall review the arrestee's custody and risk levels to
determine the appropriate security and restraints to be applied during escort and while
under guard at the hospital. The security information shall be printed and provided to the
transporting/guarding deputies prior to departing the detention facility.
When an arrestee is to be admitted to a local hospital, the watch commander at SDCJ or
VDF is to be notified to enter the prisoners name in the hospital log. For those Sheriffs
Department pre-arraignment arrestees, a notation will be made in the log of the latest date
and time that the arrestee can be arraigned to comply with 825 P.C. If the arrestee is not
arraigned, in compliance with 825 P.C., the deputy will be removed from guarding the
arrestee.
B.
It is the responsibility of the arresting deputy to ensure that a booking slip (J-15) and a
property bag are delivered to the Detention Services Bureau deputy at the time he or she
relinquishes custody of the arrestee. These items will remain at the hospital until the
arraignment is conducted and then be transferred to the booking facility.
C.
The deputy guarding the arrestee shall remain within sight of the arrestee at all times. For
those arrestees admitted to the TCMCSU, the operational layout may prevent the deputies
assigned to be in constant supervision of the arrestee. The deputy guarding the arrestee
shall ensure the inmate has at least one leg and waist chain securely attached to a fixed
location on the hospital bed/gurney, unless it would be medically unfeasible. If securing
the inmate is not possible, the deputy shall advise the respective watch commander or
designee.
Removal or adjustment of restraints for medical procedures may be done at the request of
the physician and the concurrence of a deputy. If the removal of the restraints is
medically necessary, the deputy will utilize either sets of "Max Cuffs" (Nylon Flex Cuffs)

#14//13
Page 2 of 6
or "The Grip Restraint Device" as temporary restraints during the procedure. At no time
will the inmate be free of restraints. The transition from one device to another will be
done so as the inmate is constantly restrained.
II.
D.
Upon receipt of the booking slip, the booking facility will pre-book the inmate in
absentia, obtaining a booking number and place the name of the hospital in the remarks
section.
E.
As soon as practical, following arraignment, the booking facility will dispatch a deputy to
the hospital to complete the booking process (i.e., fingerprints, photos and necessary
information to complete the booking sheet).
For agencies other than the Sheriffs Department, it is their responsibility to guard their
hospitalized arrestee until arraignment and remand to the custody of the Sheriff.
A.
Once the arrestee is remanded to the custody of the Sheriff, the local agency needs to
telephone the Watch commander at the appropriate booking facility and provide the
following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Full name of arrestee

Date of birth
Criminal charges
The agency will also arrange for delivery of the booking slip (J-15) and property bag to
the booking window at the booking facility.
B.
The watch commander will provide the information, listed in II.A., to the JPMU deputy.
The JPMU deputy will run the inmates criminal history and determine the appropriate
custody level for the inmate. In addition to the custody level, the JPMU deputy shall
advise the watch commander of any prior violent charges, escapes or walk-aways. A
supervisor designated by the watch commander shall review the inmate's custody and risk
levels to determine the appropriate security and restraints to be applied during escort and
while under guard at the hospital. The security information shall be printed and provided
to the transporting/guarding deputies prior to departing the detention facility.
The watch commander at SDCJ is to be notified to enter the arrestee's name in the
hospital log. The watch commander at VDF will be notified of arrestees who are moved
to the TCMCSU. Once the J-15 and property bag are received, the watch commander
will dispatch a deputy as appropriate to assume custody and complete the in absentia
booking process (i.e., fingerprints, photos and necessary information to complete the
booking sheet) as soon as possible.
C.
III.
Follow guarding procedures as outlined in Section I.C.
Inmates admitted to hospital from a detention facility.

A.
The transporting deputy will notify the watch commander at the inmates housing facility
of the admission to the hospital.

#14//13
Page 3 of 6
B.
Only admitted inmates will be accepted into the TCMCSU.
C.
The watch commander at the inmate housing facility should contact the JPMU deputy to
obtain the inmates criminal history, booking information and record of institutional
behavior or prior escapes. The watch commander or designee will also immediately
communicate the admittance of an inmate to the SDCJ processing sergeant or the VDF
processing sergeant for inmates admitted to the TCMCSU. The notification shall include
all pertinent information necessary to place the inmate in the database.
A supervisor designated by the watch commander shall review the inmate's custody and
risk levels to determine the appropriate security and restraints to be applied during escort
and while under guard at the hospital. The security information shall be printed and
provided to the transporting/guarding deputies prior to departing the detention facility.
D.
Follow guarding procedures as outlined in Section I.C.
E.
Green Band inmates shall be guarded by two deputies while hospitalized.
F.
Female inmates hospitalized for OB/GYN treatment shall be guarded by a female deputy.
G.
The following information will be provided to the SDCJ watch commander or the VDF
watch commander:
1.
2.
3.
H.
IV.
Full name of inmate

Booking number
The housing facility watch commander shall ensure the following:

1.
Deputies are scheduled 24 hours per day. If sufficient coverage cannot be

located, other facilities may be queried with any overtime costs charged to the
housing facility.
2.
The inmate-housing screen is updated by Inmate Processing Division (IPD) staff

to indicate that the prisoner is admitted to a hospital with or without a guard.
3.
Facility medical staff is notified of the admission.
4.
The respective housing deputy secures the inmates personal property in their
housing area.
Changes in custody status of hospitalized inmates

A.
When a hospitalized inmate is rebooked on a new case or has a change in their custody
status, the booking clerk making those changes shall notify the watch commander.
B.
The watch commander at SDCJ or VDF will be notified to evaluate any changes in the
level of security.

#14//13
Page 4 of 6
C.
If an inmate is released from the custody of the Sheriff while hospitalized at UCSD, the
Detention Processing Supervisor (DPS) will notify the processing sergeant of the pending
release. The processing sergeant will contact UCSD at (619) 543-6737 and page the
UCSD house supervisor alerting them of the pending release. The DPS will authorize the
housing facility pre-release clerk to complete the online Hospital Hold Release form (J67) and print two (2) copies. A copy will be placed in the booking jacket and the second
copy will be given to the DPS together with the booking jacket.
The DPS or designee will FAX a copy of the J-67 form to the Admissions Department at
UCSD at (619) 543-7797, the UCSD case manager at (619) 471-9095, and the Sheriffs
Medical case manager at (858) 974-5737.
D.
If an inmate is released from the custody of the Sheriff while hospitalized at the
TCMCSU, the DPS will notify the VDF processing sergeant of the pending release. The
VDF DPS will authorize the housing facility pre-release clerk to complete the online
Hospital Hold Release form (J-67) and print two (2) copies. A copy will be placed in the
booking jacket and the second copy will be given to the DPS together with the booking
jacket.
The DPS or designee will FAX a copy of the J-67 form to the Admissions Department at
Tri-City Medical Center at (760) 940-3796, the Tri-City Medical Center case manager at
(760) 940-7163, and the Sheriffs Medical case manager at (858) 974-5737. The prerelease clerk will prepare a packet for the deputy to take to the hospital, including the
second copy of the J-67 form and the Final Release Report. The final release clerk will
ensure that any money on the inmates account is attached, as well as any additional
paperwork, including the Property Report and Funds Receipt. The deputy will take the
packet to the hospital and obtain the inmates signature where required. The J-67 form
will be left at the nurses station. The deputy will bring any signed documents back to the
facility DPS for processing. The processing sergeant at SDCJ or the VDF processing
sergeant, if inmate is admitted to the TCMCU, will be immediately notified of the
inmates release (date and time) and will make the necessary entries in the hospital log.
Once an inmate is released from custody in the unit, they will be removed from the unit
by the HGU deputies and reassigned to non-secured room off of the floor.
E.
V.
The facilitys watch commander will notify the medical staff at the inmates housing
facility of any changes in the custody status of any hospitalized inmate.
Inmate discharged from the hospital

A.
The guarding deputy shall notify the SDCJ watch commander or the VDF watch
commander of the pending discharge.
B.
The deputy or facility processing sergeant will notify the inmates housing facility watch
commander of the pending return to the facility.

#14//13
Page 5 of 6
VI.
C.
Upon return to the facility, the facility medical staff will be notified. A nurse will screen
the inmate for return to an appropriate housing unit in cooperation with a JPMU deputy.
All hospital records accompanying the inmate will be given to the facility medical staff.
D.
The processing sergeant at SDCJ or the VDF processing sergeant will make the
appropriate notations in the Hospital Log as to the disposition of the inmate, and the date
and time that the deputies were relieved.
E.
The floor deputy will be notified to retrieve the inmates personal property held in safe
keeping and Inmate Processing staff will be notified to update booking information.
Supervisory Hospital Security Checks

SDCJ and VDF will develop a green sheet identifying supervisory hospital checks to be
conducted once per shift, at a minimum. For security purposes, the security checks, or reasons
for not conducting the security check (staffing levels, major incident, facility workload, etc.),
will be entered into the appropriate JIMS Area Activity Log and Watch Commander's Log.
VII.
Go Bag
Prior to leaving the facility for the hospital, the transporting deputy will obtain a "Go Bag."
The bag contains a variety of items to assist the deputy during their hospital guard deployment.
A.
Each facility will maintain an inventory of "Go Bags," the COVRT Z.A.P. Bag. The goal
is that each hospital run leaving the facility will have at least one. If multiple deputies are
deployed to the same hospital there may not be enough bags for each deputy; attempts to
coordinate any necessary items will be made. Contents of the bag are as follows;
Battery Charger
Extra Battery
Spit Masks (2)
Leg and Waist Chains
Max Cuffs (6)
Handcuffs
Cuff Cutter
911 Tool
A Grip Restraint (in selected bags according
to the number assigned to the facility)
Each facility will develop a facility green sheet for the inventorying and deployment of
the "Go Bags."
B.
Extra Max Cuffs and Grip Restraints are available at specific hospitals (UCSD, Tri-City)
by contacting security staff.

#14//13
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

I.47
INMATE IDENTIFICATION WRISTBANDS AND
CLOTHING
I.57, I.51
PURPOSE
To establish a visual inmate identification system that is reflective of an inmates classification code.
POLICY
Upon entry into a detention facility, all inmates shall be assigned a specific color-coded identification
wristband, and color-coded clothing.
PROCEDURE
I.
An identifying wristband will be secured on the inmates left wrist (except in case of amputation,
prosthesis or cast).
A.
Inmates will be assigned a booking number during the pre-book process. When the Jail
Information Management System (JIMS) wristband prints, it will have a color thumbnail
photo of the inmate, an identifying barcode, the inmates booking number, name and date of
birth on the paper insert. The wristband will be heat sealed and placed on the inmates left
wrist by sworn staff. The wristband shall be placed on the wrist in a manner that prevents its
removal by the inmate.
B.
The JIMS wristbands are color-coded and are the only acceptable form of identification for
an inmate:
1.
Purple - Misdemeanor arrests that qualify for the book and release program.
2.
White Inmate workers.
3.
Blue - Inmates arrested on a felony charge, and misdemeanants who do not qualify
for the book and release program.
Blue banded inmates that are pregnant will have a red striped paper insert.
4.
Red Inmates housed in designated medical housing areas.

Red banded inmates that are pregnant will have a red striped paper insert.
5.
Yellow - Special handling (protective custody (P/C) and inmates housed in the
Psychiatric Security Unit (PSU) at LCDRF & SDCJ).
I.47 INMATE IDENTIFICATION WRISTBANDS AND CLOTHING

#15//10
Page 1 of 4
6.
a.
Yellow banded inmates that are pregnant will have a red striped paper insert.
b.
Yellow banded inmates are designated as keep separate all (KSA) will have
a gray striped paper insert.
Orange Inmates housed in administrative segregation (Ad.Seg.).

a.
Orange banded inmates with documented safety concerns will have a yellow
striped paper insert.
b.
Orange banded inmates that are pregnant will have a red striped paper insert.
7.
Black Sexually violent predators (SVP).
8.
Green Inmates deemed to present an escape risk, assaultive behavior, or having

threatened to assault staff.
a.
Inmates that have been sentenced to life, or death, will automatically be given
a green wristband. Inmates identified by the District Attorneys office as being
a defendant in a death penalty case will also be given a green wristband.
b.
Inmates with special conditions and/or hazards of escape risk and/or assaultive
will be given a green wristband.
c.
Any other inmate who, through their actions or words, causes staff to believe
that the inmate meets the criteria (sections a and b above) for a green band
will be considered for green band status. This requires staff to prepare an
incident report outlining the circumstances/information justifying the inmates
reclassification to a higher custody level.
i.
The shift supervisor shall review and approve the incident report.
ii.
Facility staff shall notify the Jail Population Management Unit

(JPMU) staff of the incident and request a classification re-evaluation.
For facilities without assigned JPMU staff, or 24-hour JPMU staff,
these requests will be directed to the SDCJ JPMU.
iii.
JPMU staff will review all requests for inmate classification reevaluations. If a request is deemed appropriate, the classification code
changes will be updated in the "evaluation update" screen in JIMS. To
provide consistency and accountability, only JPMU staff are
authorized to make changes to an inmates custody/classification level
(1-6).
iv.
The inmates wristband, clothing and housing assignment will not be

changed until after the review and reclassification of the inmate has
been approved and completed by JPMU.

#15//10
Page 2 of 4
II.
d.
Green banded inmates shall be housed only at SDCJ, VDF, GBDF and
LCDRF.
e.
Green banded inmates who are also classified as protective custody will have
a yellow striped paper insert.
f.
Green banded inmates who are also classified as administrative

segregation will have an orange striped paper insert.
g.
Green banded inmates that are pregnant will have red striped paper insert.
It is the responsibility of facility housing deputies to check the inmates wristbands during night hard
count. When a deputy discovers a wristband in need of replacement (due to normal wear and tear),
the deputy must ensure it is replaced with a new band of the same color by the end of shift. In the
case of a deliberately damaged wristband, the deputy will record the details in an incident report and
submit it to the sergeant for follow-up. Inmates that refuse to wear a wristband will be handled in
the following manner.
A.
If the inmate is in mainline housing, he/she shall be isolated or moved to administrative

segregation for security reasons. Once the inmate complies, the inmate may be returned to
mainline housing.
B.
An incident report shall be written and submitted to the sergeant for follow-up. The inmate
shall be contacted on a weekly basis to determine if he/she is willing to comply. For
continued non-compliance, a new incident report shall be written and forwarded to the
facility administrative sergeant for follow-up. In an effort to correct behavior, progressive
discipline shall be implemented.
C.
Inmates that refuse to wear a wristband shall lose certain privileges that require a wristband
to verify identity. Examples of these privileges include but are not limited to the following:
D.
1.
Commissary
2.
Social Visits
3.
Programs
Inmates that refuse to wear a wristband shall be waist chained prior to leaving the housing
unit. For identity and security purposes, the deputy shall place the inmates wristband on the
waist chain near the left wrist.
III.
Plastic fasteners are available via the watch commander for those inmates who are allergic to the
metal fasteners or may use the metal fasteners for self-injury.
IV.
Facility specific wristbands or markings will be placed on the right wrist of the inmate (in the case of
amputation, prosthesis or cast, facility specific wristbands will not be used). Facility green sheets
will be written explaining the reason for these bands. The left wristband colors will not be utilized

#15//10
Page 3 of 4
for facility specific (right) wristbands. The facility specific (right) wristband must be a non-JIMS
wristband, and cannot be utilized for identification purposes.
V.
If an inmate is picked up from another agency, and is identified as being assaultive towards staff, an
escape risk or is sentenced to life or death row the transporting deputy will place a green band on
the inmates left wrist and take appropriate transporting security measures. The transporting deputy
shall obtain as much pertinent information as possible from the agency. Upon their return to San
Diego, the transporting deputy will complete an incident report detailing the information, and notify
the intake deputies at the detention facility where the inmate is received. The housing facility will be
responsible for notifying JPMU staff (in accordance with Subsection I.8.b above).
VI.
WRISTBAND REPLACEMENT
VII.
A.
The housing deputy will positively identify the inmate. This can be done in the JIMS. Once
identified, the deputy will record the information in the JIMS, make a new wristband of the
same color and fasten the band on the inmates left wrist (or on the right wrist if the left is
amputated, a prosthesis or in a cast).
B.
The deputy must re-band the inmate as soon as possible utilizing the re-banding kit located in
each housing area.
INMATE CLOTHING CODE

Inmate clothing is color-coded to provide staff with a visual cue as to the inmates classification,
housing assignment or security concerns.
A.
White Worn only by inmate workers assigned to work in the kitchen. Inmates are not
authorized to wear whites in lieu of their assigned tan clothing while in their housing units,
in other areas of the facility (e.g., visits, programs, housing unit) or when leaving the facility
(e.g., court, etc.).
B.
Tan Worn by inmate workers.
C.
Blue Worn by inmates housed in mainline population.
D.
Green Worn by inmates designated as escape risks; assaultive behavior, or having

threatened to assault staff; sentenced to life, or having been sentenced to death. Inmates
identified by the District Attorneys office as a defendant in a death penalty case will also
wear green clothing.

#15//10
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2005
I.49
INMATE LINE-UP PROCEDURES
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform procedure for conducting in-custody and out-of-custody line-ups within the
Detention Facilities.
POLICY
Identification line-ups will be provided pursuant to request from the Office of the District Attorney,
police agencies or upon competent Court Order.
PROCEDURE
I.
IN-CUSTODY LINE-UPS
A.
All line-ups will be scheduled by the Line-up Deputy or in his/her absence; the Control
Deputy will coordinate with the Watch Commander.
B.
To ensure that inmates housed at other facilities arrive at this facility for their line-up, the
Line-Up Deputy will schedule the suspect for a live line-up and the following should be
completed in JIMS. To schedule an inmate for a line-up, follow the following steps in
JIMS: Go to IMS; click on schedule; click on schedule events; type in booking number;
go to find; click on add; type in line-up in Event Type; schedule date and time of line-up;
and, under comments, type in line-up for the designated deputy (name and arjis).
C.
Line-ups will be scheduled Monday through Friday (Holidays excepted). No more than
two line-ups should be scheduled in the morning, or afternoon; times will be established
by each facility.
D.
Line-ups should not be accepted with less than two working days notice in order to
facilitate a search for similar appearing inmates to form a line-up panel. Under exigent
circumstances (i.e., the suspect will be released without a complaint being filed unless
identification is made), requests for live line-ups may be on shorter notice with the
approval of the Watch Commander
E.
All inmates participating in line-ups for the purpose of identification as a suspect shall
have legal counsel present at the line-up. If the inmate does not have retained or
appointed counsel present, an attorney may be obtained by calling Defenders, Inc., at
234-8741.
F.
Inmate participants (excluding the subject of the line-up), shall receive either two welfare
packs or grilled food (i.e. hamburger and fries) from the kitchen. It is the discretion of the
Line-Up Deputy whether he will allow the participating inmates a special one hour social
visit or allow the inmate to have one free telephone call.
I.49 INMATE LINE-UP PROCEDURES
Page 1 of 2
II.
OUT-OF-CUSTODY LINE UPS

A.
Out-of-custody line-ups will be conducted pursuant to a valid Court Order and subject to
all of the requirements of the foregoing.
B.
Scheduling of out-of-custody line-ups will not be considered complete until all of the
following are received:
1.
Valid Court Order for the out-of-custody line-up;
2.
Recent color photograph;
3.
Complete physical description.
C.
The subject of an out-of-custody line-up will report to the facility one hour prior to the
scheduled line-up. Upon arrival, the Line-Up Deputy or other designated personnel will
be provided with a copy of the Court Order for an out-of-custody line-up and a valid
picture I.D.
D.
The subject of an out-of-custody line-up, upon entry to the facility, will be subject to all
rules and regulations governing within the facility.
E.
The Search Deputy or other designated personnel will prepare and attach to the subjects
left wrist a blue jail I.D. band containing the subjects last name, first name, middle
initial, date of birth and the words Line up.
F.
The subject of the line-up will be searched and dressed out in jail clothing. Then he/she
and his/her clothing will be turned over to the Line-up Deputy in the line up holding area.
G.
At the conclusion of the line-up, the Line-up Deputy will arrange to have the subject
dressed out in his/her street clothes, property returned, and released.
H.
Any weapon entering the facility with the subject of an out-of-custody line-up will be
placed into a weapons envelope and taken to the Information Window where the subject
may claim it after release.
I.49 INMATE LINE-UP PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 5, 2014
I.51
INMATE MOVEMENTS
I.47, I.52, I.57, I.93
PURPOSE
To provide a uniform security procedure for inmate movement outside the housing units.
POLICY
When outside of their housing units, inmates must go directly to a designated destination with or without
escort.
PROCEDURE
I.
HOUSING UNIT DEPUTY

Upon notification of inmate movement (i.e., court appearance, clinic, visit/interview, etc.), the
deputy will notify the inmate of the pending action. All inmates leaving/returning to the housing
unit shall be appropriately logged in JIMS. Additionally, a pat-down search for contraband shall
be conducted on each inmate, upon leaving and upon return to their assigned housing area.
II.
ROVER DEPUTY
A rover deputy may be dispatched to escort the inmate to his/her destination or holding area as
expeditiously as possible (if escort is required). The rover will verify identifying information
against the inmates wristband. When ready to return, a rover will escort the inmate back to the
housing unit. At every point in the inmates movement, deputies will confirm the inmates
identity against his/her wristband and conduct a pat-down search for contraband.
III.
COURT PRECEDENCE
A.
Court requests take precedence over all other movement requests.
B.
Order to Show Cause (OSC) Hearings

1.
Inmates scheduled to appear for an OSC Hearing who have a signed ParoleeAttorney Decision Form waiving their appearance at the hearing, do not need to
attend the hearing.
2.
If an inmate is scheduled for an OSC Hearing and refuses to attend, the watch
commander will notify DDA Lisa Rodriguez at 619 531-3564. The District
Attorney's Office may opt to cancel or waive the inmates appearance at the
hearing.
I.51 INMATE MOVEMENTS

#14//02
Page 1 of 2
3.
IV.
Cell extractions will not normally be conducted in the case of an inmates refusal
to attend an OSC Hearing.
INMATE MOVEMENT
A.
B.
C.
Mainline Inmates
1.
All inmates being moved are required to keep their hands in their pockets or
waistbands, and walk in single file. During inmate movement, no communication
is allowed between inmates.
2.
There will be at least one deputy required to escort up to five inmates. If there are
more than five inmates, an additional deputy(s) will be required.
Green Banded Inmates

1.
Inmates classified as Green Banders will be chained at the waist and the legs
prior to leaving their assigned housing unit. A hobble chain may be used to limit
mobility. This is a waist chain that is connected from the waist chain down to the
leg chains. It may be applied in the front or back. The escorting deputies should
take into consideration if the inmate will be sitting down. The best practice for the
seated position would be a hobble chain applied to the front.
2.
Green banded inmates are to be escorted by at least two deputies at all times.
3.
Green banded inmates are to be moved individually and not in conjunction with
other inmate movement (i.e. moving one green banded inmate with two deputies
AND other mainline inmates to a housing unit).
4.
Facilities shall develop guidelines within facility green sheets outlining

procedures for the movement of green banded inmates within the housing unit.
Pregnant Inmates/Inmates Recovering From Pregnancy

Pregnant inmates and inmates recovering from pregnancy shall be restrained only where
permitted by Detentions Policy and Procedures Manual Section I.57, III (A).
V.
COOPERATION AND COORDINATION

To ensure a smooth and efficient operation, it will be necessary to coordinate all inmate
movement, with those detention personnel, who will be directly involved (i.e., control deputy,
module deputy(s), rovers, detention information assistants, court deputy, etc). Professional staff
and sworn staff must cooperate in order to avoid confusion resulting from a break down in
communication.
I.51 INMATE MOVEMENTS

#14//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 28, 2015

I.52
INMATE SEARCHES
I.55, 4030 P.C., J.8
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines and procedures for inmate searches.
POLICY
All inmate searches shall be conducted for the purpose of providing a safe and secure environment for
inmates and staff in compliance with legal standards (Bull v. City and County of San Francisco, 595
F.3d 964 (9th Cir.2010)).
PROCEDURE
To ensure inmates are searched under appropriate conditions, the following procedures shall apply:
I.
DEFINITIONS
The Detention Services Bureau uses the following terminology relating to inmate searches:
A.
Intake search initial search of an inmate prior to booking. May include a pat-down
search in the receiving sally port, a body scan, and an inventory/verification of inmate
property obtained from the arresting officer.
B.
Strip search any search that requires a person to remove or arrange some or all of
his/her clothing to permit visual inspection of the underclothing, breasts, buttocks,
genitalia, or body cavity.
C.
Body Scan X-ray technology used to produce an image revealing the presence of
contraband concealed on or inside a person.
D.
Clothing exchange the exchange of an inmates personal clothing for facility clothing.
E.
Body cavity the stomach or rectal cavity, and the vagina of a female.
F.
Physical body cavity search the physical intrusion into a body cavity for the purpose of
discovering or recovering any concealed contraband.
G.
Reasonable suspicion the belief, based on specific and articulable facts, that an inmate
may be carrying or concealing contraband.
H.
General population housing as used in this section refers to all housing areas, as
distinguished from temporary holding areas.
I.52 INMATE SEARCHES

#15//05
Page 1 of 6
II.
I.
Transgender a person whose gender identity (internal sense of feeling male or female)
is different from the person's assigned sex at birth.
J.
Intersex a person whose sexual or reproductive anatomy or chromosomal pattern does

not seem to fit typical definitions of male or female. Intersex medical conditions are
sometimes referred to as disorders of sex development.
BODY SCAN Virtual Search

A.
Only staff that has successfully completed training on the SecurePASS Body Scanner
shall operate the device.
B.
All persons conducting the body scan shall be of the same sex as the person being
scanned.
C.
All viewing monitors or images generated by the body scan machine shall only be viewed
by authorized personnel (professional, sworn, and medical staff) and shall not be in an
area with direct view by inmates.
D.
Inmates who are known to be pregnant will not be scanned with a body scanner.
E.
With the exception of the inmate being scanned, all other persons shall remain outside the
"ion curve" area clearly outlined on the floor around each scanner device while a scan is
in progress.
F.
All arrestees will be subject to a body scan prior to being placed in general population
housing. In the event an anomaly appears within a subject's body, the deputy conducting
the scan will inquire with the arrestee to identify the anomaly. If the anomaly is believed
to be concealed contraband, the deputy will ask the arrestee to voluntarily turn over the
item(s). The deputy will utilize a private area to obtain the contraband. Once the deputy
has obtained the items, the arrestee will need to be re-scanned to verify all contraband
was removed.
Staff operating the body scanner shall save the image in the "positive tab folder" with a
descriptive label for future reference and/or comparison. Staff may pursue a
supplementary x-ray, if the technician is available, and facility operations allow.
If the anomaly is still present on the body scan and/or x-ray, and the arrestee is suspected
of concealing contraband, the arrestee shall be assessed for placement on Contraband
Watch (See Detention's Policy J.8 for procedure). If deemed necessary, a search warrant
will be obtained for contraband retrieval.
G.
All in-custody inmates may be subject to a body scan to include:

1.
Inmates who are returning to the facility from court clinic runs, temporary out-ofcustody, work assignments, or any other event that caused the inmate to be
removed from the secure area of the facility.
2.
Inmates returning from contact social or professional visits.

#15//05
Page 2 of 6
3.
H.
III.
Inmate workers returning to their housing unit after performing their assigned
duties.
In the event a new arrestee or in-custody inmate refuses to undergo a body scan, staff
shall not use physical force to compel their cooperation.
1.
If this occurs during the intake process, the arrestee shall be separated from those
inmates who have already been scanned and be strip searched in accordance with
Policy I.52 section III Strip Searches.
2.
If an in custody inmate is refusing a body scan, they shall be strip searched in

accordance with Policy I.52 section III Strip Searches.
STRIP SEARCHES
A.
Strip searches shall be conducted in an area that provides inmates as much privacy as
possible without compromising facility security. Strip searches shall be conducted in an area
of privacy so that the search cannot be observed by persons not participating in the search.
B.
All persons conducting or otherwise present during a strip search shall be of the same sex
as the inmate being searched, except for physicians or licensed medical/clinical
personnel.
C.
Persons conducting a strip search shall not touch the breast, buttocks, genitalia, or body
cavity of the person being searched.
D.
Inmates who refuse a body scan shall be strip-searched immediately preceding their
placement with other inmates or into general population housing. However, no strip
search will be conducted on an inmate, unless a minimum of three hours has elapsed from
the time of initial booking, and one hour after a wants/warrants check has been
completed, except as provided in Subsection G. The clearance of wants and warrants
marks the point at which Inmate Processing Division (IPD) personnel will begin
accepting bail bonds. This one-hour period, in conjunction with the initial three-hour
period, will ensure inmates have the opportunity to post bail prior to being subject to a
strip search.
E.
Strip searches will not be conducted on inmates who are being booked and released, in
the process of posting bail, or when it is not intended that the inmate will serve any time
in custody beyond the time necessary to complete the booking process.
F.
It is prohibited to conduct a strip search of intersex or transgender inmates for the sole
purpose of determining their genitalia. Staff will attempt to determine inmate genital
status through conversations or assistance from medical staff by reviewing medical
records. If all attempts to determine the inmate's genital status have failed, an
examination may be conducted by a board certified medical practitioner.
G.
Absent exigent circumstances, inmates will be strip-searched under the following

conditions:

#15//05
Page 3 of 6
1.
Inmates who are returning to the facility from court, clinic runs, temporary out-ofcustody, work assignments, or any other event that caused the inmate to be
removed from the secure area of the facility.
2.
Inmates returning from contact social visits.
3.
Inmate workers returning to their housing unit after performing their assigned
duties.
H.
Inmates may be strip searched any time they are being returned to their housing unit or
there is reasonable suspicion to believe the inmate may be concealing contraband,
weapons, or narcotics. Additionally, inmates are subject to strip search during scheduled
or unscheduled housing unit searches, weekly hygiene inspections, laundry exchanges,
criminal investigations, etc.
I.
Any inmate may be strip searched before it is determined that he or she will be placed in
general population housing, if a deputy has reasonable suspicion to believe the inmate is
concealing drugs or weapons in a manner that would not be detectible by a pat-down
search. Reasonable suspicion may not be based solely on the nature of the arrest and must
be based on factors observed by the deputy. Prior to conducting a strip search based on
reasonable suspicion, the deputy will complete a Strip Search Authorization Request
Form (J-52). The request must be approved by the on-duty watch commander before the
strip search is conducted.
Inmates who refuse a body scan and are eligible for, but do not intend on posting bail,
may sign the J-52 form to indicate they chose to forego the three-hour waiting period and
request to be strip searched and housed after completing the booking process.
Inmates who refuse a body scan and are booked on charges with no bail or not eligible
for bail, may be strip searched and housed before the three-hour period has elapsed. The
J-52 form will be completed to indicate the charge(s) or reason(s) why the inmate was not
eligible for bail.
J.
IV.
Group strip searches of inmates may be conducted only if the individual privacy of each
inmate is provided for. Meaning, the inmates participating in the strip search do not have
direct observation of each other and they cannot be observed by staff and/or inmates not
participating in the strip search. This includes conducting group strip searches in module
living areas during searches, while processing court returns or any other time that
requires an inmate to rearrange their inmate clothing to permit the inspection of the
underclothing, breast, buttocks, genitalia or body cavity in a group setting.
NON-COOPERATING INMATES
Arrestees who meet the requirements of a mandatory strip search per this section and refuse to
cooperate in the strip search, will be strip searched observing the following:
A.
Only force that is reasonable and necessary to conduct the search will be used.
B.
Prior to strip searching non-cooperative inmates, deputies shall notify a supervisor and
receive approval.

#15//05
Page 4 of 6
C.
A sergeant will be present and supervise, but not participate in, the procedure. Every
effort will be made to have a supervisor of the same sex present supervise the use of
force. If the sergeant and the inmate are of the opposite sex, the sergeant will be in the
immediate area, but not within the line of sight.
D.
The supervisor will have use of force strip searches of non-cooperating inmates recorded
on videotape. The video recording shall capture the supervisor explaining to the inmate
that he/she is being videotaped and requesting the inmate to voluntarily cooperate with
the strip search procedures. The supervisor should also explain on tape what will happen
if force must be used to gain compliance. The tape will be either entered into evidence, if
criminal charges are filed against the inmate(s) or, it must be held for administrative
review for a period of two years.
E.
When at all possible, the strip search will be conducted in a safety cell to minimize
injuries to the staff or the inmate.
A NetRMS Use of Force Report will be completed to document the circumstances and
amount of force used.
F.
V.
In the event deputies are summoned to assist with a combative inmate of the opposite sex
during the strip search process, every reasonable effort will be taken to cover the inmate
prior to being contacted.
PAT DOWN SEARCHES

A.
Absent exigent circumstances, deputies will at a minimum, pat down inmates under the
following conditions. This section does not preclude the use of a strip search if the
deputy determines it to be necessary.
1.
Prior to the inmate being transported out of the facility.
2.
Prior to a professional or contact social visit.
3.
Following a professional contact visit.
4.
Returning to housing unit from programs.
B.
At any time, all inmates are subject to pat-down searches, metal detector screenings, and
examinations of their clothing and belongings.
C.
Pat down searches shall not be performed on inmates of the opposite sex. If no deputy is
reasonably available that is of the same sex as the inmate, a deputy of the opposite sex
may conduct the pat down.
Male deputies conducting pat down searches on female inmates shall document the incident
in each inmate's history utilizing the drop down "PDS - Pat Down Search" in the Jail
Information Management System.
VI.
BODY CAVITY SEARCHES

#15//05
Page 5 of 6
No physical body cavity search will be conducted without a search warrant. Upon receipt of a
search warrant, the inmate will be transported to the hospital where contract medical personnel
will perform the search. If necessary, deputies may assist with controlling the inmate. If force is
used, a Use of Force report shall be written and submitted in accordance with Detentions P&P
I.89 Use of Force. Under no circumstances shall sworn personnel conduct such a search.
VII.
COURT RELEASES
It is to be expected that inmates returning from court may have been granted a release from
custody. Detention facility personnel shall make every effort to investigate any inmates claim
that he/she was granted a release from the court. Until confirmation can be made by contacting
the court and/or detention processing staff, detention facility deputies shall NOT conduct a strip
search of the inmate.
However, to maintain the security of the facility and safety of staff and inmates, deputies shall
conduct a pat-down search of these inmates for contraband and/or weapons.

#15//05
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 5, 2013
I.57
TRANSPORTATION OF INMATES
I.5, I.45, I.47, I.93, M.2, M.9, M.36, R.1, SDSD P&P 5.5,
6.12, and Penal Code 3407
PURPOSE
To establish the appropriate level of security staffing, restraining equipment, and additional security
precautions necessary when transporting inmates.
POLICY
All personnel responsible for transporting inmate(s) shall obtain pertinent security and/or classification
information in order to determine appropriate security measures necessary to complete the transport.
Universal precautions are to be followed when transporting inmates.
PROCEDURES
I.
Responsibilities of the transporting deputy:

A.
Deputies transporting inmates must be cognizant to the potential security risk of all
inmates in their custody. After accepting custody of inmate(s) from a facility, the
transporting deputy assumes the responsibility for the safety, welfare, and security of the
inmate under his/her supervision.
B.
All deputies must be aware of related policies for transportation of inmates, restraint
equipment, escape procedures, universal precautions and report/document processing.
C.
Deputies must be aware of the inmate classification system and appropriate security
measures to be used when transporting inmates. Seatbelts will be applied to inmates,
unless it would create a potential injury situation to the deputy and or inmate.
D.
Deputies shall wear their assigned ballistic vest, be armed and possess the proper license
to operate the vehicle they will be driving.
E.
Deputies transporting inmates will utilize vehicle radios as well as portable radios and
maintain contact with the Communications Center. Deputies will advise the
Communications Center that they are in service, the number of inmates being transported
and their destination.
F.
If any unusual occurrences develop during the transport, the Communications Center
shall be notified as soon as practical. The Communications Center shall notify the
appropriate detention facility supervisor.
G.
Medical staff shall inform transporting deputies of any medical precautions to be taken.
This may involve transporting deputies wearing personal protective equipment (refer to
M.36, Section II, A) or precautions for use of some chains/cuffs (i.e. dialysis patients).
I.57 TRANSPORTATION OF INMATES

#13//04
Page 1 of 3
H.
II.
HIGH RISK INMATE TRANSPORTS

A.
B.
III.
The medical/mental health information transfer summary (J-204 form) for inmates who
are transferring to prison are to be placed inside the designated envelope. The J-270
envelope is used to inform transporting deputies to use universal and respiratory
precautions as applicable.
Inmates who are considered an escape risk or possess a high propensity for violence
against staff will be banded with a single Day-Glow green wristband (green banders)
and issued a green shirt and pants. The only inmate with a higher security risk than a
green bander is an inmate with no wristband. This inmate should be treated as a green
bander until such time as the deputy can determine an appropriate status. Green banders
should be handled as follows:
1.
Research reason inmate is green banded.
2.
Thoroughly pat inmate down
3.
Two deputies are required to transport
4.
Leg chains/handcuffs in addition to waist chains
5.
For transport outside a facility, the green-banded inmate shall have his/her arms
crisscrossed in front of them, prior to having their hands cuffed with the waist
chains cuffs.
6.
The only approved leg restraint for out of facility movement of green banded
inmates is the restricted padlock leg chain.
When an inmate with a green band is transported to a medical appointment, deputies will
not relinquish supervision of the inmate to anyone. The inmate shall be chained to the
bed by at least one leg or waist chain cuff, unless medically unfeasible. A hobble chain
(as defined in Detention P&P I.93) may also be used to limit mobility. Both armed
deputies shall remain within sight of the inmate at all times. Removal of restraining
equipment during medical examinations will be done at the request of the physician with
the concurrence of a deputy. If problems are encountered, the deputys supervisor should
be contacted.
OTHER TRANSPORTS
A.
Except where prohibited by this section, inmates should be transported in leg and
waist chains with cuffs double locked, unless medically contraindicated. If deemed
necessary, the inmate can be crossed chained. Prior to departure, a deputy will
conduct a pat down search of the inmate. Upon arrival to a medical facility, the
inmate shall be chained to the bed by at least one leg or waist chain cuff, unless
medically unfeasible. If medically necessary to remove restraints, the deputy will
employ use of "Max Cuff" or "The Grip Restraint Device" as directed in Detention
P&P I.93. The transporting deputy shall remain within sight of the inmate at all times.
Removal of restraining equipment during medical examinations will be done at the

#13//04
Page 2 of 3
request of the physician with the concurrence of a deputy. If problems are

encountered, the deputys supervisor should be contacted.
As per Penal Code section 3407, an inmate known to be pregnant or in recovery after
delivery shall not be restrained by the use of leg irons, waist chains, or handcuffs
behind the body. A pregnant inmate in labor, during delivery, or in recovery after
delivery, shall not be restrained by the wrists, ankles, or both, unless deemed
necessary for the safety and security of the inmate, the staff, or the public. If
restraints are deemed necessary, the Watch Commander will be responsible for
documenting the inmate's name, booking number and reason for restraints in the
Watch Commander's Log. The Watch Commander will also ensure an incident report
detailing the necessity for restraints is written and entered into JIMS.
If restraints are employed, they shall be removed upon determination by the medical
professional who is currently responsible for the medical care of a pregnant inmate
during a medical emergency, labor, delivery, or recovery after delivery determines
that the removal of restraints is medically necessary. As per Detention P&P I.47,
pregnant inmates are identified by a red wristband with a red and white insert.
B.
When detention deputies are required to transport an inmate to the hospital or other
institution, it shall be the responsibility of the watch commander at the affected detention
facility to evaluate the classification of the inmate and determine appropriate security
measures to be taken.
C.
One deputy will generally transport no more than one inmate. The watch commander
may authorize exceptions. In the instance of medically incapacitated pregnant inmates or
releases, more than one inmate may be transported by one deputy. These instances will
be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.
D.
All inmates transported for medical evaluation to an emergency department must stay
until a medical decision is made regarding their care and treatment.
In the event an inmate is transported to a UCSD specialty appointment and is unable to
complete the visit/evaluation, the following is implemented:
E.
1.
When the allotted waiting time of 30 minutes from the time of the appointment is
exceeded, the deputy will contact the UCSD program manager at (619) 471-9061.
The UCSD program manager will call the clinic, obtain additional information
and attempt to expedite the evaluation.
2.
Prior to leaving the clinic, if the inmate refuses the appointment or the deputy is
unable to wait the additional time, the deputy will contact the UCSD program
manager at (619) 471-9061.
If an inmate is admitted to a hospital the escorting deputy will notify the housing facility
watch commander who will determine the number of deputies needed to guard the
inmate. Refer to Detention Policy and Procedure Section I.45.

#13//04
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 1, 2005
I.61
FACILITY SECURITY - CENTRAL CONTROL
I.25
PURPOSE
To establish the Control Deputys responsibility to maintain the security of the facility.
POLICY
The Control Deputy will be responsible for manning the Control Room at all times, limiting access, key
control, coordinating the facilities internal and perimeter security, monitoring the operation of the
various alarm systems and the communications systems.
PROCEDURE
I.
Key control is a primary function of the Control Deputy and will be handled according to
regulations in Section I.25.
II.
Control Room security will be maintained in the following manner:

A.
Sally port doors will be kept closed, and locked, at all times when not in use.
B.
The doors to the Control Room will be kept closed and locked at all times.
C.
Only specifically assigned employees are authorized to activate the electronic switches to
operate sally port, and control room doors.
D.
Only specifically assigned employees are authorized access to the Control Room; all
others may have limited access for specific purposes that cannot be accomplished
elsewhere.
E.
Inmate workers are only allowed into the Control Room under direct supervision-for the
purpose of cleaning.
F.
Inmates awaiting release are not to loiter in the area of the Control Room. They are
to be placed in a locked holding room until needed for release.
III
The Information Office will not be left unmanned unless the window is closed, and locked, and
all money has been secured in a locked repository.
IV.
The receiving areas will be maintained in the following manner:

A.
Sally port doors will be kept closed and locked at all times when not in use.
B.
The panel for the sally port door controls will be locked, and the key removed, when not
in use.
I.61 FACILITY SECURITY CENTRAL CONTROL
Page 1 of 2
C.
Receiving area doors will be kept closed and locked at all times.
I.61 FACILITY SECURITY CENTRAL CONTROL
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

I.62
FACILITY SECURITY- USE OF PERSONAL MOBILE
COMMUNICATION DEVICES
I.61, I.63, P.9, P.15, Dept. P&P 2.27
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the possession and use of mobile communication devices within secured
areas of a detention facility. Such devices pose a risk to facility security if lost or stolen and can also
distract staff members during the performance of their duties.
POLICY
The possession and use of mobile communication devices (cell phones, smart phones, tablets, etc.).
within a secured area of a detention facility is conditionally permitted. Usage will be of a reasonable
length of time, should not distract others or interfere with operations, compromise safety, or cause the
employee to neglect or be inattentive to their duties.
Sheriff's policies regarding personal mobile communication use during social and professional visits are
discussed in DSB sections P.9 and P.15, respectively.
PROCEDURE
I.
DEFINITION
Personal mobile communication devices Cellular phones, smart phones, tablets, paging
devices, or other devices allowing for two or more way communication.
II.
III.
EMERGENCY EXCEPTIONS AND NOTIFICATION

A.
The on-duty watch commander may authorize exceptions to this policy during emergency
situations.
B.
Employees shall immediately notify their supervisor upon discovery of a lost or stolen
mobile communication device and/or equipment (charging cables).
RESTRICTIONS
A.
Employees shall not use mobile communication or electronic devices while

escorting/moving inmates, conducting security checks, walking through inmate housing
areas, speaking with inmates, conducting sick call or any other situation that could
potentially create an unsafe work environment.
B.
Electronic charging devices shall not be in any area accessible to inmates.
I.62 FACILITY SECURITY- USE OF PERSONAL MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES

#16//01
Page 1 of 2
C.
IV.
Personal mobile communication devices shall not be utilized to photograph or video

inmates or department activities/operations.
VISITORS
Vendors, contractors, tour participants and all other non-Sheriff's department employees are
prohibited from having personal electronic devices in their possession. All devices must be
secured prior to their entry into the facility. Scheduled media tours are an exception to this
policy.
I.62 FACILITY SECURITY- USE OF PERSONAL MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES

#16//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 7, 2015
I.63
FACILITY SECURITY - HOUSING UNITS
I.21, I.64
PURPOSE
This section establishes a procedure to govern the general housing security of all housing units.
POLICY
To maintain a safe atmosphere for inmates, as well as staff, deputies will ensure the security of doors
and gates and be cognizant of contraband within the housing units during their routine duties.
PROCEDURE
I.
HOUSING UNIT
A.
B.
The security of the housing unit will be continually monitored. Deputies shall ensure:
1.
The main housing door/gate will be secured at all times except when in use.
2.
All housing module doors/gates will be secured at all times.
3.
The housing area will not be left unsupervised without the approval of the watch
commander, except when responding to an emergency.
4.
Upon leaving the housing area for any reason, all doors/gates will be secured.
At times it may be necessary to deviate from normal operations in a housing unit due to
an increase in violence or tension among inmates. The circumstances surrounding the
activities within the module will be documented in an incident report with all inmates
linked. The watch commander can utilize security lockdown for up to 72 hours to manage
the activities in the module. With approval of the facility commander, the security
lockdown may be extended.
Security lockdown is a management procedure of locking down a unit when conditions
are such that the safety of inmates and/or staff is at risk. Security lockdown is a
management prerogative that can be used as necessary to obtain the objective of
protecting the inmates and staff. It does not in itself involve any other deprivation of
privileges.
C.
As an alternative to placing an entire unit into security lockdown, reduced numbers of

inmates may be granted dayroom access on a rotating basis. A schedule should be created
to provide equal dayroom time and allow reasonable access to privileges outside of the
inmates assigned cell.
I.63 FACILITY SECURITY - HOUSING UNITS

#15//01
Page 1 of 3
II.
III.
INMATES
A.
No deputy will engage in any transaction with an inmate involving money or property,
other than official jail business. No deputy will make any deal or promise for
information of any type with any inmate unless authorized to do so by the facility
commander. This does not preclude deputies from acting on volunteered information.
B.
Except for facilities whose elevators and elevator lobbies are equipped with closed circuit
television cameras and designated personnel assigned to monitor them, no inmates will
be left unattended in the elevators, or elevator lobby.
C.
No inmate will visit any other inmate in another housing unit, nor will any notes or
property be exchanged without the approval of the Housing Deputy.
D.
Under normal circumstances, no inmate will be allowed in the deputy station. If

approved by the facility commander, inmate workers shall be permitted to enter the
deputy station for cleaning purposes.
CONTRABAND
A.
Definition: Any item not used for its intended purpose or any item not issued by
commissary or facility personnel.
B.
Possession: Any item found in an inmates property or possession, which is contraband,

is subject to seizure. The possessor is subject to disciplinary action and or criminal
charges.
C.
Illegal Narcotics and Drugs: All illegal narcotics and drugs will be handled and disposed
of according to law. Discretion in this area is strictly limited. The following instructions
outline the procedure to be followed when illegal narcotics or drugs are discovered on an
inmate or in the housing area.
1.
2.
When not in the possession of an inmate (found narcotics):

a.
Secure the evidence. Complete a presumptive chemical test. Properly

mark and package the contraband.
b.
Write a NetRMS Crime Report indicating the crime as found

narcotics. A case number will be obtained.
c.
Deposit the contraband in the evidence locker after proper recording.
When in the possession of an inmate:

a.
Secure the evidence. Complete a presumptive chemical test. Properly

mark and package the evidence.

#15//01
Page 2 of 3
b.
If there is probable cause to arrest an inmate for a particular violation, the

deputy will complete a Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory Form
(J-15). The inmate will be booked on the additional charge (if applicable,
the inmate may be cited.)
c.
Write a NetRMS Crime Report and Arrest Report (if applicable). A case
number will be obtained.
d.
Narcotics evidence will be deposited in the narcotics evidence receptacle.

#15//01
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
I.64
SECURITY CHECKS OF HOUSING UNITS AND HOLDING CELLS
I.63
4021 (b) P.C.
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for conducting and documenting hourly security checks.
POLICY
To maintain a safe and secure atmosphere for inmates and staff, deputies will conduct safety checks of
inmates through direct visual means (does not include video monitoring) on an hourly, or more frequent,
basis.
PROCEDURE
I.
CONDUCTING HOURLY SAFETY CHECKS

A.
Per Penal Code 4021, when a cell or room is occupied by an inmate, an employee of the
same sex as the inmate shall be present during the security check. This does not preclude
deputies of either sex from assisting each other, or excuse them from ensuring a check is
completed.
Each detention facility will develop security check procedures and a facility green sheet,
identifying staff positions within the facility which are responsible for ensuring that
hourly security checks are initiated, conducted, and documented in each housing,
receiving and court area of the facility.
B.
Staff of the opposite gender of inmates will be required to announce their presence when
entering an area where inmates are likely to be showering, performing bodily functions,
or changing clothing. Inmates shall be able to shower, perform bodily functions, and
change clothing without nonmedical staff of the opposite gender viewing their breasts,
buttocks, or genitalia, except in exigent circumstances or when such viewing is incidental
to routine cell checks.
C.
When deputies are entering a high risk security level housing unit (i.e. Administrative
Segregation), deputies should utilize the practice of contact and cover when conducting
security checks. This means that deputies should enter the modules together, on the same
level (whether it is the top or bottom tier). They will conduct the security check as a
team. Deputies should not split up in order to have one check the top tier and the other
the bottom tier.
D.
At the start of the security check, housing floor deputies will physically enter each
module, look in each cell and observe each inmate for any obvious signs of medical
distress, trauma, or criminal activity. In the case of dorm housing, the deputy will walk
I.64 SECURITY CHECKS OF HOUSING UNITS AND HOLDING CELLS

#14//10
Page 1 of 2
by each bunk. The main purpose of security checks is to check the welfare of inmates, as
well as to detect any security or maintenance issues in the housing unit.
II.
E.
In addition to checking inmate welfare and module security, deputies conducting security
checks should be attentive to environmental factors such as temperature, odors and
cleanliness.
F.
Hourly security checks shall be completed of the receiving, medical, release and court
holding areas in each facility at all times. Deputies will look in each cell and observe
each inmate for any obvious signs of medical distress, trauma, or criminal activity.
LOGGING OF HOURLY SAFETY CHECKS

A.
The entry shall be logged under the Event Type of 11-53 Started. The description field
of the log will give the name(s) and/or ARJIS number(s) of the deputy(s) conducting the
check. The deputy making the entry will open and close the 11-53 Started immediately
after the proper entries are made. At the conclusion of the security check, an entry will
be made under the Event Type of 11-53 Ended. The description field of the log will
give the name(s) and/or ARJIS number(s) of the deputy(s) clearing the security check.
The notes field WILL INCLUDE any pertinent information encountered during the
security check (i.e. reason for delayed 11-53, cell searched, maintenance requests, nurse
on the floor, 11-53 checks okay, etc).
B.
In the event an hourly safety check requirement cannot be met, the deputy of the affected
area shall provide a documented explanation in the notes field of the 11-53 Started
entry and the housing unit supervisor shall be notified immediately. Upon review of the
log, the supervisor shall make an entry in the notes field under the Event Type of
Supervisors Log Review. This entry shall state that the area supervisor is aware that
the safety check was not conducted within the hourly limit.
C.
Sergeants will review the JIMS Area Activity Logs and ensure that security/safety checks
were conducted within a 60-minute time period from the previous safety/security check.
D.
1.
Each supervisors safety/security check review will extend back to the previous
supervisors log review entry.
2.
In the event the supervisor finds any discrepancies in their review, the supervisor
shall make an entry in the "Notes" field.
Watch commanders will review the JIMS Area Activity Logs and ensure that
security/safety checks were conducted within a 60 minute time period from the previous
safety/security check. The watch commander will make an entry in the watch
commanders log and JIMS, documenting any discrepancies they find during their review.
I.64 SECURITY CHECKS OF HOUSING UNITS AND HOLDING CELLS

#14//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 15, 2016

I.65
FACILITY SECURITY - DETENTION FACILITY
WINDOWS
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To establish security regulations for detention facility windows.
POLICY
To keep windows secure, to avoid introduction of contraband, and prevent escapes.
PROCEDURE
All detention facility windows that are capable of being opened and not covered by steel boxes will
remain closed and locked at all times. Housing deputies will check the windows regularly (several times
during each shift) to confirm they have not been tampered with. This procedure does not apply to
minimum security facilities or minimum security housing areas within maximum security facilities. (Not
applicable for East Mesa Reentry Facility).
I.65 FACILITY SECURITY - DETENTION FACILITY WINDOWS

#16//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 7, 2015
I.66
FACILITY SECURITY/ PHYSICAL SECURITY
INSPECTION
Title 15, Section 1029
PURPOSE
To establish procedures for performing the annual physical security inspection and for the retention of
the inspection documents.
POLICY
Facility commanders or their designee shall, at least annually (August 31), review, identify and evaluate
facility security needs. A written record of security measures, including actions taken to improve facility
security, shall also be documented.
PROCEDURE
I.
Security reviews are the evaluation of internal and external security measures of the facility to
ensure the safety of staff, inmates, and the community by preventing escapes and other incidents.
The facility commander or designee shall ensure a comprehensive and thorough physical facility
security review is conducted at least annually, as required by Title 15, Section 1029. If the
annual review is conducted by a designee, it will be reviewed and signed by the facility
commander.
Items included in the security review shall be specific and unique to the facility operation, and
shall include, but not be limited to:
General Exterior
Landscaping and Grounds
Exterior Doors
Utility Control Points
Other Openings
Exterior Lighting
Public Access Areas
Key and Lock Procedures
Inmate Holding/Living Areas
Facility Medical Areas
Facility Kitchen
Office Security
Facility Armory and Weapons
Alarms
Facility Access Control
Facility Worker Areas
I.66 FACILITY SECURITY REVIEW

#15//01
Page 1 of 2
II.
Each facility will establish a procedure for the handling of security issues. This procedure will
contain, but is not limited to the following:
A.
Documenting security deficiencies/concerns
B.
Documenting needed modifications/repairs
C.
Notification of personnel to assess deficiencies/concerns (i.e. maintenance, Security

Technician, etc.)
D.
Follow-up of requested modifications/repairs
III.
The Physical Security Inspection Checklist form J-175 will be used to document the annual
inspection.
IV.
The completed J-175 will be archived at each facility for a period of two (2) years, as required by
Title 15, Section 1029.
I.66 FACILITY SECURITY REVIEW

#15//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
I.67
FACILITY SECURITY LOADING DOCK, KITCHEN &
STORAGE ROOMS
I.37, K.4
PURPOSE
To provide guidance in basic security for the areas of the loading dock, kitchen and storage rooms.
POLICY
To prevent escapes, smuggling of contraband and injuries to staff and/or inmates, adequate security
measures will be observed in the loading dock, kitchen, and storage areas.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
LOADING DOCK AREA

A.
Deliveries of supplies are to be made to the loading dock.
B.
Only inmate workers with approved security clearances will be allowed in this area.
C.
When inmate workers are permitted on the loading dock area for the purpose of
unloading or moving supplies, or for the disposal of trash, a deputy will be present and
the Control deputy will be advised of the situation.
D.
All doors leading to the loading dock area will be secured.
E.
All delivery vehicles will be searched prior to leaving the facility to ensure that no
inmates are present.
KITCHEN
A.
The kitchen doors will be secured when the cook leaves the facility. A deputy will
accompany inmate workers given access to the kitchen after normal operating hours.
B.
The kitchen door shall remain closed and locked at all times unless being used by staff
for supplies, food carts, and staff passage.
C.
The staff dining room door should remain closed, and secured, whenever no personnel
are present.
D.
Kitchen inmate workers will never be left unattended in the kitchen. If the cook needs to
leave the kitchen for any reason, he/she will notify control and request a deputy to relieve
him/her.
E.
No kitchen inmate worker will be permitted in the cooks office unsupervised.
I.67 FACILITY SECURITY LOADING DOCK, KITCHEN & STORAGE ROOMS
Page 1 of 2
F.
The cooks office door will be closed and locked when the cook is not in the immediate
area or when he/she is not able to keep it under visual observation.
G.
Security of Kitchen Tools:
III.
1.
All kitchens shall store food service tools including knives, utensils and flatware
in locked cabinets. These cabinets shall remain locked when not in use.
2.
Food Services staff shall be responsible for returning tools to the locked cabinet
after each use and cleaning. All food service tools shall be inventoried at
periodical intervals during each work shift. The inventory shall be recorded on the
Security Tool Inventory Sheet in each kitchen to ensure proper control and
accountability.
3.
Food Services staff shall secure each knife placed in service with a tether and
padlock the tether to each workstation. Each knife shall be cleaned and returned to
the locked storage cabinet when not in use.
4.
When a knife, utensil or any silverware is discovered missing, the cook will report
the information to the watch commander immediately.
5.
A search for the missing item(s) will be conducted by the discovering shift and all
personnel involved will remain on duty until relieved by the watch commander.
6.
Rovers will make a security check of the kitchen prior to returning inmate
workers to their housing unit. They will check the log and ascertain the knives
and flatware are accounted for.
STORAGE AREAS
A.
All storage and janitorial supply rooms will be secured at all times.
B.
No security item will be kept in storage rooms that will be used by non-sworn
personnel.
C.
No flammable or other combustible materials will be kept in storage rooms unless

specifically made or marked for that purpose.
I.67 FACILITY SECURITY LOADING DOCK, KITCHEN & STORAGE ROOMS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 28, 2015

I.69
FACILITY SECURITY - WEAPONS
I.52, I.55
PURPOSE
To maintain safety and security inside detention facilities by requiring all persons to secure all weapons,
prior to entering the security area of any detention facility. This includes, but is not limited to, dangerous
or deadly weapons.
POLICY
All facilities will provide suitable secure lockers for visitors and staff personnel to secure any item
designed to be used as a weapon, prior to entering the security area of any detention facility.
This policy is not intended to prevent sworn staff assigned to the detention facilities from possessing and
using defensive weapons as described and authorized for use in Policy and Procedure Section I.85.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
WEAPONS DEFINED
A.
An instrument or device of any kind designed to be used for fighting or self defense.
B.
Any instrument or device that has been designed or altered to provide physical control,
immobilization, or injury to another person. Handcuffs and detention canines are exempt
from this section.
WEAPON SECURITY
A.
No person shall bring any weapon into the secure area of any detention facility without
the express approval of the facility commander or designee. Such approval will be
determined by factual circumstances of occurrence to protect persons from death or
serious bodily injury. This includes, but is not limited to: firearms, ammunition,
chemical weapons, mace, nightsticks, wooden clubs, batons, knives (of any size), dirks,
daggers, saps, blackjacks, nunchaku, metal knuckles, sap gloves, tear gas, tear gas
dispensers, stun guns, judo sticks, kubatons, yawara sticks, or other impact weapons,
cords, ropes or lines intended for inmate control.
1.
Violation of this section would be a violation of law, Penal Code Section 4574,
and a violation of Sheriffs Policy and Procedure.
2.
This prohibition includes any dangerous weapon, destructive device, deadly

weapon or less lethal weapon listed in Penal Code Sections 12000 through 12654.
I.69 FACILITY SECURITY- WEAPONS

#15//05
Page 1 of 2
B.
Watch commanders may approve, on an emergency basis, any departmentally approved

weapon, except firearms or chemical agents, inside the security area of any detention
facility.
C.
Watch commanders may not approve weapons on a continuing basis for any person or
group inside the secure area of any facility. Departmentally approved weapons may only
be approved on a one-time basis in reaction to a specific incident.
D.
The facility commander or designee must approve the possession or use, of any chemical
agents or firearm in a secure area of any detention facility.
E.
Handcuffs and handcuff keys will be carried at all times by security personnel.
Handcuffs must be carried concealed or in a departmentally approved handcuff case.
I.69 FACILITY SECURITY- WEAPONS

#15//05
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

I.70
TACTICAL TEAM IDENTIFICATION
PURPOSE
To ensure tactical response team members utilize appropriate protective equipment during tactical
incidents and to provide guidelines for the identification of tactical helmets.
POLICY
Absent exigent circumstances, all sworn personnel participating in any tactical mission shall don
protective equipment and tactical clothing; including but not limited to a jumpsuit, helmet, vest, elbow
pads, knee pads, shin pads, etc. It will be the responsibility of the watch commander or designee, to
determine the extent of protective equipment required for each incident.
All tactical helmets shall be numbered to ensure tactical team members are identified on videotape
following an incident.
PROCEDURE
All tactical helmets will be sequentially numbered with easily identifying numbers. The numbering
system for helmets will consist of white 2" and 3" number stickers. The 3 numbers will be affixed to
the back of the helmet and the 2 numbers will be affixed to the front or the crown of the helmet.
During a tactical response, it will be the responsibility of the watch commander or designee to assign
and document each tactical team members name with a corresponding tactical helmet number. This will
allow for identification of tactical team members on video. All incidents requiring use of force
documentation will include the tactical team members name, position, and corresponding tactical
helmet number.
I.70 TACTICAL TEAM IDENTIFICATION

#16//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
I.71
PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO ENTER SHERIFF'S
DETENTION FACILITIES
RELATED SECTIONS:
P.15, V.1, V.3
IN COMPLIANCE WITH: P.C. SEC. 2600
PURPOSE
To provide a standard procedure for the clearance of visitors and the process of allowing entry to
Sheriff's detention facilities.
POLICY
After a security clearance has been conducted, approved persons may enter a Sheriffs detention facility,
and if necessary, have contact with inmates for the purpose of conducting religious, counseling, or
rehabilitative programs.
PROCEDURE
I.
Security clearances for entry into detention facilities shall be approved in accordance with
detentions policy and procedure.
II.
CRITERIA FOR ENTRY INTO A DETENTION FACILITY:

A.
Warrants - Persons with active warrants shall not be allowed to enter a detention facility.
B.
Pending Prosecutions - No person under indictment by either the State or Federal Grand
Jury for any offense, or being prosecuted for any felony violation by the United States
Attorney, District Attorney, or City Attorney, shall be allowed to enter a detention
facility.
C.
Sobriety - No persons displaying the objective symptom of alcohol/drug intoxication

shall be allowed to enter a detention facility.
D.
Criminal Convictions
1.
2.
Felony Offenses - Persons convicted of any felony offense within a period of

three years of the application shall not be allowed to enter a detention facility.
Applicants who have been imprisoned as a result of such an offense shall have
been released from parole for a period of two years prior to the application.
Persons granted formal probation for a felony offense shall have successfully
completed such a term of probation one year prior to the time of application.
Nature of Offense - The Sheriff further reserves the right to evaluate the nature of
any offense (including misdemeanors), for which the applicant was convicted, and
to exclude those persons where the nature of the offense presents a potential threat
to detention security at the time of application. Staff shall evaluate the records of
chronic violence, sex offenses, smuggling of contraband of any type into a
detention or prison facility, or major crimes against persons.
I.71 PERSONS AUTHORIZED TO ENTER SHERIFF'S DETENTION FACILITIES
Page 1 of 6
#15//02
3.
III.
Any person having been previously convicted of a felony and confined to any
state prison in this state must have prior consent of the facility commander.
SECURITY CLEARANCES
Conducting security clearances for ongoing entry into detention facilities shall be the
responsibility of the Detentions Investigation Unit (D.I.U.). "Ongoing entry" is defined as entry
for a period exceeding six months. Clearances for entries spanning a period of time of six months
or less will be conducted by each facility's investigators, utilizing the criteria found under Section
II of this policy.
A.
B.
The following is the designated list of originators of lists:

1.
Facility Commanders - Administrative Services
2.
Chaplain Coordinator - Religious Programs
3.
Inmate Services Division Manager
4.
Medical Administrator - Medical Services
5.
Sheriffs Employee Relations Division - SEIU Representatives (See section VII)
6.
Reentry Services Division Manager Counseling Services
There are two classes of persons authorized to enter detention facilities.

1.
Persons cleared to enter on an ongoing/continuing basis for a period exceeding six

months:
A person requesting this type of access shall have been referred by someone off
of a source list or his or her designee.
2.
Temporary/One-Time Visit/Entry for a period of up to six months:

a.
This type of visit clearance shall be conducted by the individual facility

using the established criteria.
b.
These visits shall be approved at the discretion of the facility commander

or designee based on facility need.
c.
The names of these visitors shall not be placed on the computer list.
d.
The application forms shall be forwarded to the DIU, where they shall be
retained for one year.
Example: A chaplain who has a letter of authorization from the Chaplain
Coordinator (good for 5 visits) who wishes to visit a parishioner at
S.D.C.J.

#15//02
Page 2 of 6
C.
Clearances for submission/approval of names for placement on the computer/ongoing

Visitors List:
1.
The person making the request shall fill out the Visitor Clearance form. The
person requesting entry into a Sheriffs detention facility must sign the form and
attach a clear and readable copy of the applicants driver license or other
supporting official documentation.
2.
The clearance form shall be submitted to the list originator/designee who shall
check the form for accuracy and completeness.
3.
The form shall then be forwarded to the DIU.
4.
Jail investigators at the DIU shall manage the security clearance process,
including the final review of the criminal history check.
5.
The DIU Sergeant (or designee) shall then approve/deny the request in
accordance with set criteria.
6.
The DIU Sergeant (or designee) shall enter the name of the person into the
computer system.
7.
IV.
a.
If approved, the name shall be placed on the visitors list.
b.
If denied, the name shall be archived with documentation of the reason for
denial.
c.
If additional information is needed on a request, the Detentions

Investigators shall be used as the resource.
When names are approved and placed on the Visitors List, the authorization shall
be effective for one year.
a.
Access/approval may be rescinded by the source via the Detentions

Investigators, at anytime (i.e., services are no longer needed). A written
notice from the source must be submitted to Detentions Investigators
detailing the reason. If additional information is needed on a request, the
Detentions Investigators shall be used as the resource.
b.
DIU shall rescind approval at any time it is deemed the person is/becomes
a security risk. The facility seeking an individuals removal must submit,
to a Detentions Investigator, written documentation detailing the
circumstances warranting the removal.
PROCESSING APPLICATION
When the DIU receives an application form, a detective or approved professional staff member
(who will only print out support documents such as a criminal history, to assist in the
investigation) will conduct the clearance check.

#15//02
Page 3 of 6
A.
B.
The detectives security clearance check shall include, but is not limited to the following:
1.
Sheriff's Records
2.
Local wants and warrants
3.
SUN, including the Driver's License File
4.
NCIC-CLETS Wanted Persons File
5.
CII Criminal History
6.
ARJIS
When the security clearance check is complete, the detective will review all final
documentation and submit the clearance form and supporting documentation to the
Detentions Investigations Sergeant for final disposition.
The Detentions Investigations Sergeant, or their designee, shall enter the final disposition
into the Visitors File contained in the Sheriff's Jail Information Management System
(J.I.M.S.).
V.
1.
Approved persons shall be added to the Visitors List.
2.
Disapproved persons shall be removed and immediately archived.
LIST MANAGEMENT
Detentions Investigators are responsible for maintaining the Visitors List.
A.
Persons on the Visitors List have clearance to enter all of the detention facilities operated
by the Sheriff's Department. If a specific facility commander (for cause), denies them
access to his/her facility, written documentation must be submitted to Detentions
Investigations in order to have their status changed in the computer (denial versus
approved with expiration date). The documentation must contain sufficient details
regarding the circumstances surrounding the request for their removal from the list. This
will be placed on file with their original clearance sheet.
B.
Persons on the Visitors List shall be authorized entry into detention facilities for a period
of one year from the date they are placed on the list.
1.
Approximately 30 days prior to the one-year expiration, the list of names shall be
submitted, by the originator, to the DIU for re-approval/disapproval on the
approved form. Every form must be signed by the person requesting entry.
2.
If re-approval is needed, a security clearance shall be conducted and the name(s)

will remain on the list as long as they still meet the criteria.
a.
If the clearance is no longer needed, the name shall be placed in the

archive file.

#15//02
Page 4 of 6
b.
VI.
VII.
If the person no longer meets the criteria, the name shall be removed from
the list and placed in the archive file.
3.
The archive file(s) shall be maintained for one year.
4.
The Visitor Security Clearance Application Forms shall be kept by DIU.

a.
These forms shall be kept as long as the person is active on the Visitors
List.
b.
Once a person is deleted from the list, the form shall be kept for one year
from the date of the deletion.
PROCESS FOR ALLOWING AUTHORIZED VISITORS TO ENTER THE JAIL

A.
Approved persons entering a detention facility to conduct official business will contact
custody information personnel and provide picture identification. A visual comparison of
the identification card and the visitor shall be made.
B.
The acceptable picture identification shall be exchanged for a numbered jail visitor
identification card.
C.
The visitors information shall be entered into the Visitor Log form (J-4) by the staff
member checking in the visitor.
D.
Upon completion of the visit, the visitor shall exchange his/her visitor identification for
their picture identification. A visual verification will be made comparing the visitor with
his/her picture identification.
SERVICE EMPLOYEES INTERNATIONAL UNION (SEIU) REPRESENTATIVES

A.
The Sheriffs Background Investigations Unit provides security clearances allowing

SEIU representatives to enter various county worksites, to include Sheriffs Detention
Facilities. The Background Unit will provide the Sheriffs Employee Relations Division
with the results of the background investigation. Those results are maintained in the
Employee Relations Division during the tenure of the worksite organizer.
B.
The Sheriffs Employee Relations Unit will generate and maintain a list of cleared SEIU
representatives. The list can be viewed by accessing the Employee Relations Webpage
on the intranet.
C.
Cleared SEIU representatives shall be given access to meet with SEIU members in their
worksites. However, SEIU representatives shall coordinate with the Sheriffs Employee
Relations Division, in advance, if they wish to secure a conference room or other meeting
space.
D.
The procedures described in section VI shall be followed when allowing SEIU

representatives entrance into the facility.

#15//02
Page 5 of 6
E.
SEIU representatives entering Sheriff's Detention Facilities shall be escorted by sworn

staff. When the meeting is in a secure area of the jail, the sworn staff member will
remain in the area until the meeting is completed.

#15//02
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 15, 2016

I.73
JUVENILES ENTERING INSIDE DETENTION
FACILITIES
RELATED SECTIONS:
P.9, Q.9, SDSD P&P 6.3, Prison Rape Elimination Act of
2003
Addendum F, CSB P&P F.14
DATE:
OCTOBER 1, 2005
PURPOSE:
NUMBER:
A.15
PUBLIC
ToSUBJECT:
maintain detention facility security and
ensureINFORMATION
juveniles have noPLAN
contact with inmates in Sheriffs
RELATED SECTIONS:
custody.
POLICY:
It is the policy of this department to restrict juvenile contact with the general inmate population. A
juvenile is defined as any person under the age of 18 years.
PROCEDURE:
Juvenile Visits Inside Detention Facilities
I.
No juvenile shall be allowed access into any Sheriffs detention facility. This includes all
relatives, friends, or guests of either staff or inmates. Furthermore, no tours or groups of
juveniles shall be admitted.
II.
In case of exigent circumstances, the watch commander may deviate from this policy. The watch
commander shall, in writing within 24 hours, notify the facility commander of the reason for the
exception.
III.
This policy is not meant to prohibit juvenile phone visitation per Detention Policy and Procedure
Section P.9 or contact visits when accompanied by a parent or guardian at the Las Colinas
Detention and Reentry Facility.
I.73 JUVENILES ENTERING INSIDE DETENTION FACILITIES

#16//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

I.83
EXTRACTION PROCEDURES
I.85, I.89, I.93, SDSD P&P SECTION 6.48
PURPOSE
To establish procedures in the event of an occurrence within a Sheriffs Department facility which
requires the forceful extraction of inmates from cells, modules, or other sections within the facility.
POLICY
The use of physical force to extract an inmate(s) from a cell or other area of the detention facility will
only be used when the inmate(s) presents a danger to himself/herself, a danger to others, or refuses to
follow the lawful orders of staff. The safety of detention staff as well as the safety of inmates will be the
first priority in planning force tactics for extractions.
PROCEDURE
All extractions will be performed under the direct supervision of the watch commander or designee.
Only approved techniques and equipment shall be used.
I.
Efforts will be made to communicate and reason with the inmate(s) involved to gain voluntary
compliance with staff's orders. When time safely permits, a PERT deputy or clinician may be
summoned for intervention with inmates receiving mental health treatment.
II.
Involved inmates must be given at least two (2) verbal warnings to comply with orders prior to
forceful extraction. At least one (1) of these warnings should be from the watch commander or
designee on the scene.
III.
Extraction operations will only be deployed with sufficient personnel and equipment to assure
reasonable staff safety. Extractions will be conducted in accordance with department policy,
using only that force that is reasonable and applied in a good faith effort to maintain and restore
order.
IV.
Whenever possible, the watch commander or designee will have the cell extraction event
digitally recorded. The recording should include all efforts to reason with or gain compliance
from the inmate(s) by custody or medical staff. The recording will be either entered into
evidence, if criminal charges are filed against the inmate(s) or, it must be held for administrative
review for a period of two years.
V.
Medical staff will, upon notification by sworn staff, respond and standby with emergency
response equipment.
VI.
Cell extractions will not normally be conducted in the case of an inmates refusal to attend a
Parole Probable Cause Hearing (Refer to Detention Policy and Procedure I.51).
I.83 USE OF CELL EXTRACTION PROCEDURES

#16//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
I.85
USE OF DEFENSIVE DEVICES
DSB P&P I.7, SDSD P&P SECTION 6.66, 8.1, 8.2 and
Addendum F
PURPOSE
To provide general guidelines for the display and/or use of authorized defensive devices within the
Sheriffs Detention Services Bureau.
POLICY
Authorized defensive devices shall be operated by trained and qualified personnel. Absent exigent
circumstances, the Watch Commander, Sergeant or their designee shall be notified prior to deploying
specialty munitions. The use of defensive devices listed in this policy section shall adhere to
departmental use of force guidelines, including but not limited to those found in San Diego County
Sheriffs Department Policy and Procedures Manual, Addendum F. Operators of the below listed
devices must distinguish between inmates displaying assaultive behavior from those who are passively
resistant. Careful consideration of the totality of the circumstances should be given prior to utilizing
these devices.
PROCEDURE
I.
The following defensive devices are authorized for use in the detention facilities:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
II.
ICE and NOVA Riot Shields

Less Lethal Launcher System
Stinger Grenades
PepperBall Launcher
Less Lethal Super-Sock Deployment System Shotgun
Department approved TASER/Electronic Control Device (ECD)
Oleoresin Capsicum (O.C.)
X-10 O.C. Extension Device
X-10SW Hand Held Sprayer
Baton
Use of the defensive devices listed in this policy section shall be documented according to
established department use of force reporting guidelines, including but not limited to those found
in the San Diego County Sheriffs Department Policy and Procedures Manual, Addendum F.
Use of the aforementioned defensive devices shall be documented in the narrative of a NetRMS
report, Inmate Status Report, or Deputys Report. The force will be documented as outlined in
Detention Policy and Procedures Section I.89.
Color photographs shall be taken showing the area where the devices/rounds came into contact
with the inmate(s).
I.85 USE OF DEFENSIVE DEVICES

#14//12
Page 1 of 7
When the aforementioned defensive devices (except for baton and O.C.) are used upon an
inmate(s), detention facility supervisors shall submit a completed Supervisors Defensive
Devices Use Report (Form J-25) to their area commander via the chain of command.
III.
A list of authorized defensive devices available at each detention facility shall be maintained in
each detention facilitys Green Sheets.
IV.
In the event of an inmate death, detention facility personnel shall follow the procedures set forth
in Section M.7 of the Detention Services Policy and Procedures Manual and Section 8.2 of the
Sheriffs Department Policy and Procedures Manual.
V.
During incidents where the use of defensive devices may be needed on the jail grounds but
outside the walls of the facility, the circumstances of each incident will be evaluated by the
Facility Commander or designee.
VI.
Field deputies/officers and Prisoner Transportation Unit personnel shall adhere to Detention
Services Bureau Policy and Procedure Section I.69 Facility Security-Weapons, regarding the
securing of weapons prior to entering the security area of any facility.
VII.
When necessary and objectively reasonable to maintain or restore order, the Watch Commander
or designee may authorize the use of any one or all of the following defensive devices:
A.
ICE SHIELD AND NOVA RIOT SHIELD

1.
Facility Commanders or designees should ensure that each shift deploys a

minimum of one deputy trained and qualified to use the ICE and NOVA Riot
Shields.
a.
Personnel shall be considered trained in the use of the ICE and NOVA
Riot Shields after the successful completion of a course of instruction
taught by a certified electronic restraint device instructor.
b.
The course content shall be determined by the Detention Training Unit

staff.
2.
Personnel may display the device to the inmate prior to using it. If it is necessary
to apply the device, the electronic current shall be discharged only as long as it is
reasonable to bring the inmate under control.
3.
Whenever inmates are subjected to an ICE or NOVA Riot Shield, refer the
inmate(s) to medical staff for assessment and treatment as soon as possible.
4.
Whenever possible, the use of ICE or NOVA Riot Shields should be documented
on videotape.
5.
The ICE and NOVA Riot Shields shall be tested weekly.

a.
Detention facility personnel shall be responsible for weekly testing of the

ICE and/or NOVA Riot Shields and for coordinating any necessary repairs
to be made.
Page 2 of 7
#14//12
b.
B.
LESS LETHAL LAUNCHER

1.
C.
Detention facility personnel shall maintain documentation of the weekly

testing and maintenance.
Facility Commanders or designees should ensure that a minimum of one deputy

trained and qualified to use the less lethal launcher is assigned to each shift.
a.
Personnel shall be considered trained in less lethal launcher use after the
successful completion of a course of instruction taught by a less lethal
launcher certified instructor.
b.

staff.
2.
Whenever an inmate(s) is struck by a projectile from the less lethal launcher, refer
the inmate(s) to medical staff for assessment and treatment as soon as practical.
3.
Whenever possible, the use of the less lethal launcher should be documented by
videotape.
4.
The following less lethal launcher ammunition is authorized:

a.
eXact iMpact 40 mm Sponge Round
b.
eXact iMpact 40mm Sponge Round LE -Extended Range (EMRF ONLY)
c.
40 mm Reloadable Training Round

RELOADED AMMUNITIONS SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR
TRAINING OR PRACTICE PURPOSES
STINGER GRENADES (32-CAL RUBBER BALL GRENADES)

1.
Facility Commanders or designees should ensure a minimum of one deputy

trained and qualified to deploy Stinger Grenades is assigned to each shift.
a.
Personnel shall be considered trained in Stinger Grenade deployment after

the successful completion of a course of instruction presented by a
certified Stinger Grenade instructor.
b.

staff.
2.
Whenever an inmate(s) is subjected to a projectile from the Stinger Grenade, the

inmate shall be referred to medical staff for medical assessment and treatment as
soon as practical.
3.
The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms shall be notified in writing of any
Stinger Grenade use.

#14//12
Page 3 of 7
The serial number and the circumstances regarding the use of the Stinger Grenade
shall be included in the report.
D.
4.
Stinger Grenades shall be secured in a locked and safe area. Detention facility
personnel shall conduct a monthly inventory of its Stinger Grenades. The serial
number of each Stinger Grenade shall be recorded when they are received and a
current inventory maintained.
5.
In the event that a Stinger Grenade fails to detonate, it should be left where it fell
and the area should be secured. The Sheriffs Bomb Arson Unit should be
requested to respond to render the Stinger Grenade safe.
PEPPERBALL LAUNCHER
1.
2.
E.
The following PepperBall less lethal launcher ammunition is authorized:

a.
For Live Fire usage, Red Pava OC Powder Rounds and Water Rounds
are authorized.
b.
For Training purposes, only Purple Inert Scented Powder Rounds and/or
Z-balls (rubber, reusable rounds) are authorized.
c.
TRAINING AMMUNITION SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR TRAINING

OR PRACTICE PURPOSES.
Facility Commanders or designees should ensure that a minimum of one deputy

trained and qualified to use the PepperBall launcher is assigned to each shift.
a.
Personnel shall be considered trained in PepperBall launcher use after the

successful completion of a course of instruction taught by a PepperBall
launcher certified instructor.
b.

staff.
3.
Whenever an inmate(s) is struck by a projectile from the PepperBall launcher,

refer the inmate(s) to medical staff for assessment and treatment as soon as
practical.
4.
Whenever possible, the use of the PepperBall launcher should be documented by

videotape.
LESS-LETHAL SUPER-SOCK DEPLOYMENT SYSTEM SHOTGUN

1.
Each detention Facility Commander is authorized to include the less lethal

Super-Sock Deployment System shotgun as part of its approved defensive
devices. Facility Commanders or designees of those facilities opting to include
the Super-Sock Deployment System shotgun as part of its approved defensive
devices should ensure that a minimum of one deputy on each shift is trained and
qualified to use the Super-Sock Deployment System.

#14//12
Page 4 of 7
F.
a.
Personnel should be considered trained in the "Super-Sock Deployment

System" use after the successful completion of a course of instruction
taught by a Super-Sock Deployment System certified instructor.
b.

staff.
2.
Whenever an inmate(s) is struck by a projectile from the Super-Sock

Deployment System, refer the inmate(s) to detention facility medical staff for
assessment and treatment as soon as practical.
3.
Whenever possible, the use of the Super-Sock Deployment System should be

documented by videotape.
TASER/ELECTRONIC CONTROL DEVICE

1.
Personnel shall be considered trained and qualified in TASER/ECD use upon

completion of a course of instruction coordinated by the Detention or Law
Enforcement In-Service Training Unit in conjunction with the Weapons Training
Unit.
2.
The TASER/ECD shall be stored in identified secure locations within the

detention facility, such as a Tactical Response Room or Armory. Detention
facilities shall develop Green Sheets indicating their TASER/ECD storage
locations.
3.
Trained personnel are authorized to carry the TASER/ECD, within a detention

facility, on their person during the course of their normal duties. Authorized
deputies will be those who are specifically identified and pre-designated to work
by the Facility Commander or designee. Detention facilities shall develop Green
Sheets indicating TASER/ECD authorized work areas.
4.
Trained personnel may obtain a TASER/ECD from the identified secure facility
locations when responding to an inmate disturbance, and conditions are such that
it would be necessary and objectively reasonable to deploy the weapon upon a
subject.
5.
Detention facility personnel assigned to perimeter security or transportation

positions, who are certified, may carry the TASER/ECD on their person during
the course of their duties. The TASER/ECD must be secured inside the trunk of
the deputys perimeter/transportation vehicle or locked inside a facility weapons
locker prior to entering the facility.
6.
It shall be the responsibility of each detention facility to maintain an adequate

supply of TASER/ECD cartridges for issuance to the personnel trained and
qualified in its use.
7.
Whenever a TASER/ECD is deployed, detention facility medical staff shall be

contacted to initiate a medical evaluation of the subject. The TASER/ECD probes
shall be removed by detention medical staff as soon as practical.

#14//12
Page 5 of 7
G.
H.
8.
Personnel may display the device to the inmate prior to using it. If it is necessary
to apply the device, the electronic current shall be discharged only as long as it is
reasonable to bring the inmate under control or a complete TASER/ECD cycle
(five seconds). Only one device should be deployed against a single
suspect/inmate. Multiple cycles must be reasonable to gain control of a
suspect/inmate.
9.
The TASER/ECD shall be spark tested daily. This test shall be documented in the
facilities emergency equipment checklists. Facility administrative staff shall
coordinate the maintenance, repair, and purchasing of new TASER/ECD and
munitions.
OLEORESIN CAPSICUM (O.C.)

1.
Sworn personnel assigned to the Detention Services Bureau, who are trained and
qualified in the use of O.C. spray, are authorized to carry and use the departmentapproved DEF-TEC MARK IV O.C. aerosol canister while in the performance of
their duties.
2.
Sworn personnel assigned to the Detention Services Bureau shall be considered

trained and qualified in O.C. use after the successful completion of a course of
instruction coordinated by the Detention Training Unit.
3.
It shall be the responsibility of each detention facility to budget for and purchase
adequate supplies of O.C. for issuance to the personnel trained and qualified in its
use. When ordering OC for the facility, SED shall be consulted for the appropriate
authorized concentration percentage.
4.
Whenever a deputy uses O.C., he/she shall notify the Watch Commander as soon
as practical, but no later than the end of shift. This notification shall include the
circumstances surrounding the deputys decision to use O.C.
5.
Whenever O.C. is used, the medical staff shall be contacted to initiate

decontamination measures.
6.
An accidental use of O.C. requires a Deputys Report.
X-10 O.C. EXTENSION DEVICE

1.
qualified in the use of the X-10 O.C. Extension Device, are authorized to use the
department-approved X-10 O.C. Extension Device while performing a cell
extraction.
2.
Sworn personnel assigned to the Detention Services Bureau should be considered

trained in the X-10 O.C. Extension Device use after the successful completion of
a course of instruction coordinated by the Detention Training Unit.
3.
The X-10 allows deputies to safely push back barricades and introduce an
Oleoresin Capsicum Spray (OC) and/or other weaponry into the cell.

#14//12
Page 6 of 7
4.
The X-10 is designed for operation by two to three deputies.
5.
The X-10 is equipped with a one liter cylinder (X-10C) that is pressurized to 600
psi, utilizing Nitrogen.
6.
I.
a.
The posted instructions shall be followed when re-filling the one liter cylinder.
b.
Once the Cylinder is filled there is no need for it to be discharged if not used
during a cell extraction.
c.
The Cylinder Fill Log (J-190) will be completed each time a cylinder is filled.
THE X-10 IS NOT A RAMMING DEVICE.
X-10SW HAND-HELD SPRAYER

1.
qualified in the use of the X-10SW are authorized to use the department-approved
X-10SW while performing their duties.
2.
Sworn personnel assigned to the Detention Services Bureau should be considered

trained in the X-10SW use after the successful completion of a course of
instruction coordinated by the Detention Training Unit.
3.
The X-10SW provides the ability to utilize the X-10C Chemical Cylinder with a
hand-held sprayer.
4.
The X-10SW consists of a one-piece sprayer with high pressure hose, X-10C
mating connector with safety chain, two interchangeable spray tips, and the
washable backpack carrier.
5.
The X-10SW is equipped with a one liter cylinder (X-10C) that is pressurized to
600 psi, utilizing Nitrogen.
6.
a.
The posted instructions shall be followed when re-filling the one liter cylinder.
b.
Once the Cylinder is filled there is no need for it to be discharged if not used
during a cell extraction.
c.
The Cylinder Fill Log (J-190) will be completed each time a cylinder is filled.
The X-10SW is a high pressure gas, less-lethal weapon. Careful handling and
proper training is required. The X-10SW high pressure hose contains Oleoresin
Capsicum (pepper spray) under high pressure when the X-10C valve is opened.
The pressure MUST BE RELEASED BEFORE the hose is disconnected. When
the X-10SW hose is disconnected from the X-10C Chemical Cylinder, be careful
that no pepper spray chemical residue drips from the high pressure hose
connector.

#14//12
Page 7 of 7
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
I.87
DETENTION USE OF CANINES
I.89, SDSD CANINE MANUAL
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines, responsibilities, controls, and accountability for the operation, utilization and
training of the Detention Facility Canine Program.
POLICY
The Detention Facility Canine Program will be subject to the rules, regulations, and procedures
contained in the Department Canine Manual; however, the operational utilization of the canine teams
will be administered and controlled by the facility commander of the facility where the teams are
assigned.
PROCEDURE
I.
ADMINISTRATION
The Detention Facility Canine program is subject to the rules, regulations, and procedures
contained in the Departments Canine Manual.
II.
PERSONNEL
Selection of canines and canine handlers will be in accordance with the Departments Canine
Manual 2.1 and 2.2
III.
IV.
ORGANIZATION
A.
The cost of upkeep and maintenance of the canines is the responsibility of the facility to
which the canines are assigned.
B.
Handlers do not receive subsistence pay.
VEHICLES AND TRANSPORTATION

All vehicles assigned to the canine program will be maintained and cleaned in accordance with
the Department Canine Manual.
V.
USE OF FORCE BY CANINE HANDLER

A.
The watch commander or designee must approve using the canine as a means of force. At
facilities assigned and deploying canines exigent circumstances may require use of canine
without prior approval. The watch commander shall be notified of such use as soon as
possible but never, later than the end of shift.
I.87 DETENTION USE OF CANINES
Page 1 of 2
VI.
B.
A canine shall be regarded as a weapon and used with utmost caution. At no time should
a handler command a canine to act against an inmate, unless the action is necessary and
reasonable.
C.
If any inmate receives an injury from a department canine, the department canine
supervisor shall be notified. The canine supervisor shall respond to the incident for the
purpose of conducting a timely and in-depth investigation.
NORMAL OPERATING PROCEDURE

A.
Normal operating procedure and training will be in accordance with the Department
Canine Manual.
B.
Dog Bite Reports will be prepared in accordance with the Department Canine Manual.
1. Any inmate receiving any injury from a Department canine, including dog bite, will
receive immediate medical care. Department medical resources may be utilized or
the inmate may be transported to a medical facility for treatment depending on
availability of medical care and seriousness of the injury.
2. In addition to reports specified in Department Canine Manual 5.2, an incident report
will be completed in accordance with Detention Services Bureau Manual of Policy
and Procedures Section I.89, USE OF FORCE, for any dog bite whether in the line of
duty or accidental.
VII.
OPERATING ASSIGNMENTS
A.
B.
The canine and handler shall be routinely assigned, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Patrol perimeters
2.
Control disruptive inmates
3.
Track and apprehend escaping inmates
4.
Quiet mass disturbances
5.
Supervise inmate movement
6.
Monitor inmate yard/recreation activity
7.
Conduct housing patrols.
Canines and handlers may be used outside of their normal work assignment by patrol,
other facilities, for investigative work or call-out assignments when requested by that
units supervisor, and with the approval of the assigned facility watch commander.
I.87 DETENTION USE OF CANINES
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 6, 2014
I.89
USE OF FORCE
I.83, I.85, I.91, I.93; SDSD P&P SECTION 6.48
Addendum F, CSB P&P F.14
DATE:
OCTOBER 1, 2005
PURPOSE:
NUMBER:
A.15
SUBJECT:
ToRELATED
establish guidelines
and reporting procedures
Use
of Force incidents
within the Detention
SECTIONS:
TITLE 15for
CCR
SECTION
1045
Services Bureau.
POLICY:
Detention Services Bureau personnel, during the course of their official duties, may use physical force to
the extent that is reasonable to maintain or restore order. Personnel shall use the Department approved
techniques, equipment and tactics in controlling the inmate or situation.
DEFINITION:
Force is a physical action applied to the body of another to overcome resistance and achieve control or
compliance. Force includes the pointing of any weapon designed to fire a projectile and any incident
involving the actual or attempted detention of a subject at gunpoint (defined as holding the barrel of the
weapon on target). Placing mechanical restraints on an inmate in a department-approved manner, when
the inmate is not resisting, would not be considered a use of force.
Serious injury means a serious impairment of physical condition, including but not limited to: loss of
consciousness, concussion, bone fracture, protracted loss or impairment of function of any bodily
member or organ, a wound requiring extensive suturing, and serious disfigurement.
PROCEDURE:
If the employee determines that the use of force is necessary, he/she shall use only that force which is
reasonable and necessary for the situation. Force shall never be used as a form of punishment or
discipline.
I.
REPORTING PROCEDURES
A.
On every occasion when physical force has been applied to overcome a subjects
resistance, deputies (or other employees involved) must verbally inform their supervisor
as soon as practical. This includes the pointing of any defensive devices as outlined in
Detention Policy and Procedures Section I.85.
B.
Whenever physical force used by a deputy results in a complaint of injury or an injury of

a subject, seek immediate medical evaluation and/or treatment, and notify a supervisor.
I.89 USE OF FORCE

#14//13
Page 1 of 4
C.
All deputies (or other employees) involved in the Use of Force incident must clearly
articulate in written form in NetRMS all facts surrounding the incident, including:
1.
The reason force was used.
2.
Type of force used.
3.
What were the effects of the use of force?
4.
What negative events would have occurred if force were not used?
5.
Subsequent action taken by the deputy.
6.
Supervisors and/or investigating deputies will interview all identifiable witnesses,

including inmates.
7.
In all incidents where force is used photographs will be taken of the inmate where
force was applied and of any injuries.
Photographs of any resulting property damage will also be included.
8.
All deputies who witness force resulting in serious bodily injury must document
their observations in writing. Professional Staff who witness force resulting in
serious bodily injury shall be interviewed. Whenever possible, interviews will be
recorded.
Deputies who only witness force not resulting in serious bodily injury will be
listed as witnesses in the primary report.
D.
II.
9.
The facility commander shall be notified of all disparate reports.
10.
In addition, a San Diego County Sheriffs Department Supplemental Use of

Force Report (SO-120) will be completed for each incident documenting all force
used. Multiple forms will be used if multiple inmates are involved.
After the use of any restraint equipment, defensive device, impact weapon or chemical
agent upon a subject, a medical evaluation is required and the resulting treatment will be
documented in the necessary reports.
APPROVAL AND FILING OF RECORDS

A.
B.
Use of force incidents will be documented in NetRMS with supporting documentation,

photographs and video footage. If no footage is available, it will be documented in the
narrative of the report.
All reports documenting the use of force will be reviewed, via the chain of command, to
the level of the facility commander. Supervisor approval entries will be made in NetRMS
in the case details. Any supervisor within this chain of command may order that an
administrative follow-up be initiated. This order will set forth the degree and nature of
follow-up investigation. The approved original of all crime/arrest reports, deputy's
reports, appropriate medical reports, etc., should be processed according to standard
I.89 USE OF FORCE
Page 2 of 4
#14//13
operating procedures in a timely manner and not be withheld pending follow-up

investigative reports, or for any other reason.
If a follow-up investigation for the use of force is ordered, it may be assigned to detention
facility staff, Internal Affairs, or other appropriate investigators. If the investigation is to
be assigned to investigators other than detention facility staff, a copy of the assignment
request will be routed to the appropriate detention bureau commander.
III.
USE OF FORCE BY PRISONER TRANSPORTATION DETAIL PERSONNEL

A.
B.
USE OF FORCE OCCURRING WITHIN A DETENTION FACILITY

1.
When force is used by a member of the Prisoner Transportation Detail, the deputy
using the force will immediately notify the detention facility supervisor on duty.
The detention supervisor is responsible for notifying the transportation supervisor
of the incident.
2.
When Prisoner Transportation Detail personnel are the only ones involved in a
use of force or initiated force within a facility, the Prisoner Transportation Detail's
chain of command shall be responsible for the review and approval of the use of
force report.
3.
If the incident occurred in an area covered by the facility video recording system,
prior to leaving the facility, the deputy will request the footage of the incident
from the supervisor on duty. The footage will be attached to the report in NetRMS
as a URL file by the supervisor on duty.
4.
Assisting deputies, assigned to the facility shall write a deputy's report which will
be reviewed by his or her immediate supervisor and attached to the main case
number in NetRMS.
USE OF FORCE OCCURRING OUTSIDE A DETENTION FACILITY

If a transportation deputy uses force on an inmate while en route to or from a detention
facility, the courts or clinics the deputy shall obtain a medical evaluation and needed
treatment for the inmate, and report the incident verbally as soon as possible to the
responsible detention facility supervisor and his or her immediate supervisor. The deputy
shall complete a use of force report and submit it as soon as possible.
C.
1.
When force is used in these situations, the deputy who used the force shall notify
the supervisor at the inmates destination as soon as practical.
2.
When force is used on an inmate who is out of a facility temporarily, the resulting
reports shall be processed through the Prisoner Transportation Detail.
USE OF FORCE OCCURRING EN ROUTE TO OUTSIDE AGENCIES

1.
When force is used on an inmate while en route to an institution, facility, or other

destination outside of our system, the following procedures will be followed.
a.
I.89 USE OF FORCE

#14//13
The on-duty supervisor at the receiving facility will be verbally notified.

Page 3 of 4
IV.
b.
The transportation deputies involved shall write a Use of Force Report.

The report shall include the name of the supervisor who was notified.
c.
The transportation deputy will submit the report to his or her supervisor.
d.
The transportation supervisor shall log the necessary information in the

Transportation Detail Log.
REVIEW PROCESS
Division of Inspectional Services (DIS) staff review Use of Force incidents. The scope of the
review will include all areas of performance, including conduct, tactics, training, and report
content, as well as policy and procedure issues with the goal of identifying compliance issues.
The Compliance Manager of DIS will be responsible for evaluation of compliance issues and
recommendation to forward the case for final review by the Critical Incident Review Board as
referenced in the San Diego Sheriff's Department Policy 4.23; Department Committees and
Review Boards (Critical Incident Review Board.)
I.89 USE OF FORCE

#14//13
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 4, 2012
I.91
USE OF CAROTID RESTRAINT
I.89, SDSD P&P ADDENDUM F
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for deputies in the use of the carotid restraint when it is necessary and reasonable
to use physical force.
POLICY
Deputies may use the carotid restraint when it is necessary and reasonable to use physical force to
control an inmate who is actively resisting or assaultive.
PROCEDURE
I.
APPLICATION
A.
It is preferred that the carotid restraint be applied to an inmate who has been brought to a
sitting position. If the inmate is standing, an attempt should be made to lower the inmate,
by using the knee buckle technique or other technique.
B.
Deputies should use the triangulated neck brace technique to restrain movement of the
inmates head, neck or cervical vertebra.
C.
Deputies should apply pressure to the side of the neck to compress the arteries and veins,
stimulate the vagus nerve and begin the Valsalva maneuver.
D.
Deputies will not apply pressure to the throat area of the neck. This is to prevent pressure
on the trachea and hyoid bone, as well as causing disruption of air flow. The carotid
restraint should never be held for more than thirty (30) seconds.
E.
The time span for an inmate to become unconscious is usually from five (5) to fifteen
(15) seconds. Some inmates may lose consciousness sooner or later than other people
due to individual variables. If, after thirty (30) seconds of applying the hold, the subject
remains conscious, the deputy should release pressure on the neck and use another force
option.
F.
Deputies will not continue pressure once the inmate is unconscious.
G.
Inmates who are unconscious usually regain consciousness within twenty (20) to thirty
(30) seconds from the time pressure is released. If consciousness does not return in thirty
(30) seconds, deputies shall begin appropriate emergency aid, call 911 and summon
medical assistance.
I.91 USE OF CAROTID RESTRAINT

#12//02
Page 1 of 2
II.
H.
After the inmate regains consciousness, it is preferable that the inmate be kept lying
down on their side, with the head and neck supported.
I.
If the inmate is conscious and must be moved, it is best if the inmate can be transported
lying down on their side with the head and neck supported, while maintaining a clear
airway.
FOLLOW UP PROCEDURES AFTER CAROTID RESTRAINT USE

A.
The deputy applying carotid restraint will ensure that the inmate has regained
consciousness.
B.
All inmates on which this restraint is used need to see a registered nurse. If a nurse is not
available, the deputy must evaluate the inmates state of consciousness, ability to speak,
slurred speech, ability to understand what is being said, and for any one-sided
weakness/numbness. Any of these signs require an immediate emergency room
evaluation.
C.
The watch commander or designee will make a second observation and evaluation of the
inmate no later than ten (10) minutes after consciousness is regained.
D.
The deputy will submit a NetRMS Use of Force Report. A copy of this report will be
sent to the facility commander.
In addition, the San Diego County Sheriffs Department Use of Force Supplemental
Report (SO-120) will be completed.
III.
CAROTID RESTRAINT CONSIDERATIONS

A.
Deputies will not render or cause to have any inmate become unconscious more than
twice in a twenty-four (24) hour period if they know or had reason to know of the recent
unconscious conditions of the inmate.
B.
Deputies should not use carotid restraint on inmates that would be considered medically
fragile. This includes, but is not limited to, elderly, heart problems, seizure type illnesses,
neck injuries and pregnant women. This is in consideration that deputies have knowledge
of the inmates medical history and there are no other means of controlling the inmate.
I.91 USE OF CAROTID RESTRAINT

#12//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
I.93
USE OF RESTRAINT EQUIPMENT
I.45, I.51, I.57, I.89, J.1, M.25, Addendum F
NUMBER:
A.15
PURPOSE
SUBJECT:
RELATED
SECTIONS:
SECTION
1045 listed in this policy section.
To establish the criteria and proceduresTITLE
for the 15
useCCR
of restraint
equipment
POLICY
Instruments of restraint are applied to hold inmates who display behavior that results in the destruction
of property or reveals intent to cause physical harm to self or others. Restraints shall never be used as a
form of discipline or a substitute for treatment. Appropriate restraining equipment may be used on any
inmate incarcerated within the Sheriffs Detention Facilities. This policy is not intended to affect the use
of restraints for the routine movement of inmates. Each detention facility shall develop a green sheet on
the location, inventory and storage of restraint devices.
Forms of acceptable restraining equipment include:
Pro-Straint Chair
Cord Cuff Restraints
Tactical Handcuff Lead
Spit Sock
Max-Cuff
Grip Restraint Device
Hobble Chain
Restraints utilized in the Psychiatric Security Unit (PSU) at the direction and authorization of
a physician and applied by trained medical personnel.
PROCEDURE
Absent exigent circumstances, the watch commander shall be notified prior to an inmates placement
into restraints. The watch commander will evaluate the circumstances that exist and determine if the
restraints shall be applied and the type(s) to be used. The watch commander may delegate the authority
to place an inmate in restraints to a physician. The watch commander shall ensure medical personnel are
notified and present during restraint placements.
I.
All use of restraint devices, other than for routine security movements, shall be documented with
an Incident Report and shall be considered a USE OF FORCE, regardless of whether or not
active resistance or assaultive behavior is displayed by the subject to effect the placement (refer
to section I.89 Use of Force for reporting procedures).
II.
MONITORING AND RETENTION

All inmates placed in restraints shall be segregated away from other inmates, to prevent abuse.
I.93 USE OF RESTRAINT EQUIPMENT

#14//12
Page 1 of 6
The watch commander is responsible for determining the need for the inmates continued
retention in restraints. Such retention shall be reviewed a minimum of every two hours. The
inmates behavior will be monitored and their progress noted on the Inmate Observation log
(Form J-19A). The watch commander will ensure restraints are removed as soon as conditions
allow.
A.
A medical opinion on placement and retention shall be obtained as soon as possible, but
no later than 30 minutes from the time of initial placement. The inmate shall be medically
evaluated for continued retention at least every two (2) hours thereafter. Medical
observation of the restrained inmate shall continue according to medical protocols.
Supervision of inmates placed in restraints shall be at least twice every thirty minutes, but
as frequent as possible to ensure no unexpected health concerns or injuries occur. During
these checks, medical staff shall look for signs of an immediate threat to the
medical/mental health of the inmate. These signs include, but are not limited to;
discoloration of the skin below the restraints, difficulty breathing, obvious wounds or
injuries, complaints by the inmate of pain and or injury, and self-destructive behavior.
B.
Deputies should be cognizant of the inmates physical condition. Medical staff must be
notified immediately if the inmate exhibits any signs of medical distress, including
agitated psychosis and/or agitated delirium.
C.
If the inmate is in need of medical attention, medical staff will be notified immediately. If
necessary, the on-site or on-call physician will be consulted or 911 services utilized.
D.
Medical staff will consider the hydration and sanitation needs of the restrained inmate. If
the inmate makes a request for water or restroom facilities, the request shall be granted if
sworn staff determines it can be done without jeopardizing the safety of the inmate, staff
and/or the security of the facility.
E.
Inmate should be evaluated by mental health staff within the first hour of placement when
possible. A psychiatrists consultation will be secured as soon as possible, but no later
than eight hours from time of placement.
F.
Prolonged use of restraints that severely limit the motion of the inmates extremities may
cause unnecessary pain and or injury. Upon review and recommendation by medical staff
and with the approval of the watch commander, restraints may be adjusted or partially
removed to allow alternating extremities to be exercised, at a minimum of every two (2)
hours. Periods of extremity exercise shall be documented on the Inmate Observation Log.
Inmates who are in restraints must be directly observed by sworn staff at least twice
every thirty minutes, or more frequently if possible. ALL SAFETY CHECKS, whether
conducted by sworn or medical personnel, shall be documented on the Inmate
Observation Log. Both medical and sworn staff shall confirm the restraints are properly
applied and the inmate is safe. When the inmate is removed from the restraining devices,
and/or from a protected location (i.e., safety or sobering cell), the Inmate Observation
Log shall be attached to the Incident Report and distributed accordingly.

#14//12
Page 2 of 6
III.
USE OF PRO-STRAINT CHAIR

A.
B.
Procedures for the placement, monitoring and retention of inmates placed in the ProStraint Chair are the same as those listed in Sections I and II. Additionally, the
subsequent procedures shall be followed whenever an inmate is placed in the Pro-Straint
Chair.
1.
One deputy shall be designated, on the placement team, whose sole responsibility
is to ensure the health and safety of the inmate being placed into the Pro-Straint
Chair. If at anytime during the placement of an inmate into the Pro-Straint Chair
the Safety Deputy determines the inmate may be in immediate physical distress,
such that the inmate may suffer serious bodily injury or death, the Safety
Deputy shall immediately stop the placement. All steps necessary to ensure for
the health and safety of the inmate will be taken. The watch commander or
designated sworn supervisor shall be on scene to monitor Pro-Straint Chair
placements. Absent exigent circumstances, the watch commander will have the
chair placement event digitally recorded on a portable device, in addition to any
fixed ceiling recording devices. The DVR disk will be either entered into
evidence, if criminal charges are filed against the inmate(s), or it must be held for
administrative review for a period of three years.
2.
Prior to placing an inmate into the Pro-Straint Chair, deputies shall remove any
handcuffs and apply leg and waist chains. The Safety Deputy shall monitor this
process.
3.
Waist chain handcuffs must be double-locked to prevent inmate manipulation and

causing complications such as affecting blood circulation in the wrist.
4.
Leg and waist chains may remain on the inmate while in the Pro-Straint Chair.
5.
The continued retention should be evaluated at every check; no inmate should

remain in the Pro-Straint Chair for longer than two (2) hours without justification
and approval from the watch commander. Pro-Straint Chair placements exceeding
two (2) hours shall require written justification on a supplemental Incident Report
approved by the watch commander.
6.
At the completion of the two (2)-hour time period, the inmates extremities shall
be exercised if possible. This will be accomplished by sworn and medical staff, by
removing one extremity at a time from the restraint and exercising that extremity.
Periods of extremity exercise shall be documented on the Inmate Observation
Log. If the extremity exercise cannot be completed due to the inmates continued
uncooperative behavior, those facts will be included in the Incident Report
mentioned in Section III.5.
7.
A physician or psychiatrist shall be consulted by telephone if placement in the

Pro-Straint Chair extends beyond four (4) hours.
Pro-Straint Chairs can be permanently mounted in any location where the inmate can be
constantly observed. They can also be portable devices to be moved to various parts of
detention facilities to restrain violent inmates.

#14//12
Page 3 of 6
IV.
C.
The Detention Services Bureau Commanders must review and approve any modifications
to the Pro-Straint Chair or the attachments before implementation.
D.
Training guidelines in the procedures and proper use of the Pro-Straint Chair shall be
developed and reviewed annually by the Detentions Training Unit.
E.
After an inmate is removed from the Pro-Straint Chair, the inmate shall be medically
evaluated by medical staff as soon as possible.
USE OF CORD CUFF RESTRAINTS

A.
V.
Procedures for the placement, monitoring and retention of inmates placed in Cord Cuff
Restraints are the same as previously stated in this policy. Additionally, the below listed
procedures shall be followed regarding Cord Cuff Restraints.
1.
Cord Cuff Restraints will be stored with the facility tactical response equipment
and be utilized with the approval of the watch commander.
2.
The Cord Cuff Restraint is the only device authorized for use when maximally
restraining an inmate in this manner. The use of flex cuffs, handcuffs or
improvising any approved item to maximally restrain an inmate is not approved.
3.
Inmates will only remain in maximum restraints for the minimal time necessary to
move them to another location or to transition the inmate into the Pro-Straint
Chair.
4.
Inmates in Cord Cuff Restraints shall be rolled onto their side or into a seated
position as soon as possible.
5.
Deputies must continually monitor the inmates level of consciousness and

breathing while in maximum restraints.
B.
Cord Cuff Restraints are not authorized to be worn on the duty belt or be in the
possession of staff during their routine work assignment.
C.
Training guidelines in the procedures and proper use of the Cord Cuff Restraints shall be
reviewed annually by the Detentions Training Unit.
D.
After an inmate is removed from the Cord Cuff Restraints or transitioned into the ProStraint Chair, the inmate shall be medically evaluated by the on-duty medical staff as
soon as possible.
USE OF THE TACTICAL HANDCUFF LEAD

A.
B.
The purpose of the Tactical Handcuff Lead is to facilitate the safe removal of handcuffs
from an uncooperative inmate through a cell door food flap. Use of the Tactical Handcuff
Lead also provides deputies with the ability to retain the handcuffs in the event the
inmate attempts to pull away in the cell.
The Tactical Handcuff Lead is approximately six feet long with a hand loop at one end
and a handcuff loop at the other end. The Tactical Handcuff Lead is secured onto the
Page 4 of 6
#14//12
links between the handcuffs by passing the handcuff loop through the hand loop and
pulling the lead taunt.
VI.
C.
The Tactical Handcuff Lead is not to be carried on the deputys person when not in use.
The Tactical Handcuff Lead is not intended to be used as a cord cuff restraint or on an
inmate who is too intoxicated to stand or walk on his own.
D.
In and of itself, use of the Tactical Handcuff Lead is not considered force.
E.
Training guidelines in the procedures and proper use of the Tactical Lead shall be
developed and reviewed annually by the Detentions Training Unit.
USE OF THE SPIT SOCK

A spit sock may be used to decrease the chance of inmate expectorants from making contact with
staff. Due to the proximity of staff to an inmate during a Pro-Straint Chair placement, the sock
may also be utilized as a precautionary measure.
VII.
VIII.
USE OF MAX-CUFFS
A.
The Max-Cuff is to be used as a temporary restraint in medical situations where the metal
waist and leg chains are medically restricted. These procedures include Magnetic
Resonance Imaging (MRI), or the need to image portions of the body, without any
obstructions; X-Ray or Computerized Tomography (CT scan).
B.
The Max-Cuff is effective as an all-purpose restraint for hands, legs, arms, leg to hands as
a hobble, and can easily be concealed. It is a tough nylon product, light in weight and
can be applied quickly. It is made of a high tensile strength nylon that is superior to
standard plastics.
C.
While transiting from waist and leg chains to the Max-Cuff, the inmate should not be free
from restraints at any time.
D.
Training guidelines in the procedures and proper use of the Max-Cuff shall be developed
and reviewed annually by the Detentions Training Unit.
E.
No other type of Nylon flex-cuff will be used at the hospital.
F.
In and of itself, use of the Max-Cuff is not considered force.
G.
If needed, Max-Cuffs are available and can be obtained at UCSD and Tri-City Hospitals
by contacting hospital security staff.
USE OF THE GRIP RESTRAINT DEVICE

A.
The purpose of The Grip Restraint Device (Grip) is for use during medical procedures
that prohibit the use of metal restraint devices such as: Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(MRI), or the need to image portions of the body, without any obstructions X-Ray or
Computerized Tomography (CT scan).

#14//12
Page 5 of 6
B.
The features of the Grip are:
C.
IX.
Lock engages in one step

Encapsulated Lock / Tight tolerances
Two independent locking bars
Flexible Restraint Material
Stainless Steel production
Wrist Restraints
Ankle Restraints
Adjustable Belt System
Low profile design
Operates with standard handcuff key
While transiting from waist and leg chains to the Grip, the inmate should not be free from
restraints at any time.
D.
Training guidelines in the procedures and proper use of the Grip shall be developed and
reviewed annually by the Detentions Training Unit.
E.
Each facility will have a Grip Restraint Device available and it will be deployed with
transporting deputies on hospital runs.
F.
A Grip Restraint Device will be stored near the MRI rooms at the University of
California San Diego (UCSD) Hospital and Tri-City Hospital. The cabinet will be
secured using a 503 lock.
G.
If needed, Grip Restraints can be obtained and are available at UCSD and Tri-City
Hospitals by contacting hospital security staff.
USE OF THE HOBBLE CHAIN

A.
The purpose of the Hobble chain is to limit the mobility of inmates.
B.
The Hobble chain consists of a leg chain that is attached to both the waist and leg chains
on an inmate.
C.
The Hobble chain may be applied at the deputy's discretion, based upon the inmate's past
behavior or current state.
D.
The Hobble chain may be applied in the front or back. The escorting deputies should
take into consideration if the inmate will be sitting down. The best practice for the seated
position would be applied to the front.
E.
In and of itself, use of the Hobble Chain is not considered force.

#14//12
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
I.95
FORCIBLE BLOOD SAMPLE TAKING
M.37, M.42, H&S CODE 121050, I.89; SDSD P&P 6.29, 6.67
PURPOSE
To establish policies and guidelines for the forcible taking of blood from inmates in the Sheriffs
Detention Facilities.
POLICY
No sample shall be forcibly taken except when authorized by law or pursuant to a court order. The
watch commander shall review all court orders authorizing the forcible taking of blood, prior to the
taking of the sample. In all other instances, wherein a forced blood sample is sought, the watch
commander shall give approval prior to the taking of the sample.
PROCEDURE
I. Forcibly drawing blood samples from inmates housed in a detention facility, pursuant to a court
order.
II.
A.
Pursuant to Health and Safety Code 121050, when the blood sample to be withdrawn is
for the purpose of HIV testing, the inmate shall be offered medically appropriate HIV
counseling whether or not he or she consents to testing.
B.
Sworn personnel shall not participate in the forcible drawing of blood from an inmate,
except to ensure the safety and security of inmates, staff and medical personnel.
C.
All blood samples must be obtained in a medically approved manner and any force used
to facilitate a blood draw must be reasonable and necessary, that is, using only that
amount of force reasonably necessary to safely accomplish the task. Sheriff's Medical
Services personnel shall not participate in forcible blood drawing for evidentiary
purposes or for purposes of prosecution.
D.
If a court order is obtained it will be reviewed by the watch commander prior to the blood
being drawn. The watch commander or designee shall supervise the blood withdrawal.
E.
The watch commander will have forcible blood draws recorded on videotape. The
recording should include all efforts to gain compliance from the inmate by custody or
medical staff prior to force being used.
Forcibly drawing blood from arrestees incident to arrest.

A.
OTHER AGENCIES - Law enforcement agencies that wish to take a blood sample must
arrange for this service to be provided prior to the prisoners arrival at the detention
I.95 FORCIBLE BLOOD SAMPLE TAKING

#14//12
Page 1 of 2
facility. SDSD personnel shall not participate in blood draws performed by other
agencies.
III.
IV.
B.
SDSD Blood draws incident to an arrest by SDSD deputies shall be performed pursuant
to Sheriffs Policy and Procedure Section 6.67.
C.
The watch commanders approval is required prior to the blood being drawn. The watch
commander or designee shall supervise the blood withdrawal. The watch commander will
have forcible blood draws recorded on videotape. The recording should capture all efforts
to gain compliance from the inmate by the arresting agency and medical staff prior to
force being used. When force is used to accomplish the taking of the sample, any
videotape should be maintained pursuant to Departmental P&P Section 6.29.
Forcibly drawing blood samples after a gassing incident.

A.
As authorized by law, 243.9 PC, every time a gassing of any peace officer occurs and the
chief medical officer (in the case of the SDSD, this shall be the Sheriffs Medical
Directors designee, the Sheriffs Medical Services Infection Control Nurse) deems it
necessary to protect the health of an employee, he or she can order that the inmate be
tested for hepatitis and/or tuberculosis immediately after the event. The inmate can also
be tested for HIV on a voluntary basis; however, if the inmate refuses, a search warrant
must be obtained. The facility commander shall ensure that the Sheriffs Medical
Directors designee (the Sheriffs Infection Control Nurse) is contacted, and briefed in
writing as to the facts and circumstances of the gassing incident at the earliest possible
opportunity.
B.
The taking of blood will only be conducted in a medically approved manner by certified
contract forensic personnel.
C.
The watch commander will have forcible blood draws recorded on videotape. The
recording should include all efforts to gain compliance from the inmate by custody or
medical staff prior to force being used.
Documentation of forcible blood draws.

Whenever force is used to secure a blood sample, a use of force inmate status report shall be
completed and each deputy using force will complete a deputys report.
A.
A copy of any related court order along with the inmate status report shall be placed in
the inmates booking jacket.
B.
It should be remembered that the sample must be obtained in a medically approved

manner and the amount of force should not be excessive or shocking to the conscience,
e.g., rendering the prisoner unconscious.
I.95 FORCIBLE BLOOD SAMPLE TAKING

#14//12
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 4, 2013
I.96
PROVIDING ASSISTANCE TO ARRESTING OFFICER
I.89, SDSD P&P ADDENDUM F
PURPOSE
ToNUMBER:
establish criteria and procedures forA.15
assisting an arresting officer with removing an arrestee from
SUBJECT:
PUBLIC
PLAN
their
vehicle and/or escorting the arrestee
throughINFORMATION
the booking process.
RELATED SECTIONS:
POLICY
Prior to assisting the arresting officer, the deputy receiving the request will make appropriate
notifications to an on-duty supervisor. At the request of the arresting officer and with supervisor
approval, facility deputies may assist in the removal of an arrestee from the requesting agencys vehicle,
or assist in escorting an arrestee and arresting officer through the booking process. An on-duty
supervisor will respond when available.
At no time will facility deputies take custody of the arrestee without the arresting officer being present
or assisting with the arrestee.
All actions will be documented in either JIMS or NetRMS if applicable.
PROCEDURE
Absent exigent circumstances, the watch commander shall be notified of the assistance being requested.
The watch commander or sergeant will evaluate the circumstances of the request and authorize the
deputies to assist the arresting officer (AO) with removing an arrestee from the AO's patrol vehicle or
escorting the arrestee through the booking process.
I.
The following procedures will be adhered to when deputies and supervisors respond to requests
for assistance from arresting officers or deputies at all detention facilities.
A.
All requests for cover from arresting officers shall be responded to immediately and
assistance provided within the guidelines of Department Policy.
B.
Deputies receiving the request will notify the Intake or Processing Sergeant, without
delay, of the request for assistance. A Sergeant shall respond to the scene and notify the
watch commander, if at all possible.
C.
If the arrestee has been subjected to maximum restraints, is seriously injured, or in such a
state of intoxication or drug influence where he/she cannot stand or walk on their own,
the arrestee should be left in the AO's patrol vehicle (preferably in the recovery
position) and closely monitored until seen by the triage or facility nurse. This will
prevent unnecessary risk to officers and deputies in the event the arrestee is medically
rejected. The watch commander will have the overall authority to accept or reject an
inmate after the arrestee has been evaluated by medical staff.
I.96 PROVIDING ASSISTANCE TO ARRESTING OFFICER

#13//07
Page 1 of 2
D.
The arresting agency is responsible for the arrestee until accepted for booking by our
staff. Accordingly, the transporting officer has primary responsibility for movement and
restraint of the arrestee. Deputies assisting the arresting officer will provide cover and
assistance ONLY IF NEEDED. Deputies are there to provide cover and assistance, not
accept responsibility for the care and custody of the arrestee.
E.
Deputies may use a gurney or wheelchair to assist in the movement of the arrestee to
prevent injuries to staff or the arrestee.
F.
Deputies and supervisors should consider these to be high-risk requests that could
result in physical injury. Consideration and proper tactics will be used to minimize the
risk of positional asphyxia,
G.
Excited delirium, drug/alcohol overdoses, and other medical emergencies will be subject
to refusal by the Intake Nurse. 911 will be called in the event of a life threatening
emergency.
H.
Nothing in this section precludes deputies from taking action to prevent injury to staff,
the arresting officer or themselves. It is preferred, however, that the initiation of force
comes from the AO. All uses of force will be documented according to Department Use
of Force Policy.
I.
If the arrestee is injured before being accepted into the facility, it shall be the
responsibility of the arresting agency to have the subject medically cleared by a doctor
before being accepted into our custody. When applicable, a supervisor should be present
to inform the arresting officer of this requirement.
I.96 PROVIDING ASSISTANCE TO ARRESTING OFFICER

#13//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 20, 2015

J
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL MANAGEMENT INMATES
J.1
Safety Cell Use
J.2
Sobering Cells; Definition and Use
J.3
Segregation; Definition and Use
J.4
Enhanced Observation Housing (EOH); Definition and Use
J.5
Inmate Suicide Prevention Practices & Inmate Safety Program
J.7
Emergency Transportation of Mentally Disordered Inmates
J TABLE OF CONTENTS
#15//08
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

J.1
SAFETY CELLS; DEFINITION AND USE
I.52, J.4, J.5, M.25, MSD S.1, MSD S.10
PURPOSE
To set forth procedures that ensure safety cells in the Sheriffs facilities are used to house only those
inmates that meet the criteria outlined in this section, in accordance with Title 15 and local, state and
federal laws.
POLICY
Inmates who have been assessed for Inmate Safety Program housing and approved by the watch
commander for placement, may be temporarily placed in a safety cell when necessary to prevent the
inmate from imminently inflicting physical harm on themselves or others, or destroying property (refer
to DSB P&P J.5).
Inmates returning from the Emergency Psychiatric Unit at San Diego County Psychiatric Hospital
(EPU) with orders for Inmate Safety Program housing shall be housed in accordance with DSB P&P J.5.
Safety cells are not to be used for punishment or a substitute for treatment.
DEFINITION
A safety cell is a single occupancy temporary housing unit constructed with a padded surface and other
security features as outlined in CCR Title 24 Sec 470A.2.5.
PROCEDURE
I.
PLACEMENT IN SAFETY CELLS

A.
The watch commander, in collaboration with authorized Sheriff's medical personnel, will
provide approval prior to the placement of an inmate in the safety cell (refer to DSB P&P
J.5). In the most volatile of circumstances, staff may place the inmate in a safety cell
while obtaining approval to keep the inmate from being injured.
B.
An inmate placed into a safety cell shall have all of his/her clothing and property
removed, including shoes, belts, removable rings, wristband, etc. Such property shall be
stored in a secure location until the inmate is cleared. For security purposes, deputies
will remain with the inmate during the process to ensure all items listed above are
removed.
C.
All inmates placed in a safety cell will be issued a safety garment.

1.
The safety garment is the only item of clothing the inmate may possess while in
the safety cell.
J.1 SAFETY CELLS; DEFINITION AND USE

#16//04
Page 1 of 4
2.
3.
D.
II.
a.
The mental/medical health staff shall be notified immediately.
b.
The watch commander shall be notified immediately of the removal of the

safety garment.
c.
The reason the safety garment was removed must be articulated in an

incident report.
All safety garments shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use.
An incident report shall be written on every inmate placed into the safety cell. A new
incident report shall be written every 24 hours to document the authorization for
continued retention.
SAFETY CELL HOUSING TRANSFERS

A.
III.
The safety garment may be removed from the inmate if specific identifiable risks
to the inmates safety or to the security of the facility are documented. If the
safety garment is removed the following notifications shall be made:
If an inmate is transferred from one facility to another for placement into a safety cell, the
following procedures will be followed:
1.
The deputy from the originating facility will articulate in an incident report the
reason for the safety cell placement and will transport the inmate to the new
facility.
2.
Deputies assigned to the receiving facility will assume custody of the inmate at
intake/processing and will conduct the actual placement of the inmate into a
safety cell.
3.
The deputies conducting the safety cell placement will write a supplemental
safety cell placement report.
MONITORING OF INMATES IN SAFETY CELLS

A.
Staff shall closely monitor any inmate placed in a safety cell. All checks, observations,
assessments and reviews will be documented on the observation log. Required safety cell
checks are:
1.
Every inmate in a safety cell shall be directly observed by sworn staff at least
twice in every 30-minute period. The intervals of the checks within the 30-minute
period should vary. Such observations shall be documented on the Inmate
Observation Log (Form J-19A). The inmate should be observed for the
following:
a.
Responsive to verbal commands.
b.
Difficulty in breathing.

#16//04
Page 2 of 4
IV.
V.
c.
Evidence of vomiting or any other condition that may require medical

attention.
d.
Deputies should be cognizant of the inmates physical condition. Medical

staff must be notified immediately if the inmate exhibits any signs of
medical distress, including agitated psychosis and/or agitated delirium.
e.
A physician shall be contacted for an opinion anytime the inmates status

or condition warrants an evaluation.
2.
Each inmate shall have a medical assessment within 30 minutes of placement into
the safety cell. Medical staff shall observe the inmate every 4 hours or whenever
clinically indicated. Such observations shall be documented on the Inmate
Observation Log.
3.
A mental health evaluation must occur within 24 hours of placement in the safety
cell to determine the inmates need for mental health services and their suitability
for retention in the safety cell. The inmate shall be medically assessed for
retention every 24 hours after the initial assessment.
4.
Every eight hours, the watch commander or designee will evaluate the inmate for
continued retention in a safety cell.
NUTRITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Deputies are responsible for providing meals during normal meal times. The deputy
providing the meal must ensure there are no items that the inmate may use to inflict
injury to self or cause damage to the cell, such as plastic utensils. All offerings or
refusals of meals will be documented on the Inmate Observation Log.
B.
Deputies shall offer water at least hourly in addition to providing it upon request while
the inmate is awake. All offerings or refusals of water will be documented on the Inmate
Observation Log using the check boxes.
C.
All food and water served to inmates in a safety cell shall be served in disposable
containers.
REMOVAL FROM SAFETY CELLS

A.
In reviewing whether an inmate shall be removed from or remain in a safety cell, the
watch commander will consult with an authorized Sheriffs mental health provider to
determine whether the inmate, if removed from the safety cell, is likely to pose a threat to
himself/herself or others. However, when the safety of an inmate would be threatened by
continued retention, the inmate shall immediately be removed from the safety cell.
If a watch commander removes an inmate from a safety cell under exigent circumstances
and without consultation with an authorized Sheriff's mental health provider, the watch
commander is required to document his/her action and rationale in JIMS in an incident
report.

#16//04
Page 3 of 4
B.
If the inmate is to be removed from the safety cell for the purpose of release from
custody, the watch commander will consult with Sheriffs Medical personnel and arrange
for transportation of the inmate to EPU or Tri-City Medical Center (TCMC).
1.
A Request for 72 Hour Detention (MH-302) form and a NetRMS incident report
shall be completed by sworn staff prior to transfer to EPU or TCMC.
2.
Medical staff shall notify EPU or TCMC of the impending transfer of the inmate.
3.
A deputy will transport the inmate to EPU or TCMC, and required documents to
the psychiatrist. The deputy will remain with the released inmate, until a safe and
orderly transfer of services is completed and the psychiatrist on duty releases the
deputy from further standby duties.
VI.
Safety cells shall be cleaned and disinfected using facility approved disinfectants or bleach
solution after every use and every 24 hours when occupied.
VII.
Fire safety in and around safety cells

A.
Personnel responding to a fire in a safety cell should be aware of the toxicity of the
smoke and shall use Survivair breathing equipment when suppressing the fire or
evacuating other inmates.
B.
A fire hose or a multi-purpose extinguisher shall be located within twenty (20) feet of all
safety cells.

#16//04
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
J.2
SOBERING CELLS: DEFINITION AND USE
I.52, I.55
PURPOSE
To ensure that sobering cells throughout Sheriffs facilities are used for their intended purpose; and the
safety and protection of the inmate(s) and/or staff.
POLICY
Sobering cells shall be used only for those inmates who, by virtue of their state of intoxication, are a threat
to their own safety or the safety of others.
SOBERING CELLS SHALL NEVER BE USED FOR DISCIPLINARY PURPOSES.
PROCEDURE
I.
Sobering cells at Sheriffs detention facilities are intended to house the following types of inmates:
Inmates brought into the facility under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs who, because of their
state of intoxication, require a protective environment. This excludes inmates who have life
threatening withdrawal symptoms or need long-term detoxification.
II.
An inmate being placed in a sobering cell shall have all property removed, including removable
rings, shoes, belts or any other clothing article that could be used as weapons or used to damage the
cell. Clothing articles such as pants, shirts, skirts or dresses that must be removed due to their
construction, shall be replaced with appropriate jail-issued clothing. The steps outlined above are
not for the purpose of conducting a visual inspection. If a deputy has reasonable suspicion to believe
an inmate is concealing drugs or weapons in a manner that would not be detectible by a pat down
search, they must follow the steps outlined in Detentions Policy and Procedure Section I.52, Inmate
Searches.
III.
Regardless of the inmates booking status, his/her property shall be inventoried, placed in a property
bag, labeled and retained.
IV.
Matches or igniters of any type, cigarettes, pencils, etc., are strictly prohibited in sobering cells.
V.
Sobering Cell capacity shall be governed by C.C.R. Title 24, Section 407A.2.4. Each facility shall
draft green sheet procedures outlining the capacities of its sobering cells to be in compliance with
the above C.C.R. Title 24, and should include:
A.
20 square feet of floor area per inmate.
J.2 SOBERING CELLS

#14//12
Page 1 of 3
B.
Limit of 8 inmates per cell.
VI.
Meals provided in the sobering cell will consist of a sack lunch and a beverage in a disposable
container. No metal is permitted inside the sobering cell.
VII.
Sobering cells shall be cleaned and disinfected immediately after every use, or in the event of
constant use, shall be cleaned and disinfected at least once each shift. In the event of an inmates
release of body fluids, the sobering cell shall be cleaned and disinfected as soon as possible.
VIII.
OBSERVATION:
A.
A nursing assessment must be obtained as soon as possible after placing an inmate in a

sobering cell, but no later than 30 minutes. Thereafter, the medical staff shall check the
inmate every 4 hours, or sooner if clinically indicated.
B.
An observation log shall be maintained adjacent to the sobering cell and the nurse and deputy
shall place his/her initials, and the date and time of observation on the log.
C.
The nurse shall document the nursing assessment in the medical record according to Medical
Services Division Policy and Procedure.
D.
Sworn staff shall be responsible for providing meals at regular meal times.
E.
Sworn staff shall observe any inmate in a sobering cell at least every 20 to 30 minutes with
the behavior of the inmate and time of observation recorded on the observation log outside
the sobering cell door.
F.
Each on-coming watch commander shall review documentation of observations and the
inmates condition at the beginning of each shift. The watch commander shall review the log
and document it by signing his/her initials, the date and the time.
G.
An inmate shall be released from the sobering cell when he/she appears able to continue with
processing.
H.
If it is observed by sworn or medical staff that an inmates medical and/or mental status is
declining, the watch commander will ensure the inmate is promptly evaluated by medical
staff, and as soon as possible receive a psychiatric evaluation.
I.
For a placement greater than 24 hours:

1.
The watch commander will ensure a medical assessment is obtained by a medical

physician or psychiatric doctor who will physically determine if the inmate should
remain in the sobering cell.
2.
The watch commander will confer with the medical physician and psychiatric doctor
to determine if the inmates condition warrants a transfer to the Emergency
Department, MOB or Psychiatric Security Unit for further treatment and observation.
J.2 SOBERING CELLS

#14//12
Page 2 of 3
IX.
REPORTS
A.
B.
X.
A Jail Information Management (JIMS) Incident Report shall be written on each inmate
placed in a sobering cell.
1.
The Incident Report must clearly articulate the reasons for placement in the sobering
cell.
2.
The report shall also document the type and degree of any force used (refer I.89).
The need for continued retention must be documented by sworn staff in a JIMS Incident
Report every 6 hours until the inmate is cleared from the sobering cell. Medical staff will
provide input to the deputy responsible for writing the Incident Report in JIMS.
FIRE SAFETY
A.
Some sobering cell materials are flammable, and when ignited, produce potentially lethal
toxic smoke. Because of the great potential for injury and the loss of life represented by fires
started in sobering cells, extreme care must be exercised to ensure that no matches or lighters
enter sobering cells.
B.
Deputies shall consider the toxicity of the smoke when responding to fires in the sobering
cells. Deputies shall consider the evacuation of other inmates and the use of breathing
apparatuses in the event of a fire in a sobering cell. They shall immediately call the fire
department of jurisdiction. Discretion should be used when opening the door of an involved
sobering cell to rescue its occupant(s).
C.
A fire hose or an extinguisher of the appropriate type shall be mounted within 20 feet of
every sobering cell.
J.2 SOBERING CELLS

#14//12
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

J.3
SEGREGATION: DEFINITION AND USE
O.1, R.3, Q.9, PRISON RAPE ELIMINATION ACT OF 2003
PURPOSE
To ensure all inmates are assessed and screened with an objective screening instrument. After individual
review of inmate history, criminal charges, and information obtained from the inmate interview and/or
medical staff, specified inmates will be properly segregated from the inmate general population.
Reasons include, but are not limited to, inmates who require special housing for their own safety, staff
safety, facility security or pending a disciplinary action hearing.
POLICY
The guidelines for inmate segregation shall conform to all local and state laws. Inmates shall not be
segregated solely because of race, color, creed, national origin, gender identity (lesbian, gay, bisexual,
transgender, intersex (LGBTI)) or sexual orientation, as defined. Each inmate housing assignment will
be made based on an individual assessment. Administrative segregation shall be used only for those
inmates who are classified for safety and/or security reasons, are pending disciplinary action or for
investigative purposes.
PROCEDURE
I.
DEFINITIONS
Segregation is a general term used to encompass the following types of separate housing for
inmates who cannot remain in the general inmate population:
A.
Administrative segregation
B.
Protective custody
C.
Disciplinary isolation
An incident report and/or rule violation report and a Segregated Housing Order (J-72 form) shall
be completed to document the reason(s) for placement into segregated housing.
II.
ADMINISTRATIVE SEGREGATION
A.
Administrative segregation shall consist of separate and secure housing, but shall not
involve any other deprivation of privileges other than is necessary to obtain the objective
of protecting the inmates, staff, or public.
B.
The following are types of inmates who may be placed into administrative segregation:
J.3 SEGREGATION: DEFINITION AND USE

#16//02
Page 1 of 4
III.
1.
Those pending a hearing or investigation for a rule violation or criminal act.
2.
Those who have displayed a continual inability or unwillingness to adjust and

conform to the minimum standards expected of those in mainline housing or
designated special housing.
3.
Those who have shown a propensity for violence towards other inmates and/or
staff.
4.
Inmates who have paroled, or been released from, or are anticipated to be housed
in a security housing unit (SHU) or administrative segregation unit (ASU) or
similar housing in a correctional setting.
5.
Those who have a case with a high public profile nature, an extreme act of
violence which jeopardizes public safety, or provides the inmate with a status that
would allow him/her to have power or authority over other inmates.
6.
Those suspected of being a juvenile. (Shall remain segregated until he/she is

determined to be an adult, or is transported to Juvenile Hall.)
7.
Those suspected of being Regional Center Clients (RCC) shall remain in

segregation until appropriate housing is determined by medical/psychiatric staff.
8.
Inmates sentenced to death.
C.
All inmates placed in administrative segregation will be served a copy of the J-72 form
signed by Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) staff or a supervisor.
D.
When administrative segregation is used as pre-disciplinary housing pending a hearing,

the decision must be based on the need to segregate for security reasons, rather than an
attempt to limit privileges pending a hearing.
E.
The only bedding material inmates in administrative segregation shall possess are two
security blankets, one of which may be used as a mattress cover. Cotton/wool blankets
and sheets are prohibited in administrative segregation housing units.
PROTECTIVE CUSTODY
A.
Protective custody (P/C) is the voluntary or involuntary placement of an inmate into

separate and secure housing when there is a verified threat against his/her life, whether
stated or implied, or when an inmate's circumstances render him/her a target for physical
violence. Examples of use would be when one inmate is a witness against another, or the
inmates relationships or affiliations may be unpopular or considered threatening by the
general population (i.e., a law enforcement officer or prior law enforcement officer).
Involuntary P/C housing should only be used after an assessment of all available housing
alternatives have shown there are no other means of protecting the inmate. Involuntary
housed P/C inmates shall have all possible access to programs and services for which the
inmate is otherwise eligible.

#16//02
Page 2 of 4
Protective custody shall consist of separate and secure housing, but shall not involve any
other deprivation of privileges other than is necessary to obtain the objective of
protecting the inmates, staff, or public. The following are types of inmates who may be
placed into protective custody:
B.
1.
Has been determined by the medical staff to be developmentally disabled, and

does not require treatment for disease, injury or psychiatric disorder (RCC).
2.
By virtue of his/her small size, advanced age, or other characteristics may be in

danger of abuse or sexual victimization from inmates in general population.
3.
Has been accused of a crime of a nature and sufficient publicity that would place
him/her in physical jeopardy if housed in general population (i.e. child victim
charges).
4.
Is a material witness in a high profile case or employment as law enforcement

(past or current).
5.
Inmates who are held pending the civil process under the sexually violent predator
(SVP) law shall be held in protective custody. They shall be kept separate from
all other inmates. When an SVP demonstrates an inability to conform to the rules
of the facility or is a danger to staff or inmates, he may be placed into
administrative segregation.
6.
Has paroled from or is anticipated to be housed in a protective custody

environment (i.e. sensitive needs yard (SNY) in a correctional setting.
7.
Inmates segregated at their own request, after all other housing options have been
exhausted and the inmate has been interviewed by JPMU staff and with JPMU
supervisor approval. The requesting inmate must sign the applicable line on the J72 form.
"Keep separate all" (KSA) is a housing status that further restricts housing options within
protective custody. The following inmates may be placed in KSA for the safety and
security of the inmate and the facility:
1.
Prior or active members of law enforcement.
2.
Northern California gang members Norteos or Fresno Bulldogs.
3.
Regional Center Clients (RCC), these individuals will be placed in administrative

segregation for a psychiatric evaluation to determine their level of functionality. If
they require isolation from mainline inmates, per psychiatric staff, they will be
classified protective custody-KSA. If they do not require any isolation for their
safety, per psychiatric staff, they will be housed in mainline population.
4.
Additional exceptions may be approved by the JPMU lieutenant.

Although KSA inmates are to be kept separate from other inmates, they may be
housed with other inmates with similar P/C-KSA criteria (e.g. RCC with RCC).

#16//02
Page 3 of 4
C.
IV.
DISCIPLINARY ISOLATION
A.
V.
LGBTI inmates will be individually assessed and placed in the most suitable housing,
with consideration to individual needs and ability to maintain facility security. Staff will
familiarize themselves with LGBTI terminology to better understand LGBTI individuals
and make the best housing determination.
Disciplinary Isolation may be used when other less stringent methods have failed to
correct misbehavior or when the violation is of such a nature that other methods would be
ineffective or inappropriate.
1.
The use of isolation as a disciplinary measure should be reserved for major

sanctions and/or multiple of cumulative offenses. An example would be
assaultive behavior or violence towards staff.
2.
Inmates placed in disciplinary isolation status may lose all rights and privileges as
ordered on the Incident Report by the Disciplinary Hearing Officer except legal
mail, attorney/professional visits, sick call and phone calls to an attorney.
3.
All inmates placed in disciplinary isolation will be served a copy of the J-72 form
signed by the watch commander or designee.
B.
All disciplinary isolation actions against inmates must be approved by the disciplinary
review officer prior to the discipline being imposed.
C.
Cotton/wool blankets and sheets are prohibited in administrative segregation housing

units. Inmates in an administrative segregation housing unit that are either pending a
disciplinary hearing or in disciplinary isolation will be provided with two security
blankets for bedding, one of which may be used as a mattress cover.
MONITORING OF ADMINSTRATIVE SEGREGATION

A.
JPMU will ensure the status of all segregated inmates, as listed in sections II and III.B, is
reviewed at least every seven (7) days. The objective will be to return them to the
general inmate population or designated special housing when appropriate.
B.
The seven (7) day review will be documented in JIMS. Comments will be entered into
each inmates JIMS history to describe the need for continued placement. The removal of
an inmate from Administrative Segregation will be documented in JIMS on an incident
report.
C.
LGBTI inmates housed in Administrative Segregation or Protective Custody will be

reviewed at least twice a year to evaluate their safety status. The review will include the
inmate interview and be documented on an incident report in JIMS.
D.
JPMU will monitor the counts in all segregation modules and cells to ensure maximum
effectiveness and compliance with the Armstrong lawsuit agreement.
E.
If a request for placement in protective custody/administrative segregation is denied, it

will be documented on an incident report and approved by JPMU supervisors.

#16//02
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

J.4
ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING (EOH); DEFINITION
AND USE
I.52, J.1, J.5, M.25, MSD S.1, MSD S.10
PURPOSE
To set forth uniformed procedures ensuring inmates who meet the criteria (as outlined in DSB P&P
J.5) are housed in Enhanced Observation Housing (EOH), in an effort to prevent suicides.
POLICY
Inmates who have been assessed for Inmate Safety Program housing and approved by the watch
commander for placement, shall be temporarily placed in EOH to provide continued observation and
assessment (refer to DSB P&P J.5).
EOH is not to be used for punishment or a substitute for treatment.
DEFINITION
EOH can be single cells, a multiple occupancy module, or medical isolation for temporary housing.
EOH provides continued observation and assessment of inmates who may be an elevated risk for
suicide.
PROCEDURE
I.
PLACEMENT IN ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING

A.
The watch commander, in collaboration with authorized Sheriff's medical personnel,

will provide approval prior to the placement of an inmate in EOH (refer to DSB P&P
J.5).
B.
An inmate placed in EOH shall have all of his/her clothing, wristband and property
removed. Such property shall be stored in a secure location until the inmate is cleared.
For security purposes, deputies will remain with the inmate during the process to ensure
all items listed above are removed.
C.
If placement into EOH is recommended during the intake process, a deputy will remain
with the inmate and escort the inmate through the booking process prior to being placed
in EOH. The inmate will be given the opportunity to use the telephone per section
851.5 of the Penal Code.
D.
All inmates placed in EOH will be issued a safety garment, two security blankets, and
shower shoes.
J.4 ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING (EOH); DEFINITION AND USE

#16//02
Page 1 of 4
II.
1.
A safety garment is the only item of clothing the inmate may possess while in
EOH. Shower shoes may be removed if they are used for any other purpose than
intended. Documentation in an incident report is needed if shower shoes are not
given. All safety garments shall be cleaned and disinfected after use. If the
inmate is housed in EOH over 48 hours, a new garment will be issued as needed
based on sanitary conditions.
2.
Showers, dayroom, social phone calls, and recreation yard time will be offered in
accordance with Title 15 guidelines.
3.
Hygiene items will be provided as needed by the housing deputy and immediately
returned after use.
4.
No access to personal property, television, newspapers, or social visits are

permitted.
5.
Professional visits and phone calls shall be permitted in accordance with DSB
P&P sections N.5 and P.15. Inmates shall be dressed in inmate clothing to attend
professional visits (no safety garments).
6.
Inmates housed in EOH may attend court based on the assessment of the
gatekeeper. Inmates shall be dressed in inmate clothing to attend court (no safety
garments). Refer to DSB P&P M.44 for inmates deemed unable to attend court.
E.
An incident report shall be written on every inmate placed into EOH. A new incident
report shall be written after each assessment to document continued retention or
clearance from EOH.
F.
EOH is only available at LCDRF, VDF, SDCJ, and GBDF. Each facility will designate
and identify the unit(s) for EOH.
ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING TRANSFERS

A.
If an inmate is transferred from one facility to another for placement into EOH, the
following procedures will be followed:
1.
If placement into EOH is recommended during the intake process, the deputy
from the originating facility will ensure the inmate is escorted through the
booking process prior to being transferred. The inmate will be given the
opportunity to use the telephone per section 851.5 of the Penal Code.
2.
The deputy from the originating facility will articulate in an incident report the
reason for the EOH placement and will transport the inmate to the new facility.
The originating facility's watch commander will approve the incident report,
contact and brief the watch commander or designee at the receiving facility.
3.
Deputies assigned to the receiving facility will assume custody of the inmate at
intake/processing and will coordinate with the facility gatekeeper to have the
inmate medically assessed prior to placement into EOH. A supplemental incident

#16//02
Page 2 of 4
report will be written documenting placement and of the assessment by facility

medical staff.
III.
MONITORING OF INMATES IN ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING

A.
B.
C.
IV.
Staff shall closely monitor any inmate placed in EOH. All checks, observations,
assessments and reviews will be documented in JIMS. Required EOH checks are:
1.
EOH inmates shall be directly observed by sworn staff at least once within
every 30-minute period. The intervals of the security checks within the 30minute period should vary. Such observations shall be documented in JIMS as
11-53 security checks (refer to DSB P&P I.64 section II.A for logging
procedures). The log entries will also indicate the number of inmates in the
cell/module in the "count" section. Additional information identifying EOH
units and JIMS logs are outlined in effected facility green sheets.
2.
The inmate should be observed for any other condition that may require medical
attention. Deputies should be cognizant of the inmates physical condition.
Medical staff must be notified immediately if the inmate exhibits any signs of
medical distress, including agitated psychosis and/or agitated delirium. A
physician shall be contacted for an opinion anytime the inmates status or
condition warrants an evaluation.
Each EOH inmate shall have a psychologist, psychiatrist, mental health clinician
(MHC) or nurse practitioner (NP), assessment within 24 hours of placement to
determine whether the inmate is "low" or "high" risk.
1.
If the inmate is "high" risk, they will be assessed by a psychiatrist 48 hours after
the first assessment for clearance. If the inmate is "low" risk, they will be
assessed within 24 hours for clearance by the psychiatrist. The watch
commander will be notified of inmates when cleared or if not cleared within
aforementioned time frames.
2.
Medical staff shall observe EOH inmates every 4 hours and document such
observations according to Medical Services Division Policy and Procedure.
At least once per shift the watch commander or designee will observe EOH inmates and
document such in the watch commander's log. If the watch commander removes an
inmate from EOH without consultation with the psychiatrist or medical services staff,
the watch commander is required to document his/her actions and rationale with a JIMS
incident report.
NUTRITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
All food and water served to inmates in EOH shall be served in soft, disposable
containers.

#16//02
Page 3 of 4
V.
B.
Deputies are responsible for providing meals during normal meal times. The deputy
providing the meal must ensure there are no items that the inmate may use to inflict
injury to self or cause damage to the cell, such as plastic utensils. Disposable cardboard
utensils are the only utensil authorized in EOH.
C.
Any refusals of meals will be documented in the inmate's JIMS history.
RELEASE FROM CUSTODY

A.
VI.
If the inmate is removed from EOH for the purpose of release from custody, the watch
commander will consult with authorized Sheriffs Medical personnel to determine
whether the inmate is likely to pose a threat to himself/herself or others. If the inmate
does not pose a threat, they will be released following established procedures. If the
inmate is actively expressing suicidal ideations the following will occur:
1.
A Request for 72 Hour Detention (MH-302) form and a NetRMS incident report
shall be completed by sworn staff prior to transfer to the Emergency Psychiatric
Unit at San Diego County Psychiatric Hospital (EPU), or Tri-City Medical
Center (TCMC).
2.
Medical staff shall notify EPU or TCMC of the impending transfer of the
inmate.
3.
A deputy will transport the inmate to EPU or TCMC, and required documents to
the psychiatrist. The deputy will remain with the released inmate, until a safe
and orderly transfer of services is completed and the psychiatrist on duty
releases the deputy from further standby duties.
EOH units shall be cleaned and disinfected using facility approved disinfectants or bleach
solution after every use and every 24 hours when occupied.
J.4 ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING (EOH; DEFINITION AND USE

#16//02
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

J.5
INMATE SUICIDE PREVENTION PRACTICES & INMATE
SAFETY PROGRAM
J.1, J.3, J.4, M.25, MSD S.1, MSD S.10
PURPOSE
To set forth procedures for detention staff to identify those inmates who may be an elevated risk for suicide.
POLICY
Inmates who are recognized and observed as being a potential suicide risk shall be assessed for
consideration of placement into one of the below defined Inmate Safety Program (ISP) housing options.
Sworn staff shall immediately notify medical staff and the watch commander of any inmate that presents a
potential danger to self, danger to others or unable to care for self.
DEFINITION
ISP housing is defined as placement into any of the following housing options for the purpose of providing
proper intervention, continued observation, and assessment of inmates who may be an elevated risk for
suicide.
INMATE SAFETY
PROGRAM
HOUSING
SAFETY CELL
(DSB P&P J.1)
ENHANCED OBSERVATION
HOUSING MODULE
(DSB P&P J.4)
MEDICAL
ISOLATION CELL
(DSB P&P J.4)
PROCEDURE
I.
RISK FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION OF PLACEMENT INTO AN ISP HOUSING

A.
The following are identified high suicide risk factors ("automatic triggers") that when
identified, REQUIRE further medical staff assessment for consideration of placement into an
ISP housing.
J.5 INMATE SUICIDE PREVENTION & INMATE SAFETY PROGRAM

#16//04
Page 1 of 4
B.
II.
1.
High publicity case with possible evasion of arrest or SWAT/SED standoff with
serious felony charges, including but not limited to, homicide, rape, or child victim
crimes.
2.
Severe, life or death sentences.
3.
The inmate states he/she is suicidal and/or made suicidal statements to sworn staff,
medical, family, etc.
4.
Previous suicide attempts (within the past five years).
5.
Staff observation of depressed/emotional turmoil.
Other risk factors that could cause circumstantial concerns and may initiate an assessment for
consideration of placement into an ISP housing include, but are not limited to, the following.
1.
History of psychiatric illness.
2.
First time offender.
3.
Additional warning signs and symptoms such as:

a.
Physical signs of depression (sadness, crying, withdrawal or silence, sudden

loss or gain in appetite, insomnia, mood variations, lethargy, etc.).
b.
Intoxication/withdrawal.
c.
Severe aggressiveness.
ASSESSMENT FOR PLACEMENT INTO AN ISP HOUSING

A.
All inmates requiring further medical assessment and consideration for placement into an ISP
housing shall be evaluated by the facility Gatekeeper.
B.
The "Gatekeeper" is identified as the following:
C.
1.
The Psychiatric Security Unit (PSU) charge nurse at Las Colinas Detention and
Reentry Facility (LCDRF) and San Diego Central Jail (SDCJ).
2.
The facility charge nurse at George Bailey Detention Facility (GBDF) and Vista
Detention Facility (VDF).
The gatekeeper will evaluate the inmate and provide the watch commander with a
recommendation for appropriate housing. If the gatekeeper recommends placement into an
ISP housing, the watch commander shall approve the type of ISP housing placement, either
safety cell, Enhanced Observation Housing module (EOH), or medical isolation.

#16//04
Page 2 of 4
III.
INMATES PLACED INTO A SAFETY CELL (REFER TO DSB P&P J.1)
IV.
INMATES PLACED IN ENHANCED OBSERVATION HOUSING MODULE OR MEDICAL

ISOLATION (REFER TO DSB P&P J.4)
V.
INMATES PLACED IN THE PSU (REFER TO DSB P&P M.25)
VI.
DURING INTAKE
A.
Every inmate shall be screened during the intake process for the risk factors indicated
in Section I and assessed in accordance with the procedures outlined in this policy. If
the gatekeeper recommends placement into an ISP housing, the following shall occur:
1.
2.
3.
Intake at SDCJ:
a.
If the watch commander determines the appropriate ISP housing to be

EOH or medical isolation, the arrestee shall be accepted and placed in
EOH (refer to DSB P&P J.4).
b.
If during the intake medical screening an arrestee states he is suicidal

or the watch commander determines the arrestee would require
placement in a safety cell, the facility shall medically reject the
arrestee, and refer the arresting officer to the Emergency Psychiatric
Unit at San Diego County Psychiatric Hospital (EPU) for evaluation.
Intake at VDF or LCDRF:

a.
If the watch commander determines the appropriate ISP housing to be

EOH or medical isolation, the arrestee shall be accepted and placed in
EOH (refer to DSB P&P J.4).
b.
If the watch commander determines the arrestee would require

placement in a safety cell and one is available, the inmate shall be
accepted for placement (refer to DSB P&P section J.1). If there is not
a safety cell available or the arrestee is medically unstable, the facility
shall medically reject the arrestee and refer the arresting officer to
EPU for evaluation.
For arrestees/inmates evaluated by an EPU psychiatrist and returning to a

facility:
a.
If the EPU psychiatrist orders the arrestee/inmate to be admitted to a

psychiatric security unit, the arrestee/inmate shall be housed according
to the order (refer to DSB P&P M.25).
b.
If the EPU psychiatrist recommends any other ISP housing and/or

safety restrictions (for example, a recommendation for a safety cell
placement or no safety garment) the watch commander, in
collaboration with the facility gatekeeper, shall determine the
appropriate ISP housing placement and/or safety restrictions. The
watch commander or facility gatekeeper may confer with the EPU
psychiatrist for additional information if need be.

#16//04
Page 3 of 4
VII.
POST SUICIDE ATTEMPTS

A.
Following a suicide attempt an inmate may require immediate treatment for physical medical
treatment problems in an emergency room. The inmate shall also be evaluated immediately
by a mental health professional for appropriate care when the inmate returns to a detention
facility.
B.
The inmate shall also be evaluated immediately upon their return to a detention facility by a
mental health professional for appropriate care. If the Detention Outpatient Psychiatric
Services staff is not available; the inmate shall be evaluated at EPU by a psychiatrist before
returning to a detention facility. (Refer to section VI.A.3 of this policy for inmate housing).

#16//04
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 11, 2014

J.7
EMERGENCY TRANSPORTATION OF MENTALLY
DISORDERED INMATES
M.9, M.5, M.6, J.1, M.25
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for an inmate needing transportation to access mental health care meeting 4011.6 P.C.,
5150, 5250, 5356, 5300, 5256 criteria.
POLICY
All inmates shall be provided with adequate and timely transportation services to meet their medical and
mental health needs.
PROCEDURE
I.
Identification of Mentally Disordered Inmates

A.
If an inmate appears to be a danger to himself/herself or others, or if he/she appears gravely

mentally disabled, the inmate shall be removed from the mainline population.
Gravely Mentally Disabled shall refer to any inmate:
B.
II.
1.
Who does not appear able to provide for his/her own personal needs such as eating,
showering and toilet functions, OR
2.
Who does not appear to be sufficiently lucid to comprehend the fact of their arrest or
incarceration.
The inmate shall be immediately evaluated by a physician. If a physician is not readily

available, the inmate shall be evaluated by a physician at the next sick call, or within 24 hours,
whichever is earlier.
Any inmate who is believed to be a danger to himself/herself or a danger to others, shall be

immediately evaluated by a psychiatrist. If a psychiatrist is not available, the inmate will be placed
into a safety cell until cleared by a qualified psychiatrist.
A.
Detention facilities without psychiatric services shall transport the inmate to a 24 hour
detention facility where a psychiatrist is available to assess the inmate or to be placed into a
safety cell pending a psychiatric review. If both a psychiatrist and a safety cell are unavailable,
the detention facility will transport the inmate offsite to San Diego County Psychiatric Hospital
(SDCPH), or Emergency Psychiatric Unit (EPU) for an evaluation.
J.7 EMERGENCY TRANSPORTATION OF MENTALLY DISORDERED INMATES

#14//14
Page 1 of 3
B.
Medical Services staff shall complete the Offsite Emergency Mental Evaluation (J-211) form.
In the absence of medical staff at the detention facility, the Watch Commander or designee
shall complete the form.
III.
1.
Complete this form by filling in the inmate/patient name, booking number. Write a
brief statement describing the inmates behavior that indicates the need for an
emergency psychiatric evaluation. Include nursing assessment and history if pertinent.
The watch commander or designee filling out this form should ensure their signature is
legible.
2.
Prior to transporting the inmate/patient, the nursing staff shall notify EPU by telephone
of the impending referral, documenting in the medical record the name of the EPU staff
person to whom they spoke regarding the referral.
3.
Two copies of the J-211 form shall be made. Place one copy, along with copies of
pertinent Psychiatrist/medical notes and medication records into a Confidential Transfer
J-232C envelope and give it to the transporting deputy. Place the other copy into the
inmates booking jacket.
C.
The watch commander shall be notified by medical and/or sworn staff of any pending transfer.
D.
The watch commander or his designee shall notify the booking staff to prepare all booking
jacket material to be taken by the transporting deputy.
E.
On return from EPU, the transporting deputy will return the paperwork from EPU to the
appropriate receiving facilitys medical staff for their review and implementation of the EPU
psychiatrists orders.
Released Inmates
A.
If an inmate housed in PSU/WPSU or a safety cell is to be released from custody, the

inmate may require transportation to San Diego County Psychiatric Health/Emergency
Psychiatric Unit.
1.
The watch commander or designee shall complete a Request for 72 Hour Detention (J253) form if the inmate is in a safety cell or if the inmate is voluntarily admitted to
PSU/WPSU and requires further mental health evaluation and/or treatment on release.
2.
If the inmate is voluntarily admitted to PSU/WPSU and does not require further mental
health evaluation and/or immediate treatment, he/she is released with medication and a
list of resources with which to continue mental health care.
3.
If the inmate is involuntarily admitted to PSU/WPSU under legal hold (5150, 5250,
5356, 5300, or 5236), he/she is transported to EPU with the original current legal hold
documents, copies of his/her most recent progress notes, and medication record in a
sealed envelope.

#14//14
Page 2 of 3
4.
Prior to the inmate being transported, the medical services staff shall notify
SDCPH/EPU of the referral and give a verbal report.
5.
The transporting deputy will transport the inmate to SDCPH/EPU, delivering the inmate
and required documents to the psychiatrist before leaving.
6.
The SDCPH/EPU psychiatrist shall determine if the inmate meets the criteria for
admission to EPU or may be released to the street.

#14//14
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 21, 2015

J.8
CONTRABAND WATCH
I.52
PURPOSE:
To establish guidelines and procedures for inmates with potential contraband within their body.
POLICY:
Inmates suspected of concealing contraband within their body, and determined by medical staff as nonlife threatening to the inmate will be placed on Contraband Watch (CW). Placing an inmate on CW will
be done in an attempt to retrieve the suspected contraband, ensure contraband is not circulated into the
inmate population, and to provide safeguard for the health and safety of the inmate suspected of having
the concealed contraband.
PROCEDURE:
When it becomes apparent through a body scan, Emergency Room Medical Examination, direct
observation, or reasonable suspicion that an inmate has concealed contraband in their body, either
physically or through ingestion the inmate will be placed on CW in a medical observation cell. If a
medical observation cell is not available, the watch commander and medical staff will identify another
appropriate housing cell where the inmate can be observed by sworn and medical staff to be utilized for
CW. The inmate will be isolated and un-restrained until the contraband can be retrieved through natural
means, voluntarily surrendered or staff are reasonably assured the inmate is contraband free.
I.
APPROVAL
Placing an inmate on CW shall be authorized by the on duty watch commander or designee and
medical staff. CW retention shall be approved every three (3) days by the on duty watch
commander or designee and medical staff.
II.
PLACEMENT ON CONTRABAND WATCH

A.
Prior to the inmate being placed on CW in an observation cell, the following shall be
accomplished and documented:
1.
The watch commander or designee shall ensure that an initial medical assessment
of the inmate is completed by medical staff prior to the inmates placement on
CW as part of the inmates ongoing treatment and care.
2.
The nurse shall document the nursing assessment in the medical record according
to Medical Services Division Policy and Procedure as part of the inmate's ongoing
treatment and care.
J.8 CONTRABAND WATCH

#15//06
Page 1 of 2
III.
3.
The inmate shall be strip searched according to Detentions Policy I.52.
4.
The observation cell shall be thoroughly searched and cleaned.
REPORTS
A JIMS Incident Report shall be written on each inmate placed on CW. The JIMS Incident
Report must clearly articulate the reasons for placement and actions taken by sworn and medical
staff as required by "placement" section above.
IV.
OBSERVATION
Regular hourly security checks will be conducted according to Detentions Services Bureau
Policy I.64; Security Checks of Housing Units and Holding Cells.
V.
A.
Sworn staff shall be responsible for providing meals at regular meal times.
B.
An inmate shall be released from CW as soon as possible or when reasonably assured the
suspected contraband has been expelled.
C.
Medical staff and the on duty watch commander or designee will ensure the status of the
inmate is reviewed at least every three (3) days to determine the need for continued
retention on CW. The review will be documented in a JIMS Incident Report,
documenting the need for continued CW.
HEALTH AND SAFETY CONCERNS

During the course of the CW, if for any reason sworn staff observes a decline in the inmates
health, or it is believed that the inmates health is affected by the concealed contraband, the
watch commander shall ensure medical personnel are immediately contacted to conduct an
assessment of the inmates condition and determine if outside emergency responders should be
called.
VI.
REMOVAL FROM CONTRABAND WATCH

A.
The inmate may be removed from CW when it is reasonably believed that the contraband
has been relinquished or it is determined the inmate is contraband free after having
undergone a body scan. Termination of an inmates placement on CW must be authorized
by the on duty watch commander.
B.
A JIMS Incident Report shall be written to include the date of CW termination and the
findings relative to the body scan and or contraband recovered.
J.8 CONTRABAND WATCH

#15//06
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
AUGUST 1, 2005
K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOOD SERVICE
K.1
Provision of Nutritionally Adequate Diet
K.3
Quarterly Menu Evaluations
K.4
Food Service Tool Security
K.5
Advanced Preparation of Menus and Meal Quality
K.7
Medically Prescribed Diets
K.8
Religious Diets
K.11
Compliance with Health Laws
K.15
Serving Times and Distribution of Meals
K.16
Staff Meal Service and Meal Count Records
K.19
Food Control
K.20
Inmate Worker Meal
K.21
Food Expenditure Cost
K.22
Provision of Extra Food for Inmates
K.23
Monthly Inspections, Food Service Area
K.24
Catering Request For Department Special Functions
K.25
Safety and Protection Standards
K.27
Special Disciplinary Isolation Diet
K.29
Dress and Grooming Requirements for Food Service Employees
K TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
K TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
K.1
PROVISION OF A NUTRITIONLLY ADEQUATE DIET
K.3, K.5 K.7, K.8 IN COMPLIANCE WITH: CAC TITLE, SEC.
15-1241
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for serving nutritionally adequate meals in all detention facilities.
POLICY
All inmates shall be provided a diet, which meets or exceeds Title 15 regulations.
PROCEDURES
I.
The Sheriffs Food Services Manager shall compile a cyclical master menu. Each item on the
menu is prepared from a written recipe kept on file in the Central Production Center at the East
Mesa Detention Complex.
II.
The Sheriffs Food Services Dietitian shall annually review the cycle menu with its recipes and
determine its adequacy in meeting the recommended dietary allowances for each nutrient.
A.
When deficiencies are found, the Dietitian shall meet with the Sheriffs Food Services
Manager to revise the master menu.
B.
Such revisions shall be included in the master menu and certified as meeting the
requirements.
III.
Medically prescribed diets are described on the Special Diet plans, (as are allowed substitutes)
on file in each detention facility kitchen. These diets shall be prescribed by a doctor and
reviewed every thirty (30) days. A copy of the prescribed diet plans shall be kept on file in the
Detention Facility Kitchen and with the Medical Services Division.
IV.
Requests for religious diets will be processed according to P&P Section K.8.
K.1 PROVISION OF A NUTRITIONALLY ADEQUATE DIET
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
K.3
QUARTERLY MENU EVALUATIONS
K.1, K.5, K.8
PURPOSE
To provide a method for reviewing menus to ensure adherence to nationally recommended daily
servings.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Food Services Manager shall conduct quarterly menu evaluations to verify adherence to
nationally recommended basic daily servings.
PROCEDURES
I.
Each Detention Facility Food Services Supervisor is responsible for retaining menus that reflect
meals served, including any and all substitutions.
II.
On a quarterly basis, all menus are to be evaluated by the Sheriffs Food Services Manager. Any
deviations from the master menu are to be verified by the Food Services Dietitian as adhering to
the nationally recommended basic daily servings.
K.3 QUARTERLY MENU EVALUATIONS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2005
K.4
FOOD SERVICE TOOL SECURITY
1.37
PURPOSE
To provide appropriate, secure storage and control of food service tools within all detention facilities.
POLICY
All food service tools shall be stored in locked cabinets in each detention kitchen. All food service tools
will be returned to the secured storage after each use and cleaning.
PROCEDURE
I.
All kitchens shall store food service tools including knives, utensils and flatware in locked
cabinets. These cabinets shall remain locked when not in use.
II.
Food Services staff shall be responsible for returning tools to the locked cabinet after each use
and cleaning. All food service tools shall be inventoried at periodical intervals during each work
shift. The inventory shall be recorded on the Security Tool Inventory Sheet in each kitchen to
ensure proper control and accountability.
III.
Food Services staff shall secure each knife placed in service with a tether and padlock the tether
to each workstation. Each knife shall be cleaned and returned to the locked storage cabinet when
not in use.
IV.
The facility watch commander shall be notified immediately of any missing kitchen tool or
inventory discrepancy.
V.
Food Service tools shall not be removed from the kitchen at any time.
VI.
Food Services personnel will only use department issued knives and culinary tools. Personal
Knives and culinary tools are prohibited in any detention facility.
K.4 FOOD SERVICE TOOL SECURITY
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 1, 2009
K.5
ADVANCED PREPARATION OF MENUS AND MEAL
QUALITY
K.1, K.3, K.7
PURPOSE
To identify and provide advanced preparation of menus and meal quality.
POLICY
Menus used by Food Services shall be planned, dated and available for review at least one (1) month in
advance. A file of tested standardized recipes, adjusted to a yield appropriate for the size of the facility,
shall be maintained on the premises of the Central Production Center at the East Mesa Detention
Complex.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
ADVANCED PREPARATION OF MENUS

A.
At least a four (4) week master menu cycle shall be developed by the Sheriffs Food
Services Manager. Menu selections shall be based on the Recommended Dietary
Allowances of the Food and Nutrition Board of the National Research Council and CAC
Title 15.
B.
Following the completion of the menu analysis by the Sheriffs Food Services Dietitian
and approved by the Sheriffs Food Service Manager, the menu shall be posted and
utilized by the Food Service Supervisor to prepare meals for a designated period of time.
Any substitutions made in preparation of meals shall be noted on the meal preparation
worksheet and menu and shall be of equal nutritional value.
C.
A file of tested and standardized recipes shall be maintained in the Central Production
Center at the East Mesa Detention Complex.
MEAL QUALITY
The Food Services Manager shall:

A.
Incorporate into the four (4) week cycle Master Menu dishes that are flavorful, palatable
and appealing in appearance.
B.
The Sheriffs Food Services Dietitian shall provide a complete menu analysis whenever
the menu is reviewed for nutritional certification.
C.
It is the responsibility of the Food Service Supervisor, or designee at each detention

facility to review the quality of each dish put on the serving line prior to the serving of
each meal and to remove any items that fail to meet flavor, palatability, or appearance, of
food service standards.
K.5 ADVANCED PREPARATION OF MENUS AND MEAL QUALITY
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
JANUARY 4, 2010
NUMBER:
K.7
SUBJECT:
MEDICALLY PRESCRIBED DIETS
RELATED SECTIONS:
K.1, M.2 Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of
1996 (HIPPA) (Public Law 104-191; CFR 160et seq. Confidentiality in Medical Information Act.
California Civil Code S56 et seq.)
PURPOSE
To provide medically prescribed diets.
POLICY
Medically prescribed diets for inmates shall be provided as prescribed by a physician's written orders.
PROCEDURE
I.
The medical diets shall be prescribed by a facility physician and authorized by the Medical
Services Division. The Sheriffs Food Services Dietician shall periodically review all prescribed
medical diet orders to ensure compliance with dietary requirements.
II.
Medically prescribed diets, and allowable substitutes, are described on the Medical Diet Menu
on file in each Detention Facility Kitchen.
III.
Food Services Staff shall retrieve and utilize the Diet List Report from JIMS daily, as needed.
IV.
Food Services Staff shall ensure the preparation of medical diets, for inmates with medical
needs, is in compliance with the written Medical Diet Menus.
V.
It is the responsibility of the Food Services Supervisor, or designee, at each facility to review the
medical diet trays for compliance with the medical diet menu prior to the delivery of each meal.
VI.
The Food Service Supervisor shall ensure that all medical diet tray labels if utilized shall be in
accordance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPPA)
(Public Law 104-191; 45 CFR 160 et seq.) Confidentiality in Medical Information Act California
Civil Code S 56 et seq.) to ensure patient privacy. The tray labels shall only contain the patients
name, housing unit and booking number.
VII.
Sworn staff shall verify each medically prescribed diet is present on the meal delivery cart before
leaving the kitchen. In facilities that do not have a sworn staff in the kitchen, the verification
rests on the housing deputy.
VIII.
Whenever medical meals are transported to a separate dining area, the meals shall be signed for
by the receiving agent to ensure the meals are given to the proper individual and treated as a
medical prescription.
IX.
Food Services will provide a form for each module containing medically prescribed diets. The
form shall be signed by the sworn staff member receiving the diets and returned to the kitchen at
the end of the meal for records retention.
K.7 MEDICALLY PRESCRIBED DIETS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 4, 2013
K.8
RELIGIOUS DIETS
PURPOSE
To provide a guideline and procedure for the Chaplain Coordinator in order to approve or deny an
inmate request for a religious diet while in custody.
POLICY
The religious diet arrangements are provided by the Sheriffs Department for inmates of the Jewish
faith, Muslim faith and/or any proclaimed faith that require special meals. Medical diets shall take
precedence over religious diets.
PROCEDURES
I.
RELIGIOUS DIET REQUESTS

After receiving an inmate request for a religious diet, the Correctional Counselor will forward
the inmates religious diet request to Food Services for confirmation that the inmate is not
currently on a medical diet. Food Services will forward their findings back to the Correctional
Counselor. If the inmate is on a medical diet, the request will be denied because medical diets
take precedence over religious diets. The Correctional Counselor will provide the inmate with a
copy of the religious diet request notating the request was denied based on the fact the inmate is
on a medical diet. The original religious diet request will be filed in the inmates custody record.
1.
The Correctional Counselor will then forward the inmates religious diet request to the
Chaplain Coordinator so that he/she can conduct his/her interview with the inmate.
2.
The Chaplain Coordinator will interview the inmate using the Religious Diet
Questionnaire, Section A (Form J-130).
3.
The Chaplain Coordinator will print the inmates last three commissary orders. The
Chaplain Coordinator will annotate whether the items purchased are consistent or
inconsistent with the professed religious dietary needs of the inmate. For example, for an
inmate claiming to be Jewish and requesting a Kosher diet, the Chaplain Coordinator's
notations should note as follows:
Reeses Peanut Butter Cup: Kosher

Cheddar Cheese Spread: Non-Kosher
Pork Skins, Cracklins: Non-Kosher
Cup O' Noodles with Shrimp: Non-Kosher
If the Chaplain Coordinator reviews the inmates commissary purchases and sees that the
inmate has purchased any products that are inconsistent with the professed religious
dietary needs, the Chaplain Coordinator will document their findings on form J-130.
K.8 RELIGIOUS DIET
Page 1 of 3
#13//07
4.
If the religious diet request is approved, the Chaplain Coordinator will meet with the
inmate and discuss their findings. The Chaplain Coordinator will review the Religious
Diet Program Agreement (J-130A) with the inmate and have them sign the form. If the
religious diet is denied, the inmate will receive a copy of the J-130 form indicating the
request was denied. The original religious diet request will be filed in the inmates
custody record.
5.
The Chaplain Coordinator will provide inmates who are approved to receive a religious
diet with the following: a copy of J-130A, a list of past commissary order(s), and a copy
of the current approved Jewish Kosher or Halal items available for purchase through the
commissary.
6.
Approved religious diet requests shall be routed to: Classification (DSB P&P R.3 Inmate
Classification Code Descriptor Definitions) and Food Services Administration.
The original copy of the J-130 and J-130A forms will be retained in the inmates custody
record. Inmates found in violation of the Religious Diet Program Agreement will be
subject to removal from receiving a religious diet meal. The specific reason for removal
from a religious diet will be documented in an Inmate Status Report (ISR) and linked to
the inmate in the Jail Information Management System (JIMS).
7.
II.
Upon receiving a copy of the J-130 or a notification from the Chaplain Coordinator, the
Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) will be responsible for adding the religious
diet code under "Special Conditions" section in the inmate's classification navigator in
JIMS.
WARNING OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH RELIGIOUS DIET PROGRAM AND

REMOVAL FROM THE PROGRAM
A.
As outlined in J-130A, inmates will receive one (1) written warning if they are in
violation of the Religious Diet Program Agreement. The Warning of Non-Compliance
with Religious Diet Program (Form J-130B) may be filled out by any staff member
(sworn or chaplain) and forwarded to the Chaplain Coordinator. The Chaplain
Coordinator will be responsible for reviewing the documented information regarding the
violation, researching if prior violations have been documented and interviewing the
inmate. The Chaplain Coordinator will document his/her findings and provide the inmate
with the written notice of the violation (copy of J-130B).
B.
Inmates found in violation of the Religious Diet Program a second time within (6)
months from the date of the first violation will be subject to removal from the religious
diet program. The Chaplain Coordinator will be responsible for completing the Notice of
Removal from Religious Diet Program (Form J-130C) and notifying JPMU of the
decision to remove the inmate from the religious diet program. The original J-130C will
be filed in the inmate's custody record file and copies will be forwarded as listed on the
distribution list on the form.
1.
JPMU will be responsible for removing the religious diet designator in JIMS
"Special Conditions". In addition, JPMU will add an entry into the inmate's
history documenting the specific reason for removal from a religious diet and the
chaplain's name that made the decision.
K.8 RELIGIOUS DIET
Page 2 of 3
#13//07
III.
ISLAMIC DIET REQUESTS

A.
Islamic inmates who wish to observe Ramadan must first sign an acknowledgement
(Form J-131) indicating that they are aware of the restrictions relative to the time of day
that their meals will be served. Copies of the acknowledgment shall be maintained in a
file clearly marked with the inmate's name and booking number. Counseling personnel
shall be notified of the inmate's intention to observe (or not observe) Ramadan.
B.
A request determined to be invalid shall also be routed to:

1.
2.
3.
4.
IV.
V.
Counseling (with documentation supporting the denial)

Classification (with documentation supporting the denial)
Food Services (with documentation supporting the denial)
A copy to the inmate (do not provide inmate with a copy of the Kosher Diet
Questionnaire).
C.
A request whose validity is not able to be determined through use of the Kosher Diet
Questionnaire shall be routed to one of the Detention Services Bureau Rabbis via the
Chaplain Coordinators Office, (619) 258-3202
D.
Their findings shall be in writing and shall be final.
RELIGIOUS DIET CONTENT

A.
The person responsible for determining the content and presentation of all religious diets
is the Sheriff's Food Service Manager (per C.C.R. Title 15).
B.
Kosher diets are purchased through a vendor, pre-packaged and prepared. All meals
conform to kosher standards for content, preparation and presentation.
C.
In the interest of efficiency, religious diets may not be available at every facility.
Approval of a religious diet request may require the inmate's reassignment to another
facility.
REMOVAL FROM RELIGIOUS DIET

A.
Inmates approved for religious diets shall remain on the requested diet until they request
removal or violate the requirements of the religious diet. A violation of the requirements
of the religious diet may be demonstrated by consumption of foods in conflict with their
religious beliefs. Violations may result in removal from the diet program.
K.8 RELIGIOUS DIET

#13//07
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 1, 2009
K.11
COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH LAWS
S.1, CAC TITLE 15 SEC. 1230, 1243, 1245
PURPOSE
To ensure high standards of facility cleanliness and personal hygiene are maintained in food services
operations.
POLICY
All Food Service personnel shall comply with all applicable, Federal, State and local health laws.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
EXAMINATIONS
A.
All Food Services Personnel shall have pre-employment medical examinations.
B.
All Food Service personnel shall obtain and maintain a valid Food Handler Card issued
by the County of San Diego Health Department or obtain and maintain a valid
SERVSAFE Food Safety Managers Certification issued by the National Restaurant
Association Education Foundation.
C.
Inmate Workers assigned to food handling will be medically screened by the detention
facility medical staff prior to assuming such duties. The screening shall include a history
of recent exposure to communicable disease, venereal disease, TB, Hepatitis, and skin
infections.
D.
Inmate Workers assigned to food handling shall also receive basic sanitation training
conducted by the Food Service Division to ensure compliance with all Health Laws.
E.
All Food Service personnel shall maintain a high standard of personal hygiene.
SANITATION
The following standards shall be maintained:

A.
Washing of hands before handling food;
B.
Wearing of hair restraints;
C.
Wearing of disposable gloves when touching food;
D.
Wearing of clean, white, washable garments (change daily);
E.
Handling of food, while possessing open cuts or sores is prohibited.
K.11 COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH LAWS
Page 1 of 2
F.
III.
IV.
Personnel having communicable diseases are prohibited from entering, or working in, the
kitchen.
FOOD SERVICE SUPERVISOR

A.
The Food Service Supervisor shall correct any health standard deficiencies.
B.
The Food Service Supervisor or designee, at each facility shall inspect all food service
personnel daily for cleanliness, illness or infection.
C.
The Sheriffs Food Services Manager or designee shall periodically conduct in-service
training sessions for kitchen staff and inmate workers in the areas of personal hygiene
and sanitation.
INSPECTIONS
A.
All Food Service areas in each facility shall be inspected monthly by the Assistant Chief
of Sheriffs Food Services and designated security personnel, (usually a Sergeant or
Lieutenant) to ensure compliance with health and security requirements.
B.
Food Service areas in each facility shall be inspected annually by the San Diego County
Health Department to ensure compliance with all health regulations.
K.11 COMPLIANCE WITH HEALTH LAWS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 1, 2010
K.15
SERVING TIMES AND DISTRIBUTION OF MEALS
K.27
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the timely serving of inmate meals.
POLICY
The Food Service Staff will serve meals three times in any 24-hour period with a maximum of 14 hours
between the evening meal and the breakfast meal. At least one of these meals shall include hot food.
The use of the special disciplinary isolation diet shall constitute an exception to the three-meal-a-day
standard.
PROCEDURE
I.
Food Service Staff will provide three nutritionally adequate meals to all inmates of the facilities
at the times designated.
II.
Each facility will establish meal schedules according to their physical plant requirements and
staffing.
III.
Each facility shall make one sample tray containing each menu item for that meal and retain the
sample tray under refrigeration for a period of 72 hours after that meal has been served. The
sample tray shall be discarded after the 72-hour period.
K.15 SERVING TIMES AND DISTRIBUTION OF MEALS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
K.16
STAFF MEAL SERVICE AND MEAL COUNT RECORDS
K.19, K.20
PURPOSE
To provide for accurate accounting of food requirements and expenditures, it is necessary to account for
all staff and guest meals.
POLICY
All staff and guest meals shall be provided and accounted for by Food Service staff and served in the
staff dining room according to procedures set forth in this section.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
The Sheriffs Food Services Manager shall prepare a staff menu generally paralleling the inmate
menu. The Sheriffs Food Services Dietitian shall analyze the menu for nutritional quality. A
well-balanced variety of daily menus shall be provided.
A.
No substitution of staff menus shall be made without the prior knowledge and approval of
the Sheriffs Food Services Manager.
B.
Each meal shall include a salad and fruit bar, bread or rolls, dessert, coffee, tea, milk and
fruit drink, which each person shall serve themselves.
Monthly Meal Count Sheet

A.
The monthly meal count sheet includes the number of breakfasts, lunches and dinners
served to inmates; total number of breakfasts, lunches and dinners served to staff/guests;
and total number of meals served.
B.
The Food Service Supervisor will maintain Monthly Meal Count Sheets at each
Detention Facility.
C.
Inmate meals served are to be actual counts of meals served to inmates via tray system or
bulk feeding.
Meals Served to staff and guests

A.
Consistent with the Memorandum of Agreement, all staff working an 8 or 8 hour shift
shall be entitled to one full meal during their work shift. Staff, who work a 12 hour
shift, though not addressed in the M.O.A., shall be provided two staff meals. For staff
working the night shift, the second meal shall be a cold lunch meal.
B.
Prior to obtaining any meal, staff and guests shall be required to sign the Meal Signature
Sheet. Counts of staff/guest meals served are taken directly from the Meal Signature
K.16 STAFF MEAL SERVICE AND MEAL COUNT RECORDS
Page 1 of 2
Sheet and/or the number of meals actually served to the staff. The daily log of staff/guest
meals shall be maintained by the Food Service Supervisor and shall be reported monthly
to the Sheriffs Food Services Manager.
IV.
1.
Guest meals must be pre-approved by the Watch Commander and such permission
must follow current County and Department regulations and guidelines.
2.
The guest or staff member meals shall be eaten in the staff dining room. No food
shall be taken from the dining room for consumption at duty stations or other areas
within the facility, without the express permission of the Watch Commander.
Permission shall be given in emergency situation only. In such cases the Watch
Commander shall notify the duty Food Services Supervisor.
At the completion of each staff meal, all food and beverages, except coffee, tea and fruit drinks,
shall be removed from the dining room.
K.16 STAFF MEAL SERVICE AND MEAL COUNT RECORDS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
K. 19
FOOD CONTROL
PURPOSE
To provide adequate food expenditure controls.
POLICY
Food Service Supervisors shall provide adequate controls on the foods in each facility and immediately
report any theft, diversions, or misappropriations.
PROCEDURES
I.
Written recipes, on file in the Central Production Center at East Mesa Detention Complex, shall
be followed.
II.
No waste products such as bones, scraps or non-usable leftovers shall be removed from the
facility except by contract waste disposal services or contract food scrap customers. The Food
Service Supervisor shall closely monitor trash and garbage removal and periodically examine
receptacles outside of the facility to guard against the smuggling of usable food items out of the
facility.
III.
Theft, diversion or misappropriation of foodstuffs or equipment by any employee, or inmate,

shall be immediately reported to the Facility Commander and to the Sheriffs Food Services
Manager.
IV.
Food Service Supervisors shall be continuously alert for problems that may result in loss, such as
over-stocked items, inadequate storage, outdated materials, insect infestations, or contaminated
materials in newly received shipments, etc. Whenever possible, obtain reimbursement from the
vendors involved. Specific instances of large loss shall be reported to the Sheriffs Food Services
Manager.
V.
All Food Service Supervisors shall actively discourage waste by exercising close supervision and
applying needed discipline. Specific instances of waste resulting in a large loss shall be
immediately reported to the Sheriffs Food Services Manager.
K.19 FOOD CONTROL
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 1, 2005
K.20
INMATE WORKER MEALS
PURPOSE
To authorize the use of extra portions of food for inmate workers.
POLICY
Inmate workers require extra calories in their diet. Therefore, inmate workers shall be provided with
extra entre pack of food at the evening meal only.
PROCEDURE
I.
Prior to the evening meal, the Housing Unit Deputy shall identify the number of Housing Unit
inmate workers, up to four per unit, who normally assist with housing unit work. This count shall
be telephoned to the kitchen one-half to one hour before the scheduled inmate serving time.
II.
The Food Service Supervisor/Senior Cook upon receiving the meal count shall direct and
supervise the portioning of inmate meals according to the count received. For each housing unit,
the designated number of inmate worker trays shall be prepared last, and shall include a double
portion of the entree. Inmate worker trays shall be placed on the cart last and shall be identified
as inmate worker trays. Upon arriving in the housing unit, all inmate worker trays shall remain
on the food carts until all inmates have been served. Inmate workers shall not remove any food
from other trays. Upon completion of the meal, excess perishable foods may be distributed for
consumption to the inmates in a manner determined by the Housing Unit Deputy.
III.
Inmate workers, who take their evening meals in the inmate worker housing unit, or other
designated area, shall also receive one tray of food consisting of one double portion of the entree.
Food not consumed at mealtime shall be returned to the kitchen. No food shall be stored in
housing units and no food shall be carried to the inmate workers' duty station.
IV.
At facilities that serve bulk food from a serving line, inmate workers shall be served in the
manner described in "II" above.
V.
It is intended that inmate workers shall receive extra food only at the evening meal. They are not
entitled to extra food at other meals or between meals.
VI.
Only kitchen inmate workers shall be fed in the kitchen. The Food Service Supervisor shall
determine these meals. This shall occur at all meals while the kitchen inmate workers are
working in the kitchen.
K.20 INMATE WORKER MEALS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
K.21
FOOD EXPENDITURE COST
K.19
PURPOSE
To provide a cost accounting system designed to determine the cost of food service.
POLICY
The Detention Food Services Division shall use a food expenditure cost-accounting system designed to
determine the cost of each meal.
PROCEDURE
I.
An inventory of all food items shall be conducted at the end of September, December, March and
June (quarterly).
II.
The inventory is received from the Central Production Center, the seven jail Food Services
facilities and the four Probation Department Food Services facilities and consolidated into one
master inventory.
III.
The Quarterly Summary Report is completed by the Senior Account Clerk utilizing
information from the Monthly Meal Reports, Inventory Forms and Reconciliation of Food
Purchases. From this report meals served, food cost and cost per meal is summarized for the
Sheriff and any contract departments.
IV.
The Quarterly Summary Report is approved by the Sheriffs Food Services Manager and is
distributed to the Detentions Bureau Analyst III. The report is kept for five years at East Mesa
Central Production Center.
K.21 FOOD EXPENDITURE COST
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 1, 2009
K.22
PROVISION OF EXTRA FOOD FOR INMATES
PURPOSE
To provide adequate food expenditure controls and account for extra food prepared for inmates outside
of regular meals.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Food Services Division shall provide all extra food and beverages to be consumed by
inmates, except items procured through the commissary stores or commercial vendor.
PROCEDURE
I.
INMATE FOOD DISTRIBUTION
Extra food outside of regular meals including, but not limited to, special events/occasions and
emergencies shall be provided by the Sheriffs Food Services Division or procured from a commercial
vendor with the Facility Commanders approval.
II.
INMATE FOOD REQUEST

A.
Staff shall request extra food for events/occasions at least 14 days prior to the upcoming
event or occasion. Examples of acceptable events include:
1. Graduation ceremonies
2. Award ceremonies
3. Holiday celebrations
B.
Requests shall be submitted to the facility Food Services Supervisors via the Facility
Commander or his/her designee for approval. The request shall include the type of event,
number of people expected to attend, desired items, date and time of event, and contact
person and phone number.
C.
Only food and beverages normally provided by the Sheriffs Food Services Division for
regular meal service may be requested.
D.
Each facility Food Services Supervisor shall complete a catering sheet, (Standard Food
Services Form # 13) and attach a copy of the authorized request, and submit it monthly to
the Accounting Technician at the East Mesa Central Production Center.
K.22 PROVISION OF EXTRA FOOD FOR INMATES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 1, 2009
K.23
MONTHLY INSPECTIONS, FOOD SERVICE AREAS
K.11
PURPOSE
To ensure proper storage of foods, and kitchen supplies.
POLICY
Each Detention Facility shall conduct monthly inspections of food service areas to ensure adequate
storage facilities for all food.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
STORAGE
A.
The Food Service Supervisor at each Facility will ensure proper storage of all foods and
ensure that proper temperatures are maintained. Thermometers will be placed in each
storage area checked daily and all temperature readings will be recorded by the Food
Service Supervisor or his/her designee.
B.
Canned goods and grain products will be stored in a cool, dry area free from
contamination. These goods will be stored on shelves, or pallets, at least six inches from
the floor.
C.
Highly perishable foods (i.e. meat, fresh fruits, vegetables, poultry and eggs) will be kept
under refrigeration at a temperature of 33-35 degrees.
D.
Milk will be kept under refrigeration at a temperature of 32-36 degrees.
E.
Frozen foods will be kept at a constant temperature of 0 degrees.
F.
Stock will be rotated regularly to prevent spoilage of canned and dry goods.
G.
All cleaning solutions and sprays will be appropriately labeled and kept in an area
separate from food storage areas. Material Data Safety Sheets for each item shall be kept
on file in each kitchen for reference.
H.
Any items that can be used to manufacture illegal products (i.e., yeast, vanilla, nutmeg
and mace will be locked in the supply storage area. The keys to this area will be issued to
the Food Service Supervisor and available to Senior Cooks and Cooks only. All food
storage areas will be locked when not in use.
INSPECTIONS
K.23 MONTHLY INSPECTIONS, FOOD SERVICE AREAS
Page 1 of 2
A.
The Assistant Chief, Sheriffs Food Services will conduct a monthly inspection of the
food service areas in each facility. All deficiencies within the area are to be noted and
corrected or repaired.
B.
Annual inspections are conducted by the San Diego County Health Department, with
noted violations corrected within 14 days.
C.
The Food Service Supervisor will ensure a high standard of cleanliness is maintained in
all food service areas by conducting daily inspections.
K.23 MONTHLY INSPECTIONS, FOOD SERVICE AREAS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
APRIL 1, 2009
K.24
CATERING REQUEST FOR DEPARTMENT SPECIAL
FUNCTIONS
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide adequate food expenditure controls and account for food prepared for department special
functions and catered events.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Food Services Division when requested can prepare and provide food and beverages for
Department sponsored events.
PROCEDURE
I.
PROVIDING FOOD FOR SHERIFFS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

A.
Each Unit Commander or designee will submit a signed request to the East Mesa Central
Production Center via FAX (619-661-2648) or email to the Sheriffs Food Service
Manager or the Assistant Chief, Sheriffs Food Services at the Central Production Center.
The Catering Request forms are located on the Shared V:/Drive.
B.
Requests should be received at least 14 working days prior to the desired pick up date
(excluding emergencies).
C.
The request will include:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
Event
Date and Time
Number of people to be served
Type of food requested
Contact persons name, phone number
Pick up date(s), time and place
Applicable POETA information for accountability and reimbursement.
The Central Production Center Manager will complete and fill each catering order when
approved, attach the request, and submit both documents monthly to the Accounting
Technician at the East Mesa Central Production Center.
K.24 CATERING REQUEST FOR DEPARTMENT SPECIAL FUNCTIONS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 1, 2009
K.25
SAFETY AND PROTECTION STANDARDS
K.11, CALIFORNIA RETAIL FOOD CODE
PURPOSE
To ensure safe working habits and safe operation of kitchen equipment are met.
POLICY
All Sheriffs Department Kitchens and equipment, shall meet established standards of safety and
protection as set by State, County and City codes.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Food Service Supervisor at each facility is responsible for establishing and conducting
viable training programs for all kitchen personnel to ensure their knowledge of safe working
habits and the safe operation of equipment. The Food Service Supervisor at each facility is also
responsible for proper and safe food handling and meal preparation.
II.
The Senior Cook or Cook at each facility is responsible for training and instructing all inmate
workers on his/her shift. This training is to include topics on food service sanitation, safe food
handling, safe working habits and methods for operating and cleaning all equipment.
K.25 SAFETY AND PROTECTION STANDARDS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 17, 2002

K.27
SPECIAL DISCIPLINARY ISOLATION DIET
K.15
PURPOSE
To meet legal, medical and department guidelines in the use of the disciplinary isolation diet.
POLICY
A special disciplinary isolation diet may be used as discipline for major violations of inmate rules and
regulations or law violations.
PROCEDURE
I.
A disciplinary diet may be served after medical staff confirms that the inmate is not currently
receiving a prescribed therapeutic diet, and with the written approval of the Facility Commander.
This diet may not be served for longer than 72 hours without the Facility Commanders and
Physicians review.
A.
Food Services will prepare and serve the special disciplinary diet upon receipt of a
completed and signed form J-6.
II.
A special disciplinary isolation diet, which is nutritionally balanced, may be served to an inmate.
Such a diet shall be served twice in each 24-hour period and shall consist of one-half loaf of the
meatloaf described in TITLE 15, GUIDELINES TO THE MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR
ADULT LOCAL DETENTION FACILITIES (or other equally nutritious diet). Also, two slices
of whole wheat bread and at least one quart of drinking water (if the cell does not have a water
supply). The use of this special diet shall constitute an exception to the three-meal-a-day
standard. (See K.15).
III.
When a Facility Commander wishes to provide an alternate disciplinary diet, a qualified

nutritionist shall evaluate such a diet. It may then be submitted to the Board of Corrections for
approval.
IV.
The Board of Corrections states food should not be withheld from an inmate, or used as a factor
in discipline, except in the most extraordinary circumstances. Title 15, section 1083 (g): The
disciplinary isolation diet in Section 1247 of these regulations shall only be utilized for major
violations of institutional rules.
V.
Staff members requesting that an inmate be placed on a disciplinary diet will prepare form J-6.
The J-6 will be routed with a Rule Violation Report as follows:
A.
Disciplinary Review Officer/Watch Commander
B.
Medical Staff (for confirmation that the inmate is not currently on a therapeutic diet)
K.27 SPECIAL DISCIPLINARY ISOLATION DIET
Page 1 of 2
C.
Facility Commander (for final approval)
VI.
Food Services will prepare and serve the Special Disciplinary Isolation Diet upon receipt of a
completed and signed form J-6 (copy).
VII.
Special diet ingredients and preparation instructions are contained in Section 1247 of the
California code of Regulations.
K.27 SPECIAL DISCIPLINARY ISOLATION DIET
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JULY 6, 2010
K.29
DRESS AND GROOMING REQUIREMENTS FOR FOOD SERVICE
EMPLOYEES
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for standardized dress and grooming requirements for the Sheriffs Food Service
Division.
POLICY
Contemporary standards of good taste, grooming and decorum are expected to prevail throughout the
Sheriffs Food Service Division.
PROCEDURE
I.
All food service personnel shall be physically clean, wear clean garments and shall adhere to
reasonable standards of personal hygiene.
II.
All senior cooks, cooks and food service workers working in areas where food is prepared,
cooked, baked, served, and/or where dishes and utensils are washed, are required to wear black
trousers and white short sleeved shirts with the Sheriffs Detention Patch centered and sewn over
the left breast pocket. All shirts and blouses shall remain tucked in while on duty. Additionally,
the (optional) approved black jacket may be worn while on duty. White aprons will be provided,
but are optional for wear. Any other safety related clothing required for specific operations will
be provided.
III.
Food service supervisors, senior cooks, cooks and food service workers shall wear the issued
black ball caps. Food service supervisors shall be required to wear casual business attire and the
issued white smock while on duty. Additionally, the (optional) approved black jacket may be
worn while on duty.
IV.
Food service personnel whose hair touches or extends below the collar shall confine their hair
with a hair net. This net shall be in addition to wearing the required ball cap.
Exception: Food service manager, assistant chiefs and clerical staff.
V.
Food service personnel may not wear beards of any kind. Neatly trimmed mustaches are
permitted provided they extend no further than the smile crease line, not more than one-quarter
inch below the corner of the mouth and not below the upper lip line.
VI.
All food service personnel shall be required to wear black leather safety shoes or hard toed shoes
with non-slip soles. Open-toed, open-heeled, or high-heeled shoes and non-safety sneakers are
not permitted.
Exception: Food service manager, assistant chiefs and clerical staff.
K.29 DRESS AND GROOMING REQUIRMENTS FOR FOOD SERVICE EMPLOYEES
Page 1 of 2
VII.
Food service personnel who work in areas where food is prepared, cooked, baked, served and
handled and/or where dishes or utensils are washed shall keep their fingernails clean, trimmed
and not polished. Personnel working in these areas shall not wear jewelry.
Exception: Wedding bands, post or stud earrings with safety clips that do not hang below the ear
lobe. Watches may only be worn by the food service manager, assistant chiefs, food service
supervisors, delivery vehicle drivers and clerical staff.
VIII.
Required uniforms items:

A. Black industrial trousers: straight leg, color black, 65% polyester/35% cotton twill with front
and back pockets along with reinforced stress points that stand up to frequent washing. (The
recommended brand names; Dickies, Red Kap or any other brand as long as they meet
specifications).
B. White short sleeve cook shirt with pocket: 65% polyester/35% cotton twill, lined collar, left
front pocket, square bottom, short sleeve optional button down or metal snaps with the
Sheriffs Detention Patch sewn on centered above the left breast pocket.
C. T-shirt white crewneck cotton polyester.
D. Socks, black or white cotton/polyester.
E. Plain black belt.
F. Black leather hard-toed, non-slip safety shoes. A safety shoe reimbursement is available per
MOA.
IX.
Issued uniform items:

A.
B.
C.
D.
X.
Detention Star Patches.

Black ball caps.
Smocks.
Apron.
Optional uniform items:

A. Approved black jacket.
B. Frock Liner Freezer jacket (optional): CPC will maintain 5 in house. Employees may
purchase their own approved frock liner.
K.29 DRESS AND GROOMING REQUIRMENTS FOR FOOD SERVICE EMPLOYEES
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MAY 1, 2003
L
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SANITATION AND HYGIENE

L.1
Laundry Schedule
L.2
Sanitation and Hygiene Inspections
L.3
Mattresses
L.4
Housekeeping Plan
L.5
Trash Removal
L.6
Hazardous Waste Business Plan
L.7
Razors
L.9
Haircuts / Hair Care
L.11 Personal Hygiene

L.13 Pest and Vermin Control
L.15
Control of Vermin on Inmates and in Inmate's Personal Clothing
L TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

L.1
LAUNDRY SCHEDULE
J.3, J.4, M.25, Q.57
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for laundry exchange, and define bedding and clothing allowed each inmate.
POLICY
Inmate bedding, linen and clothing shall be exchanged according to established facility schedules.
Each facility will develop laundry procedures and a facility green sheet for the exchange of laundry.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
LAUNDRY SCHEDULE
A.
Laundry hours may vary at each facility.
B.
Laundry pick-up/exchange may be made as needed.
STANDARD BEDDING
A.
The standard issue of bedding and linen shall include the below listed items. Exceptions may
be made if special circumstances exist.
1.
One mattress
2.
One sheet
3.
One towel
4.
One blanket
B.
Sheets and towels shall be exchanged once a week. A JIMS laundry exchange log
entry will be made to record each exchange. The type of exchange (e.g. "Linen") will
be noted in the "description" field of JIMS. In the event an item is missing from the
laundry exchange, the deputy of the affected area shall document which item was not
exchanged in the note section of the log.
C.
One blanket shall be issued to each inmate. A second blanket may be issued
beginning the week after Thanksgiving Day. Second blankets should be recovered the
week following Memorial Day. (Exceptions to issuing and/or recovering may be
made if special circumstances exist. Blankets shall be exchanged once a month,
according to established facility schedules. A JIMS laundry exchange log entry will
L.1 LAUNDRY SCHEDULE

#16//02
Page 1 of 3
be made to record the exchange. The type of exchange (e.g. "Blanket") will be noted
in the "description" field of JIMS.
III.
SECURITY BEDDING
A.
For safety and security purposes, cotton/wool blankets and sheets are prohibited from
administrative segregation, psychiatric security, and enhanced observation housing units
(refer to DSB P&P sections J.3, M.25, and J.4 respectively). Inmates housed in the affected
units will receive security blankets.
B.
Security blankets shall be exchanged once a month according to the below schedule (only
facilities with qualifying housing units are listed). All housing units within each facility that
utilize security blankets will conduct the exchange on the same day to facilitate timely
laundering.
C.
IV.
1.
George Bailey Detention Facility - First Monday of the month
2.
San Diego Central Jail - Second Tuesday of the month
3.
Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility Third Wednesday of the month
4.
Vista Detention Facility Fourth Thursday of the month
A JIMS laundry exchange log entry will be made to record each exchange. The type of
exchange (e.g. "security blankets") will be noted in the "description" field of JIMS.
CLOTHING EXCHANGE
Mainline inmates shall exchange clothes according to the following guidelines. (Exceptions
may be made if special circumstances exist.) A JIMS "laundry exchange" log entry will be
made to record each exchange. The type of exchange (e.g. Blues, "Whites") will be noted
in the "description" field of JIMS. In the event an item is missing from the laundry
exchange, the deputy of the affected area shall document which item was not exchanged in
the note section of the log.
A.
B.
The standard issue of clothing shall include:

1.
One pair of footwear
2.
Outer garments defined as "Blues" (one blue shirt and one pair of blue pants)
3.
Under garments defined as "Whites" as noted below:

a.
For males One each, underwear, socks and white T-shirt
b.
For females One bra, one pair of socks and two pairs of panties
Outer garments for mainline inmates shall be exchanged once a week.

#16//02
Page 2 of 3
V.
C.
Socks, towels, undergarments, and T-shirts shall be exchanged twice a week. Inmate
workers may exchange these items on a daily basis.
D.
Inmates may be permitted to wear other than standard issued clothing at the request of
a physician.
E.
The notes section of the log shall record the inmate(s) receiving the exchange if
specific inmates are receiving the exchange rather than an entire module.
REPAIR OF TORN CLOTHING

Clothing that may be salvaged by sewing or patching, shall be delivered to the seamstress at
the Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility for repair.

#16//02
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
JANUARY 3, 2011
L.2
SANITATION AND HYGIENE INSPECTIONS
I.21, L.4
PURPOSE
To establish a policy that will ensure regularly scheduled inspections to ensure the facility will be kept clean
and sanitary.
POLICY
Each facility will schedule, on a regular basis, inspections for cleanliness and sanitation with a report submitted
by the inspector to the facility commander.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Each facility will have a weekly cleanliness and sanitation inspection conducted by a designated staff
member. This staff member will inspect, have deficiencies corrected and report to the facility
commander.
A.
Each facility will have a plan outlined in a policy green sheet as to how this inspection will be
conducted.
B.
The plan should include incentives and sanctions based on a rating system outlined in the
facility green sheet.
C.
Hygiene inspection results will be logged into JIMS utilizing the Area Activity Inspection with
the outcome documented in the description or notes field of the activity.
D.
The results of the inspection sheet will be utilized to administer sanctions.
E.
Hard copies of completed weekly inspections will be kept on file for a period of six months.
Per Section 101045 of the Health and Safety Code each facility will have an annual health and
sanitation inspection done by the County Health Inspector. The purpose of this annual inspection is to
verify that each facility is clean and sanitary on a continuing basis.
L.2 SANITATION AND HYGIENE INSPECTIONS

#11/01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
MARCH 2, 2009
L.3
MATTRESSES
CCR TITLE 15, SEC. 1272
PURPOSE
To standardize the use, repair, and accountability of mattresses.
POLICY
One mattress per inmate will remain in the cell, or housing unit, at all times. Each facility may establish
exceptions for security or health reasons.
PROCEDURES
I.
Housing deputies are responsible for keeping surplus mattresses from accumulating in the cells or
housing unit. Deputies will remove and replace damaged mattresses and advise the Facility Stock Clerk,
who will be responsible for ensuring that all damaged mattresses are taken to East Mesa Warehouse for
replacement. Unwarranted damage to mattresses by inmates may result in disciplinary action.
II.
All mattresses shall be cleaned with chemical quaternary disinfectants that are health care facility
approved before being placed back into use by inmates. If a mattress is contaminated and cannot be
thoroughly cleaned and disinfected, it will be bagged in biohazard waste bags and discarded with other
biohazard waste.
L.3 MATTRESSES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
MAY 28, 2015

L.4
HOUSEKEEPING PLAN
L.2
CCR TITLE 15 SEC. 1280
PURPOSE
To establish a policy that will ensure that a written housekeeping plan exists for each facility.
POLICY
Each facility will establish a written housekeeping plan for all areas of the physical plant of each facility.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each facility will have a plan, written on a policy green sheet, explaining how the daily cleaning and
housekeeping activities will be organized and completed on a regular basis.
II.
At minimum, Medical Isolation cells shall be cleaned and disinfected using facility approved
disinfectants or bleach solution after every use and every 24 hours when occupied.
III.
The housekeeping plan will include, but not be limited to: areas to be cleaned; who does the
cleaning; who supervises the cleaners; how supplies and materials are ordered and distributed; what
training is needed in the areas of safety, efficiency and cost effectiveness; and who does the post
cleaning inspection.
L.4 HOUSEKEEPING PLAN

#15/05
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
JANUARY 3, 2011
L.5
TRASH REMOVAL
PURPOSE
To standardize the collection, removal and disposal of trash from detention facilities.
POLICY
Inmate Workers will be used to pick up and transport trash to the collection area for disposal. A deputy will
supervise the collection and removal of "security trash."
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
TRASH COLLECTION
A.
Trash will be picked up and removed from the facility at designated times. Trash will be bagged
in plastic bags and sealed. Bulky items such as boxes and carts should be bound in some manner
to facilitate handling by inmate workers.
B.
Trash is classified as either regular trash or security trash. Security trash consists of
anything which might be used as a weapon (or in the manufacture of weapons), trash from the
Medical area, trash from Administrative Offices which includes confidential paperwork, and any
other trash a staff member deems inappropriate for an inmate worker to have access to. All other
trash is classified as regular trash. Each facility may establish exceptions for related security
reasons.
C.
Regular trash will be removed from the housing areas, Medical area, and offices at least twice a
day. Kitchen trash will be placed on the kitchen dock or other designated area to facilitate
storage and regular pick-ups for disposal.
D.
Security trash will be bagged separately from regular trash and kept separate. Security trash will
be picked up at least once a day by a deputy. No inmate worker shall handle Security trash unless
under the direct supervision of a deputy.
E.
Liquid wastes will be collected and stored at appropriate locations at each facility. The facility
commander will ensure the liquid wastes are disposed of according to local, state, and federal
laws and regulations.
TRASH RUNS
A.
Trash runs will be made in accordance with existing security procedures. Trash will be picked up
by inmate workers classified to go outside of the facilities under the supervision of a deputy.
L.5 TRASH REMOVAL

#11/01
Page 1 of 2
Regular trash will be combined with kitchen trash for disposal. Prior to removing kitchen trash,
verify that the kitchen utensil inventory is complete. The actual time of trash pickup will be
coordinated by the deputy or assigned employee supervising the Inmate Workers.
B.
A deputy will pick up "security trash" at least once each day. Security trash shall accumulate in
areas not readily accessible to inmate workers.
C.
The deputy or deputies conducting the trash pickup will be responsible for the security trash until
it is placed outside the facility and in a dumpster.
D.
The deputy conducting the trash run will coordinate his/her efforts with the Control Deputy to
ensure necessary dock and exit routes are closed and locked while inmate workers are in trash
disposal areas. The deputy will verify that no inmates are in or among the trash bags prior to
exiting the facility. Trash compactors will also be checked for contraband. In the event facility
security is lessened, an armed deputy will assist the trash run deputy to decrease escape attempts.
Upon the disposal of all trash, workers may be searched.
L.5 TRASH REMOVAL

#11/01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 1, 2005
L.6
HAZARDOUS WASTE BUSINESS PLAN
I.23, L.4
PURPOSE
To establish a policy that will ensure all hazardous materials are maintained, used, stored and disposed of in a
manner which is safe and according to law.
POLICY
Each facility shall establish a green sheet policy that will provide guidelines for the maintenance, use, storage,
disposal and training which is documented to show that all persons, both staff and inmates know how to use
hazardous materials in a safe and appropriate manner. This policy shall be known as the hazardous waste
business plan. Hazardous Materials may include, but are not limited to all forms of paints, solvents, cleaning
compounds, adhesives and acids.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each facility shall designate a staff member to be the Hazardous Material Coordinator. It is the duty of
this coordinator to develop and maintain training, application and records regarding the use and disposal
of hazardous materials.
II.
Each facility shall have a hazardous waste business plan explained on a policy green sheet as to how this
program will be conducted.
III.
The Facility Commander or designee shall cause an annual audit to be conducted on the use and
application of hazardous materials including a review of training and records. The inspection is to verify
that each facility is in compliance with the policy.
L.6 HAZARDOUS WASTE BUSINESS PLAN
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
L.7
RAZORS
CCR TITLE 15 SEC. 1267
PURPOSE
To provide disposable razors to those inmates who wish to use them.
POLICY
Any inmate will have access to a razor on a daily basis except for health and/or safety reasons.
PROCEDURE
I.
Prior to razor distribution, deputies shall review the JIMS Web report, "Active Inmates with
Selected Hazards: Razor Restriction." Any inmate represented on the report will not be offered a
razor. Inmates restricted from razor usage may be offered an electric razor when safety and
security concerns permit. Once reviewed, deputies shall make an entry in the JIMS Area
Activity Log using the Event Type Razor Restriction List Reviewed.
II.
Inmates will be provided new razors via request to the housing deputy, per facility green sheets.
A JIMS log entry will be made using the Area Activity drop-down menu to document the
quantity of Razors Distributed and Razors Collected. The inmate will dispose of used razors by
discarding them into the provided containers after a deputy has inspected it to ensure the razor
blade is present. The entire container, when full, will be disposed of per facility procedures.
III.
Each facility may designate certain housing areas that have controlled razor access. Examples
are: Psychiatric security units, safety cells, medical ward, disciplinary lockdown, etc.
IV.
An inmate may possess only one razor at a time. Any inmate found in possession of more than
one razor, an altered razor or a weapon containing a razor blade may be disciplined for a major
violation. This may include loss of 4019 P.C. credits, if sentenced.
Additionally, the inmate may be charged with 4502 P.C. for the possession, manufacture, or
attempted manufacture of a weapon.
V.
The Facility Commander or his designee may suspend this requirement if the inmate is
considered to be a danger to themselves or others.
VI.
If a razor is lost or not returned, a supervisor shall be notified. Every effort shall be made to
locate the razor, including housing unit and cell searches. An incident report shall also be
prepared and posted to alert staff of the potential weapon.
L.7 RAZORS
#13//09
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
DECEMBER 11, 2014
NUMBER:
L.9
SUBJECT:
HAIRCUTS/HAIR CARE
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH: CCR TITLE 15 SEC. 1267
PURPOSE
To provide a system by which inmates incarcerated in San Diego County detention facilities are able to
obtain haircuts.
POLICY
Inmates shall have access to a barber while incarcerated. The barber and equipment will be available on a
regularly scheduled basis.
PROCEDURE
I.
A designated inmate barber, if available, shall perform inmate haircuts. The barber will cut hair in
accordance with a schedule posted in each housing module. Only inmates who sign up for haircuts
will be permitted to receive haircuts. Exceptions would include court orders, medical requirements,
and special permission granted by the Watch Commander.
II.
A JIMS log entry will be made to record the event.
III.
A deputy shall inventory and inspect the barber tools prior to the barber taking possession of the
equipment. Particular attention should be given to the equipment, upon its return, for damaged or
missing parts.
IV.
Equipment shall be disinfected, after each use, by a method approved by the State Board of Barbering
and Cosmetology to meet the requirements of Title 16, Division 9, Sections 979 and 980, California
Code of Regulations.
V.
Inmates who apply to become inmate workers may be rejected if they are not willing to keep their
hair neatly cut. Likewise, an inmate worker may be removed from a particular job or status, if
he/she fails to meet grooming standards. The Inmate Worker Deputy shall make the final
determination for inmate grooming standards.
L.9 HAIRCUTS/HAIR CARE

of 1
#14//14
Page 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
DECEMBER 3, 2012
L.11
PERSONAL HYGIENE
TITLE 15, SEC (s). 1265, 1266, DSB P&P P.3
PURPOSE
To ensure hygiene items and facilities necessary to the maintenance of personal hygiene are available to all
inmates.
POLICY
Any inmate to be held longer than twenty-four (24) hours shall be supplied with those items necessary for the
maintenance of adequate personal hygiene. Indigent inmates will be issued a welfare pack. Any inmate, who
has less than two dollars ($2.00) on their account and has not had two dollars ($2.00) during the previous week,
is considered indigent. Non-indigent inmates may purchase needed items from Commissary. Upon assignment
to a housing unit an inmate will be allowed a shower and additional showers at least every 48 hours thereafter.
PROCEDURE
I. Hygiene Kit
A. Each inmate who is to be held beyond twenty-four (24) hours will be issued a hygiene kit at the time of
transfer to a housing unit. These hygiene kits will include a comb, toothbrush, toothpaste, shampoo and
2 bars of soap. Female inmates will be provided with sanitary napkins.
B. Hygiene kit items are paid for out of the departmental budget, not from Inmate Welfare funds. They are
inventoried and maintained as part of the Sheriffs Commissary inventory.
II. WELFARE PACKS
A. Welfare packs will be supplied to indigent inmates as defined above. Inmate welfare packs will be
delivered on Commissary day.
B. On the scheduled Commissary delivery day, Commissary staff will run the Inmate Welfare Pack
report on JIMS. Commissary staff will determine the indigent inmates by module. The exact amount of
welfare packs needed, per module, will be delivered during normal Commissary delivery times. The list
of names of inmates to receive the welfare packs will be attached to the outside of the bag. Deputies are
responsible for distributing the welfare packs to inmates identified on the list.
C. A Welfare Pack consists of the following:
Two (2) stamped envelopes
One (1) deodorant
One (1) pocket comb
L.11 PERSONAL HYGIENE

#12//07
Page 1 of 2
One (1) tube of toothpaste

One (1) toothbrush
One (1) bar of soap
One (1) soft pencil
One (1) shampoo
The cost of welfare packs is paid for out of Inmate Welfare funds. Indigent inmates may request a postcard
through counseling staff. Counseling staff will provide a postcard to requesting inmates who meet
eligibility requirements.
L.11 PERSONAL HYGIENE

#12//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2007
L.13
PEST AND VERMIN CONTROL
PURPOSE
To ensure each facility is free from unwanted pests and vermin.
POLICY
Each facility will have a written plan for the control of vermin and pests.
PROCEDURE
I.
This plan will include monthly inspections by staff appropriately trained to perform this function
(Integrated Pest Management Coordinators). Any identified conditions including the presence of insects,
rodents, or vermin should be eradicated under the direction of technicians from the Department of
Agriculture and Pest Management Office.
II.
For building exterior rat control, contact the County Integrated Pest Management Office.
L.13 PEST AND VERMIN CONTROL
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MAY 8, 2013
L.15
CONTROL OF VERMIN ON INMATES AND IN
INMATES PERSONAL CLOTHING
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
TITLE 15, SEC. 1264
PURPOSE
To ensure that all inmates and inmate personal clothing is free from pediculosis (lice) or scabies.
POLICY
Any inmate who is infested with pediculosis (lice) or scabies shall be given the opportunity to bathe and clean
him or herself. The inmate shall be referred to medical staff for proper treatment. The inmates personal
clothing will be placed in a plastic bag and sealed for 14 days or washed in HOT water and dried in a HOT
dryer.
PROCEDURE
I. INMATE INFESTED WITH PEDICULOSIS (LICE) OR SCABIES
When any deputy suspects that an inmate is vermin infested, the deputy will notify the medical staff.
The medical staff will determine the nature of the vermin and direct the staff to begin proper treatment
of clothing and bedding.
II. ISOLATION OF INMATE PERSONAL CLOTHING
A. When any deputy suspects that an inmates personal clothing is vermin infested, the clothing will be
isolated.
B. The deputy will ask the inmate for permission to have the clothing laundered. After permission is
obtained, the deputy will place the clothing in a clear plastic bag, seal the bag, and mark the inmates
name, number, nature of the infestation and any other necessary information. A second clear plastic
bag will enclose the first bag.
C. If the inmate gives permission to have the clothes washed, then the deputy will send the clothing to
the laundry supervisor or designee with a request to wash the clothing. After washing, the clothes
will be returned to the inmate or placed in the property storage area.
D. If the inmate denies permission to have the clothes washed, then the deputy will send the clothes to
the clothing storage area.
1. The clothes bag will be conspicuously dated and marked. The clothes are to remain sealed in
the plastic bag.
L.15 CONTROL OF VERMIN ON INMATES AND IN INMATES PERSONAL CLOTHING
#13//03
Page 1 of 2
2. Upon release, the inmate will be given the sealed bag of vermin infested clothing.
3. Inmates will be dressed in their personal clothing worn when booked into the jail or clothing
provided by Inmate Welfare..
III. CLEANING OF VERMIN INFESTED PERSONAL CLOTHING
A. The laundry supervisor or designee is responsible to supervise the laundering of the clothing.
Consideration will be given to, but not limited to, nature of infestation, clothing material, and
available resources such as hot water, laundry soap and a washing machine with a small load
capacity.
1. Launder clothing in hot water (131 F) for 20 minutes to destroy nits and lice.
2. Infested clothing should be laundered by themselves.
B. If in the opinion of the laundry supervisor or designee the personal clothing cannot be successfully
laundered, then the laundry supervisor will have the clothing resealed and returned to the property
storage area.
C. If the clothing is laundered, then the laundry supervisor will have the clothing returned to the
property storage area or to the inmate, whichever is appropriate.
L.15 CONTROL OF VERMIN ON INMATES AND IN INMATES PERSONAL CLOTHING

#13//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 10, 2012

M
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MEDICAL AND HEALTH CARE SERVICES

M.1
Medical Services Defined
M.2
Requests For Medical Information
M.3
First Aid Kits
M.5
Medical Emergencies
M.6
Life Threatening Emergencies - Code Blue
M.7
Inmate Death
M.9
Intake Medical Screening
M.11 Private Physicians

M.13 Medical Staff
M.15 Sick Call
M.17 Dental Call
M.18 Medication Pass Security
M.19 Emergency Medication Administration
M.20 Sale of Over-The Counter Medications
M.21 Medical Wristbands
M.23 Clinics: Scheduled Off-site Services
M.25 Psychiatric Security Unit
M.29 Hunger Strikes
M.33 Use of Inmates for Medical Experiments
M.35 Medical Security
M.36 Standard (Blood and Body Fluid) Precautions
M.37 Communicable Disease Control
M TABLE OF CONTENTS
#12//01
Page 1 of 2
M.38 Inmate Pregnancy

M.39 Disabled Inmates
M.41 Infection Control, Medical Waste
M.42 HIV Testing: Pre-Counseling
M.44 Court Notifications and Letters
M.45 Transportation of Medications
M TABLE OF CONTENTS
#12//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 27, 2014

M.1
MEDICAL SERVICES DEFINED
ENTIRE M SECTION, Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003
POLICY
Any inmate complaining of illness or injury will be provided with reasonably prompt access to medical
services. The basic consideration is that there be a medical program so organized, staffed and
administered as to insure that medical care will be available with reasonable promptness to any inmate
who requires it.
PROCEDURE
I.
MINIMAL CARE
Constitutional terms require that any inmate complaining of illness or injury be provided with
reasonably prompt access to examination by a doctor of medicine, unless such medical attention
has been found to be unreasonable or unnecessary by adequately trained medical personnel
acting under precise orders and guidelines from a doctor of medicine.
II.
MEDICAL CARE
A.
Medical care is defined as: medical, psychiatric and/or dental.
B.
It is essential that medical care be available at all times either by:

1.
The on-duty nursing staff;
2.
A physician or psychiatrist physically present at the jail;
3.
A physician or psychiatrist on call and available within a reasonable time; or
4.
By transportation to the nearest hospital providing emergency room service.
C.
It is required that victims of sexual assault receive access to emergency medical and crisis
intervention services as defined and mandated by the Prison Rape Elimination Act of
2003.
D.
It is required that victims of sexual assault receive access to ongoing medical and mental
health care and that abusers receive access to care as well.
E.
Compliance to Medical Orders

It is essential that there is careful compliance with the orders of doctors for patient care,
medication, diet, hospitalization and/or the return of the inmate for further treatment.
Final decisions rest with the detention facility physician.
M.1 MEDICAL SERVICES DEFINED

#14//01
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.2
REQUESTS FOR MEDICAL INFORMATION
M.7, MSD .H.1, MSD.H.2 MSD.H.3, & MSD.P.18
PURPOSE
To provide direction to bureau personnel when responding to a request for medical information for
inmates in the custody of the Sheriff.
POLICY
The Health Insurance Portability and Accounting Act of 1996 (HIPAA) outlines many detailed
requirements protecting the confidentiality of health information and provides individuals significant
rights with respect to this information. Compliance with this regulation is addressed in a series of
Medical Services Division (MSD) policies and procedures, MSD.H.1 through MSD.H.10. The CA Civil
Code Sections 56.53, Medical Information Act as well as the CA Privacy Act also protect individuals
right to privacy.
Bureau personnel shall not release health information to any individual or organization. All requests for
health information must be directed to the chief of medical records for release and accountability in
accordance with federal and state laws.
This section is not intended to apply to subpoenas seeking medical records.
PROCEDURE
I.
REQUESTS FOR MEDICAL INFORMATION

All requests for medical information shall be forwarded to the medical records unit at each
facility for the appropriate release of information.
II.
IDENTIFYING WHAT IS MEDICAL INFORMATION

The term medical information is not capable of a precise definition. Generally, the term
medical information refers to information concerning an inmate-patients (I/P) internal or
external body conditions that would be known only to the I/P, or to a medical professional
treating that I/P. If there is a question as to whether certain information constitutes medical
information, bureau personnel should err on the side of nondisclosure, and forward the request
to the medical records unit.
A.
The following examples are intended to provide an illustration as to what may constitute
medical information that is subject to stringent state and federal statutes concerning
medical privacy. These examples are not an exhaustive list of all information that could
possibly be construed as medical information. Rather, they are intended to provide
guidance as to the type of information that should not be disclosed.
M.2 REQUESTS FOR MEDICAL INFORMATION

#16//02
Page 1 of 3
1.
2.
3.
4.
The presence or absence of a disease. Examples:

a.
An I/P is HIV+
b.
Any psychiatric information
c.
Alcohol or drug usage
Bodily characteristics that are not discerned from ordinary observation. Examples:
a.
An I/Ps blood type
b.
An I/Ps DNA
The occurrence of a traumatic event. Examples:

a.
An I/P suffered a heart attack
b.
An I/P suffered a stroke
c.
An I/P suffered a broken bone
Details of any treatment, procedures, or tests, by a medical, dental, or mental

health provider, including the prescription of any medication. Examples:
a.
An I/P is being tested for HIV+
b.
An I/P is being evaluated for a mental disorder
c.
d.
5.
An I/P has been prescribed any psychiatric medication(s)

An I/P has been treated for alcohol or drug abuse
Pregnancy
A female I/Ps pregnancy may be obvious at some point during her pregnancy.
Nonetheless, bureau personnel may not disclose, confirm, or deny the fact of any
pregnancy, even when it may be obvious to a casual observer.
B.
The following examples are intended to provide an illustration of information that would
not constitute "medical information", even though they may be indicative of a medical
problem.
1.
An observed action or perception that was observed not in the course of providing
medical treatment. Examples:
a.
An I/P is bleeding
b.
An I/P is walking with a limp

#16//02
Page 2 of 3
2.
C.
c.
An I/P appears groggy
d.
An I/P has thrown up
e.
An I/P has bruises on his rib cage
An observed trauma to a person. Examples:

a.
An I/P was shot
b.
An I/P was beaten
c.
An I/P collapsed
d.
An I/P burnt himself
Bureau personnel should take care to understand the distinction between disclosing an
observable trauma (which is permissible) and disclosing the effect of that observable
trauma (which is not permissible). The distinction can be illustrated with the following
examples:
1.
An I/P was beaten in an altercation is not medical information. That an I/P

suffered a broken jaw and internal bleeding is medical information.
2.
An I/P collapsed is not medical information. That the I/P collapsed because he
suffered a stroke is medical information.
3.
An I/P was shot in the leg is not medical information. That as a result, the I/Ps
tendon was ruptured is medical information.
4.
An I/P fell out of his bed is not medical information. That the I/P broke his arm
falling out of bed is medical information.

#16//02
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 5, 2014
M.3
FIRST AID KITS
CCR Title 15, Sec. 1220, SDSD P&P 10.2, MSD F.2, PC 13518,
DSB H.7
PURPOSE
To establish minimum standards for the contents and inspection of first aid kits in detention facilities.
POLICY
First aid kits will be available in designated areas of each detention facility. They are intended to be
used in the absence of trained medical staff. All personnel covered by Penal Code Section 13518 must
maintain current First Aid training.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each facility commander shall ensure first aid kits are stored in areas that make them
immediately available for staff to respond to inmates in their housing units and, when applicable,
work sites. Each facility commander is responsible for ensuring the contents within the first aid
kits are in accordance to the supply list attached to the outside of the kits. These supply lists are
reviewed and approved annually by the Medical Director, Medical Services Division.
II.
First aid kits will be inspected monthly in conjunction with the monthly fire inspection (DSB
Policy H.7) and contents replaced annually. The inspection should minimally include
verification of the proper location of the kit and restocking as necessary and after each use.
III.
First Aid Kit contents as recommended by the Medical Director, Medical Services Division:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
25 adhesive bandages (plastic)

7 alcohol pads
5 antiseptic towelettes
2 finger tip bandages
2 knuckle bandages
8 non-adherent pads 2X3
1 scissors
1 tape
1 triangular bandage
3 pair of latex gloves
8 sterile, wrapped 4X4 pads
1 Epi-pen
M.3 FIRST AID KITS

#14//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.5
MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
3.16, I.45, M.6, MSD M.1
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for response to medical emergencies.
POLICY
All facility staff shall be responsible for taking appropriate action in recognizing, reporting or
responding to an inmates emergency medical needs. In any situation requiring medical response,
emergency medical care shall be provided with efficiency and speed without compromising security.
If the inmates condition is believed not to be life threatening, sworn staff shall immediately notify the
available on duty medical staff to evaluate the inmates medical emergency and provide basic life
support C (BLS C) and first aid care.
Inmates identified as being a victim of sexual assault while incarcerated will receive timely access to
emergency medical and crisis intervention services at no cost to the inmate/patient.
PROCEDURE
I.
Personnel responding to a medical emergency:

A.
If the inmate is in a housing unit, proper security measures shall be taken prior to entry by
the medical staff and/or responding deputies, i.e. locking down inmates, sufficient
number of security staff standing by, etc.
B.
When the severity of the medical emergency requires it, and as soon as it is safe to do so
(unless death is obvious, such as decapitation, obvious rigor mortis, etc.), deputies acting
as first responders, will provide basic life support and first aid. Upon arrival, facility
medical staff will assess the severity of the patients injury/distress, provide first aid, and
may assist or take over CPR responsibilities as directed and/or needed.
C.
When possible, the deputy shall give the inmates name, booking number and observable
symptoms when notifying medical staff of a medical emergency.
D.
After responding to the scene of a medical emergency, the medical staff may request the
inmate be transported to the dispensary if it would not breach security. Another deputy
may provide security during the transport if it is deemed necessary.
E.
Inmates with minor injuries, who require medical intervention at an outside facility, may
be transported via department vehicle if the inmate does not need medical observation
enroute. This may include:
M.5 MEDICAL EMERGENCIES

#16//02
Page 1 of 4
II.
1.
Sprains and strains.
2.
Inmates in need of suturing when there is not a physician immediately available in

the facility.
3.
San Diego County Psychiatric Hospital (SDCPH) Emergency Psychiatric Unit

(EPU) referrals.
F.
The emergency transport team shall transport the inmate to a county contracted hospital
whenever possible. An inmate who is unstable or critically ill shall be transported to the
closest hospital.
G.
Sworn staff may also transport an inmate to a detention facility where 24-hour nursing
care is available, after consulting with that facilitys medical personnel and obtaining the
appropriate authorization.
Transportation
A.
Any sworn staff, medical doctor, registered nurse, or licensed vocational nurse shall have
the authority to call 911 or other medical transportation for any medical condition they
deem necessary.
B.
Medical staff shall complete the required documentation for medical transportation of
inmates to the emergency department (ED), EPU or medical sick call in another facility.
C.
A deputy shall accompany the inmate to the appropriate hospital emergency room by:
1.
Using a facility assigned vehicle to transport the inmate.
2.
Riding inside the emergency medical transportation.
3.
Following the emergency vehicle in a facility assigned vehicle.
D.
If the inmate is to be admitted to the hospital, the deputy shall notify the watch
commander, who shall in turn notify the medical staff (refer to DSB P&P section I.45 for
inmate hospitalization procedures). In the event the inmate is admitted to a noncontracted hospital, medical services will arrange transportation to the contracted hospital
when the inmates condition is rendered stable by the treating physician.
E.
If the inmate is admitted, medical staff shall notify the medical administration and the
medical services supervising case manager.
F.
At booking facilities, when the inmate has not returned to the facility by the end of the
shift, the charge nurse shall contact the hospital to determine if the inmate was or shall be
admitted and relay information to the appropriate medical staff.
G.
When an inmate is admitted to a hospital for treatment of a serious illness or injury, the
watch commander shall:

#16//02
Page 2 of 4
1.
Obtain the name, relation, address and phone number of the emergency contact
person from the detention facility booking and property record.
2.
Determine, if possible, whether or not the inmate wishes the emergency contact
person be notified of his/her illness or injury.
3.
If desired by the inmate, notify the emergency contact person of the inmates
illness or injury.
4.
In situations where the wishes of the inmate cannot be determined due to the
severity of the illness or injury, contact shall be made.
5.
If the inmate's death is imminent or likely, the watch commander or his/her

designee shall notify the Communication Center (CC) watch commander and request
that the CC notify the on-call homicide team supervisor to contact the facility.
The homicide team supervisor will be given a brief on the incident and extent of
injuries to the inmate. The homicide supervisor will determine if a response is
warranted or waive at that time.
III.
H.
All inmates transported for medical evaluation to an emergency department must stay
until a medical decision is made regarding their care and treatment, unless they refuse
treatment. In these instances, the hospital will require the inmate to sign forms noting
that they are refusing treatment and leaving against medical advice (AMA).
I.
If the inmate is returned from the ED to the facility, a copy of the Medical Care
Request (J-232 form) indicating treatment provided and treatment recommendations shall
accompany the inmate.
J.
The transporting deputy shall notify the intake/screening nurse or charge/desk nurse
when the inmate has returned to the facility. The nurse shall do an assessment and
determine the appropriate medical classification for the inmate. If there is a physician in
the facility, he/she shall be notified.
Personnel responding to an employee or visitor medical emergency:

A.
Upon notification, medical staff shall respond to all medical emergencies occurring
within the facility, to include areas accessed by the public within the facility.
B.
Medical staff shall assess and provide first-aid medical care and basic life support C
(BLS C) as appropriate.
C.
Call 911 or refer employee to their immediate supervisor and private physician (refer
Department P&P Section 3.16 for further procedures).
D.
Visitors not requiring 911 interventions shall be referred to their private physician.
E.
Medical staff may only provide first aid care or BLS C to persons other than inmates.

#16//02
Page 3 of 4
F.
Medical staff shall give a verbal report to the on-duty watch commander and facility
supervising nurse summarizing the incident and nursing actions required, followed with a
notation in the end of shift report.

#16//02
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 5, 2013
M.6
LIFE THREATENING EMERGENCIES: CODE BLUE
M.5, MSD C.2
PURPOSE
To provide procedures when responding to a life threatening Code Blue medical emergency for inmates, staff,
and visitors.
POLICY
The term Code Blue shall be used to describe the conditions of a cardiac arrest, respiratory arrest or any other
serious medical emergency which is potentially life threatening and shall trigger the 911 request for a paramedic
emergency response team.
PROCEDURE
I. CODE BLUE A cardiac and/or respiratory arrest. This includes but is not limited to
cardiac, respiratory, and trauma emergencies.
A. FIRST PERSON to discover victim:
1. Assess victims condition.
2. Without leaving the victim, immediately call for help via radio or by any other means of
communication.
3. Start Cardiac-Pulmonary-Resuscitation (CPR) using barrier device, e.g. PAM mask, pocket
mask. Additional resuscitative equipment will be provided by Medical Services. Medical
Services will determine the appropriateness of utilizing additional emergency equipment
including but not limited to the AED.
B. SECOND PERSON on the scene:
1. Notify the control deputy who shall be responsible for initiating the 911 call:
a. Upon the arrival of the paramedic emergency response team be prepared to answer the
following questions:
1) Location: EXACT address of building.
2) Nearest cross street.
3) Additional Medical Information needed by both EMS/Paramedics and facility
medical staff:
i. If the victim is breathing on his/her own?
ii. If the victim has an obstructed airway? (Was the victim hanging?)
M.6 LIFE THREATENING EMERGENCIES: CODE BLUE
#13//04
Page 1 of 2
iii.
If the victim has a pulse?
b. Provide the Watch Commander the following information about the nature of
injury/accident:
1) EXACT location within the facility.
2) Brief description of incident, reason for "Code Blue," such as hanging.
2. Switch to two-person CPR if additional help has arrived after the above notifications have been
made. Continue CPR until told to stop or relieved by 911 paramedic emergency response team.
C. REGISTERED NURSE/LICENSED VOCATIONAL NURSE:
1. Respond to the scene with the emergency bag and any other emergency equipment needed.
2. Assess the victim immediately.
3. Manage the emergency and assess the patient continuously. Monitor blood pressure, pulse, and
respirations as needed.
4. Delegate as necessary.
5. Document sequence of events in the I/Ps medical record.
6. When paramedic emergency response team arrives, the medical staff member will provide
information regarding the scene, emergency medical care provided and any medical history
obtained. The medical staff member will then relinquish care to the paramedics.
NOTE: The paramedic emergency response team is required by law to transport to the nearest
acute care emergency room.
D. If there is a physician in the facility, he/she shall be called to the scene.
E. In addition to sworn staff, any MD, RN or LVN shall have the authority to call 911 or other medical
transport for any medical condition they deem necessary.
F. If an employees medical situation is resolved at the scene, refer the employee to his/her immediate
supervisor who shall follow Departmental P&P 3.16 Occupational Inquiries, Illness or Death.
G. Visitors not requiring 911 interventions shall be referred to their private physician.
M.6 LIFE THREATENING EMERGENCIES: CODE BLUE

#13//04
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.7
INMATE DEATHS
6.33, 6.39, 6.61, 7.3 & MSD.D.1
PURPOSE
To provide direction to bureau personnel who are responding to, and reporting, inmate deaths; and to
delineate a mechanism to ensure there is a medical review of every in-custody inmate death.
POLICY
Absent rigor mortis or post mortem lividity, all inmates with a potential for resuscitation shall be
transported to the emergency room of the nearest hospital. When an inmate has been declared
deceased by a physician the following procedure shall be used:
PROCEDURE
I.
The watch commander, or his/her designee, shall notify appropriate department personnel as
soon as possible:
A.
Communication Center watch commander and request that the Communication

Center notify:
1.
The on-call Homicide team supervisor of all inmate deaths
2.
Risk Management
3.
Division of Inspectional Services (DIS)
4.
Sheriffs legal advisor
5.
District AttorneySpecial Operations Division
6.
The DSA attorney
B.
Detention Investigations Unit (DIU) supervisor
C.
Facility commander
D.
Bureau commander
E.
Assistant Sheriff
F.
Detention processing supervisor (DPS)
M.7 INMATE DEATHS

#16//02
Page 1 of 6
II.
OTHER NOTIFICATIONS
A.
The Medical Examiner is notified by the Sheriff's Homicide Division.

The Medical Examiner will then notify the decedents family of the inmates death.
If a family member calls to inquire about the status of a recently deceased inmate, the
watch commander should take down the caller's personal information (name,
relationship, and call back number). The watch commander shall contact the Medical
Examiner's office and determine if the next of kin has been notified of the death. If
the family has not yet been notified, the Medical Examiner will return the call. If the
family has already received notification, the watch commander will call the family
member back and provide information.
III.
B.
The Attorney General is also notified by the Sheriff's Homicide Division in

accordance with Government Code Section 12525.
C.
Additional notifications are made by the DPS - see Section VI.D of this policy for
details.
D.
Consular Corps Liaison deputy (if inmate is determined to be a foreign national)
In the event of an inmate death the watch commander shall ensure that Sheriffs Homicide
Division is notified, via the Communications Center, per Section 6.61 of the Sheriffs Policy
and Procedures Manual. Detention staff will respond to the event as outlined in Department
Policy Section 6.33Major Crimes, Primary Responders. The detention facility staff shall
immediately:
A.
Identify and separate witnesses. Do not transfer or release potential witnesses until
homicide is consulted. Homicide and DIU will generally conduct all interviews of
possible witnesses.
B.
Identify and separate possible suspects. Staff shall not routinely inform suspects of
their Miranda Rights, and shall not question them in violation of Miranda. However,
staff should be alert for spontaneous statements made by suspects, and document and
report these to the homicide investigators.
C.
Preserve the scene and physical evidence until homicide investigators arrive. Facility
staff shall restrict access to the scene, as any staff person that enters will be required
to complete a report documenting their activities.
D.
The shift supervisor shall designate a deputy to complete the crime/incident report.
Unless otherwise directed by homicide. Reports are due in final form prior to the end
of shift.
E.
The shift supervisor will contact the DPS at the facility, to ensure complete copies are
made of the inmates records (i.e. custody record, JIMS reports) and provided to the
homicide investigators. Note: the chief of medical records will provide copies of the
inmate's medical record the next working day. Two copies of all records will be
provided to homicide, one copy to DIU and one copy to DIS.
M.7 INMATE DEATHS

#16//02
Page 2 of 6
IV.
An Inmate Death Notification Check List shall be completed by the watch commander and
given to Homicide, along with the original crime/incident report and any associated deputy
reports.
V.
MEDICAL REVIEW OF INMATE DEATH
VI.
A.
The Sheriffs medical services administrator is responsible for reviewing all inmate
deaths, in consultation with the Sheriffs medical director and/or medical health
services director.
B.
Circumstances surrounding the death are to be evaluated.
C.
The Sheriff's medical director will present a verbal summary of the findings to the
affected facility manager and DSB command staff.
D.
A meeting shall be held after all autopsy and other pertinent reports have been
received to discuss findings with DSB and facility command staff, Sheriff's legal
counsel, and medical services administration. As appropriate, the detention facility
supervising nurse, psychiatric director and other staff who are relevant to the incident,
as deemed appropriate by the medical services administrator, shall also be included.
PROCEDURES FOR DETENTION PROCESSING SUPERVISOR

A.
B.
The following information will be entered in the supervisors logbook:

1.
Inmates full name and booking number.
2.
Time of death (watch commander or designee will provide).
The DPS shall ensure the inmates custody record, along with the personal and bulk
property bags, are removed from their respective locations and placed in the DPSs
office. They shall also retrieve cash in the amount of the inmates balance. No one
shall access or disrupt the contents of these items. The property and money will only
be released to a member of the homicide team or DIU.
Homicide will only take possession of the property and money if it is deemed to have
evidentiary value. Otherwise, a DIU investigator will take possession of these items.
The investigator will inventory these items, along with the inmates module property,
and release them to Medical Examiner staff that arrives to take possession of the
body.
If the property cannot be transferred to Medical Examiner staff at that time, the
investigator will complete a found property report on the property. They will
contact the Medical Examiners office to schedule a time for release of the property to
the Medical Examiner.
The homicide or detention investigator shall sign the final release section of the
booking sheet when they take possession of the inmates property.
M.7 INMATE DEATHS

#16//02
Page 3 of 6
C.
D.
Computer Updates
1.
Place the inmate into temporary release status.
2.
Until the homicide or detention investigator signs the final release section, and
takes possession of the inmates property and money, the booking will remain
open.
3.
In the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) Maintenance Notes

section write deceased, and note the date and time the inmate was
pronounced dead.
4.
Once the homicide or detention investigator takes possession of, and signs for
the inmates property and money, return the inmate booking to IN status.
The record will be closed using the release type DIED and the custody record
forwarded to the Sheriff's Records and Identification Division.
Notifications: The day shift DPS will notify:

1.
The court of jurisdiction, via the telephone, and follow-up with a letter,
Notification of Deceased Inmate form (J-97 form).
2.
Sheriff's Records and Identification Division by faxing the notification letter

to (858) 974-2123.
3.
The letter will be carbon copied to the arresting agency on un-sentenced

inmates, and to the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation
(CDCR) if the decedent is a state prisoner. A copy of the notification letter
will be placed in the inmates custody record.
4.
If the arresting agency is the San Diego Police Department, the letter will be
mailed to:
SDPD Watch Commanders Office (MS702)
1401 Broadway
San Diego, CA 92101-5729
5.
If the arresting agency is the San Diego County Sheriffs Department (SDSD),
the letter will be sent to the DIU supervisor at Mail Stop C24. They will be
responsible for notifying the affected SDSD division/command, and
forwarding the letter to them.
6.
If the decedent is a state prisoner (either a contract body, has a 3056 P.C. hold,
or a detainer), a copy of the letter will be sent to CDCR at the following
address:
Case Records South Supervisor
9160 Cleveland Avenue, Suite 101
Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730
M.7 INMATE DEATHS

#16//02
Page 4 of 6
Along with sending the letter, if the decedent is a state prisoner with a
detainer, the DPS or his/her designee will notify the Richard J. Donovan
watch commander at (619) 661-7888 or the watch sergeant at (619) 661-7889.
7.
For all other local agencies, the letter will be mailed to the watch commander
at the agencys mailing address.
(See Page 6 of 6 for the Inmate Death Notification Checklist)
M.7 INMATE DEATHS

#16//02
Page 5 of 6
INMATE DEATH NOTIFICATION CHECK LIST

WATCH COMMANDER: ________________________ DATE: ___________________
TIME NOTIFIED: _________________
NOTIFIED BY: ___________________
INMATE NAME: ______________________________ BOOKING NUMBER: ________________
LOCATION OF INCIDENT: ___________________________________________________________
I.
Deputys checklist
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
II.
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Shift supervisors checklist

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
III.
Medical Staff/Paramedics
Shift Supervisor notified
Seal the area, preserve scene and evidence
Identify, separate and interview witnesses
Identify, separate and detain possible suspects
Watch commander notified

Communications Center Watch Commander notified (request they
contact the on-call Homicide Sergeant, Risk Management, and the
Sheriffs Legal Advisor)
Detentions Investigations Supervisor notified
Division of Inspectional Services
Medical Examiner notified at Homicides request only
Crime Lab notified at Homicides request only
Contact the facilitys on-duty detention processing supervisor to
make copies of the inmates records (custody record, JIMS record)
and provide them to the Homicide Investigators
*NOTE: the Chief of Medical Records will provide copies of the
inmate's medical record the next working day. (Two copies will
be provided to Homicide and one to Detention Investigations)
Crime Report and required Deputies Reports requested
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Watch commanders Checklist

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Facility commander notified

Bureau Commander notified
Assistant Sheriff notified
Detention processing supervisor notified
Homicide on scene
Detentions Investigations on scene
Court of jurisdiction notified
Consular Corps Liaison Deputy (if inmate is a foreign national)
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
Time: ______
NOTE: Notification of the Undersheriff and the Sheriff shall be at the discretion of the Assistant Sheriff.
M.7 INMATE DEATHS
#16//02
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 4, 2014
M.9
INTAKE MEDICAL SCREENING
MSD P.7, MSD I.3
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform procedure to assess health claims of arrestees during the booking process.
POLICY
All arrestees presented by arresting agencies shall be medically screened prior to acceptance for
booking at a Sheriffs Detention Facility.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Registered Nurse assigned to Outside Triage will do the following:

A.
Observe the prisoner for visible signs of injury or illness and assess the level of
consciousness, signs and symptoms of potential contagious disease(s), signs and
symptoms of mental health problems, bizarre behavior, alcohol and/or drug
intoxication.
B.
Ask the medical screening questions and document the responses on the Jail
Information Management System (JIMS) triage screen.
C.
Arrestees being seen in first stage triage after being tasered at the time of arrest, will be
evaluated by the medical staff, and based on their assessment the arrestee will be
accepted or refused, pending medical clearance.
D.
Arrestees with questionable medical/mental health status will be further examined

within the immediate triage area.
E.
Medically and mentally unstable arrestees may be refused based on the Intake Nurses
assessment, pending medical/mental health clearance.
F.
Upon notification of an intake refusal, Inmate Processing staff will release the arrestee
from custody in JIMS.
G.
If the arresting officer asks, the nurse may make a recommendation regarding which
hospital or mental health facility to take the arrestee to, the Sheriffs contract hospital
being the preference.
H.
Arrestees who have an immediate/emergent medical need, as determined by the RN,

will be refused and sent to the Emergency Department for medical clearance.
M.9 INTAKE MEDICAL SCREENING

#14//03
Page 1 of 3
II.
I.
Arrestees who arrive at Medical Intake Screening confined in a Pro-Straint chair or

maximum restraints, shall be clinically assessed by the Intake Nurse who will determine
if the arrestee will be medically cleared for the jail.
J.
Arrestees can return from the hospital with medical clearance paperwork and still be
secured in a Pro-Straint chair or maximum restraints. Nursing discretion and a clinical
assessment will determine if the arrestee will be allowed admittance into the jail at that
time.
K.
If an arrestee has been subjected to maximum restraints, is combative, seriously injured,

or in such a state of intoxication or drug influence that he/she cannot stand or walk on
their own, the arrestee should remain in the Arresting Officers (AO) patrol vehicle
(preferably in the recovery position) and monitored by the AO until seen by the Triage
Nurse. Upon notification, the nurse shall respond to the vehicle sally port and conduct a
medical assessment of the arrestee for clearance into the jail. This will prevent
unnecessary risk to the arrestee in the event the nurse rejects the arrestee. Nursing staff
will generally reject arrestees who are unable to ambulate into the jail on their own due
to intoxication, drug influence, or other acute medical condition.
L.
Arrestees who have refused treatment against medical advice (AMA) at the Emergency
Department may be returned to the jail accompanied by a refusal form from the
Emergency Department signed by the arrestee and witnessed by the physician or nurse.
M.
Any arrestee who is accepted into the facility after refusing treatment AMA at the
Emergency Department will require expedited booking and placement in the detention
facilitys Medical Observation Beds (MOB).
N.
Acceptance for booking will be indicated on the Booking Intake/Personal Property

Inventory Form (Form J-15) by a red stamp with the Intake Nurses initials, Arjis and
date.
All inmates to be housed at a detention facility shall be medically screened. This process will
be conducted by a Registered Nurse after the inmate has completed intake processing. The
Registered Nurse will complete a comprehensive assessment of the medical and psychiatric
needs of the inmate and record the responses on JIMS. All other inmates not scheduled to
remain in Sheriffs custody (Book and Release, Court Book and Release, Work Release and
Bail-outs) shall not be required to participate in the medical screening interview.
A.
Any prescription medications brought in by an inmate will go into his/her property in a

separate property bag after the medications are reviewed and inventoried by the nurse.
B.
All arrestees who are suicidal or have a history of prior suicide attempts shall be
identified in the JIMS system with the Administrative Alert code PSA.
C.
Recommendations for medically indicated housing (e.g. lower bunk, lower tier)
will be entered into JIMS. If medical housing recommendations cannot be
accommodated for security reasons, the inmate is to be referred by sworn staff to
Medical for re-evaluation of need.

#14//03
Page 2 of 3
D.
Arrestees who are being treated for seizures will have the Seizure Disorder medical
drop-down instruction added to JIMS.
E.
Medically indicated equipment, i.e., wheel-chairs, canes, crutches, oxygen, prosthetic

appliances, prescription eyewear, and hearing aids will be evaluated by Medical for the
necessity to retain for use by the inmate during confinement and Medical will document
in JIMS. If the inmate cannot retain the equipment, ie, wheel-chair, canes, crutches,
oxygen, prosthetic appliance, prescription eyewear, and/or hearing aid for security
reasons, the sworn staff must refer him to Medical for re-evaluation of need.
F.
Developmentally disabled inmates will be identified and reported to the Regional

Centers developmental disability intake office the next business day. Housing
recommendations for developmentally disabled inmates will be made in JIMS. All
arrestees who are identified as clients of the Regional Center shall have the
Administrative Alert RCC applied.
G.
Any inmate whose findings, by history or physical examination, indicate the possibility
of communicable disease will be seen immediately and their treatment needs,
appropriate housing, or referral to a physician will be initiated.
H.
An inmate that advises the screening nurse that they have been a victim of sexual
assault during a previous incarceration will be referred to the Mental Health Clinician
for appropriate intervention and to the Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) to
determine housing needs.
I.
An inmate with a medical condition(s) that cannot be treated within the limitations of
the Detention Facility will be transported to a contract hospital for diagnosis and
treatment in order to provide the level of care available in the community.

#14//03
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
M.11
PRIVATE PHYSICIANS
U.5, U.6, MSD P.6
PURPOSE
To set forth the procedures to be followed when an inmate requests treatment by a private physician,
psychiatrist or dentist, pursuant to Penal Code 4023.
POLICY
Pursuant to Penal Code 4023, inmates may receive medical treatment from a private physician of their choice,
at their own expense. Sheriffs Medical Services Division further defines medical treatment as medical,
psychiatric or dental. All such requests for private medical treatment are subject to the approval of the command
staff and the availability of resources needed to safely effect such requests.
PROCEDURE
I.
GENERAL
A.
An inmate may request treatment from a private physician, psychiatrist or dentist. However, the
Sheriff's Department shall take no part in requesting, referring or arranging private treatment
(except as specified in subsection II(G)).
B.
Inquiries from physicians, psychiatrists or dentists, regarding inmates, shall be referred directly
to the Sheriff's Medical Director, or designee. Private medical examinations may not occur
within the Sheriffs Detentions medical units without approval by the Sheriff's Medical Director.
C.
Examinations of inmates with current military status, by military physicians, shall be conducted
after prior contact with the Sheriff's Medical Director or designee.
D.
Orders and treatment recommendations by a private physician, psychiatrist or dentist are subject
to the approval of the Sheriff's Medical Director or designee.
E.
The decision to allow a medical professional into the facility for purpose of providing privatelypaid medical care to an inmate must be approved by the facility commander and the DSB
Commander with authority over the facility.
F.
The decision to transport an inmate to an outside treatment facility for the purpose of providing
privately-paid medical care to an inmate must be approved by the facility commander, the DSB
Commander with authority over the facility, and the DSB Area 2 Commander. In addition, if it is
determined that transport requires personnel from SED, or any other personnel from the Law
Enforcement Services Bureau (LESB) to assist with the transport, then the decision to transport
must also be approved by the LESB Assistant Sheriff.
M.11 PRIVATE PHYSICIANS

#13//09
Page 1 of 4
II.
OUTSIDE FACILITY TREATMENT

A.
An inmate seeking to be transported to a facility outside the jail for purpose of obtaining private
medical, psychiatric or dental treatment must make a request in writing to the facility
commander. The request shall include the following information:
1.
The nature of the medical, psychiatric or dental problem.
2.
The name and address of the desired physician, psychiatrist or dentist and the treatment
facility.
3.
Written evidence that the physician has agreed to privately treat the inmate (this can be in
the form of a letter from the physician).
4.
The reason for not wanting to be treated by the detention facility physician, psychiatrist
or dentist.
B.
The request shall be forwarded to the facility commander (or designee), who will transmit the
request to the Sheriff's Medical Director.
C.
The Sheriff's Medical Director or his designee shall review the request and determine that the
physician is licensed in the State of California. The Sheriff's Medical Director or designee shall
then inform the inmate, in writing, that the service provided by the private physician,
psychiatrist, or dentist is at the inmates own expense.
1.
Medical Services or the Case Manager will confirm that the inmate is a patient of the
private physician, psychiatrist or dentist and that they are willing to see the inmate.
2.
Medical Services or the Case Manager will confirm that the inmate is covered by private
insurance and/or the physician, psychiatrist or dentist is willing to see the inmate with the
understanding that payment for the appointment(s) is the responsibility of the inmate, not
the Sheriffs Department.
D.
If the Medical Director approves the request, the request shall be forwarded to the facility
commander for review, and forwarded through the chain of command as described in Sections
I(E) and I(F). The request, along with the Command staff's decision, will then be returned to the
facility commander to be transmitted to the inmate. If the request is approved, the facility
commander shall ensure that the inmate is told that he/she must obtain the approval of a judge of
the Superior Court, including approval of the treatment facility.
E.
Once the facility commander is notified that the court has approved the request for transport, the
facility commander will notify Financial Services, who will complete a Transportation of
Inmates for Outside Services form (J-153) in conjunction with Prisoner Transportation Detail.
The Prisoner Transportation Detail Lieutenant or designee shall determine the number of
deputies needed to ensure appropriate safety and security for transportation, as well as the
appointment. If necessary, the Special Enforcement Detail (SED) shall be contacted to handle
the detail. If SED is contacted, they will determine the number of staff required to complete the
detail.

#13//09
Page 2 of 4
Financial Services shall forward the completed J-153 form to the inmate or his/her legal counsel,
along with a copy of this Policy and Procedures section.
F.
G.
III.
Costs shall be paid as follows:

1.
Transportation/security costs shall be paid by cash, check or money order in advance.

Prepayments shall be made based on the Sheriffs Financial Services estimate of the
costs involved.
2.
Funds may be removed from an inmates account with a properly prepared Authorization
for Cash Disbursement form prepared in the detention facility and signed by the inmate.
Detention Accounting shall then issue a check payable to the County of San Diego.
3.
All prepaid proceeds are to be sent to the Sheriffs Financial Services Division for deposit
to the Sheriffs Trust Fund pending the completion of services.
4.
After the return of form J-153, any balance or unused portion of a prepayment shall be
returned to the individual making the payment via a trust fund requisition drawn on the
Sheriffs Trust fund. The earned portion of the prepaid revenue shall be transferred to the
general fund as revenue for the Sheriffs Department.
The duties of the Prisoner Transportation Detail shall be as follows:

1.
The Prisoner Transportation Detail shall schedule the appointment with the private
physician only after Financial Services has confirmed that proper financial arrangements
have been made.
2.
The Prisoner Transportation Detail will obtain, from Legal Affairs, a form to be signed
by the medical services provider acknowledging that the inmate, and not the Sheriff or
the County, is responsible for payment for services. The Lieutenant over Prisoner
Transportation shall consult with Legal Affairs to determine if any additional releases,
waivers, or acknowledgements should be obtained before the transport takes place.
3.
When scheduling the appointment with the private physician, psychiatrist or dentist, the
Prisoner Transportation Detail shall advise the physician, psychiatrist, or dentist or
his/her designee of the necessity to keep the date and time of the appointment
confidential for security reasons. This allows the transporting deputies to return to the
detention facility without being seen if the deputies determine security is at risk.
4.
The Prisoner Transportation Detail will inform the sending facilitys Medical Services
Unit of the scheduled appointment. On being notified of the scheduled appointment, the
sending facilitys Medical Services Unit will be responsible for mailing the 3 Letter to
Private Physician form (J-233) to the private physician, psychiatrist or dentist.
INMATE FACILITY RE-ENTRY

A.
When the inmate is returned to the facility, the transporting deputy (if the Sheriff has provided
transportation) shall provide a J-153 form to the facility cashier, with a copy to the inmates
booking jacket indicating the following information:

#13//09
Page 3 of 4
1.
The inmates name and booking number.
2.
The name of the deputy or deputies completing the assignment.
3.
The date of treatment.
4.
The description of the transportation and security services.
5.
The name and address of the physician, psychiatrist or dentist.
6.
The mileage and total time spent on the assignment.
B.
Financial Services shall provide a copy of the J-153 form, an adjusted receipt, and any refund
due to the person making the prepayment for medical transportation.
C.
The transporting deputy will also return any medical paperwork from the private physician,
psychiatrist or dentist to the jail medical unit for review by the jail physician.

#13//09
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
MARCH 5, 2014
M.13
MEDICAL STAFF
Entire DSB M Section
CAC Title 15, Sec. 1203, 1205, 1215, Prison Rape Elimination Act
of 2003
PURPOSE
To define medical staff positions.
POLICY
Medical Staff members shall comply with all State of California mandated license and certification
requirements for their positions. Sheriffs Medical Services Division further defines medical treatment
as medical, psychiatric or dental.
Medical staff members shall receive special training on the mandated requirements outlined in the
Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003. This training will include, but will not be limited to, the reporting
of a sexual assault, the emergency treatment and the preservation of evidence when encountering a
sexual assault victim, and the medical and psychological follow-up care that shall be afforded.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Detention Facility Services Medical Administrator is responsible for the overall
administration of the Medical Program.
II.
Detention facility physicians are primarily responsible for the medical treatment, planning, and
referral to any necessary outside medical service when deemed necessary. Detentions physicians
are also responsible for providing emergency medical care and will determine additional
treatment or referral to an emergency room, if needed. In the event an inmate/patient claims that
they have been sexually assaulted while in custody, they will be referred to a forensic medical
facility.
III.
Detention facility dentists are responsible for evaluation, treatment, and referral related to inmate
dental care.
IV.
Detention facility psychiatrists are responsible for the evaluation and treatment of suspected
mental disorders.
V.
Detention facility registered nurses and licensed vocational nurses are responsible for emergency
care and referral, logistical support of all patient/doctor activity, screening interviews,
administration of medications, implementation of all physicians orders and treatment, and
special programs.
M.13 MEDICAL STAFF

#14//02
Page 1 of 2
VI.
Detention facility mental health clinicians are responsible for providing mental health
interventions and case management services to inmates with suspected or diagnosed mental
health disorders. In the event an inmate/patient claims that they have been sexually assaulted
while in custody, they will provide mandated crisis intervention and follow-up care outlined in
the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003.
VII.
Detention facility medical clerical staff handles clerical work generated by inmate activity and
movement within the jail system, as well as specific medical activity procedures.
M.13 MEDICAL STAFF

#14//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 27, 2014

M.15
SICK CALL
CCR TITLE 15, SECS. 1211, 1214, PC 4011.2, Prison Rape
Elimination Act of 2003
PURPOSE
To provide a system of adequate response to health care requests.
POLICY
Inmates shall have access to appropriate medical and mental health services on a daily basis. The second
stage medical screening intake nurse shall explain the sick call procedures to every newly arrested inmate.
PROCEDURE
I.
Sick call request forms (J-212) are available to all inmates on a daily basis in their housing units.
II.
Sick call requests are deposited by the inmate into the secure medical mailbox provided in the
housing unit. Medical staff is responsible for collecting the sick call requests from the housing
units each night after head count.
III.
Inmates with a serious medical complaint shall be referred to the medical staff at any time.
IV.
The medical staff shall triage the sick call requests and schedule with providers for treatment as
indicated.
V.
Detention staff shall retrieve the JIMS copies of the sick call list for each housing unit prior to
sick call.
A.
The housing deputy shall retain one copy.
B.
The second copy shall be returned to the dispensary with the disposition (give a reason)
of the inmate on the list that DOES not attend sick call (in court, refused, visit,
clinic).
C.
If the inmate chooses to not appear for sick call, the inmate shall sign a Refusal of
Treatment (Form J-223) along with writing their reason for refusing medical treatment.
D.
In the event the inmate refuses to sign the refusal form, the nurses and deputy/or two
deputies shall sign as witnesses to document the refusal of the inmate and include writing
the I/Ps reason for refusing medical treatment.
E.
Every effort should be made to obtain a second witness to sign the form; however, if a
second deputy or a nurse is not present to witness the inmates refusal, the deputy shall
write Not Available or N/A on the 2nd witness signature line.
M.15 SICK CALL

#14//01
Page 1 of 2
VI.
A deputy shall bring inmates to the dispensary holding area. A deputy shall remain in the
dispensary area to provide security supervision.
VII.
The sum of three dollars ($3.00) may be charged against an inmates account for each visit
initiated by an inmate to a registered nurse. Inmates shall not be charged for medical visits
initiated by medical/mental health staff, referrals to a physician from nurse practitioner or
follow-up visits initiated by a medical professional. In addition:
A.
Inmates shall not be charged for medical visits as it relates to a claimed sexual assault
while in custody.
B.
Inmates shall not be denied medical care because of a lack of funds, nor will a copay fee
be carried forward if the inmate has a zero balance at the time of the medical service.
C.
Fees shall be waived in life-threatening or emergency situations.
D.
Individuals being housed on civil commits as PC6600 Sexually Violent Predators (SVPs)
will not be charged a copay fee for any medical service.
VIII.
Upon completion of sick call, the deputy shall escort the inmates back to their respective housing
units.
IX.
The completed sick call requests shall be filed in the inmates medical record.
X.
If an inmate is scheduled for psychiatric sick call, and refuses to go, he/she must be taken to
medical for a registered nurse to perform a mental health evaluation to determine whether he/she
is cognizant enough to sign a refusal form. He/she must sign in the presence of medical staff. If
the inmate refuses to go to medical and becomes combative and force would need to be used, a
supervisor shall be notified immediately.
The supervisor will determine whether the inmate is cooperative enough to go to medical or
whether a nurse needs to go to the housing unit for a signed refusal form. Should the nurse arrive
at the housing unit and the inmate continues to remain combative or refuses to sign; the form will
be completed by both a nurse signature and that of sworn staff as witnesses.
M.15 SICK CALL

#14//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 18, 2002

M.17
DENTAL CALL
M.13
PURPOSE
To provide a system of adequate response to requests for dental care.
POLICY
Inmates shall be provided dental treatment in routine and emergency situations, under the direction and
supervision of a dentist licensed in the State of California.
PROCEDURE
I.
DENTAL CALL
A.
Routine dental care will be provided at designated facilities.
B.
To procure a dental appointment, an inmate is required to fill out a sick call request stating the
dental problem.
C.
The request will be forwarded to the facility medical staff:
D.
1.
The medical staff will evaluate the dental need.
2.
If need exists, the inmate will be scheduled for the earliest possible dental appointment.
Housing deputies will be notified on the day of the inmates dental appointment:
1.
II.
If the inmate refuses dental call, or if the inmate cannot be available for treatment for any
reason, the housing deputy will notify the medical staff as soon as possible.
EMERGENCY DENTAL CARE

A.
The medical staff will be contacted when an emergency dental case occurs.
Emergency dental problems will be handled as the situation dictates, after consultation with the medical
staff.
M.17 DENTAL CALL
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.18
MEDICATION PASS SECURITY
M.19, M.35, MSD.P.1, MSD.P.4; Title VII of the USA
PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Public
Law 109-177).
PURPOSE
Security and control will be provided during medication pass in Sheriffs detention facilities.
POLICY
Deputies and nurses will collaborate to ensure inmates receive medications in an organized and
supervised manner. Inmates will ingest watch take medications as directed. Deputies will be
responsible for reporting, in writing, any discovered contraband pharmaceuticals.
PROCEDURE
I.
Deputies will assist medication nurses by providing inmate supervision during routine
medication pass. In rare and exigent circumstances, as determined by the watch commander, the
nurses can do routine medication pass without the assistance of a deputy.
II.
Medication nurses will advise the attending deputy when an inmate is being given a watch take
medication. Deputies shall make themselves available to assist the nurse in supervising all
inmates being given watch take medication. All inmates requiring "watch take" will be
required to take the medication with water to ensure that he/she has ingested the medication.
"Watch take" medications include, but are not limited to:
A.
Medications for psychiatric disorders, seizure disorders, narcotics and communicable

diseases (TB medications).
B.
Any medication that the inmate is suspected of "cheeking," hoarding and/or selling.
III.
Deputies will assist the medication nurses in doing a thorough check for ingestion of a
medication. This includes, but is not limited to, the direct visualization of an inmates open
mouth while lifting his/her tongue, checking the contents of the inmates drinking cup, as well as
the inmate showing the nurse/deputy his/her open hands.
IV.
Medication nurses will advise the deputy if an inmate is suspected of "cheeking," hoarding
and/or selling his/her medication.
V.
Sworn staff shall notify medical staff if an inmate is discovered to be hoarding, "cheeking,"
and/or selling any medication. Sworn staff shall document these discoveries in JIMS inmate
status/rules violation reports (ISR/RVR).
Medical staff will utilize the ISR/RVR when presenting the inmate/patients non-compliance to
the reviewing or prescribing physician or psychiatrist.
M.18 MEDICATION PASS SECURITY

#16//02
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 1, 2002
M. 19
EMERGENCY MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION
MSD P.2
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines governing the administration of essential medication to inmates by sworn personnel in
emergency situations.
POLICY
In the event of medical staff shortages or other emergency situations, as defined by the Medical
Administrator/designee, these options are available:
(1) Sworn staff may deliver medication.
(2) The medical staff may issue 24-hour doses of medications for self-administration.
PROCEDURE
I.
Sworn staff administration

A.
Sworn staff is authorized to administer inmate medications that have been packaged, labeled, and
prescribed by the detention facility medical staff. The package shall be labeled with:
1.
2.
3.
4.
II.
The name of the inmate for whom the medication is prescribed.

The inmates booking number.
The location of the inmate.
Special conditions/directions, including need for watch take
B.
When administering medication to an inmate, sworn staff shall verify the inmates identity by
checking the inmates wristband.
C.
If the medication provided for the inmate is not administered, it shall be returned to the
Dispensary with an explanation (e.g., in court, refused, transferred, etc.) and must have a refusal
form (J-223) form signed if appropriate.
D.
In the case of watch take medications, the sworn staff shall observe and verify that the inmate
consumed the medication.
Medical Staff Administration

A.
Medical staff may be allowed to deliver a 24-hour dose of medication for self-administration to
inmates in the event of an emergency as defined by the Medical Administrator/designee.
B.
The 24-hour supply of medication shall be delivered to the inmate in a properly labeled package,
to include the name of the individual for whom the drug is prescribed, the booking number, and
the location of the inmate.
M.19 EMERGENCY MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION
Page 1 of 2
C.
III.
Watch take medications shall not be delivered for self-administration
Record Keeping
A.
When sworn staff administers the medication(s), or the deputies issue a 24-hour supply of selfadministering medication(s), the deputies shall return all medication packages so that medical
staff can document accurately in JIMS.
B.
Sworn staff shall log in their operations status board in JIMS, the time the medication was
administered, the inmates name and booking number.
M.19 EMERGENCY MEDICATION ADMINISTRATION
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 1, 2009
M.20
SALE OF OVER-THE-COUNTER MEDICATIONS
MSD 0.4, M.19, M.15
PURPOSE
To allow inmates the ability to purchase selected over-the-counter (OTC) medications through Commissary
Stores. Indigent inmates requiring medically necessary OTC medication may receive OTC medications via sick
call procedure.
POLICY
Designated OTC medications, in their consumer labeled containers, shall be made available through
Commissary Stores for inmate purchase. The list of OTC medications is reviewed at least annually and in the
event a change to the list is proposed.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Sheriffs Medical Director along with Detentions Administration and the Inmate Welfare
Committee reviews and approves the commissary OTC medication list. Currently antacid tablets and
cough suppressant tablets/menthol remain available for purchase.
II.
Medication Purchase Limitations and Guidelines

A.
Inmate purchases shall be limited to 1 pack of each OTC medication per week
(3-day supply).
B.
The inmate shall use the Commissary Stores request slip that contains a statement that the inmate
is solely responsible for proper use of any medication purchased.
C.
Medical staff may revoke, cancel, or put on hold any inmates OTC medication purchasing
privileges; whenever it is determined that use of such medications may be detrimental to the
medical or mental health of the inmate and/or interfere with the medical or mental health
treatment of the inmate. This can be done by communicating with Commissary Stores via JIMS
or e-mail and documenting the order in the inmates record.
D.
Abuse or misuse by an inmate of over-the-counter medication of any kind shall be reported to

medical staff and shall lead to termination of the inmates privilege to purchase such medication
from the Commissary Stores.
M.20 SALE OF OVER-THE-COUNTER MEDICATIONS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.21
MEDICAL WRISTBANDS
M.39
PURPOSE
To establish criterion for a medical inmate identification wristband.
POLICY
A medical wristband will be utilized when the health of an inmate could be adversely affected if the inmate is
exposed to simple physical stress.
PROCEDURE
I.
Medical wristbands will be issued at the discretion of the medical staff.
II.
The wristband will be red in color and worn on the left wrist.
III.
The wristband for a pregnant medical inmate is red with a red striped insert.
IV.
The wristband alerts all staff the wearer is a medical inmate and is to avoid simple physical stress.
V.
Simple physical stress includes, but is not limited to: climbing stairs, lifting a mattress, prolonged
standing, etc.
VI.
Medical staff shall enter a corresponding instruction in JIMS to reflect the aforementioned physical
restriction.
M.21 MEDICAL WRISTBANDS

#16//02
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 11, 2014

M.23
CLINICS: SCHEDULED OFF-SITE SERVICES
M.11, MSD O.1
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform procedure for off-site medical services.
POLICY
The medical staff shall coordinate off-site inmate appointments in conjunction with the Transportation
Detail.
PROCEDURE
I.
Sheriffs Medical Services, in collaboration with contracted providers, shall schedule off-site
medical, optical and dental appointments, complete the necessary forms, and notify the
appropriate sworn staff.
II.
The Transportation Detail shall schedule appointments with private providers as described in
DSB P&P M.11.
III.
Sheriffs Transportation shall transport the inmate to the off-site clinic appointment.
IV.
The medical staff shall enter every scheduled off-site clinic appointment in JIMS.
V.
The transporting deputy shall be responsible for taking medical paperwork to the off-site clinic
and returning with completed paperwork to be given to the charge/desk nurse on duty.
VI.
The transporting deputy shall be responsible for notifying the watch commander and charge/desk
nurse if inmates are admitted to the hospital from the clinic.
M.23 CLINICS: SCHEDULED OFF-SITE SERVICES

#14/04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.25
PSYCHIATRIC SECURITY UNIT
SDSD P&P SEC. 6.48, I.47
PURPOSE
To clarify the procedures for the psychiatric security units.
POLICY
Sworn staff shall be responsible for security of the psychiatric security units (PSU) with input from the
medical staff. The PSU medical staff shall be responsible for evaluations and treatment.
PROCEDURE
I.
REFERRALS FOR PSYCHIATRIC EVALUATION

Any person who has pertinent information regarding the behavior of any inmate may make
inmate referrals to the medical staff.
II.
III.
ADMISSION TO PSYCHIATRIC SECURITY UNITS

A.
The psychiatric security units are located at the San Diego Central Jail (PSU) and the
Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility (women's psychiatric security unit/WPSU).
B.
Inmates shall be admitted to the PSU/WPSU at the order of either staff psychiatrists, San
Diego County Psychiatric Hospital (SDCPH), Emergency Psychiatric Unit (EPU)
psychiatrists, or by a court order.
PSU/WPSU SECURITY
A.
Sworn staff shall make and log security checks every 30 minutes. This check shall
include housing, treatment/interview, and holding areas.
B.
Extraordinary incidents shall be brought to the attention of the watch commander.
C.
PSU/WPSU inmates are to be returned daily to their dormitory at 2200 hours.
D.
After lockdown, inmates may be removed from the housing unit for an acute psychiatric,
medical, or security reason and only with a deputy present.
1.
When security is compromised and the inmate is considered to be extremely

dangerous, sworn staff may move the inmate to another housing area. If possible,
the PSU/WPSU medical supervisor or designee, or the staff psychiatrist shall be
consulted first.
M.25 PSYCHIATRIC SECURITY UNIT

#16//02
Page 1 of 4
IV.
V.
2.
Medical staff shall notify the watch commander when the medical needs of any
PSU/WPSU inmate require that he/she be housed in the medical observation area
rather than PSU/WPSU.
3.
The watch commander shall be notified of any inmate movement out of the
PSU/WPSU to any other area of the jail.
E.
Notify PSU/WPSU sworn and medical staff prior to removing or when returning an
inmate to the housing unit.
F.
Notify PSU/WPSU sworn and medical staff in advance of any tour or visit to the
PSU/WPSU to prevent disruption of activities within the housing unit.
PSU/WPSU WRISTBANDS
A.
Inmates housed in PSU/WPSU shall wear yellow identification wristbands while housed
in PSU/WPSU. Plastic fasteners are available for inmates who may use metal for selfinjury or are allergic to metal fasteners.
B.
The yellow identification wristband shall be applied and removed by sworn staff
whenever an inmate is transferred into or out of the unit.
C.
The yellow wristband shall be worn on the left wrist.
D.
The PSU/WPSU medical staff shall make no alterations to the detention wristband.
E.
If it becomes necessary to change an inmates wristband, sworn staff shall make the
change.
PSU/WPSU SECURITY BEDDING

The only bedding material inmates in psychiatric security units shall possess are two security
blankets, one of which may be used as a mattress cover. Cotton/wool blankets and sheets are
prohibited in psychiatric security units.
VI.
TREATMENT IN PSU/WPSU
A.
Application for evaluation for treatment is covered under the Welfare and Institutions
Code 5150.
B.
Sworn staff may be requested to move an inmate to an isolation or seclusion cell by the
PSU/WPSU charge nurse.
C.
A time specific seclusion order by a psychiatrist is required to house an inmate in

seclusion or restraints.
D.
Anytime the psychiatrist and/or nurse enter a seclusion cell to provide inmate care and or
treatment, sworn staff shall accompany him/her and provide security.

#16//02
Page 2 of 4
VII.
VIII.
IX.
USE OF RESTRAINTS
A.
Sworn staff are responsible for containing the inmate while PSU/WPSU medical staff
applies the restraints.
B.
If sworn staff apply the restraints in collaboration with PSU/WPSU medical staff,
medical staff will verify correct placement.
C.
Color coded blue upper extremity and red lower extremity and waist restraints are the
only type of restraints authorized for inmates housed in PSU/WPSU. These restraints are
used when a less restrictive form of treatment (i.e. medication) is not sufficient or not an
option.
D.
Four point restraints shall be used only in PSU/WPSU under the supervision and
direction of the psychiatrist and/or PSU/WPSU medical staff. Registered nurses may
make the decision to place an inmate in a four point restraint, obtaining a psychiatrists
order within an hour after placement.
E.
The restraint chair shall not be used in PSU/WPSU.
F.
When the inmate is restrained, sworn staff shall assist the nurse in range of motion and
other mandatory actions.
SUICIDE ATTEMPTS
A.
In the event of a suicide attempt, Control and medical shall be notified immediately.
B.
The decision to isolate, segregate or otherwise protect an inmate that has attempted
suicide shall be made by the PSU/WPSU medical staff in consultation with the watch
commander and/or designee.
COURT ORDERED PSYCHIATRIC EVALUATIONS

PSU/WPSU medical staff shall process 4011.6 court orders for psychiatric evaluation as soon as
possible after the court order is received.
X.
RELEASE OF INMATES TO THE COMMUNITY

If an inmate is being released from custody and continues to exhibit behaviors potentially
dangerous to self/others or reflect grave disability secondary to a mental disorder, do the
following:
A.
PSU/WPSU inmate on an involuntary hold:

1.
PSU/WPSU charge nurse shall notify the watch commander of the need to
transport the inmate to the EPU for further assessment and disposition.
2.
The original copy of the involuntary hold must accompany the inmate to EPU.
The PSU/WPSU charge nurse is responsible for ensuring necessary documents
accompany the inmate.

#16//02
Page 3 of 4
B.
Inmate does not have an involuntary hold and still presents a potential danger to
self/others or is gravely disabled:
1.
A Request for 72 Hour Detention (MH-302 form) and a NetRMS incident report
shall be completed by sworn staff prior to transfer to EPU.
2.
Medical staff shall notify EPU of the impending transfer of the inmate.
3.
Sworn staff will transport the inmate to EPU and required documents to the
psychiatrist. The deputy will remain with the released inmate until a safe and
orderly transfer of services is completed and the psychiatrist on duty releases the
deputy from further standby duties.

#16//02
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 3, 2008
M.29
HUNGER STRIKES
CCR TITLE 15, SEC. 1206, MSD H.12, S.9
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines when an inmate refuses to eat and initiates a hunger strike.
POLICY
When an inmate engages in a hunger strike, the medical staff shall monitor and evaluate the inmates
medical condition. The deputy responsible for meal conveyance shall ensure that a meal is available to
the inmate during the entire mealtime.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
NOTIFICATIONS
A.
Custodial staff shall notify the Watch Commander and Facility Commander.
B.
Custodial staff shall notify the medical staff.
EVALUATION
A.
The medical staff shall evaluate the seriousness of the situation.
B.
If necessary for closer monitoring, the inmate may be moved to administrative

segregation.
OBSERVATION
A.
B.
Deputies
1.
The deputy responsible for meal conveyance shall provide the inmate with meals
and record the inmates responses in the housing units Area Activity Log (JIMS).
2.
The deputy shall also monitor other food sources, including the inmates
commissary and food passed from other inmates and record information on a
deputys report.
Medical Staff
1.
The medical staff shall evaluate the inmates condition and take appropriate
action (weight monitoring, appointment with psychiatrist, etc.).
M.29 HUNGER STRIKES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2006
M.33
USE OF INMATES FOR MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
PC 3502, 3502.5, CFR Title 21, sec 312 MSD U.1
PURPOSE
To prohibit the use of inmates for medical experimentation.
POLICY
Inmates in the custody of the Sheriff shall not be used as a subject for medical, pharmaceutical or
cosmetic experiments.
PROCEDURE
I.
No experiment for medical, pharmaceutical or cosmetic purposes shall be initiated by the

Sheriffs Medical Division.
II.
Inmates who are actively participating in a drug study at the time of incarceration may be
allowed to continue after case review and approval by the Sheriffs Medical Director, Pharmacist
and Administrative Case Manager and only if the study or treatment is as defined in Section 312
of Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations, pursuant to CA PC 3502, 3502.5.
M.33 USE OF INMATES FOR MEDICAL EXPERIMENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 1, 2009
M.35
MEDICAL SECURITY
CCR TITLE 15, SEC. 1216, 1280
PURPOSE
To provide appropriate, secure storage and control of medical instruments and medications within all
detention facilities.
POLICY
All medical instruments will be stored in locked cabinets and drawers in dispensary areas. All
instruments must be returned to the secured storage after each use and cleaning. Medication will be stored
in locked cabinets and drawers for proper control and accountability.
PROCEDURE
I.
All dispensaries shall store medical instruments and medications in locked cabinets. These
cabinets shall remain locked when not in use. Narcotics shall be stored in a locked cabinet within
another locked cabinet or locked room.
II.
Nursing staff shall be responsible for returning/replacing instruments to the locked cabinet after
each use and cleaning. Instruments will be accounted for at the end of each shift.
III.
Nursing staff shall perform and sign responsibility for a count and appropriate disposal of
syringes, needles and other sharp instruments at the beginning and end of each shift.
IV.
Nursing staff shall perform and assign responsibility for a count of controlled medications at the
beginning and end of each shift.
V.
The supervising nurse in each facility will be responsible for the control of these items in their
respective dispensary.
M.35 MEDICAL SECURITY
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 10, 2012

M.36
STANDARD (BLOOD AND BODY FLUID) PRECAUTIONS
DSB M.37, 41; SHERIFFS DEPT. BLOOD BORNE
PATHOGENS EXPOSURE
Control Plan; Dept. P&P 6.100 & 3.16
PURPOSE
To protect the health and safety of employees in the presence of or suspected presence of infectious
and/or communicable diseases and to provide information and training to employees who are at risk of
coming into contact with blood borne pathogens requiring Standard Precautions during the performance
of their duties.
POLICY
I.
The Sheriff's Department shall comply with federal and state statutes applicable to blood borne
pathogens that the employees may be exposed to during the completion of certain work tasks.
II.
Operational activities will be performed following Standard Precautions specified in the

Department's written Blood borne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan.
DEFINITIONS
I.
An exposure incident is defined as a specific situation whereby any amount of blood or body
fluids are deposited on: damaged skin, mucous membranes (e.g., eyes, nasal, mouth, etc.) or
by skin puncture (e.g. contaminated needle stick, etc.)
II.
Damaged skin is defined as an open wound or weakened skin where penetration of the
contaminant may occur (i.e., abrasions, scratches, burns or other skin lesions).
III.
Blood borne Pathogens -Pathogenic microorganisms present in human blood that can cause
disease.
IV.
Chemical Quaternary -is a chemical disinfectant that reduces disease by 99.9% when caused by
germs and viruses including Staph. Strep, HIV, Hepatitis, Rotavirus, E-Coli, Salmonella and
fungi. Its actions are Tuberculocidal, Virucidal, Bactericidal, and Fungicidal
V.
Communicable Disease -Any disease carried from one person or animal to another by direct or
indirect contact.
VI.
Decontamination -The use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy

surface blood borne pathogens to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting
infectious particles and it is rendered safe for handling, use or disposal.
VII.
Hypoallergenic -Any material having little likelihood of causing an allergic response.
VIII.
Infectious Agent -An organism responsible for causing a disease.
M.36 STANDARD PRECAUTIONS

#12//01
Page 1 of 9
IX.
Standard Precautions -An infection control approach in which all human blood and certain
body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious of HIV, Hepatitis B Virus, and other blood
borne pathogens.
PROCEDURE
San Diego County Sheriff's Department assumes human blood and all body fluids are to be treated as if
they are known to contain Human Immunodeficiency Virus, Hepatitis B virus and other blood borne
pathogens. All SDSD employees shall employ Standard Precautions.
I.
PRE-EXPOSURE
A.
Personnel are required to use Standard Precautions when at risk for potential exposure to
blood or other body fluids.
B.
Hepatitis B vaccinations are recommended and available at no cost to employees who

have potential occupational exposures.
C.
The medical/mental health information transfer summary (J-204 form) for inmates who
are transferring to prison are to be placed inside the designated envelope (J-270 form) to
inform transporting deputies to use universal and respiratory precautions as applicable. A
copy of (J-270A form) will be attached to all transfer bags containing the medical records
of inmates transferring to the other detention facilities within the system.
D.
An awareness-training program on Exposure Determination and Hazards will be

provided to all SDSD employees to make them aware that:
E.
1.
They may be exposed to blood borne pathogens during the performance of certain
work assignments.
2.
Specific job-related duties place them at risk for exposures to potentially

infectious materials.
3.
They must review safety information and safe work procedures specific to the
duties they are performing and the type of pathogens to which they may be
exposed.
4.
They are responsible to assess their health status (i.e., open wounds, etc.) before
performing duties that could place them at risk of receiving an exposure to blood
borne pathogens.
Exposure Control Plan

All Sheriff's Department Detention Facilities maintain a written Blood borne Pathogens
Exposure Control plan.
1.
A copy of the Exposure Control Plan is available through the detention facility
Watch Commander.

#12//01
Page 2 of 9
2.
II.
All employees shall review this policy and complete the training before handling
blood and all body fluids.
EXPOSURE
Methods of compliance with Standard Safety Procedures
1.
Personal Protective Equipment

Sheriff's facilities can consult the Employee Medical Liaison Unit for information
on ordering appropriately approved personal protective equipment.
a.
Disposable Gloves
The appropriate examination gloves shall be used. Hypoallergenic gloves,
glove liners, powder less gloves or other similar protective gear are
available to employees who are allergic latex. . Employees who require
such items should contact their supervisor or members of the Employee
Medical Liaison Unit.
b.
1)
Gloves shall be worn whenever there is a risk of contact with

blood, body fluids and mucous membranes of non-intact skin of
inmates..
2)
Protection can be increased by double gloving and should be

considered when there is a large quantity of blood exposure.
3)
If the glove is torn or punctured by a needle stick or accident,

remove the damaged glove, wash hands and put on a new glove as
promptly as inmate safety permits.
4)
Remove potentially contaminated gloves immediately and before

touching uncontaminated surfaces i.e. keyboards, telephones, door
handles.
5)
Gloves shall be removed by peeling them off "inside-out" to

prevent any contaminated material from having contact with the
skin. Used gloves and contaminated materials shall be disposed of
in accordance with the Exposure Control Plan.
Safety Glasses or Goggles

Eye protection is to be worn whenever there is a likelihood of blood
splash, spray/or misting.
c.
Masks
Protective Barrier Membrane (disposable one-way valve mask) is to be
worn whenever there is likelihood of production of respiratory droplets,
mists, splash or sprays

#12//01
Page 3 of 9
d.
1)
Protective Barrier Membranes (disposable one-way valve mask)

shall be used any time administering CPR.
2)
Protective Barrier Membranes (disposable one-way valve masks)

shall be used anytime mouth to mouth resuscitation is used.
Coveralls/Fluid Resistant Material

Coveralls, such as Proshield Tyvek, are to be worn over department
uniforms when dealing with a significant amount of potentially infectious
material.
e.
Shoe/Boot Cover/Fluid Resistant Material

Boot covers, such as Tyvek Shoe Boot covers, are to be worn over shoes
or boots when dealing with a significant amount of potentially infectious
material.
f.
2.
Clothing
1)
If an employee's clothing becomes contaminated with blood, body

fluid or other potentially infectious materials, it should be carefully
removed as soon as possible.
2)
Care needs to be exercised that the clothing does not contaminate

other articles before it is laundered.
Hand Washing
All staff hand washing stations will be supplied with antimicrobial hand cleaners.
Sheriff's facilities can consult the Employee Medical Liaison Unit for information
on ordering appropriate approved supplies.
a.
Body substances may contain organisms that easily contaminate your

hands. Hand washing is an effective means of infection control. When
properly done, hand washing removes infection organisms. Any handwashing product, whether antibacterial or antimicrobial will achieve this
goal.
b.
Wash hands thoroughly before eating or preparing food; before and after
touching wounds or other drainage; after contact with blood or body
fluids; mucous membranes, secretions, or excretions (such as saliva, urine,
blood, semen and feces).
c.
Waterless antimicrobial hand cleaners shall be used only where water is

not available and may not be substituted for soap and running water in
detention facilities except during an internal emergency.
d.
Do not use other chemicals such as alcohol or bleach to wash your hands.
The chemicals may damage your skin and cause open sores or chapped
areas to be more easily infected.
Page 4 of 9
#12//01
e.
Hands shall be washed immediately after gloves are removed.
f.
Hands and other skin surfaces shall be washed with soap and water
immediately and thoroughly if contaminated by blood or body fluids.
g.
Non-intact Skin Surfaces

1)
Employees who have open wounds or breaks in the skin shall

refrain from all direct handling of blood and body fluids until the
condition resolves.
2)
Employees with open wounds or breaks in the skin shall

thoroughly cover or bandage such wounds.
h.
Mucous membrane exposures, e.g., nose, eye, mouth, shall be washed

with water only.
i.
Sharp Devices
All employees will take precautions to prevent injuries caused by needles,
and other sharp instruments or devices.
3.
Pregnant Staff
Pregnant staff members are not known to be at greater risk of contacting HIV
infection than non-pregnant staff; however, the infant is at risk of infection
resulting from prenatal transmission.
III.
POST EXPOSURE
Cleaning and decontaminating spills of blood and other body fluids.
1.
2.
Sworn staff are responsible for or ensuring all obviously contaminated surfaces
are cleaned by an inmate worker(s).
a.
Chemical quaternary disinfectants that are health care facility approved,

when used at recommended dilutions, can be used to decontaminate spills
of blood and other body fluids.
b.
A solution of 1:10 bleach to water is effective in preventing transmission

of HIV.
c.
The deputy in charge of trash detail shall ensure that all biomedical waste
is placed in a locked dumpster/trash container.
Cleaning of isolation, safety and holding cells, medical housing, restrooms,

inmate telephones, prostraint chairs, handcuffs, leg shackles, waist chains and leg
chains will be done routinely using health care facility approved disinfectants or
bleach solution.

#12//01
Page 5 of 9
3.
4.
IV.
Laundry
a.
Don gloves prior to handling soiled linen. Minimize agitation to prevent

gross microbial contamination of the air and of persons handling the linen.
All soiled linen should be bagged at the location where it was used.
b.
Linen soiled with blood or body fluids shall be placed and transported in
bags that prevent leakage.
c.
Linen must be washed in conjunction with laundry services procedures.
Facility Medical Staff may be used as a resource when needed for specific
information regarding blood spill clean up. In extraordinary blood spills the
Medical Staff will respond to assess the blood spill and give clean up instructions.
REPORTING EXPOSURES
A.
All contamination shall be reported immediately to the employee's immediate supervisor

to ensure appropriate documentation and medical treatment if:
1.
There is mucous membrane contamination, or
2.
The skin barrier has been or may have been penetrated.
B.
The exposed staff shall be referred to the nearest County contracted Industrial Medical
Clinic for medical follow-up and medical treatment according to Department Policy and
Procedure 3.16 -Occupational Injury.
C.
The employee's immediate supervisor shall report all contacts with potential or suspected
sources of infectious disease by completing a form 5019, "Employer's Report of
Occupational Injury or Illness". Post exposure evaluation and follow-up shall be sought
at the County-contract provider as soon as possible.
D.
The "Employer's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness" (form 5019) shall be faxed to
the Sheriff's Medical Liaison Unit by the next business day after the occurrence. A copy
of this form shall be filed at the employee's work site, and the originals shall be
forwarded to the Sheriff's Medical Liaison Unit. The Medical Liaison Unit will maintain
copies and forward the originals to the Medical Standards Coordinator in the County
Department of Human Resources.
E.
If a contact with a potential source results in infection or physical injury, the employee
shall proceed to the nearest County-contract emergency workers' compensation medical
facility for treatment. The employee shall fill out the following forms:
1.
"Employer's Report of Occupational Injury or Illness"
2.
DWC-1 "Employees Claim for Worker's Compensation Benefits"
3.
MLU-1 "Status Report for Occupational Injury or Illness"

#12//01
Page 6 of 9
4.
Proof of Service
5.
Authorization to Obtain and Release Information in Connection with an

Application for Workers Compensation Benefits.
F.
California State Law (7510 P.C.) requires law enforcement personnel to file a specific
report form whenever they have had an exposure to a body fluid capable of transmitting
HIV. The State Law further requires the Chief Medical Officer to complete a process of
investigation and determination about HIV testing the source of the exposure.
G.
"Chief Medical Officer" means, in the case of a report filed against a subject who is an
inmate of the county jail, or who has been arrested or taken into custody whether or not
the person has been charged with a crime, but who is not in a correctional facility, the
County Health Officer of the County of San Diego.
H.
When an inmate refuses or is not mentally competent to give voluntary consent, law
provides consent for HIV testing of specific appeal rights.
I.
Whenever an exposure has occurred the exposure should be assessed and personnel
should be referred for appropriate medical follow-up.
J.
Personnel are required by law to file a report whenever they have been exposed to body
fluids capable of transmitting HIV of a detainee, arrestee, inmate, parolee, or probationer.
1.
Personnel will complete the State Department of Health Service Report of

Request and Decision for HIV Testing form 5019, whenever they have been
exposed to body fluids capable of transmitting HIV.
2.
Personnel may request HIV testing of the source of the exposure on the 5019report form.
3.
The 5019 report form will be completed as soon as possible after the
incident and no later than 24 hours following the incident.
4.
The 5019-form will be submitted to the Employee Medical Liaison Unit

Copies of the report shall be submitted to the Facility Commander.
5.
Pursuant to Penal Code 7511, the County Health Officer is required to

decide if HIV testing of the source is appropriate and will indicate the decision on
the 5019-report form.
6.
Pursuant to Penal Code 7511, the County Health Officer is required to

return the completed 5019-form to the employee within 5 calender days
after the submission of the form.
7.
Anytime an employee has not received the completed 5019-form within 5 days
after submission of the form, the employee will notify the Facility Commander
immediately.
8.
The Facility Commander will contact the County Health Officer to determine the
reason for the failure to return the form in the legally specified time frame. If the
Page 7 of 9
#12//01
matter is not resolved, the Facility Commander will contact the Sheriff or the
Sheriffs Legal Counsel.
K.
State law provides for an appeals process if either party disagrees with the decision of the
County Health Officer regarding the HIV testing of the subject of the report.
1.
The employee who filed the 5019 report form or the subject of the test may
appeal the decision of the County Health Officer.
2.
The deputy or subject of the test files the Report of Request of Appeal for
HIV Testing, form 5019, within 3 calender days of the receipt of the decision of
the County Health Officer.
a.
V.
The Appeals Panel is to be compromised of:

1)
County Health Officer
2)
Supervisory Representative of the Sheriff
3)
Independent Physician selected from a list developed by the State

Department of Health Services
b.
The appeals hearing is a closed hearing. Both parties can be represented

and present evidence.
c.
The decision of the Appeals Panel must be rendered within 10 days of the
receipt of the appeals request.
d.
The decision must be unanimous to overturn the initial decision.
EXPOSURE FOLLOW UP
Post-exposure medical evaluation and follow up shall be sought at the County contract provider
as soon as possible at no cost.
VI.
RECORD KEEPING
A.
Employee Medical Records

1.
The original Medical Records of employee with occupational exposures are

maintained by the County Medical Standards and duplicate copies are maintained
by the Sheriff's Departments' Employee Medical Liaison Unit.
2.
These medical records will be kept confidential and will not be disclosed without
the employee's written consent to any person within or outside the workplace
(except as may be required by law).
3.
These medical records may include:

a.
The name and social security number of the employee.

#12//01
Page 8 of 9
B.
b.
A copy of the employees Hepatitis B vaccination status, including the

dates of all Hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical records related
to the employees ability to receive such vaccination.
c.
A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing and follow-up

procedures.
d.
A copy of the health care professionals written opinion.
e.
A copy of the exposure information supplied to the health care

professional.
Employee Training Records

Training records will be kept in accordance to the specific division/department protocol.
The Blood borne Pathogen Exposure plan-training files are to be maintained for at least
three years from the date on which the training occurred. These records include the
following:
1.
The name and job title of the employee.
2.
The dates and summary of the training session.
3.
The names and qualification of all personnel conducting the training.

#12//01
Page 9 of 9
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2013
M.37
COMMUNICABLE DISEASE CONTROL
DSB M.36, 41; MSD Communicable Disease; Dept. P&P
3.16
& 6.100
AUTHORITY
Health & Safety Codes 121055, 121060 & 121070; California Penal Codes 7500-7554; CAC
Title XV Section 1206.5; Federal OSHA Bloodborne Pathogen Standard, Code 29 CFR
1910.1030 & 1910 & 1910.20; CCR Title 8, Section 5193.
PURPOSE
To protect the health and safety of employees in the presence of, or suspected presence of, infectious
and/or communicable diseases and to provide information and training to employees who may come in
contact with biological substances requiring respiratory and standard precautions during the
performance of their duties.
POLICY
I.
II.
III.
The San Diego Sheriff's Department encourages the practice of respiratory and standard
precautions which are protective measures for all employees to minimize exposure to pathogens.
The Sheriff's Department will comply with federal and state statutes applicable to potentially
infectious agents.
The use of standard precautions shall be utilized during all operational activities. Procedures are
specified in the Department's written Bloodborne Pathogens Exposure Control Plan.
DEFINITIONS
Respiratory (TB) Isolation Room - a single-patient room that has specifically designed
ventilation characteristics appropriate for isolation. These rooms should maintain negative air
pressure; thus, doors to isolation rooms should be kept closed except when patients or personnel
must enter or exit the room.
Negative Pressure - A difference in pressure between a corridor and a respiratory isolation room
so that there is a one-way flow of air into the respiratory isolation room.
Close Contact - A person who lives with, works with, or otherwise is frequently in close physical
proximity to a person who has infectious TB.
Infectious TB - Persons are usually considered infectious if their sputum smears are positive for
acid-fast bacilli and they: are not on therapy, have just begun therapy, or are on inadequate
therapy.
Standard Precautions - See M.36 for definition.
M.37 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE CONTROL
#13//06
Page 1 of 7
Communicable Diseases - See M.36 for definition.

Body Fluids Capable of Transmitting HIV or HBV - As defined by the State Department of
Health Services, blood, semen, vaginal secretions and any body fluid visibly contaminated with
blood.
Exposure - An exposure incident is defined as a specific situation whereby personnel are exposed
to airborne pathogens and/or when any amount of body fluid defined in P&P M.36 Universal
(Blood and Body Fluid) Precautions is deposited on: damaged skin, mucous membranes (e.g.,
eyes, nasal, mouth, etc.) or skin puncture (e.g. contaminated needle stick, etc.).
Infectious Agent - See definition in M.36
Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) - The causative agent of the Acquired
Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS).
PROCEDURES
I.
EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN

A.
RESPIRATORY INFECTION EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN

There shall be specific practices to contain, control and prevent the spread of respiratory
infections. When strict respiratory isolation is required, the inmate shall be transferred to
a detention facility with negative pressure isolation cells. In the event that a respiratory
isolation cell is not available in one of the Sheriff's Detention Facilities, contact the
Sheriffs Medical Director or Infection Control Supervising Nurse.
B.
BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN

All Sheriff's Department Detention Facilities shall maintain a written Bloodborne
Pathogens Exposure Control Plan.
II.
PART ONE: PRE-EXPOSURE

Following standard and respiratory precautions is fundamental to an effective injury and illness
prevention program for infectious biological/diseases. Department personnel who are at risk for
potential exposure to dangerous and possibly fatal airborne and bloodborne diseases are required
to use respiratory and standard precautions.
As an adjunct to standard precautions, Hepatitis B vaccinations are recommended and available
at no cost to employees who have occupational exposures to potentially infectious materials. All
personnel are encouraged to use available preventive vaccination programs
A.
B.
Exposure Determination and Communication of Hazards to Employees - See M.36,

Section I, C
General information identifying the precautions necessary for housing and transporting
inmates who have or are suspected of having a reportable communicable disease or
condition shall be provided by the detention facility medical staff.
Page 2 of 7
#13//06
C.
The detention facility medical staff identifies inmates with health problems and indicates
when an inmate needs special housing. The Watch Commander and Classification staffs
are notified regarding medical housing needs.
Classification deputies will make medical housing assignments in accordance with
recommendations from medical staff.
D.
E.
Anytime an inmate is transported for medical care, the medical staff shall inform the
transporting deputy of any additional medical precautions necessary for the deputy and
inmate's safety.
1.
Anytime medical transportation is requested by the medical staff for an inmate,

Department personnel arranging or providing the transportation shall ask the
medical staff what additional medical precautions, besides respiratory and
standard precautions, are necessary when the inmate is being transported.
2.
If additional medical precautions are necessary, the medical staff will advise the
transporting deputy of additional safety measures.
3.
If an inmate being transported has or is suspected of having a communicable

respiratory condition, the medical staff will provide a surgical mask for the
inmate. Transporting staff shall wear a HEPA also as known as N-95 mask.
4.
Transporting deputies shall wear disposable examination gloves when handling

inmates with open sores or weeping lesions.
5.
Transporting deputies shall always thoroughly wash their hands after contact with
inmates being transported before touching their face, eyes, ears or any personal
objects.
The medical staff will provide the Facility Commander with specific information such as
inmates name, booking number and the suspected communicable disease.
1.
The Facility Commander will receive a weekly report from the medical staff
listing any inmate who has, or is suspected of having, a communicable disease.
The weekly report will be completed on the Sheriff's Department Medical
Condition Weekly Report form (J-207).
2.
The Facility Commander will provide the information contained in the Medical
Condition Weekly Report form to the appropriate staff in a manner prescribed by
law to ensure the safety of staff and other inmates.
a.
b.
The Facility Commander will provide all Watch Commanders a weekly

medical report identifying any inmate who is listed on the Medical
Condition Weekly Report form.
The Watch Commanders will check the list anytime transportation is

requested and inform the transporting deputy if the inmate being
transported is on the list.
Page 3 of 7
#13//06
III.
PART TWO: EXPOSURE

Methods of Compliance with Standard Safety Procedures
A.
Personal Protective Equipment

Protective Equipment to minimize contact with airborne and bloodborne pathogens will
be provided to personnel. Protective equipment is to be used when the situation warrants
and should be used in an appropriate manner.
Sheriff's facilities can consult the Employee Medical Liaison Unit for information on
ordering appropriate approved personal protective equipment.
1.
Disposable Gloves - See M.36, Section II, A, 1a.
2.
Safety Glasses or Goggles - Wear eye protection whenever there is likelihood of

splash, sprays and/or mists.
3.
Masks - Wear masks whenever there is likelihood of production of respirable

droplets, mists, splash or sprays.
a.
Surgical Mask - to be worn by inmate.

Surgical masks are designed to prevent the respiratory secretions of the
person wearing the mask from entering the air.
b.
HEPA also known as N95 Mask - to be worn by personnel.

N95 mask provides filtration of particles including TB bacilli.
All employees who wear respiratory protection for TB, including
supervisors, are required to successfully complete a comprehensive
"Respiratory Protection Training Program" which includes:
c.
4.
1)
A written examination to assess individual comprehension of basic

principles of mask use, sanitation, maintenance and disposal.
2)
A N95 fit test to assure that their masks are sealed properly against
their face. The staff of the County of San Diego Department of
Environmental Health administers the training.
Protective Barrier Membrane (PBM) Wear whenever administering CPR.
Coveralls/Fluid Resistant Material - See M.36, II, A, 1d.
B.
Shoe/Boot Cover/Fluid Resistant Material - See M.36, II, A, 1e.
C.
Respiratory Precautions
1.
Protective Barrier Membrane (PBM) - one-way valve mask and carrying case will
be issued to each deputy and medical staff trained in the use of the pocket masks.
Page 4 of 7
#13//06
2.
PBM will be carried at all times by personnel while on duty.
3.
PBM shall be used only once and then disposed of and staff will be issued a new
one.
4.
To reduce the expulsion of droplet nuclei into the air, inmates suspected of having
TB should wear surgical masks when not in TB isolation rooms.
The Medical Liaison Unit should be notified of any detention facility employee
who has suspected or confirmed TB disease.
D.
5.
Long-term inmates infected with TB and confirmed by Medical Services Infection

Control Supervising Nurse will be case managed until treatment has been
completed.
6.
Inmates suspected of having infectious TB disease should be placed immediately

in a negative pressure isolation cell.
7.
Inmates requiring respiratory isolation shall not be transported in a vehicle with

other inmates. Environmental factors allowing, vehicle windows should be open
and ventilation system utilized.
Standard Precautions
1.
Blood and body fluid precautions shall be consistently used for all inmates by
using appropriate barrier precautions to prevent skin and mucous membrane
exposure when contact with blood or other body fluids is anticipated.
2.
If a glove is torn or punctured by a needle stick or accident, remove the damaged

glove, wash your hands, and put on a new glove as promptly as inmate safety
permits.
3.
If gloves are potentially contaminated, remove immediately and prior to touching

any uncontaminated surfaces, i.e. keyboards, telephones, door handles.
4.
Gloves shall be removed by peeling them off "inside-out" to prevent any

contaminated material from having contact with the skin. Used gloves and
contaminated materials shall be disposed of in accordance with the Exposure
Control Plan.
5.
Hands shall be washed immediately after gloves are removed.
6.
Hands and other skin surfaces shall be washed with soap and water immediately
and thoroughly if contaminated by blood or body fluids. Mucous membrane
exposures should be washed with water only.
7.
All employees will take precautions to prevent injuries caused by needles and
other sharp instruments or devices.
8.
Sharp items shall be placed in puncture resistant containers for disposal.
Page 5 of 7
#13//06
IV.
9.
Employees who have open wounds or breaks in the skin shall refrain from all
direct handling of blood and body fluids until the condition resolves. Employees
with open wounds or breaks in the skin shall thoroughly cover or bandage such
wounds.
10.
Pregnant staff should be especially familiar with and adhere to standard

precautions to minimize risk of transmission of bloodborne diseases.
11.
If an employee's clothing becomes contaminated with blood, body fluid or other

potentially infectious materials, it should be carefully removed as soon as
possible. Care needs to be exercised that the clothing does not contaminate other
articles before it is laundered.
12.
Sworn staff will conduct searches in the manner prescribed by department policy
to minimize body fluid contact or cuts by sharp objects.
13.
Disposable gloves will be worn once and immediately disposed of in an

appropriate manner.
14.
Disposable gloves should never be worn for extended periods of time.
15.
Personnel wearing other types of gloves, such as leather gloves or heavy rubber
gloves should wear disposable gloves over the other type of gloves.
E.
Clothing - See M.36, Section II, A, 2.
F.
Hand washing - See M.36, Section II, A, 3.
G.
Cleaning and Decontaminating Spills of Blood and other Body Fluids - See M.36,
Section III, A
H.
Laundry - See M.36, Section III, A, 3.
PART THREE: POST-EXPOSURE

A.
Reporting Exposures - See M.36, Section IV
B.
Exposure Follow-up
Post-exposure vaccinations and medical evaluations are available at no cost to all employees who had an
exposure incident.
C.
Record Keeping - see M.36, Section VI, A & B

References:
Guidelines for Preventing the Transmission of Mycobacterium

tuberculosis in Health-Care Settings, 2005
MMWR 2005; 54 (No. RR-17)

#13//06
Page 6 of 7
Prevention and Control of Tuberculosis in Correctional and Detention

Facilities: Recommendations from CDC
MMWR 2006: 55 (No. RR-09)
CDC. HIV transmission among male inmates in a state prison system

Georgia, 19922005. MMWR 2006;55(15):421426.
http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm5515a1.htm?s_cid=m
m5515a1_e. Accessed April 17, 2012.
Guidelines for Environmental Infection Control in Health-Care Facilities
MMWR 2003; 52 (No. RR-10)

#13//06
Page 7 of 7
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
M.38
INMATE PREGNANCY
CCR Title 15, Sec. 1206; PC 3407, 3423, 3424, 4023.6,
4028, 5007.7, 6030(e), 6030(f); H&S Sec. 25950-57, MSD
F.1
PURPOSE
To protect the rights and provide quality medical care to all pregnant inmates coming into the San Diego
County detention system
POLICY
All pregnant inmates shall be provided with information regarding prenatal care and family planning.
Breast pumps shall be available for inmate mothers. Pregnant inmates shall be shackled/restrained only
as permitted by law. A female inmate shall have the right to summon and receive the services of a
physician in order to determine whether she is pregnant, continuation of pregnancy or elect abortion. A
female inmate may request to see their own physician at their own expense. Breast pumps shall be
available for lactating mothers.
PROCEDURE
I.
Referral Testing and Medical Staff Responsibility

A.
When an inmate is suspected of being pregnant, the medical staff will administer an onsite pregnancy test.
B.
If the test is negative and pregnancy is still suspected, the inmate shall be referred to the
OB/GYN for assessment/need for further testing.
C.
Inmates testing positive shall be scheduled for the next physicians sick call to confirm
pregnancy by examination.
D.
Pregnant inmates shall be started on a prenatal care program as ordered by Medical

Services physician.
E.
At the inmate's first OB visit, the nurse will verbally review the standards and policies
governing pregnant inmates, including but not limited to relevant regulations, and the
correctional policies.
F.
This policy, related excerpts of Detention Policies & Procedures Section I.57, as well as
the text of Penal Code 4023.6 and 4028 shall be displayed as signs in the female intake
areas and the OB clinic. In addition, the inmate will be advised of the rights contained in
these sections per Penal Code 3407, and proof of such advisement will be noted in JIMS.
G.
An inmate who expresses a desire to terminate her pregnancy, or who would like
counseling on the issue, shall be referred to Planned Parenthood for further information
as to all options available to them.
M.38 INMATE PREGNANCY

#13//09
Page 1 of 2
H.
II.
An inmate may request to be treated by her own physician, at her own expense to
determine continuation of pregnancy or elect abortion, pursuant to Detentions Policies &
Procedures Section M.11.
Security Staff
A.
It shall be the responsibility of the security staff to provide transportation to and from the
medical facility performing the procedure.
B.
Depending on the status of the inmate, the status of her medical condition (i.e., length of
pregnancy or other conditions) and the location of the procedure, the Facility Commander
shall approve, on an individual basis, the conditions under which each inmate will be
transported and guarded throughout the entire procedure. This order shall be in writing to
the transporting deputy; it shall be arranged in advance with the providing agency and a
copy will be filed with the inmates medical record.
C.
The inmate shall be taken directly back to the housing facility dispensary after
completion of the procedure.
D.
In the event of an emergency as a result of this procedure, the transporting deputy shall
see to the appropriate needs of the inmate in accordance with all current procedures
addressing the legal and medical responsibility for the safety of all persons in custody.
E.
Any unusual operating problems relating to the procedure will be relayed to the
appropriate level of security and the medical staff for resolution, keeping in mind that the
ultimate goal is the implementation of the purpose and policy as stated in this document.
M.38 INMATE PREGNANCY

#13//09
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 27, 2014

M.39
DISABLED INMATES
CCR TITLE 15, SEC. 1006, PC 2656, M.9, MSD I.3, C.1, Prison
Rape Elimination Act of 2003
PURPOSE
A written procedure shall be developed for the segregation and safe housing of disabled inmates.
POLICY
A medical recommendation (i.e., lower bunk, lower tier) shall be initiated and entered into JIMS
upon determination that the recommended instructions are necessary for the safety and/or welfare of a
disabled inmate.
Each detention facility shall take reasonable steps to ensure meaningful access to all aspects of the
Sheriff's Departments' efforts to prevent, detect, and respond to sexual abuse and sexual harassment to
inmates who have limited communication, both receptively and expressively.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
All inmates who have been determined to be disabled will be housed and /or segregated in a
facility with the appropriate medical care accommodations.
A.
It will be left to the discretion of the medical staff to determine if an inmates disability
fits the criteria of disabled as defined by this section.
B.
Inmates who meet the criteria of Section M.21 will be issued a red medical wristband.
C.
Medical staff shall enter recommendations for appropriate housing into the IMS module
in JIMS.
D.
If sworn staff is unable to accommodate the aforementioned housing recommendations,

Medical staff shall be notified so a reassessment may occur.
E.
Reassignment of housing unit and/or facility may result from this reassessment.
Inmates who are considered disabled may include, but are not necessarily limited to, those who
are:
A.
Physically disabled:
1.
Suffering from symptomatic AIDS
2.
Wearing casts
M.39 DISABLED INMATES
#14//01
Page 1 of 2
B.
C.
III.
3.
Paraplegic
4.
Confined to a wheelchair
5.
Post surgeries
6.
Using crutches
7.
Recovering from a fractured jaw
8.
Require 24-hour medical observation
9.
Use a prosthesis
10.
Receiving continuous medical care
Developmentally disabled:
1.
Mental retardation
2.
Cerebral palsy
3.
Epilepsy, autism or a combination
Inmates segregated due to physical disabilities may be re-evaluated as needed by the

medical staff and returned to the mainline population, if appropriate.
Inmates with limited communication both expressively and receptively will have
accommodations to:
1.
Request medical services
2.
Request psychiatric services
3.
Advise medical and sworn staff if they have been sexually assaulted.
M.39 DISABLED INMATES

#14//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2013
M.41
INFECTION CONTROL: MEDICAL WASTE
CCR Title 15, Sec. 1206; H & S 117600-118360;S.D.
County Ordinance 9293; MSD.M.8
H&S Sec. 25117 & 28550; CCR Title 22, Article 9& 11
PURPOSE
To ensure proper handling of medical and hazardous waste, as well as prevention and control of
infection.
POLICY
Biomedical waste shall be contained in locked dumpsters. Biohazardous waste shall be disposed of in an
approved lawful manner.
PROCEDURE
I. BIOMEDICAL WASTE
Biomedical Waste is any waste that is generated by or has been used in the diagnosis, treatment
or immunization of human beings or animals, in research pertaining thereto, in the production or
testing of biologicals, or which may contain infectious agents and may pose a substantial threat
to health. Biomedical waste does not include biohazardous waste.
1.
The deputy in charge of trash detail shall ensure that all biomedical waste is placed in a
locked trash container.
2.
A locked dumpster may be obtained by contacting the dumpster provider.
II. BIOHAZARDOUS WASTE

Biohazardous Waste materials are recognizable fluid blood elements and regulated body fluids,
containers and articles contaminated with blood elements, or regulated body fluids that readily
separate from the solid portion of the waste under ambient temperature and pressure. Regulated
body fluids are blood, semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluids, pleural
fluid, peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, amniotic fluid, and any body fluid that is contaminated
with blood.
1. The medical staff is responsible for the disposal of all Biohazardous Waste generated by
the medical unit, which shall include but not limited to: needles, syringes, sharps, and/or
red bag waste.
2. The medical staff may provide guidance to Sheriff's non-medical personnel regarding
appropriate cleaning and handling of Biohazardous waste in the facility.
M.41 INFECTION CONTROL: MEDICAL WASTE

#13//05
Page 1 of 2
3. Biohazardous waste shall be placed in a marked, locked container, in a specified, locked

area.
III. BIOHAZARDOUS WASTE WARNING SIGNS
A. Biohazardous Waste signs shall be posted using the following language:
1. English, "Caution-Biohazardous waste storage area. Unauthorized persons keep out."
2. Spanish, "Cuidado-Zona de residuous (infectados) prohibida la entrada a personas no
autorizadas."
B. Warning signs shall be readily legible during daylight from a distance of at least 25 feet.
IV. WASTE REMOVAL
A contracted Biohazardous waste hauler shall remove biohazardous waste from the premises.
Sworn staff will control the access for removal. The driver of the specialized collection truck
shall present a receipt to the deputy in charge of the secured area. The receipt shall be forwarded
to the facility medical supervisor/designee.
M.41 INFECTION CONTROL: MEDICAL WASTE

#13//05
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 11, 2014

M.42
HIV TESTING: PRE-COUNSELING
CCR Title 15, Secs. 1206; PC 7500, PC 243.9, H&S 120261-2,
121050-70; MSD H.11
PURPOSE
To comply with the above-cited authorities for providing HIV testing.
POLICY
Sheriffs Detention Medical Services nursing staff will provide counseling services to inmates
requesting HIV testing in accordance with San Diego County Public Health guidelines.
PROCEDURE
I.
GENERAL: HIV testing may be indicated as a result of the inmates medical condition,
lifestyle, court order, at the voluntary request of the inmate, or initiated at the request of another
inmate or personnel who believe he or she has been exposed to inmate bodily fluids.
A.
HIV testing referral may be initiated by any of the following:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Inmate
Medical doctor, psychiatrist, nurse
Court order
Correctional Counselor
Sheriffs personnel pursuant to P.C. 7500, P.C. 243.9, H&S 120261-2, 121050-70
B.
HIV testing may consist of an oral mucosal transudate saliva test or a blood draw. Except
when required by law or court order, HIV testing shall be done on a voluntary basis. A
reasonable effort shall be made to obtain consent.
C.
Court ordered and all other forensic HIV testing shall be conducted via a blood draw in a
medically approved manner by contract forensic medical personnel. This testing shall be
completed upon receipt of the Court order and no later than 48 hours following receipt of
the Court order. Sheriffs medical personnel will not participate in facilitating an HIV
test as the result of a court order or other forensic process.
D.
Court ordered HIV testing for forensic purposes will be analyzed at the San Diego
County Public Health Laboratory. Victim requested Court ordered HIV testing will be
analyzed at the San Diego County Public Health Laboratory. Contract forensic medical
personnel will label the specimen and place the specimen in a brown paper bag (brown
paper bags will be provided by Sheriffs Medical Services) labeled Public Health.
Sheriffs Medical Services will ensure the sample is routed appropriately.
E.
Pursuant to Health and Safety Code 120262, inmates shall be offered medically
appropriate HIV counseling whether or not he/she consents to testing.
M.42 HIV TESTING: COUNSELING

#14//14
Page 1 of 2
II.
III.
IV.
TESTING
A.
At the request of an inmate/patient, HIV testing will be performed by a member of the

Sheriff's nursing staff. At the time of procuring the specimen, the inmate/patient will be
afforded time to ask questions and health teaching shall be provided.
B.
Upon receipt of the HIV test result:

1.
The nursing staff member will provide the result to the inmate in a confidential
manner.
2.
All inmates having HIV positive results will be scheduled for MDSC.
INCOMPLETE TESTING/COUNSELING:
A.
If I/P was released from custody and the result of HIV testing is negative, medical staff
will forward the lab results to the medical records unit for imaging.
B.
If I/P was released from custody and results of HIV testing are positive, results shall be
reported following the County's reportable communicable disease protocol and using the
intended reporting form specific to HIV. A notation on the report form will include a
statement that the I/P was released from custody prior to his/her knowledge of positive
results and will include a current address and phone number of the individual.
CONFIDENTIALITY AND RELEASE OF INFORMATION

A.
HIV information is protected by various state regulations which prohibit its release
without the express written consent of the person to whom the information pertains.
B.
Results shall be given to the court according to P.C. 7500 when requested.
C.
In accordance with H&S 120261-2, the Medical Director or his designee may disclose,
without consent, the HIV status of an inmate to whom an employee has had a significant
exposure.
D.
All other requests for verbal and written reports on the HIV status of an inmate shall be
referred to the Sheriffs Medical Records Unit for processing and release.
M.42 HIV TESTING: COUNSELING

#14//14
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

M.44
COURT NOTIFICATIONS AND LETTERS
I. 45, M.1, Q.43, P.C. Sec. 4011, 4011.5,
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for notifying the court of an inmates medical condition or inability to appear in
court.
POLICY
The watch commander shall be responsible for making proper notifications to the court when an inmate
is unavailable due to a medical emergency or medical treatment plan.
PROCEDURE
I.
MEDICAL EMERGENCY
A.
When an inmate is to be admitted to the hospital, the deputy shall notify the on duty
watch commander. The watch commander shall notify the medical staff. Refer to DSB
P&P section I.45 for inmate hospital admittance procedures.
B.
The watch commander will review the inmates computer records and custody record for
any conflicts between the inmates medical treatment and scheduled court appearances.
C.
If any scheduling conflicts exist with a court appearance, the day shift watch commander
will ensure the following occurs:
1.
Notify the responsible sworn staff.
2.
Notify the appropriate court facility as soon as possible. The initial contact will
be made by phone, notating the individual notified and the time.
3.
The medical staff will e-mail the Medical Court Report (J-222 form) to the on
duty watch commander, followed by a phone call to confirm receipt.
4.
The watch commander will forward the J-222 form to the on duty detention
processing supervisor (DPS) and court deputy. The DPS will send the signed J222 form electronically to the superior court contacts of the appropriate court
jurisdiction. If the court appearance is scheduled in another court jurisdiction, the
J-222 form will be electronically sent to the on duty DPS at the facility's court
jurisdiction. The DPS at that facility will forward the notice to the appropriate
superior court contacts.
M. 44 COURT NOTIFICATION AND LETTERS

#15//10
Page 1 of 2
II.
Once completed, make a notation in the watch commander's log of the court
notification including the inmates name and booking number, the designated
court and scheduled court appearance date.
6.
A copy of the J-222 form will be placed in the inmate's custody record and a copy
will be forwarded to medical services.
MEDICAL TREATMENT PLAN AND CONFLICT WITH SCHEDULED COURT

APPEARANCE (S)
A.
When an inmate has a prolonged medical treatment plan (i.e. dialysis, radiation treatment,
chemotherapy, regularly scheduled clinic appointments, etc.) which may conflict with
any court appearance(s), or condition that prohibits an inmates safe transportation and
appearance in court (i.e. communicable disease, suicidal risk, etc.) , the medical staff will
notify the watch commander and prepare the J-222 form.
B.
The watch commander shall follow the procedures set forth in Sections I. B & C of this
policy.
C.
If a conflict with court exists, the facility watch commander will notify medical staff of:
D.
III.
5.
1.
The courts intent to reschedule or send an Order to Produce for the date in
question.
2.
The newly scheduled court date to prevent future scheduling conflicts.
Isolation cells in which inmates about whom the court has been notified are housed
shall be labeled with a No Court sign until they are medically cleared and/or the court
sends an Order to Produce.
INMATES MEDICALLY CLEARED FOR COURT

Upon discharge from the hospital back to the detention facility or when the condition which has
prevented an inmate from appearing in court is resolved, medical staff shall generate a J-222
form and the aforementioned process will again be followed.
M. 44 COURT NOTIFICATION AND LETTERS

#15//10
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

M.45
TRANSPORTATION OF MEDICATIONS
M.35, MSD P.1
PURPOSE
To create a secure system for the transfer of medications between facilities.
POLICY
The Prisoner Transportation Detail (PTD) may transfer medications between detention facilities.
Tracking and accountability for medications during transport and delivery is the responsibility of both
medical and sworn staff.
PROCEDURE
I.
Blue, zippered bags secured with numbered plastic locks will be used to transport all medications
between facilities. After being prepared for transport, the secured bags will be kept in locked
boxes located in an area in each detention facility accessible to PTD deputies. Keys to the locked
boxes will be retained by medical staff and PTD staff with an additional key kept at key control
of each facility.
II.
Facility issuing medication:
III.
A.
The medical staff will place the medication in the blue, zippered bag and secure the bag
with a numbered plastic lock. Medical staff will complete and photocopy the Medication
and Medical Supplies Transfer form (J-203 form). The white (original), pink
(Transportation Log copy), yellow (recipient copy) and goldenrod (sending facility
receipt) pages of the form will be placed in the secured bags clear outer sleeve.
B.
The sending facility medical staff will retain the photocopy of the form until it is replaced
by the goldenrod copy signed by the transporting deputy. Upon receipt of the goldenrod
copy, it is sent to the pharmacist.
Transportation responsibilities
A.
The transporting deputy will sign for the blue bag on the J-203 form, and leave the
goldenrod copy inside the lock box. The transporting deputy will also confirm the
number of the plastic lock recorded on the form and ensure it is properly secured on the
bag. Medical Services shall be notified immediately if the lock is missing or
compromised.
B.
Upon delivery, the transporting deputy will have the medical staff sign the J-203 form
confirming receipt of the blue bag.
M.45 TRANSPORTATION OF MEDICATION

#16//02
Page 1 of 2
IV.
V.
C.
If medical staff is not on duty, the bag will be delivered to the watch commander or
designee who will sign the J-203 form confirming receipt of the bag.
D.
The transporting deputy will retain the pink copy of the J-203 form and attach this copy
to the transportation duty log for PTD records.
Facility receiving medication

A.
Upon receiving the blue, zippered bag, the medical staff will sign the J-203 form. If
medical staff is unavailable, the bag will be delivered to the watch commander or
designee who will sign the J-203 form as confirming receipt of the bag. The watch
commander will safeguard the bag until the medical staff returns.
B.
Medical staff will verify of the contents of the blue bag and complete the J-203 form
retaining the yellow copy of the form for their records.
Note: The transporting deputy will not be delayed while inventory is conducted on the
bag.
C.
The completed white copy of the J-203 form will be returned to the pharmacist.
The pharmacist maintains the original and goldenrod copies of the J-203 form according to the
requirements for retention of records.
In the event any medication or supplies are found to be missing during inventory of the blue,
zippered bag, it will be the responsibility of the originating and receiving facilitys medical and
pharmacy staff to resolve the issue.
M.45 TRANSPORTATION OF MEDICATION

#16//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
AUGUST 5, 2014
N
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INMATE RIGHTS
N.1
Grievance Procedure
N.3
Inmate Request Forms
N.5
Access to Courts / Attorneys / Legal Advice
N.6
Conditions of Confinement Inmates
N.7
Propria Persona Status (Pro-Per Inmates)
N.8
Revocation of Pro Per Privileges
N.9
Inmate Voting
N TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 17, 2015

N.1
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
O.1, O.3
PURPOSE
To establish uniform procedures for the resolution of inmate grievances relating to disciplinary actions
and/or conditions of incarceration, and to comply with a U.S. District Court order in Armstrong v.
Schwarzenegger.
POLICY
Each facility shall attempt to resolve inmate grievances in compliance with CCR Title 15, Section 1073
and the Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003, Section 115-52. Informal resolution of an issue before it
becomes a written grievance is both desirable and recommended. Furthermore, written grievances can
often be resolved without the intervention of a supervisor, and every effort should be made by a deputy
or staff member who receives a grievance to handle it at his or her level. Grievances alleging that an
inmate is subject to a substantial risk of imminent sexual abuse shall be referred to as an "Emergency
Grievance" and immediately forwarded to the watch commander or designee.
PROCEDURE
I.
GRIEVANCES
A.
B.
Grievances may relate to any condition of confinement, including, but not limited to:
1.
Medical care
2.
Classification actions
3.
Disciplinary actions
4.
Program participation
5.
Telephone, mail and visitation procedures
6.
Food, clothing and bedding
7.
Conditions that cause an inmate to believe he/she is at a substantial risk of sexual

abuse.
Grievances can be submitted in writing by any inmate.
N.1 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

#15//10
Page 1 of 6
1.
Inmates may submit their grievances on a regular Inmate Grievance (J-22 form)
or any other writing material. The reverse side of the J-22 Form describes the
grievance procedure in English and Spanish. J-22 forms shall be available and
accessible to all inmates.
2.
Inmates may submit written grievances directly to deputies or other employees at

any time when they are in a place they have permission to be. Absent exigent
circumstances, any deputy or other staff member who is presented with a written
grievance will accept it.
3.
The deputy or other employee who initially receives a grievance will sign his or
her name and ARJIS number on the J-22 form along with the date and time. The
second page of the J-22 form will immediately be given to the inmate as a signed
receipt for the grievance.
4.
As an alternate means for submitting grievances, secured boxes may be provided

for inmates to deposit their grievances into. Any grievance retrieved from one of
these dedicated grievance boxes will be signed by the sergeant or designee who
collected it, and the signed second page of the J-22 form will be returned to the
corresponding inmate as soon as practical.
5.
The deputy or other staff member who receives and signs for a grievance will be
responsible for entering it into JIMS, making sure to link the inmate(s) to the
grievance report. When completing the summary in JIMS, the inmates
grievance may be summarized, but must clearly articulate the nature of the
grievance. Once the grievance has been entered into JIMS, the JIMSgenerated
grievance number will be entered on theJ-22 form, along with the date and time
that the grievance is entered into JIMS. The exception to this is for medical
grievances, which shall be given directly to medical staff without first being
entered into JIMS.
6.
Anonymous or group grievances in which no primary grievant can be identified

will be reviewed by the watch commander and forwarded to the facility
commander for review. Anonymous or group grievances will not be entered into
JIMS. They will serve as a tool for management oversight only. The facility
commander will maintain a file containing anonymous and group grievances,
along with a description of any action taken.
7.
A grievance in which the primary grievant can be identified will be handled as a

normal grievance, even if other inmates sign the form. The inmate completing the
J-22 form by including his/her name, booking number, and signature in the
appropriate spaces, will be considered the primary grievant. In these cases, the
grievance will be entered into JIMS and only the primary grievant will be linked
to the grievance and receive a written response under the guidelines outlined
below.
The deputy or staff member who responds to the grievance shall determine if the
grievance alleges the inmates health or safety is being threatened by a condition
of confinement, or a condition of confinement has prevented the inmates

#15//10
Page 2 of 6
effective communication/participation in any court or administrative hearing. If

any of the above are alleged, check the corresponding box on the J-22 form and
respond within the time frame outlined in paragraph II.B.1. Place a copy of the
grievance/request and response in the inmate's custody record.
II.
8.
If the grievance must be routed to another individual or unit for resolution (e.g.,
the shift sergeant, food services, commissary.), the person who initially received
the grievance will make an entry into the action taken area of the grievance in
JIMS. This entry will include the name of the person the grievance is being
forwarded to, and the date and time it was forwarded.
9.
After investigating the nature of the grievance, a written response to the inmate
will be entered in the narrative area of the grievance in JIMS. This response
shall be printed out and delivered to the inmate. The original of the J-22 form and
a copy of the written response shall be filed in the inmates custody record.
10.
After a grievance has been resolved, it must be closed out in JIMS. In order to do
this, the staff member resolving the grievance must complete the grievance detail
section in JIMS by entering:
a.
his or her name as the action officer
b.
The action date of the resolution; and
c.
The action taken that resolved the grievance (unless these three fields
are filled with the appropriate information, JIMS will not remove the
grievance from the pending grievance queue)
GRIEVANCE REVIEW
A.
B.
A grievance not resolved to the inmates satisfaction may be directed by the inmate in
writing through successive levels of command until a resolution is obtained, or until the
facility commander reviews the grievance.
1.
The reviewing command staff member at any level can affect a resolution of the
grievance.
2.
At each level of review of the grievance, a written response containing the details
of the resolution or the reasons for denial will be documented in JIMS, and a
JIMS Web inmate grievance report will be provided to the inmate.
The level of review time frames for grievances are as follows:

1.
First level A deputy or other staff member at the lowest appropriate level will
investigate the grievance, resolve the issue, and direct a written response to the
inmate within 7 calendar days of the receipt of the grievance.
When a grievance alleges that the inmates health or safety is being
threatened by a condition of his or her confinement or that the conditions

#15//10
Page 3 of 6
of confinement prevent his or her effective communication or participation

in a court or administrative proceeding (including a CDCR parole
revocation hearing), the period for response shall be reduced to 4 calendar
days.
III.
2.
Second level The grievance review officer has 10 calendar days to respond.
3.
Third level The facility commander has 10 calendar days to respond. The
decision of the facility commander is final.
APPEALS OF DISCIPLINE
Appeals of discipline will be processed in accordance with Detention P&P Section O.1. They
will not be processed as grievances.
IV.
EMERGENCY GRIEVANCES
When an emergency grievance is received alleging that an inmate is subject to substantial risk of
imminent sexual abuse, the deputy shall immediately forward the grievance (or any portion
thereof that alleges the substantial risk of imminent sexual abuse) to the watch commander or
designee, at which time immediate corrective action (separate the alleged victim) may be taken.
The watch commander or designee shall provide an initial written response, via JIMS using the
PREA dropdown, within 48 hours, and shall issue a final decision/response within 5 calendar
days. The initial response and final decision/response shall document the determination whether
the inmate is in substantial risk of imminent sexual abuse, and the action taken in response to the
emergency grievance.
V.
FRIVOLOUS GRIEVANCES
A.
No grievance will be deemed frivolous if it directly pertains to an inmates health or

safety.
B.
A grievance may be deemed frivolous by the facility commander if it clearly falls into
any of the categories below:
1.
The grievance concerns a matter that is trivial or minor.
2.
The grievance addresses an issue that has previously been brought to the attention
of jail staff by the same inmate.
3.
The grievance alleges a single instance of non-compliance with policy by staff,

and such non-compliance does not affect the fundamental rights of the inmate.
4.
The grievance concerns an established policy or practice of the Sheriffs

Department that the inmate claims violates his or her rights, when no good faith
legal argument exists that the policy or practice amounts to violation of the
inmates statutory or constitutional rights.

#15//10
Page 4 of 6
C.
VI.
1.
In the narrative section, the facility commander will note his or her finding and
justification for determining the grievance is frivolous.
2.
The facility commander will direct that the inmate receive a copy of this policy
and procedure section.
VEXATIOUS GRIEVANCE WRITER

A.
B.
VII.
If the facility commander finds a grievance to be frivolous, he or she shall state so in the
response to the grievance and enter it into JIMS in the normal manner.
An inmate who has filed repetitive grievances that are frivolous in nature, or concern an
established policy or practice of the Sheriffs Department that the inmate claims violates
his or her rights, when no good faith legal argument exists that the policy or practice
amounts to a violation of the inmates statutory or constitutional rights may be considered
a vexatious grievance writer.
1.
Only the facility commander can determine when an inmate will be classified as a
vexatious grievance writer. If so, the inmate shall be considered a vexatious
grievance writer for a period of 90 days.
2.
An incident report will be written documenting the determination of a vexatious

grievant and establish the 90-day timeline.
3.
The inmate will be given a copy of this policy and procedure section.
4.
A Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) deputy will add VEX to the
inmates hazard alerts in JIMS, via the classification evaluation update screen,
thus identifying the inmate as a vexatious grievance writer.
A vexatious grievant shall continue to have the right to file grievances; however, his or
her grievance may, at the discretion of the facility commander, be denied without a
hearing or any right of appeal.
1.
The facility commander will note at the bottom of the grievance form: This is a
frivolous grievance, return a copy to the inmate and place the white copy in the
inmates custody record. The grievance will be entered into JIMS. In the
actions area, the staff member will indicate the facility commander has
determined the grievance to be frivolous, and the inmate has been classified as a
vexatious grievance writer.
2.
If a grievance filed by a vexatious grievant is deemed frivolous, the vexatious

grievant shall have his or her 90-day period reset and a new 90-day period shall
commence. This will be documented in an incident report.
GRIEVANCE AS DISTINGUISHED FROM A PERSONNEL COMPLAINT

If a grievance addresses the actions of a specific deputy or staff member, the deputy or staff
member who receives and signs for the grievance will return the second page to the inmate, and

#15//10
Page 5 of 6
then immediately give it to his or her supervisor for review. The supervisor who first receives
the grievance will make a JIMS entry omitting the name(s) of the subject employee(s). Using
the criteria described below, the supervisor will determine whether it is a grievance about jail
conditions/practices, or a complaint about an employee. If it is determined to be a grievance
about jail conditions, the supervisor will handle it as a grievance pursuant to this section. If it is
to be handled as a complaint against staff, the supervisor who first received the grievance will
contact the complainant to obtain a detailed statement about the allegation(s) and document it on
the grievance form, omitting the name(s) of the subject employee. The corresponding box on the
form will be checked and the grievance will be closed in JIMS. The supervisor will then give the
grievance to his/her watch commander for review and determine the appropriate action. If no
immediate action is required, the grievance will be forwarded to the supervisor of the employee
named in the complaint to determine if a formal investigation is warranted. If a formal
investigation is recommended, the supervisor will complete the Complaint Form (IA-1 form) and
forward it to Internal Affairs who will determine if the personnel complaint should be handled at
the facility level or Internal Affairs.
1.
Some grievances submitted by inmates are actually complaints about employee

misconduct. Conversely, some allegations of employee misconduct are, in effect,
grievances about jail conditions and practices. The procedures described in this section
apply only to grievances. Supervisors must be able to effectively distinguish between
grievances that are truly grievances, and grievances that are complaints alleging
misconduct by personnel.
2.
If the inmate is alleging that a particular jail practice is unfair or unlawful, this is a
grievance. If the inmate is alleging that an employees actions violated policy, this is a
personnel complaint.
3.
Naming a specific deputy or other employee does not automatically turn the grievance
into a personnel complaint. Often, inmates will file complaints against a deputy for
enforcing a DSB policy that the inmate believes is unlawful or unfair. Such complaints
are grievances rather than personnel complaints, because the inmates issue is with the
policy itself, not the deputy who enforces the policy.

#15//10
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

N.3
INMATE REQUEST FORMS
M.15, M.17, N.1, N.5, N.7, O.3, S.1, T.3, T.7, T.9
PURPOSE
To establish uniform procedures for the expeditious resolution of inmate requests.
POLICY
All inmate requests will be routed to the appropriate detentions personnel for timely review and response.
PROCEDURE
I.
INMATE REQUEST FORMS

Inmate request forms may take any of the below forms:
A.
Inmate request (J-21 form)
B.
Sick, dental, and mental health services request (J-212 form ENG)
C.
Check cashing request (J-48 form)
D.
Inmate request for court appearance (J-70 form)
E.
Inmate legal research request
F.
Incoming/outgoing property request (J-53/J-54 forms)
G.
Bail bondsman request
H.
Inmate worker applications (J-114A form)
I.
Inmate welfare request
J.
Commissary stores order slip
K.
Letters to watch commander or facility commander
L.
Inmate grievance (J-22 form)
M.
Request for chaplain or correctional counselor
N.3 INMATE REQUEST FORMS

#16//04
Page 1 of 2
N.
II.
Other forms used at specific facilities due to special circumstances
INMATE REQUEST PROCESSING

Inmate request forms will be processed in an efficient and expeditious manner. The housing
deputy may provide final disposition of various requests without further processing (such as
inmate fund balance, release date, court date, in facility scheduled appointments, etc.).
III.
INMATE REQUEST ROUTING

Inmate request forms shall be routed out of the housing area for actions only when the housing
deputy is unable, or is not authorized, to provide the final disposition. The forms will be routed to
the party responsible for effecting a final disposition of the request (such as Medical Services
Division, Inmate Processing Division, Reentry Services Division, etc.)
IV.
INMATE REQUEST FINAL DISPOSITION

Whenever any final disposition is made, the inmate is to be notified of that disposition by
returning the request form to him/her with appropriate responses noted in the remarks section.
The staff member providing the final disposition will legibly initial and ARJIS the form in the
appropriate section.
N.3 INMATE REQUEST FORMS

#16//04
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

N.5
ACCESS TO COURTS/ ATTORNEYS/ LEGAL ADVICE
N.3, N.7, P.15, T.3, T.7
PURPOSE
To establish uniform procedures facilitating inmates timely access to the courts, attorneys, and legal advice.
POLICY
Personnel shall ensure inmates have access to courts and legal counsel including confidential
correspondence with courts and any member of the State Bar, and confidential consultation with attorneys.
Inmates in the custody of the Sheriff will be delivered to any court upon legal demand of that court.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
REQUEST FOR COURT APPEARANCE

A.
Inmates shall complete an Inmate Request for Court Appearance (J-70 form) when
requesting to appear in court on a local matter for which they are not in custody. Completed
J-70 forms will be forwarded to the Court Services Bureau who will make all necessary
arrangements.
B.
Inmates sentenced to more than 90 days may request to be brought to trial on other matters
outside San Diego County under Penal Code Section 1381.
TELEPHONES
All inmates have the availability of unlimited collect telephone use for communication with their
attorneys.
III.
REQUEST FOR LEGAL ASSISTANCE

When a request is received from an inmate for legal assistance, the request should be given to the
facility correctional counselor.
N.5 ACCESS TO COURTS/ ATTORNEYS/ LEGAL ADVICE

#16//02
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

N.6
CONDITIONS OF CONFINEMENT INMATES
I.41, P.3
PURPOSE
To establish uniform procedures for the treatment of self-represented inmates in "conditions of
confinement" lawsuits.
POLICY
All facilities will provide fair and equitable treatment for self-represented inmates involved in "conditions of
confinement" actions (conditions of confinement inmates are not considered "Pro-Per" inmates for the
purpose of DSB P&P section N.7 against the county).
PROCEDURE
I.
CONDITIONS OF CONFINEMENT STATUS

County counsel will send a copy of the first page of the court filing which will identify the plaintiff
(inmate) to the supervising correctional counselor (SCC) at the San Diego Central Jail (SDCJ) of any
inmate that has been granted self-representation by the court.
The SDCJ SCC will notify the Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) sergeant of the status
change. The JPMU sergeant will enter the conditions of confinement inmate (CCI) hazard into
JIMS. The SCC at the facility where the conditions of confinement inmate is housed will be notified
of the status change, so they may start providing the accommodations described in this section.
The watch commander is authorized to suspend for cause any and all of the conditions of
confinement accommodations herein ordered.
The inmate may appeal by filing a grievance to the facility commander.
II.
CONDITIONS OF CONFINEMENT SUPPLIES

The following items may be purchased from commissary. The following items may be possessed by
conditions of confinement inmates in reasonable quantities:
A.
Ruled legal pad
B.
Standard legal size envelopes
C.
Golf pencils, lead black
D.
Erasers
N.6 CONDITIONS OF CONFINEMENT INMATES

#16//02
Page 1 of 2
Indigent conditions of confinement inmates will be given a supply of the above items by the
correctional counselor, which will be paid for by the inmate welfare fund. Replacement of any of
the items listed above shall be accomplished through a written request to the correctional counselor.
The correctional counselor will determine the validity of the request and furnish the appropriate
supplies.
The correctional counselor will provide - one copy of an inmates final legal (conditions of
confinement case) work product upon his/her request.
III.
COMMUNICATION
A.
Telephone
Conditions of confinement inmates may use the phones in their housing areas to place calls
concerning their cases. Abuse of the telephone may result in the loss of telephone privileges.
B.
Mail
Conditions of confinement inmates are authorized to mail all correspondence necessary for
their law suit, at their own expense. Only that correspondence which meets the
confidential/legal mail definition will be handled as such. All other mail will be subject to
the general provisions (refer to DSB P&P section P.3 regarding inmate mail).
Indigent conditions of confinement inmates may submit their legal correspondence to the
correctional counselor who will in turn, affix the needed postage or mail it through county
messenger mail.
IV.
ACCESS TO LEGAL RESOURCES

Conditions of confinement inmates will access legal resources through the use of the Legal Research
Associates (LRA) request. Conditions of confinement inmates will be allowed two (2) LRA
requests a month. The requests and responses will be logged by the correctional counselors.
V.
HOUSING AND MISCELLANEOUS

Conditions of confinement inmates shall be housed in areas that are compatible with their
classification status. The correctional counselor will keep a log for each conditions of confinement
inmate. The log will have a list of supplies furnished (if determined to be indigent), LRA requests
and responses, and special requests approved. Inmate request forms from conditions of confinement
inmates requesting additional items will be forwarded to the correctional counselor for review.
VI.
CELL/PROPERTY SEARCHES
Cell or property searches of conditions of confinement inmates' "legal" materials will be carried out
in the method outlined in policy (refer to DSB P&P section I.41 regarding privileged
communication).
N.6 CONDITIONS OF CONFINEMENT INMATES

#16//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 6, 2014
N.7
IN PROPRIA PERSONA STATUS (PRO PER INMATES)
N.3, N.5, P.3, T.3, T.7
PURPOSE
To establish uniform procedures for the treatment of inmates granted in propria persona status.
POLICY
All facilities will provide fair and equitable treatment for inmates in propria persona status
PROCEDURE
I.
In Propria Persona Status:

An inmate who is granted in propria persona (in pro per) status by Court Order in a criminal case
shall receive the privileges described in this section.
The Detentions Processing Technician receiving the Court Order will make three copies of the order
and distribute one to the facility Correctional Counselor, one to the Watch Commander and one copy
to the JPMU Sergeant at SDCJ. JPMU will enter the Pro-Per status into JIMS. The Watch
Commander is authorized to suspend any and all of the pro per rights herein ordered for cause.
II.
A.
The Sheriff or designee shall immediately notify the Court of any suspension or limitation of
any of the described privileges.
B.
The inmate may appeal to the Facility Commander. If not satisfied, the inmate may petition
the Court which may in turn order a hearing to determine if the suspended privileges shall be
restored.
In Propria Persona Supplies

The following items will be furnished by the Sheriffs Department or appointed legal assistants at
the discretion of the Correctional Counselor. Regardless of their origin, any and all supplies given to
a pro per inmate shall be distributed and accounted for by the Correctional Counselor. These items
may be possessed by the pro per inmate in reasonable quantities.
A.
A reasonable quantity of pleading paper, 8 x 11 (up to ream at any one time).
B.
Ruled legal pads.
C.
Standard legal size envelopes.
D.
Golf pencils, lead black.
N.7 IN PROPRIA PERSONA STATUS (PRO PER INMATES)

#14//13
Page 1 of 4
E.
Erasers.
F.
One (1) legal size accordion file.
G.
9 x 12 manila envelopes (for prepared mailings only).
H.
Legal research area
Replacement of any of the items listed above shall be accomplished through a written request to the
Correctional Counselor. The Correctional Counselor will determine the validity of the request and
furnish the appropriate supplies. Supplies provided by legal assistants will be received and
distributed by the Correctional Counselor. All supplies given to the inmate will be logged by the
Correctional Counselor in a pro per file. Any supplies that are additional to what is supplied by the
Sheriffs Department must be accompanied by a court order and supplied by Office of Assigned
Counsel (OAC).
Access to ball point pens, for signature purposes only, will be provided through the Correctional
Counselor. The Correctional Counselor will provide the pen and supervise its use. The pen will be
returned to the Correctional Counselor immediately after all the necessary ink signatures are
completed.
The Correctional Counselor will duplicate one copy of an inmates final legal (criminal case) work
product when ready to mail. If the inmate needs additional copies made, the inmate will arrange for
a legal assistant to have it done for him/her. Inmates may purchase their own legal books to assist
them in researching their case. Personal books must comply with Detentions P & P Section P.3 in
size and quantity. Personal books must be marked with the inmates name and booking number.
Any books not authorized to be in the inmates possession in their cell or housing module will be
stored in the Correctional Counselors office, and can be checked out for use during regular legal
research area hours.
III.
Legal Runners, Investigators, and/or Legal Research Aids

Each pro per inmate in a criminal case may be authorized a legal runner/paralegal, investigator
and/or a person authorized to aid him/her, none of which shall be at the expense of the Sheriffs
Department, and each of whom is subject to approval by the Court. All appointed assistants, except
the legal runner/paralegal, should be NAMED SPECIFICALLY in the Pro Per Order.
A.
Procedures for visiting with a pro per inmate.

1.
Visits will be by outside visitors phone. Contact visits may be approved by the
watch commander for special circumstances. (This does not include attorneys).
2.
Each appointed assistant is subject to security clearance by the Sheriffs Department.
3.
All combined appointed assistants shall be authorized not more than one visit each
day between the hours of 0730-2100 hours.
4.
Additional visits per day shall be approved by the watch commander by forwarding
an Inmate Request form to the watch commander prior to the visit.
5.
Visits shall be reasonable length (1hr. maximum).
#14//13
Page 2 of 4
6.
B.
IV.
It is the pro per inmates responsibility to plan and coordinate which assistant will
visit on a particular day. The detention facility will process assistants on a first come,
first served basis.
Materials brought to the detention facility by the legal runner will be examined by Sheriffs
personnel for security reasons and shall be routed through the Correctional Counselor for
logging and distribution.
1.
The supplies shall be examined by a deputy insofar as it is necessary to determine that

it is authorized and not a security problem.
2.
All reference materials and texts delivered to the pro per inmate will be logged by the
Correctional Counselor in the inmates pro per file.
Communication - Telephones, Mail, and Subpoena Privileges:

A.
Telephone
Pro per inmates may use the phones in their housing areas to place calls concerning their
cases.
Calls to the OACcan be made at no cost utilizing the jail's speed dial number. All other calls
will be made using collect or debit telephone calling options at the called parties or inmates
expense Abuse of the telephone may result in the loss of telephone privileges.
B.
Mail
The pro per inmate is authorized to mail all correspondence necessary for his defense, at his
own expense. The Housing Deputy or Pro Per Deputy will examine the mail in the same
manner as deputies examine regular legal mail.
Indigent inmates may send legal mail to the courts or their attorney at no cost by submitting
it to the counselor.
Certain mail for other County offices may be sent via Inter-office County mail without
postage.
Legal mail must be clearly identified by the inmate as Legal Mail or Confidential.
Correspondence with the State or Federal Courts, any member of the State Bar or holder of
public office, Citizens Law Enforcement Review Board (CLERB), Internal Affairs, Office
of the Sheriff, the Board of State and Community Corrections (BSCC), and PREA Auditors
are considered confidential/legal mail.
C.
Subpoenas and Habeas Corpus Forms

1.
Subpoenas and Habeas Corpus Forms shall be supplied to the inmate by the
Correctional Counselor as needed.

#14//13
Page 3 of 4
V.
2.
Other legal forms may be obtained by the pro per inmate by writing to the appropriate
court.
3.
Legal forms filled out by the inmate shall be forwarded to the trial court via the legal
runner.
Legal research area

Male pro per inmates will generally be housed at the San Diego Central Jail (SDCJ) giving them
access to the legal research area. Monday through Thursday mainline male pro per inmates will be
afforded between forty-five minutes and two hours of legal research area time depending upon the
number of pro per inmates. Pro pers will generally be given three hours per week of legal research
area time, subject to reduction if increases in the pro per population require that hours be reduced in
order to accommodate the increased population. Pro per inmates assigned to Protective Custody
housing will be provided access to the legal research area with only those limitations to ensure for
the inmates safety and need to be isolated from other inmates. Legal research area operational
hours should be utilized to ensure maximum access for pro per inmates but also supportive of
detention facility security needs. This legal research area time will allow access to the computers
and research kiosk's and available materials for legal research purposes only.
Female pro per inmates are housed at Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility (LCDRF).
Inmates who for reasons of institutional safety and security, cannot attend the legal research area
with other inmates, will be allowed to use the Ad. Seg. legal research area to the extent that it is
available during legal research area hours, and to the extent that the inmates transport to and/or use
of the Ad. Seg. legal research area does not require the diversion of jail staff away from normal jail
functions to an unacceptable degree, in the judgment of the facility commander. If an inmates use of
the Ad. Seg. legal research area must be discontinued because the inmates transport to and/or use of
the Ad. Seg. legal research area requires an unacceptable diversion of jail resources, the facility
commander shall notify the Supervising Criminal Judge in writing.
VI.
Housing and Miscellaneous

Pro per inmates shall be housed in regular housing that is compatible with their classification status.
The Correctional Counselor will keep a log for each pro per inmate. The log will have a copy of the
Court Order and will list supplies furnished, phone calls completed, special requests approved, etc.
Inmate request forms from pro per inmates requesting additional items will be forwarded to the
Correctional Counselor for review. The Pro-Per Deputy will review the request for safety and
security issues.
Pro per privileges are granted for criminal cases only. Civil, juvenile and family law cases are not
eligible for pro per privileges but may be granted pro per status by the court.
Pro per privileges will terminate upon sentencing or the conclusion of their conditions of
confinement case in the trial court.

#14//13
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 28, 2016

N.8
REVOCATION OF PRO PER PRIVILEGES
N.7, O.1
PURPOSE
To establish procedures for the revocation of an inmates pro per privileges when necessary for the
safety and security of the facility.
POLICY
An inmate who has been granted pro per status by the court, on a case where he or she is facing criminal
charges or challenging the conditions of their confinement, will be granted a hearing before jail staff
revokes the inmates pro per privileges. The hearing will take place as soon as reasonably practical, but
no sooner than 24 hours after the inmate is served with a Notice of hearing.
The procedures contained herein are intended to comply with the California Supreme Court decision,
Wilson v. Superior Court of Los Angeles County, (1978) 21 Cal. 3d 816 .
PROCEDURE
I.
An inmates pro per privileges will only be revoked for violations of rules relating to the
inmates use of, behavior in, or transportation to, the legal research area.
II.
Staff shall revoke the pro per privileges of any inmate who damages property, engages in
violence or threats of violence, or repeatedly demonstrates noncompliance with staff or jail rules.
All revocations will be permanent. The inmate will be entitled to an immediate hearing on his or
her pro per privileges revocation.
Revocations of pro per privileges will be permanent to ensure pro per inmates do not resort to
misbehavior in the legal research area as a means of obtaining a continuance of their trial date.
III.
Any such action will be written up as a disciplinary report.
IV.
Staff shall serve the inmate with a notice of disciplinary action along with a letter notifying the
inmate of the time and place of their hearing. The hearing shall take place as soon as practical,
but in no event sooner than 24 hours from the time of service. The inmates pro per privileges
shall be temporarily suspended pending the outcome of the hearing.
A.
The hearing described in this section shall take place in lieu of a disciplinary hearing
given pursuant to DSB P&P section O.1.
B.
The notification letter given to the inmate shall include the following:
1.
Notification of the Sheriffs intent to permanently revoke pro per privileges
N.8 REVOCATION OF PRO PER PRIVILEGES

#16//02
Page 1 of 2
C.
2.
A statement of the act(s) allegedly committed by the inmate, and the rules
violated by the inmates act(s)
3.
A description of the evidence supporting the allegations
4.
Any reports of the incident
5.
The time and date of the hearing
6.
A statement that the inmate will have the opportunity to present witnesses and
documentary evidence as jail safety and security permits.
The staff member serving the inmate with the notification shall ask the inmate if they
wish to waive their right to a hearing. If the inmate states that they wish to waive the
hearing, the inmate will be asked to sign a waiver form in the presence of two witnesses.
Only inmates who sign the waiver form will be deemed to have waived their right to a
hearing.
V.
The administrative lieutenant shall assign a sergeant to conduct the hearing. The hearing shall be
audio recorded.
VI.
The sergeant shall review the documents given to the inmate in support of the revocation. The
sergeant may question the deputy who prepared the report, as well as any other witnesses. The
inmate may also question witnesses; however, the sergeant shall have the right to restrict
questioning as appropriate.
VII.
The inmate may, with the prior approval of the sergeant, present other witnesses. However, the
sergeant may refuse to allow the witness to be called if the value of the witness testimony is
slight, and the production of the witness would be overly burdensome.
VIII.
Within 24 hours of the close of the hearing, the sergeant shall issue a written decision either
upholding or rescinding the revocation of the inmates pro per privileges, and explaining the
reason(s) for the decision. A copy of the decision shall be delivered to the inmate.
IX.
After the completion of the hearing process, the sergeant will send: the audio recording and
copies of the hearing notice; the disciplinary action notice; the waiver form; the notification
letter; the written decision of the sergeant; and, the incident report from JIMS to the
administrative deputy to archive. These items will be kept together so the complete record of the
hearing and all supporting documentation may be easily accessed.
X.
A decision upholding the revocation of an inmates pro per privileges shall be delivered to
Department 11 of the superior court central division.
XI.
The revocation shall be entered in JIMS as a disciplinary action against the inmate.
XII.
The inmate may appeal the disciplinary findings through the procedures outlined in DSB P&P
section O.1.
N.8 REVOCATION OF PRO PER PRIVILEGES

#16//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

N.9
INMATE VOTING
PURPOSE
To provide a procedure whereby the County Registrar of Voters allows qualified inmates to register and
vote in local, state and federal elections, pursuant to elections codes.
POLICY
Qualified inmates may register to vote while in custody. Inmates who are registered voters and who
request to exercise their voting privileges on an Election Day will be assisted by a facility staff member in
obtaining an absentee ballot and lawfully delivering it to a voting poll.
PROCEDURE
When an inmate requests to vote in an upcoming election, the following shall be done for:
I.
REGISTERING TO VOTE
Inmates meeting the eligibility requirements are entitled to receive a voter registration card while
in custody (refer to www.sos.ca.gov for current eligibility requirements). To request a registration
card, the inmate must send a letter via U.S. mail to the Registrar of Voters office. The completed
voter registration card must be returned to the elections office no less than fifteen (15) days before
an election to be eligible to vote in that election. The request for a registration card and the
completed registration card are mailed to the following address:
Registrar of Voters
P.O. Box 85093
San Diego, CA 92186-9910
II.
ABSENTEE BALLOTS DELIVERED VIA U.S. MAIL

If a request for an absentee ballot application can be delivered by mail to the Registrar of Voters
office no later than seven (7) days before Election Day, the inmate can vote by mail. The absentee
ballot application is mailed to the following address:
Registrar of Voters
Absentee Department
P.O. Box 85520
San Diego, CA 92138
The Registrar of Voters office will receive requests for applications or ballots no earlier than sixty
(60) days before the election and no later than seven (7) days before election, and will receive
completed ballots no later than Election Day. Absentee ballot applications can also be obtained
online at www.sdvote.com.
N.9 INMATE VOTING
Page 1 of 2
#16//04
III.
ABSENTEE BALLOTS DELIVERED BY A STAFF MEMBER

A.
On Election Day each facility will designate a staff member to pick up absentee ballots for
any inmates who request an absentee ballot application. The absentee ballot application
can be found online at www.sos.ca.gov.
B.
The inmate must fill out an absentee ballot application, authorizing the staff member to
obtain an absentee ballot from the Registrar of Voters office. The inmate must sign his or
her full name, registered address, and indicate the reason he or she cannot report to a poll.
C.
The designated staff member will call the Registrar of Voters office at (858) 565-5800 and
advise them that an absentee ballot is going to be picked up for an inmate and ask them to
check if the inmate is in fact a registered voter. If the inmate is registered, then staff will
proceed with the following steps. If not registered, the inmate cannot vote.
D.
The designated staff member must take the absentee ballot application to the Registrar of
Voters office at 5201-I Ruffin Road, San Diego. Registrar of Voters staff will keep the
document and give an absentee ballot and a ballot envelope to the staff member.
E.
The designated staff member will return to the facility with the ballot and envelope. The
ballot is given to the inmate to fill out; the inmate should be given a private place to do
this. When the inmate completes his or her vote, he or she should tear off the numbered
tab from the ballot and keep it, seal the ballot in the ballot envelope and sign the back of
the envelope. The designated staff member will also sign the back of the envelope.
F.
The designated staff member delivers the ballot envelope to an authorized poll operator at
the Registrar of Voters or any other official polling site. At this point, the inmates vote
has been received.
G.
Each facility will develop a green sheet identifying staff responsible for completing this
process.
N.9 INMATE VOTING

#16//04
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 4, 2010
O
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INMATE RULES AND DISCIPLINE

O.1
Disciplinary Action
O.3
Inmate Rules and Regulations
O TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 4, 2013
O.1
DISCIPLINARY ACTION
J.3, K.27, N.1, O.3, T.9
PURPOSE
To provide a method for bringing an inmates behavior into compliance with established inmate rules and
regulations while establishing a fair and impartial process of review.
POLICY
Any discipline initiated against an inmate shall be impartially imposed without regard to race, sex, gender, or
religious beliefs. The discipline shall be progressive and commensurate with the seriousness of the violation
while being compared with the behavioral history of the inmate while in custody.
PROCEDURE
I. RULE VIOLATION
A. Inmate rules and regulations, disciplinary procedures, and grievance procedures in English and Spanish
shall be posted in conspicuous locations in all housing units. Staff shall attempt to ensure each inmate is
aware of and understands the procedures. If an inmate is illiterate, assistance shall be provided to ensure
understanding of the charges and proceedings.
B. Any staff member may initiate an Incident Report on an inmate who has violated the inmate rules and
regulations.
C. If professional staff witnesses a violation they may contact a sworn staff member. The sworn staff
member shall assist in writing the Incident Report.
D. All Incident Reports documenting rule violations shall include inmates rights: that is, a copy of the
Inmate Rights Document shall be copied and pasted at the bottom of the incident narrative in JIMS.
E. All Incident Reports shall be referred to the Disciplinary Hearing Officer (DHO) for processing. The
Facility Commander shall designate the DHO.
F. The Disciplinary Review Officer (DRO), designated by the Facility Commander shall review all major
rule violations or major discipline.
G. All inmates charged in any disciplinary action shall be afforded the due process provisions of the
California Code of Regulations, Title 15, Article 7. That is, inmates can appeal their discipline, which
will cause their discipline to be reviewed by a Disciplinary Appeal Officer.
H. Substantial evidence is the level of proof required to show that the inmate violated the rule(s).
O.1 DISCIPLINARY ACTION

#13//01
Page 1 of 6
I. No hearing on a pending charge may be held later than 72 hours after the inmate has been presented a
copy of the charges in writing and notified of their right to a hearing by the DHO. If the hearing is held
before the 24-hour waiting period has expired, the inmate shall agree to, and sign a waiver. The 24-hour
Waiver shall be placed in the inmates booking jacket.
J. All decisions regarding minor discipline rendered by the DHO shall be final. The discipline, if minor,
shall be effective immediately after the inmate has been given written notice of the decision.
K. If a rule violation is sustained by the DHO, and major discipline is recommended, the Incident Report
shall be reviewed by the DRO within 72 hours of the inmates notification of the discipline.
Disciplinary sanctions shall not be imposed prior to this review.
II. MINOR DISCIPLINARY SANCTIONS
Minor Discipline may be categorized as either formal or informal. The following are examples of the types
of minor disciplinary measures:
A. Informal:
1. Written warning.
2. Verbal counseling.
B. Formal:
1. Loss of T.V. privileges.
2. Loss of Commissary (One Week)
3. Fine not to exceed $3.00 (inmate worker wages only).
4. Assignment to extra work detail (sentenced inmates only).
III. MAJOR DISCIPLINARY SANCTIONS
A. Loss of social visits.
B. Disciplinary lockdown not to exceed 72 hours. This sanction refers to an inmate(s) being restricted to
their bunk area or cell and restricted from being out except for professional visits, showers and legal
phone calls.
Inmates in lockdown never lose their right to correspondence, and may order select hygiene products,
correspondence related items, and phone time as described Section T.9.
Disciplinary lockdown should not be confused with security lockdown, a management procedure of
locking down inmates when conditions are such that the safety of inmates and/or staff is at risk.
Security lockdown is a management prerogative and may be used as necessary but shall not involve any
other deprivation of privileges than is necessary to obtain the objective of protecting the inmates and
staff.
C. Group discipline may be used as a last resort and only when the vast majority of the inmates have been
involved in a rule violation and the perpetrators cannot be individually identified. Group discipline will
be documented on an Incident Report.
1. The Watch Commander, before implementation, shall review group discipline.

#13//01
Page 2 of 6
2. In an effort to represent all racial groups in submitting appeals to group discipline, up to three
inmates may be selected to state any appeal.
D. Placement into a Disciplinary Isolation Cell. This means loss of all personal items except bedding,
clothing, legal papers, personal correspondence (unless the inmate has violated correspondence
regulations) and hygiene items, unless such items are being destroyed by the inmate. A Bible, Koran,
or other sacred material shall be the only allowed reading material (no other books or magazines),
other than legal items, mail and writing implements (paper and pencil).
1. Placement into disciplinary isolation shall not exceed ten days for each hearing.
2. If an inmate is on disciplinary isolation status for 30 consecutive days, there shall be a review by the
Facility Commander before the disciplinary isolation status is continued. This review shall include a
consultation with medical and mental health staff.
3. Such reviews will continue at least every ten days thereafter until the disciplinary status has ended.
4. Inmates in Disciplinary Isolation may order select hygiene products, correspondence related items,
and phone time as described Section T.9.
E. A disciplinary isolation diet as described in Title 15, Minimum Standards Section 1247, requires the
approval of the Facility Commander (see Section K.27).
Staff members requesting that an inmate be placed on a disciplinary diet will prepare form J-6.
The J-6 will be routed with a Rule Violation Report as follows:
1. Disciplinary Review Officer/Watch Commander
2. Facility Supervising Nurse or Charge Nurse (for confirmation that the inmate is not currently on a
therapeutic diet)
3. Facility Commander (for final approval)
Inmates will receive the disciplinary diet at breakfast and dinner only. Inmates on the disciplinary
diet do not receive a lunch meal. The use of this special diet shall constitute an exception to the
three-meal-a-day standard.
In consultation with medical staff, the Facility Commander shall approve any continuation on the
diet every 72 hours after the initial placement.
F. Loss of good time credits, and/or loss of opportunity to earn work time credits.
1. Revocation of good and/or work time credits is a tool that should be used with discretion. It should
be considered as the last step in progressive discipline., unless the misconduct is egregious.
Revocation for cause shall be justified, properly documented, and follow due process.
2. In some cases the DHO or the DRO may wish to suspend the imposition of lost good or work time
credits. This may be used as a motivator for the inmate to stay out of further trouble. If during the
suspended time, another violation of rules occurs, the suspended sanction may be immediately
imposed as well as any other discipline on the new charge.
#13//01
Page 3 of 6
3. Generally, work and/or good time credits, once taken away are lost permanently. However, Facility
Commanders may restore lost time if justified and appropriate documentation completed and placed
into the inmates booking jacket.
4. When inmates escape or abscond from supervision from detention facilities or community
supervision programs such as: E.S.P., County Parole, Work Furlough or Work Release, they shall
have all 4019 P.C. credits forfeited in absentia and the appropriate Incident Report completed by the
related staff responsible for such facility or program. Upon their return to custody, a formal
disciplinary hearing shall be held and any forfeited good time may be upheld or modified by the
DRO.
5. Good time credits may be taken away at any time during the inmates incarceration, up to and
including the full amount of good time credits that the inmate is eligible to earn during his period of
incarceration.
6. Work time credits may be taken away for refusal to work, or for misconduct that causes the inmate
to be ineligible for work programs. Work time credits shall be taken away prospectively only.
Credits previously earned by an inmate for work shall not be revoked.
IV. ADMINISTRATIVE SEGREGATION
A sworn supervisor may make the determination that an inmate is required to be placed in Administrative
Segregation while the Incident Report is being written and pending the hearing.
V. PARTIES INVOLVED IN DISCIPLINARY PROCESS
A. Any inmate in the Sheriffs custody.
B. Facility Staff
C. Disciplinary Hearing Officerusually a Sergeant who was not involved in the rule violation.
D. Disciplinary Review Officeras designated by the Facility Commander who was not involved in the
rule violation.
E. Disciplinary Appeal Officeras designated by the Facility Commander.
VI. REPORTING PROCEDURES
A. RULES AND REGULATIONS VIOLATIONS
1. Informal may be verbal only (if documented use Incident Report)
2. Formal Shall be documented on Incident Report and shall contain the alleged violation with
sufficient detail that the offense is clearly understood.
B. CRIMINAL LAW VIOLATIONS
1. Incident Report
2. San Diego Regional Crime/Incident Report form
#13//01
Page 4 of 6
VII.
DISCIPLINARY HEARING OFFICERS RESPONSIBILITY
A. The staff member serving the Incident Report to the inmate shall advise the inmate of the rule violations
and their right to a hearing, and that 24 hours from this advisement a hearing on the matter may be held,
unless the inmate waives the delay in writing. The inmate shall also be advised that they may explain
their version of the incident, bring witnesses or statements of witnesses, produce evidence or prepare in
any other reasonable way for their defense. These advisories may be posted in conspicuous locations in
all housing units.
B. The DHO may ask the reporting deputy additional questions or investigate the matter further, including
but not limited to interviewing witnesses and collecting evidence to determine a fair finding.
C. If the DHO sustains the violations, the DHO shall assign appropriate discipline, taking into account the
entire set of circumstances, such as priors, intent, security, etc.
D. If the report recommends major discipline, it shall be reviewed by the DRO before discipline may be
imposed.
E. Inmates may refuse to appear at a hearing, or the DHO may decide their presence would be disruptive
and conduct the hearing in their absence. Appropriate waiver forms for this situation shall be utilized,
and their use will be documented under the Hearing Narrative tab using the Disciplinary Hearing
template.
F. After the hearing, the DHO shall notify the inmate in writing of the disposition using a copy of the
finalized Incident Report.
VIII.
DISCIPLINARY LIMITATIONS
A. The DHO must not be directly involved with the incident that he/she is serving as the disciplinary
hearing officer. This limitation also extends to the DRO, who may not be directly involved or if he/she is
serving as the DRO.
B. Inmates in disciplinary isolation shall be issued clothing and bedding. They shall not be deprived of
them during any part of the day except when inmates are involved in the destruction of clothing or
bedding. Any decision to remove clothing or bedding must be reviewed during each 24-hour period by
the Watch Commander.
C. No inmate or group of inmates shall be given the authority to exercise the right of punishment over any
other inmate or group of inmates.
D. Safety cells shall not be used for disciplinary purposes.
E. Food or water shall not be withheld as a disciplinary measure.
F. In no case shall access to legal counsel be suspended as a disciplinary measure.
IX. DISCIPLINARY APPEAL PROCESS
A. Any inmate receiving disciplinary action may appeal the discipline through the JIMS appeal procedure
using the J22 Grievance/Appeal of Discipline form.
#13//01
Page 5 of 6
B. The appeal shall be submitted within 10 days from the time the inmate was given written notification of
disciplinary action. The staff member who receives the appeal will deliver the J22 form to the sworn
supervisor who is going to act as the Appeal Officer for the appeal.
C. The Appeal Officer will identify the original incident number and record this number on the J22 form.
Next he or she will follow these steps to add the appeal hearing in JIMS: 1) Search for the hearing of
the initial incident and bring up its Hearing Lookup tab. 2) Go to the Hearing Findings tab and
check Yes in the Appeal: box. 3) Return to the Hearing Lookup tab and click the Add Appeal
button. 4) Schedule the hearing in the Hearing Date/Time box on the Hearing Detail tab. 5)
Record the new appeal hearing number on the J22 form,
D. The Appeal Officer will conduct the appeal hearing with the inmate. After making a decision on the
case, the Appeal Officer will record the decision in the Hearing Statements and Hearing Findings
tabs. The appeal decision will be documented in the hearing using the Disciplinary Hearing template.
E. The Appeal Officer will make any necessary modifications to the discipline in the Restrictions tab of
the appeal hearing.
F. The inmate shall receive a response to the appeal within 10 days from the time it is submitted. The
response will be presented to the inmate in the form of a JIMS incident report, to include the appeal
hearing. The Appeal Officer may reduce, uphold, or increase the sanction or ask for a new hearing.
Discipline may be overturned and the record expunged if the Appeal Officer believes there was a
problem with any of the following three aspects of discipline.
1. The substance of the charge was insufficient to prove a violation.
2. The due process of our policies was not followed.
3. The penalty imposed was not commensurate with the charges.
G. The filing of an appeal shall not delay the imposition of any sanction or discipline.
H. In addition to the above review provisions, the Facility Commander may review all disciplinary actions.

#13//01
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 20, 2015

O.3
INMATE RULES AND REGULATIONS
O.1
PURPOSE
To set forth rules governing inmate behavior in an effort to provide a safe and healthy environment for
visitors, staff, and inmates within the Sheriffs detention facilities.
POLICY
Inmate rules and regulations shall be posted conspicuously in all inmate-housing areas. Staff shall
ensure every inmate is aware of and understands these rules.
PROCEDURE
I.
It shall be the responsibility of each deputy supervising an inmate housing area to ensure copies
of Inmate Rules and Regulations are posted in all inmate-housing areas.
II.
The rules and regulations shall be printed in both English and Spanish, and be posted in a manner
that hinders their alteration and/or defacement. If altered and/or defaced, the Rules and
Regulations will be replaced.
III.
Illiterate inmates shall receive instruction on the meaning of the rules from a deputy.
IV.
Only bureau-wide rules and regulations shall be assigned to categories. Facility specific rules
may be posted in housing modules, but violations of those specific rules will be charged under
the most appropriate bureau-wide Inmate Rules and Regulation section.
A rule violation may be either major or minor, and/or a violation of law based on the
Disciplinary Officers assessment of the entire set of circumstances surrounding the incident.
Factors such as intent, prior rule violations, attitude and/or conduct of the inmate at the hearing,
etc. shall be considered.
V.
RULES AND REGULATION NUMBERS AND DEFINITIONS (ENGLISH)

SECTION CATEGORY
100
Conduct and Demeanor
200
Communication
300
Contraband
400
Health and Hygiene
O.3 INMATE RULES AND REGULATIONS

#15//04
Page 1 of 9
500
Movement
600
Clothing and Bedding
700
Facility Security/Safety
800
Property
SECTION 100 CONDUCT AND DEMEANOR

101
Inmates shall treat members of facility staff in a civil fashion.
102
Inmates shall obey staff instructions.
103
Inmates shall not threaten, assault, or attempt to intimidate any other inmate or any
member of the Jail Staff.
104
Inmates shall not gamble.
105
Inmates shall not take part in aggressive or boisterous activity.
106
Inmates shall not abuse phone privileges.
107
Inmates shall not participate in any form of sexual activity at any time.
108
SENTENCED inmates may not refuse to work.
109
Inmates shall not maliciously throw any object.
110
Inmates shall not give false information to a staff member.
111
Inmates shall not take another persons property without permission.
SECTION 200 COMMUNICATION

201
Inmates in the same facility shall not communicate with or pass anything to inmates in
other housing areas, including petitions or notes without permission from jail staff.
202
Inmates shall not communicate with professional staff except when required due to work
assignment, consulting for provided services (medical or counseling) or at booking or
release windows.
203
Inmates shall not correspond with other inmates housed in the custody of the San Diego
County Sheriff's Department.
SECTION 300 CONTRABAND

301
Inmates shall not use or possess any material, whether authorized or not, which is used
for other than its intended purpose.
302
Inmates shall not possess tattoo kits.
#15//04
Page 2 of 9
303
Inmates shall possess or consume only those prescription medications prescribed by the
medical staff or those over the counter drugs purchased via Commissary Stores. Inmates
shall not accumulate any prescription medications. When taking prescription
medications, inmates shall completely consume all medications at the prescribed time.
304
Inmates shall possess only one razor and shall not alter razors in any way.
305
Inmates shall not make or possess alcoholic beverages.
306
Inmates shall not possess water bags.
307
Inmates shall not possess any coins, currency, or legal tender.
308
Inmates shall not possess tobacco products or smoking related products, lighters, matches
and/or other ignition devices.
309
Inmates shall not cultivate, possess or be under the influence of any illegal/controlled
substance such as marijuana, cocaine, etc.
310
Inmates will not accept any item from any person without approval from jail staff.
SECTION 400 HEALTH AND HYGIENE

401
Inmates shall keep living areas clean and orderly.
402
Inmates shall not engage in tattooing or body piercing themselves or other inmates.
403
Inmates shall not possess excess commissary items. Inmates are allowed a reasonable
number of items from Commissary stores, but no facility food items are allowed in cells
or housing units without permission of a staff member.
404
Inmates shall return all kitchen utensils, containers and eating implements upon
completion of meals.
405
All inmate workers assigned to assist with food preparation and serving shall wear plastic
gloves and caps (as approved by the Health Department), in addition to their issued
clothing.
406
Inmates are to eat facility food only in designated areas within the housing units or dining
room.
407
Inmates shall not save food from the daily meals for future consumption. Any food not
consumed shall be removed with the meal carts. Inmates shall not remove food from the
dining room.
SECTION 500 MOVEMENT

501
Inmates shall possess only legal documents while outside the housing units.

#15//04
Page 3 of 9
502
Inmates shall be fully clothed when moving outside the housing units, and shall place
their hands deep in their pockets or waistbands of their trousers.
503
Inmates moving in groups under the supervision of a staff member shall move in a single
file and in an orderly fashion.
504
Inmates shall not have any writing instrument in their possession outside of the housing
module.
505
Inmate movement outside housing areas shall be conducted in a quiet and orderly
manner.
SECTION 600 CLOTHING AND BEDDING

601
Inmates shall not trade or sell personal property or clothing.
602
Inmates shall not possess items in excess of their clothing or bedding allotment.
603
Inmates shall exchange clothing and bedding according to facility schedule. Clothing
and bedding shall be used for intended purposes only, and shall not be damaged or
destroyed in any way.
604
Inmates bedding shall be kept in designated sleeping area only.
605
The wearing or displaying of any jail issued or authorized clothing item, in any fashion
that implies gang association, including the use of colored items implying such
association, is prohibited.
SECTION 700 FACILITY SECURITY/SAFETY

701
Inmates shall not engage in any activity that impairs or interferes with the operation of
the facility.
702
Inmates shall not make fires.
703
Inmates shall not use any item or device to alter the view through any bar, window, door
flap, camera device, etc.
704
Inmates shall not tamper with ANY locking devices or mechanisms.
705
Inmates shall not remove, alter, destroy, change, or tamper with any wristband.
706
Inmates shall not cover vents, intercoms, lights, windows, etc.
707
Inmates shall not tamper with lighting, electrical connections or equipment.
708
Inmates shall not impede or restrict the opening or closing of doors, windows, gates, etc.
709
Inmates shall not enter a cell or living area of another inmate without a deputys
permission.

#15//04
Page 4 of 9
710
Inmates shall not tape or affix any item to walls, vents, intercoms, or other structures
within the facility.
711
Inmates shall not possess or have control of any key or any device that could be used as
a key.
712
Inmates shall not engage in the planning or execution of any escape from confinement or
community based programs.
713
No inmate shall violate any Federal law, State law, or local ordinance.
SECTION 800 PROPERTY

801
Inmates shall not possess property in excess of authorized quantities. All excess property
shall be disposed of or mailed out of the facility at the inmates expense. In addition,
excess soft cover books and magazines may be donated to the jail library.
Inmates may be authorized to possess the following quantities of property within the
module:
802
A.
10 photos, no larger than 4 x 6.
B.
40 postcards, 15 letters, not including legal mail.
C.
Magazines, newspapers, or soft cover books, of any combination not to exceed 6

total.
Inmates are allowed to possess the following items within the limits set.
Packaged sugar, not to exceed 50 packs. (Excess can only be disposed of.)
VI.
RULES AND REGULATION NUMBERS AND DEFINTIONS (SPANISH)

SECCIONES
100
Conducta y Comportamiento
200
Comunicacin
300
Contrabando
400
Higiene y Sald
500
Movimiento
600
Ropa y accesorios de cama
700
Seguridad de la crcel
800
Propiedad

#15//04
Page 5 of 9
SECCION 100-CONDUCTA Y COMPORTAMIENTO

101
Los presos tratarn a los empleados de la institucion con cortesia.
102
Los presos obedecern las intrucciones de los oficiales.
103
Los presos no intentarn de intimidar a otro preso(s), de amenazar o asaltar a cualquier

miembro de la crcel o otro preso.
104
Los presos no apostarn.
105
Los presos no tomarn parte o participarn en actividades agresivas o borrascosas.
106
Los presos no abusarn de los privilegios de telefono.
107
Los presos no participarn en actividades sexuales de cualquier forma a cualquier hora.
108
Los presos sentenciados no podrn negar el trabajo.
109
Los presos no lanzarn un objeto con malicia.
110
Los presos no darn informacion falsa a un empleado de la crcel.
111
Los presos no tomarn la propiedad de otro sin permiso.
SECCION 200-COMUNICACION
201
Los presos de la misma carcel no podrn comunicarse o pasar cualquier objeto a otros
presos de otra area de habitacin sin el permiso de los empleados de la carcel, incluyendo
peticiones o notas.
202
Los presos no podran comunicarse con los empleados de la crcel excepto cuando se
requiere por su trabajo asignado, cuando consultan con los servicios (medicos,
consejeros) o en las ventanillas de salida.
203
Los presos no se correspondern con otros presos alojados en la custodia del

Departamento del Sheriff del Condado de San Diego.
SECCION 300-CONTRABANDO
301
Los presos no poseern ni usarn cualquier objeto o material, autorizado o no, para otro
uso que no es de origen.
302
Los presos no poseern herramientas para tatuajes.
303
Los presos poseern y consumirn solo medicamentos de receta que sean recetadas por
los servicios mdicos o medicinas compradas por medio la Tienda de Comisario. Los
medicamentos de receta no podran ser acumulados por el preso. Al tomar medicamentos
de receta, el preso consumir completamente aquellos medicamentos a la hora recetada.

#15//04
Page 6 of 9
304
Los presos poseern solo un rastrillo para resurarse y de ninguna manera podr alterar los
rastrillos.
305
Los presos no poseern ni fabricarn bevidas alcoholicas.
306
Los presos no poseern bolsas de agua.
307
Los presos no poseern ningun tipo de dinero, monedas o moneda corriente.
308
Lo presos no poseern productos de tabaco productos para fumar, mecheros, cerillos y

cualquier tipo de herramienta para encender.
309
Los presos no cultivarn, poseern o estarn bajo la influencia de cualquier sustancia

illegal como la mariguana, cocana etc.
310
Los presos no aceptarn cualquier objeto de cualquier persona sin el permiso de un

official.
SECCION 400-HIGIENE Y SALUD

401
Los presos mantendrn las areas de vivienda lmpias y ordenadas.
402
Los presos no se ocuparn en tatuar o perforar el cuerpo de ellos mismos u otros presos.
403
Los presos no poseern articulos de la Tienda de Comisario en exceso. A los presos se

les permite un numero razonable de articulos comprados por medio de la Tienda de
Comisario, pero los articulos de comida de la crcel no son permitidos dentro de las
celdas o areas de habitacin sin el permiso de un oficial.
404
Los presos devolvern todos los utencilios de cocina, envases y herramientas para comer
despues de cada comida.
405
Todos los presos trabajadores, asignados a la asistencia en servir o preparar comida,

aparte de su ropa de trabajo, usarn guantes de plastico y gorras (aprovadas por el
Departamento de Sanidad).
406
Los presos solo comern la comida de la crcel en las areas asignadas dentro de la
habitacin comedores.
407
Los presos no guardarn su comida diaria para su consumo en el futuro. La comida

sobrante se sacar de la habitacin por medio de los carros de comida.
SECCION 500-MOVIMIENTO
501
Los presos solo poseern documentos legales mientras estn dentro de la habitacin.
502
Los presos se vestirn completamente cuando caminen fuera de la area de habitacin, y

pondrn sus manos dentro de sus bolsillos o pretinas de sus pantalones.
503
Los presos en grupo caminarn en una sola fila de una manera ordenada, bajo la
supervision de un oficial.
Page 7 of 9
#15//04
504
Los presos no poseern ningn instrumento para escribir fuera de la habitacin.
505
Todo movimiento de presos fuera de la habitacion ser de una manera ordenada y en

silencio.
SECCION 600-ROPA Y ACCESORIOS DE CAMA

601
Los presos no intercambiarn o vendern su ropa ni propiedad.
602
Los presos no poseern accesorios de cama ni ropa en exceso de lo que es permitido.
603
Los presos intercambiarn la ropa y los accesorios de cama de acuerdo al horario de la

carcel. La ropa y los accesorios de cama sern utilizados solo para su uso de origen, y de
ninguna manera sern daados o destruidos.
604
Los accesorios de cama del preso se mantendrn solo en el area asignada para dormir.
605
El uso o la exhibicin de ropa de la crcel, de cualquier manera que implique afiliacin

con una pandilla, incluyendo articulos de color que impliquen dicha asociacin, est
prohibido.
SECCION 700-SEGURIDAD DE LA CARCEL

701
Los presos no participarn en cualquier actividad que impide o interfiere con la operacin
de la crcel.
702
Los presos no encendern fuegos.
703
Los presos no usarn algn articulo o mecanismo para alterar la vista entre cualquier
barra, ventana, puertilla, camara, etc.
704
Los presos no daarn NINGUN tipo de cerradura.
705
Los presos no podrn quitarse, alterar, destruir, cambiar o amaar cualquier pulsera de
identificacion.
706
Los presos no cubrirn los conductos de ventilacin, interfono, luces, ventanas, etc.
707
Los presos no daarn las luces, conecciones electricas u otros equipos.
708
Los presos no restringirn o impedirn el abrir o cerrar de las puertas, ventanas, etc.
709
Los presos no entrarn al area de habitacin o celda de otro preso sin el permiso de un
oficial.
710
No se permitir que el preso te o pegue cualquier articulo en las paredes, interfonos,

conducto de ventilacin u otras estructuras dentro de la crcel.
711
Los presos no poseern ninguna llave o tipo de mecanismo que se pueda usar como llave.

#15//04
Page 8 of 9
712
Los presos no participarn en ningn tipo de plan o ejecucin de escaperse de la carcel o

de un programa basado en la comunidad.
713
Ningn preso violar cualquier ley federal, estatal local.
SECCION 800-PROPIEDAD
801
802
Los presos no poseern propiedad en exceso de las cantidades autorizadas. Toda

propiedad en exceso devera ser desechada o mandada por correo fuera de la carcel al
costo del preso. Adems, el exceso de libros de tapa blanda y revistas pueden ser donados
a la biblioteca de la crcel.
A.
10 fotos, no mayor de 4x 6.
B.
40 postales, 15 cartas, sin incluir correo legal
C.
Revistas, periodicos, libros cualquier combinacin que no pase de 6 en total.
Los presos estn permitidos poseer los siguientes articulos en las cantidades establecidas.
Azcar enpacada que no pase de 50 paquetes. (Exceso slo puede ser tirada en el
basurero.)

#15//04
Page 9 of 9
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MAY 8, 2013
P
TABLE OF CONTENTS
COMMUNICATION, MAIL AND VISITING

P.1
Custody Information Office
P.2
Telephone Access
P.3
Inmate Mail
P.7
Newspapers
P.9
Social Visiting
P.11 Hearing Impaired Inmates

P.15 Professional Contact Visits
P.17 Monitoring Telephone Calls/Visits/Mail
P TABLE OF CONTENTS
#13//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
AUGUST 29, 2012

P.1
CUSTODY INFORMATION OFFICE
ENTIRE P SECTION
PURPOSE
Establish guidelines for the operation of the Custody Information Office.
POLICY
The detention facility Custody Information Office shall screen inmate inquiries, clear jail visitors, sort incoming
mail, and process incoming and outgoing inmate property, and other duties as assigned.
PROCEDURE
I.
All inquiries regarding inmates shall be screened by the Detention Information Assistant who will:
A.
Attempt to furnish information that may be legally disseminated without transferring the
telephone call.
B.
Release information regarding out of custody inmates in accordance with Government Code
Section 6254(f) and Sheriffs Department Policy and Procedure Sections 7.3.
C.
Release only the following information regarding Federal inmates in county facilities:
D.
1.
Custody status.
2.
Pending charge(s).
3.
Visiting hours.
All requests for medical information shall be forwarded to the Medical Records Unit of the
facility for the appropriate release of information.
II.
Clear official and professional visitors prior to admittance to the facility by verification of proper
credentials and authority to visit.
III.
PROCESS INCOMING MAIL ACCORDING TO HOUSING AREA

A.
The mail shall be picked up by designated shift deputies for prompt distribution.
B.
Federal inmates may be restricted to corresponding only with those people approved by the U.S.
Marshal.
C.
Over the counter correspondence will not be accepted. All incoming mail should be delivered
through the U.S. Postal Service.
P.1 CUSTODY INFORMATION OFFICE
Page 1 of 2
#12//05
IV.
V.
PROCESS INCOMING AND OUTGOING INMATE PROPERTY

A.
Unacceptable mail received will be processed in accordance to Detentions Policy P.3.
B.
Privately provided medications are generally not administered. Medications will be provided
through the jail pharmacy. Should a member of the public wish to leave medications, the charge
nurse will be notified. The charge nurse or designee will come to the Custody Information
Office and obtain the necessary information.
C.
All detention facilities have an approved list of items acceptable through the Custody
Information Office. All exceptions shall be approved by the Watch Commander prior to
acceptance.
PROCESS NEGOTIABLE PAPER FOR BAIL

A.
B.
C.
Cash Bail
1.
Ascertain the correct amount of money necessary for bail and accept it.
2.
Complete necessary JIMS entries and print out a Cash Bail receipt for distribution to
ensure accountability.
Bail Bonds
1.
Accept bonds from authorized agencies only.
2.
Verify bonds for accuracy prior to acceptance.
3.
Complete necessary JIMS entries and print out a Bail Bond receipt for distribution to
ensure accountability.
Detention Information Assistants shall perform their duties efficiently and all inquiries shall be
responded to in a courteous and timely manner.
P.1 CUSTODY INFORMATION OFFICE

#12//05
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 4, 2010
P.2
TELEPHONE ACCESS
N.5
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines that will permit inmates to use telephones during normal operating procedures.
POLICY
All inmates will be provided reasonable access to a telephone beyond those telephone calls required by section
851.5 PC. Telephones shall not be turned off by any deputy as a punitive measure when inmates delay their
response to programs, services, medication distribution, etc.
Nothing in this section is intended to limit the authority of the Facility Commander to revoke an inmates
telephone access as necessary to preserve institutional safety and security, or prevent criminal activity. When
such action is taken, the Facility Commander shall implement a plan that allows an inmate to contact by
telephone his/her attorney and the courts.
PROCEDURE
Collect calls and debit systems will be available for use on telephones. Debit time will be purchased by the
inmates through the Sheriffs Commissary. Telephones will be located in areas accessible to inmates during
dayroom or recreation time when they are allowed outside of their cells or dorm living units.
P.2 TELEPHONE ACCESS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

P.3
INMATE MAIL
B.5, P.1, P.5, P.17
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the uniform handling, screening and prompt routing/delivery of U.S. mail,
incoming letters, new soft bound books, magazine/periodical subscriptions, confidential/legal mail, and
electronic email messages.
POLICY
Inmates shall be allowed to receive and possess U.S. Mail, incoming letters, confidential/legal mail and
mail from official government agencies (as defined below). Inmates may also receive electronic email
messages, periodicals, magazines, and new books.
There shall be no limit on the amount of mail an inmate may send, and no limit on the amount of mail
that an inmate may receive, except to the extent that possession of such materials may constitute a fire
hazard, or pose an unacceptable security risk by providing the means to hide contraband.
Detention facilities shall provide for the reasonably prompt delivery of incoming materials and
outgoing correspondence. All staff shall work for the reasonably prompt and correct delivery of all
inmate mail.
PROCEDURES
I.
PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING AUTHORIZED CORRESPONDENCE

There is no limitation placed on the volume of mail an inmate may send or receive. All nonconfidential/legal mail is subject to being scanned and copied and may be read where there is a
valid security concern and the facility commander approves.
A.
Confidential/Legal Mail
1.
Inmates may correspond confidentially with the State and Federal courts, any
member of the State Bar or holder of public office, Citizens Law Enforcement
Review Board (CLERB), Internal Affairs, Office of the Sheriff, the Board of
State and Community Corrections (BSCC), and PREA Auditor. Inmates may
also correspond confidentially with the facility commander or the assistant
facility commander. It shall be the senders responsibility to clearly identify
confidential/legal mail on the front of the envelope with the words legal mail,
confidential mail, or similar descriptor.
2.
All incoming U.S. mail that comes within the purview of confidential/legal mail,
including correspondence from Internal Affairs and the Office of the Sheriff,
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
Page 1 of 8
shall be opened and inspected for contraband in the presence of the inmate. The
mail shall then be given directly to the inmate.
3.
Electronic email messages received via the inmate email system are not
considered confidential/legal mail.
4.
Outgoing mail that comes within the purview of confidential/legal mail may be
sealed by the inmate in the presence of a deputy after the deputy has inspected
the envelope to ensure there is no contraband in it. Under no circumstances will
a deputy accept a piece of sealed confidential/legal mail from an inmate. If
there is reasonable suspicion in the mind of the deputy as to the confidentiality
of the sealed outgoing mail, the deputy should contact the watch commander for
a determination.
All Western Union and U.S. Postal employees making deliveries or pickups are
to transact their business at the Custody Information Office. They are not
admitted into the detention facility.
B.
Incoming U.S. Mail

1.
C.
Any of the following will cause incoming U.S. mail to be rejected:

a.
U.S. mail marked with paint, crayon, glitter, labels, cloth, string,
watermarks, stains, lipstick, cosmetics, perfume, or stickers (excluding
US postage stamps).
b.
U.S. mail depicting nudity, obscenities, suggestive images, or other

offensive materials.
c.
U.S. mail depicting weapons, gang references, criminal activity, codes,

or markings.
d.
U.S. mail depicting or containing writings, images or references that may

incite violence, riot, racism, or threaten the security of any San Diego
County detention facility.
Certified and Registered Mail

1.
All certified and registered mail shall be accepted at the custody information
office, if the person is in custody at that facility and the item qualifies as
confidential/legal mail. Questions regarding the nature of the
certified/registered mail should be addressed to the watch commander. Mail
known to contain materials considered to be contraband will be refused.
2.
The detentions information assistant shall:
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
a.
Sign receipt for the registered/certified mail.
b.
Complete an Incoming Property Receipt (J-53 form) and attach it to the

mail.
Page 2 of 8
c.
3.
D.
Forward the J-53 form with attached mail immediately to the inmates
housing module to obtain inmate signature.
Upon receipt of the J-53 form and registered/certified mail, the housing deputy
shall:
a.
Open and inspect the mail immediately.
b.
Ensure the inmate signs the J-53 form in the RECD section.
c.
Sign his/her name and ARJIS in the witness section
d.
Give the inmate his/her mail.
e.
Provide inmate with pink copy of signed J-53 form.
f.
Forward the white and canary copies of the J-53 form to the Inmate
Processing Division (IPD).
g.
The detention processing technician will file all copies into the inmates
custody record.
Mail sent directly from federal, state or local government offices will also be accepted
(i.e., Social Security, Veteran's Affairs, Child Support Services, Unemployment,
Welfare, Health and Human Services, Office of the Patient Advocate, Probation,
Registrar of Voters, etc.). The letters will be inspected for authenticity prior to delivery
to inmates.
Any personal documents requiring inmate signature produced at the facility, where the
inmate is housed, will be provided to the inmate for signature and promptly returned to
the person delivering the document.
E.
Procedures for Handling Returned Mail Sent by In Custody Inmates

In the event a letter is "return to sender", and the letter was sent by an in-custody
inmate, the letter will be rejected, in order to prevent manipulation of the mail services
or enable contraband to enter the facility. (Follow procedures as listed in sections I.G
and III.A & III.B).
F.
Housing Unit Deputies

1.
Housing unit deputies shall inspect all U.S. and electronic mail and material for
contraband, criminal conspiracies, and information regarding facility security.
Questionable mail shall be immediately taken to the watch commander.
2.
The watch commander may have the material copied and sent to an appropriate
authority for investigation or follow-up.
3.
Unless the inmate is absent from the floor, the housing unit deputy shall see that
all mail is delivered to the inmate prior to the end of his/her shift.
P.3 INMATE MAIL
Page 3 of 8
#16//04
4.
G.
H.
II.
All acceptable incoming and outgoing mail and packages shall be sent or
delivered as soon as possible and shall not be held more than 24 hours,
excluding weekends and holidays.
The facility shall not forward any inmate mail or magazines outside of the Sheriffs
detention system.
1.
The inmate is responsible, upon or prior to release or transfer, to notify the

senders of change of address.
2.
Upon receipt of incoming U.S. mail, the detention information assistant will
verify if the inmate is in custody by utilizing the master card or booking
summary screens. The inmates name, booking number, and housing unit must
be clearly noted on all articles.
3.
All U.S. Mail and subscription magazines for an inmate no longer in custody
shall be marked return to sender and will be returned to the U.S. Postal
System via the Custody Information Office.
4.
Electronic email messages received for inmates out of custody shall be deleted
from the message queue.
Inmates without funds are permitted at least two postage paid envelopes each week to
communicate with family and friends, and unlimited postage paid correspondence with
his/her attorney and the courts. Inmates without funds that are housed and have not
received envelopes due to the store delivery date may request through the counseling
office for their letter to be mailed.
PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING MAGAZINES, PERIODICALS, AND BOOKS

Magazines, periodicals, and new soft covered books delivered to the facility by publishers or
bookstores via the U.S. Postal Service may be accepted. All parcels containing new books will
be forwarded to the watch commander or designee for inspection and approval. The subject
matter of some magazines, periodicals and new soft covered books shall establish whether or
not they are allowed in the detention facility housing units.
A.
The following items are not usually allowed inside the facility due to their construction
or subject matter.
1.
Softcover books with wire and/or spiral binding; or CD-ROMs, DVDs or any
other new media items. .
2.
Hardbound books of any nature.
3.
Any material advocating the use of violence.
4.
Any material advocating criminal activity, violation of any criminal law, or

violation of facility rules and regulations.
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
Page 4 of 8
B.
C.
D.
5.
Inmates are prohibited from possessing or receiving materials that show nudity
of either gender or portray sexual activity as described herein. Prohibited
materials include personal photographs, drawings, magazines and/or pictorials.
6.
Any personal photographs, drawings, magazines and/or pictorials displaying

nudity as described that are delivered to any detention facility or jail, in the
possession of an inmate or found during routine cell searches, will be treated as
contraband. Contraband will be handled by either disposing of the item or
mailing at the expense of the inmate.
Processing acceptable books, magazines and parcels

1.
Acceptable items will be forwarded to the Custody Information Office.
2.
The detentions information assistant shall complete a J-53 form listing the titles
of all accepted books, magazines and parcels and attach it to the items, bundling
them if necessary.
3.
The item(s) will be forwarded to the inmates housing module for delivery and
to obtain the inmate's signature.
4.
Upon receipt of the J-53 form and attached books, magazines and parcel, the
housing deputy shall:
a.
Ensure the inmate signs the J-53 form in the RECD section.
b.
Sign his/her name and ARJIS in the witness section.
c.
Give the inmate his/her books, magazines and parcel and the pink copy
of the J-53 form.
d.
Forward the white and canary copies of the J-53 form to inmate
processing for filing in the inmates custody record.
Each inmate shall be allowed to possess up to a combination of six (6) magazines

and/or new soft cover books.
1.
The inmate shall choose to have all excess periodicals and/or books be donated
to the jail library, thrown away, or mailed out of the facility at the inmate's
expense. Inmates shall not be allowed to release reading material to outside
parties or to have the items placed in their property prior to release.
2.
This total does not include any authorized religious or legal material.
Periodic inspections of reading materials shall be made at the time of book exchange/or
during routine module inspections.
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
Page 5 of 8
III.
REJECTION/APPEAL PROCESS
A.
If an item of mail contains drugs/narcotics, a crime report will be written in NetRMS.

The items of mail will be identified as evidence and processed accordingly. All mail
rejection, "MREJ," JIMS log entries and appeal process procedures will be completed
by the Detention Investigation Unit (DIU) upon the conclusion of the investigation.
B.
All items deemed to contain contraband or determined to be unacceptable (other than

drugs/narcotics items), will not be delivered to the inmate but will be retained pending
conclusion of the internal appeal process. Certain items will be destroyed if the item
cannot be placed in the inmate's property (e.g. liquids, etc.).
C.
In cases in which incoming mail is withheld (other than drugs/narcotics items), the
housing deputy is to enter a mail rejected "MREJ" event type into the receiving inmate's
JIMS history. The entry will include the name and address of origin and the specific
reason the article was not deliverable.
D.
In cases in which incoming mail is withheld (other than drug/narcotics items), both the
inmate and sender will receive a copy of a Contents Unacceptable Notice (J-320 form),
generated by the housing unit deputy identifying the article, sender, and disposition.
The sender will receive a "Notice of Appeal" which will explain the appeal process to
the sender. In cases where inmate mail is not deliverable and placed into the
inmate's property, the inmate will receive a copy of the J-320 form. The notice of
appeal rights shall include sufficient information identifying the non-delivered
item/mail and the reason(s) why the item(s) pose a threat to detention facility safety and
security.
E.
Unacceptable books will be handled in the same manner as outlined above. When a
book is rejected, housing deputies will make an entry in JIMS inmate history using the
drop down "MREJ." The following areas will be addressed in the comments section of
the inmate history log entry:
1.
The title of the rejected items.
2.
The sender's name and address.
3.
Tracking/parcel number(s).
4.
Why the item was rejected.
5.
Name of the watch commander/designee that approved the rejection.
Each facility will develop a green sheet identifying the process to follow when storing,
handling, tracking and forwarding documentation to the sender and inmate for all
unacceptable mail, books, magazines and parcels returned.
F.
When an item is rejected both the sender and inmate will receive notification of the
opportunity to appeal. The notification will be given in the form of a copy of the
completed J-320 form, within five (5) business days.
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
Page 6 of 8
G.
Notice to the inmate will contain the name and address of the sender, the name of the
publication or item, description of the item, the inmate's name, the date that the
publication was received, the reason for the rejection, a reference to the objectionable
portion of the portion of the mail, and the name of the person authorizing the
withholding. It will also include instructions o n how the inmate may appeal the
return by following the facility grievance procedures.
H.
The inmate may appeal the return decision within ten (10) business days of the
receipt of the notice using an Inmate Grievance (J -22 form). The appeal must
include the inmate's name, date, the name of the publication or item in question,
and all the reasons the inmate disagrees with the decision. Any reason not included
in the written appeal will not be considered. Further appeals will comply with the
facility grievance procedures.
I.
Notice to the sender will contain the same information provided to the inmate,
listed in subsection III(G) above.
J.
The sender may appeal within ten (10) business days after receipt of the notice.
The sender must send the appeal by United States mail, addressed to the facility
commander of the facility that is identified at the top of the J-320 form. If the sender
chooses not to use certified mail, the burden to demonstrate timely mail deposit is
upon the sender. Likewise, if the Sheriff's Office chooses not to send the notice of
withholding via certified mail, the burden to demonstrate timely receipt of the notice
is upon the Sheriff's Office.
1.
The appeal must include the inmate's name, a contact person's name and
address at the company or sender's location, the date, and the name of the
publication or item, and all reasons that the sender disagrees with the return
decision.
2.
Senders will be notified of the appeal decision within ten (10) business days of
the receipt of the appeal. The written appeal decision by the facility
commander or designee will contain a written explanation, detailing the
reasons for the rejection.
K.
All appeals will be handled by the facility commander or designee of the facility that
rejected the mail. The person involved with the decision to withhold the item shall not
be assigned the appeal. The decisions of the facility commander or designee will be
the final finding on the matter and there will be no further appeals available.
L.
If the facility commander or designee answering the appeal, needs longer than ten
(10) days due to the length of the publication or the quantity of appeals filed, notice
will be provided to the sender that an extension of time is necessary to respond.
M.
If the internal appeal by an inmate or sender overturns the non-delivery decision,

the item or items shall be promptly delivered to the inmate, and the sender shall be
notified of the decision (if a return address is provided).
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
Page 7 of 8
IV.
U.S. MAIL BETWEEN SAN DIEGO COUNTY SHERIFFS DETENTION FACILITIES

A.
Inmates incarcerated within the San Diego County Sheriffs detention facilities are
prohibited from corresponding with other inmates housed in any San Diego County
Sheriff's detention facility.
Attempts by an inmate to furtively send mail to another inmate in San Diego County
Sheriff's custody either directly or indirectly is prohibited. Items used to circumvent the
Sheriff's inmate mail policy shall be considered contraband and disposed of
accordingly.
B.
Inmates incarcerated within the Sheriffs detention facilities shall be permitted to

correspond with inmates at other detention facilities, including but not limited to:
Federal, State, and other local detention facilities not under the control of the Sheriff's
Department. In most cases, the Wardens prior approval of such facilities shall be given
or the letters may be returned.
P.3 INMATE MAIL

#16//04
Page 8 of 8
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
APRIL 1, 2009
P.7
NEWSPAPER
P.3
CCR TITLE 15, SECTION 1066
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines that will permit inmates to purchase, receive, and read any newspaper accepted for
distribution by the United States Post Office.
POLICY
Facilities may purchase newspapers for inmates enjoyment provided the newspapers are in compliance with
Section P.3 (II) of this manual.
PROCEDURE
I.
Newspapers purchased by the facilities must be distributed to the inmates in such a way as to provide
equal access.
II.
Used newspapers will be removed from the housing units on a timely and routine schedule to maintain
health, safety, and fire standards of the facility.
III.
This section shall not restrict individual inmates from purchasing newspapers of their choice, but
compliance with Section P.3 (I.D) and P.3 (II) are a necessity.
P.7 NEWSPAPER
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
P.9
SOCIAL VISITING
P.3, Sheriff's Department P&P 7.3
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for permitting inmate social visits.
POLICY
Inmates shall have access to social visits according to the following procedures.
PROCEDURES
I.
Pursuant to Title 15 section 1062 inmates shall be allowed access to social visitors.
A.
For the security of the institution and for the protection of the public, only those visitors
with the following types of valid photo identification shall be allowed to visit inmates in
the custody of the Sheriff:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Driver's license
Federal, state and local issued government identification card (any state)
Military identification
Passport
U.S. Immigration identification (including visas)
Border Crossing card issued by U.S.D.O.J.
Current high school identification for children who do not possess a current
California drivers license or California I.D. card.
Matricula Consular I.D. card issued after 04/22/02 by the Consul General of
Mexico
Visitors under the age of 18 years must be accompanied by a qualified adult who possesses
valid photo identification and is cleared for visits. Qualified adult is defined as:
1.
2.
3.
A parent
A court appointed guardian
Other adult having legal custody
C.
Visitors that have been incarcerated within the past 90 days shall not be permitted to visit
without watch commander consent.
D.
A visit by news media personnel shall be considered a social visit, not a professional visit.
If the inmate opts to accept the visit by a media representative, that visit shall be counted as
a social visit for that day, just like any other social visit.
P.9 SOCIAL VISITING

#14//12
Page 1 of 5
II.
All visitors must give required personal information. A maximum of three visitors will be
permitted per inmate at each visit unless modified by the watch commander. Detention
information assistants will check for valid photo identification and enter all required visitor
information into the Jail Information Management System (JIMS).
III.
Security personnel may run the visitor's name through the wants/warrant system. Where the social
visit is also a contact visit, authorized staff may perform a criminal history check.
A.
Every person, who having been previously convicted of a felony and confined in any state
prison in this state, must receive consent from the facility commander, their designee or the
on-duty watch commander prior to visiting per California Penal Code 4571.
B.
The watch commander will consider all requests for visits from individuals on probation
and parole on a case-by-case basis. If there are articulatable security concerns, the request
may be denied.
C.
Persons with non-bookable misdemeanor warrants will be denied a visit and told to take
care of the warrant.
D.
Persons with felony warrants will be arrested and booked.
IV.
Social visitors participating in contact visits are prohibited from having personal electronic devices
in their possession. All devices must be secured prior to their entry into the facility.
V.
BAIL BOND AGENT VISITS

A.
Bail bond agents will be allowed phone visits in the social visitation areas. It is not
required that a visit reservation is made in advance; as long as there are no security issues
and a visitation booth is available, the visit request shall be granted. Visit requests made
during peak hours such as mealtime, night count or in the event of facility lockdown will
not be granted.
B.
Bail bond agents must have in their possession an identification card confirming his/her
status as a licensed bail agent and a valid state drivers license/identification card. This
shall be verified at every visit to ensure the validity of the agents status with the
Department of Insurance.
C.
Bail bond agents are required to complete a Request for Visit/Transacting Bail (form J-46)
card prior to each visit. These cards will be maintained for one year.
D.
Prior to scheduling bail bond agent visits, inmate processing staff will assess the
availability of the visit area for the inmates housing unit. If there is an available booth, the
deputies in the inmates housing unit will be notified of the visit, and provided there are no
security issues, the inmate will be escorted to the visiting area/booth.
E.
Bail bond agent visits will be entered in the Social Visitations navigator in the JIMS. Bail
Agent will be selected for the Type/Relation field. If the visit is occurring outside of the
social visitation hours for the facility, the Special Visit designator will be selected for the
Visitation Room and the visit will be scheduled and arrived for the appropriate time. The
printed visit pass will be provided to the bail bond agent.
P.9 SOCIAL VISITING

#14//12
Page 2 of 5
F.
Inmates shall not be called from housing units during lock down hours, unless the bond is
posted first, or unless the bail bond agent ensures the bond will be posted after the
interview and the inmate can be released after the interview.
G.
If an employee encounters unsolicited advertisements associated with a bail bond

company, the advertisements will be provided to the detention processing supervisor. The
supervisor will complete the Bail Bond Solicitation Complaint (form J-109). The J-109
form will be attached with the solicitation materials and all will be forwarded to the
Sheriffs Detention Processing Manager.
VI.
Once the visitor has checked in for his/her visit, the detention information assistant will input data
into the JIMS as Arrived Visitor which will automatically send a notification to the module
where the inmate is housed so coordination of the inmates visit can be accomplished.
VII.
The watch commander will resolve questions regarding the eligibility for either inmate or visitor.
VIII.
The visitation schedule for all social visits will be coordinated to accommodate all inmate
classifications and at the same time maintain facility security.
IX.
VISITATION SUSPENSION
Social visits are a privilege, and as such, may be suspended as part of a disciplinary action.
At the discretion of the watch commander, visitors may have their visit privileges suspended for
any violation of the visit rules. Violations may result in an up to 60-day suspension of privileges.
All suspensions shall be noted in the JIMS.
Visitation may be temporarily suspended as necessary for the reasonable security of the
institution. Unless suspended, all inmates will have the opportunity to receive two, one-half hour
visits weekly. Inmate workers will have visits in excess of two, one-half hour visits weekly.
X.
SPECIAL VISITS
Special visits are authorized social visits that are outside the established bureau procedures. These
visits are rarely allowed, but extenuating circumstances may be considered. Either the inmate or
the visitor may initiate a request for a special visit. Special visits are at the discretion of the watch
commander or facility commander. Each request for a special visit will be determined on a caseby-case basis.
A.
Inmates can request a special visit by filling out an Inmate Request form stating the reason
and submitting it to a correctional counselor. The counselor will check the validity of the
request and forward it to the watch commander for consideration. This request form will
be returned to the housing deputy with a notation of the decision. The housing deputy will
then inform the inmate of the decision.
B.
Detention information assistants will be notified in writing if a special visit is granted. A

weekly list will be provided to the Custody Information Office naming the inmates who
have approved visits and the days or hours assigned.
P.9 SOCIAL VISITING

#14//12
Page 3 of 5
XI.
XII
VISITS FOR INMATES AT HOSPITALS

A.
Special visits are only allowed for inmates who are considered in grave condition and are
under guard at hospitals These special visits require the approval of the watch commander
at the inmates housing facility and must conform to hospital visiting hours, unless
otherwise specified by the watch commander. Special visits for inmates admitted to the
TCMCSU must also be approved by the CDCR Security Sergeant due to CDCR having
operational control of the TCMCSU.
B.
A person desiring to visit an inmate under hospital guard must make the request at the
appropriate detention facility. The detention information assistant shall check the visit
restrictions file for any restrictions or limitations on the inmate's visits. If none exist, the
detention information assistant will fill out the Hospital Visiting Pass (form J-65), time
stamp it on the front, and present it with the visitor's identification to the watch commander
for approval. After approval, the hospital pass is given to the visitor(s). All visitors must be
specifically listed on the hospital pass. Deputies will not admit visitors to see inmates
unless the visitors have in their possession an approved hospital pass and proper
identification.
C.
Two visitors may be in the hospital room with the inmate at any one time. More frequent
visits, with the exception of attorneys, law enforcement officers and bail bondsmen,
require special authorization by the watch commander. Professional visits for inmates
admitted to the TCMCSU must also be approved by the CDCR Security Sergeant.
D.
Inmates at hospitals are not allowed to make outgoing calls unless the inmate is considered
in grave condition. The watch commander will authorize all outgoing calls. Incoming calls
are not allowed. A deputy guarding the inmate will dial the telephone number for the
inmate. After dialing the number, the deputy will contact the control deputy at the inmates
housing facility to have the number that was dialed entered in the JIMS in the Inmate
History using the PCAL (Phone Call) drop down.
E.
Inmates will not receive incoming mail, nor will they send any outgoing mail. Legal
documents delivered by an approved professional visitor may be handed to the inmate after
inspection for weapons or contraband by the on-duty deputy(s).
F.
Any visitor who creates a disturbance, or presents any security concerns for the deputy(s)
or hospital staff, will be immediately reported to the watch commander. Visiting may be
restricted as circumstances dictate.
G.
The deputy(s) will destroy the hospital pass when the visit has been completed.
SERVICE ANIMALS
A.
Service animals are defined as dogs or miniature horses that are individually trained to do
work or perform tasks for people with disabilities. Examples of such work or tasks include
guiding people who are blind, alerting people who are deaf, pulling a wheelchair, alerting
and protecting a person who is having a seizure, reminding a person with mental illness to
take prescribed medications, calming a person with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder
(PTSD) during an anxiety attack, or performing other duties. Service animals are working
animals, not pets. The work or task a dog has been trained to provide must be directly
P.9 SOCIAL VISITING

#14//12
Page 4 of 5
related to the persons disability. Dogs whose sole function is to provide comfort or
emotional support do not qualify as service animals under the ADA.
B.
When it is not obvious what service an animal provides, only limited inquiries are allowed.
Staff may ask two questions: (1) is the dog a service animal required because of a
disability, and (2) what work or task has the dog been trained to perform. Staff cannot ask
about the persons disability, require medical documentation, require a special
identification card or training documentation for the dog, or ask that the dog demonstrate
its ability to perform the work or task.
C.
Service animals must be harnessed, leashed, or tethered, unless these devices interfere with
the service animals work or the individuals disability prevents using these devices. In that
case, the individual must maintain control of the animal through voice, signal, or other
effective controls.
D.
Service animals are allowed to accompany people with disabilities in all areas of the
facility where the public is normally allowed to go.
E.
A person with a disability cannot be asked to remove his service animal from the premises
unless: (1) the dog is out of control and the handler does not take effective action to control
it, or (2) the dog is not housebroken. When there is a legitimate reason to ask that a service
animal be removed, staff must offer the person with the disability the same opportunity of
services without the animals presence.
P.9 SOCIAL VISITING

#14//12
Page 5 of 5
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
JANUARY 27, 2014

P.11
HEARING IMPAIRED INMATES
PURPOSE
To provide assistance to inmates who have hearing impairments in accordance with the requirements of
the Americans with Disabilities Act.
PROCEDURE
Each detention facility shall have their telephonic communication system equipped to provide access for
inmates with varying degrees of hearing impairments. Equipment shall be provided to communicate on
the public phone system and also the visiting phone used in non-contact visiting facilities.
I.
II.
ASSISTING INMATES WITH COMMUNICATION ON TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION

SYSTEMS
A.
In each facility, a T.D.D (Telecommunications Device for the Deaf) shall be made
available to severely hearing impaired inmates to be utilized while making outside phone
calls.
B.
Each facility shall issue a green sheet on the location and procedures for the use of the
T.D.D.
C.
Each facility shall be equipped with Hearing Aid Compatible phones to allow inmates
with personal hearing aids to effectively utilize the phone.
D.
All facilities' inmate phones, including the social visiting phones, shall have the hearing
enhancement device feature. These devices shall enhance the ability to hear by the
activation of an amplification switch that has three settings: Normal, Loud and Louder.
A decal or engraving with the universal symbol for the hearing impaired shall be visible
on all inmate phones.
IDENTIFICATION OF HEARING IMPAIRED INMATES
The medical staff at each facility shall identify to the administrative lieutenant and the lead
correctional counselor, all inmates with serious hearing impairments when that information is
known. These inmates shall be allowed to use the T.D.D.s. Other communication systems that
have hearing amplification devices will be available to all other hearing impaired inmates.
P.11 HEARING IMPAIRED INMATES

#14//01
Page 2 of 2
III.
OBTAINING SIGN LANGUAGE INTERPRETING ASSISTANCE

The County of San Diego has a contract for interpreting services in place, for any Countyaffiliated agency, with Deaf Community Services of San Diego, Inc. For non-emergency
interpreting service requests, you must obtain and complete a Service Authorization form from
the Deaf Community Services website: http://www.deafcommunityservices.org.
For emergency interpreting services (such as an arrest or interview), call (619) 398-2488 and
Press "5" to obtain the After Hours Emergency Line.
IV.
Each facility will insure hearing-impaired inmates are accommodated to report sexual abuse and
sexual harassment directly to staff, including accommodations to convey sexual abuse policies
orally to inmates with limited reading skills or visual impairments.
P.11 HEARING IMPAIRED INMATES

#14//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

P.15
PROFESSIONAL CONTACT VISITS
I.47, CCR Title 15, Sec. 1206.5
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the efficient processing of attorney and professional visits for inmates housed
at all Sheriffs detention facilities.
POLICY
Professional contact visits with inmates are permitted when such visits are necessary to the
administration of justice.
PROCEDURE
I.
Professional contact visits shall take place under the following security guidelines:
A.
Clearance shall entail checking the reason and authority for entry, and verifying the
visitors identity by photographic identification and a professional identification card.
B.
Each facility shall maintain a professional visit log. Professional contact visits will be
logged on the Visitor Log Sheet (J-4 form). The custody information personnel will enter
the necessary information into the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) and
assign a personal identification number (PIN).
C.
The visitors picture identification will be exchanged for a jail visitor identification card.
Sheriff's department employees on official business shall not be required to surrender
their department identification in exchange for a visitor identification card. However, the
employee will be required to provide their identification for the purpose of recording
their visit into the professional visit log. Upon entrance to the facility, their department
identification will be visible on their person.
Upon completion of the visit, the visitor shall be logged out and shall exchange his/her
jail visitor identification for their picture identification. Positive identification of the
visitor will be made by viewing the pictured identification prior to allowing them to
leave. (Note: At the conclusion of professional contact visits, the deputy will conduct a
search of the inmate and the professional visit area.)
D.
Professional visit requests made after 2100 hours require the approval of the watch
commander. Additionally, the watch commander must approve professional visit
requests made within one-half hour of mealtimes.
P.15 PROFESSIONAL CONTACT VISITS

#16//01
Page 1 of 6
E.
The professional contact visit will be limited to a reasonable length of time. The amount
of time allotted will be based on facility operations and security needs, and may not be
arbitrary or capricious in application. Complexity of case and individual case situations
may also be considered.
F.
Any person attempting to visit relatives in custody will not be denied access based solely
on their relationship with the person in custody. If there is a question as to whether the
visit is social or professional, the watch commander shall make the determination. If the
contact visit is not allowed, a social visit may be arranged.
G.
Professional contact visits shall not be permitted when, in the judgment of the facility
watch commander, a contact visit would pose an unacceptable security risk. If a contact
visit is not permitted, a non-contact visit will be permitted.
The only exception to the above procedures will be for visits with inmates facing the
death penalty or, for other reasons, are housed in a high-security cell. Due to much
greater security concerns, these inmates must be shackled and deputies are required to
remain with them during visits. Due to this additional risk and burden, if a legal assistant
from Legal Aid seeks a contact visit with this category inmate, the legal assistant will be
advised that this inmate is under strict security confinement. Such a visit will normally
be non-contact. If a contact visit is felt necessary, the supervising attorney shall
telephone the facility watch commander and request a contact visit by the legal assistant.
The watch commander will then arrange the contact visit between the legal assistant and
the inmate after approval.
H.
II.
Any incident involving attorneys or professional visitors will be documented and referred
to facility administration for review. Attorneys or professional visitors who violate the
law, detention facility rules or disobey staff direction will be denied future professional
contact visits.
PROFESSIONAL TELEPHONIC RESERVATION: Each facility may designate specific

telephone lines as priority professional lines to reserve inmate interviews prior to the
professionals arrival. A timetable shall be established within which the professional must
arrive.
A.
Loss of telephone reservation privilege.

1.
If a professional visitor is excessively or habitually late, the watch commander

will be notified. The watch commander will advise the professional that any
future unexcused tardiness may result in a revocation of his/her call-in privilege
for a 180-day period.
2.
Upon a second unexcused violation, the watch commander will advise the
violator the phone privilege has been revoked for 180 days.
3.
If any visitor has this privilege revoked, his/her name will be placed in the
appropriate file.

#16//01
Page 2 of 6
4.
III.
The day-shift watch commander will periodically purge the file.
B.
Telephonic reservations for interviews will be governed by established interview time

schedules.
C.
Some facilities have limitations, or a design that would impact the ability to hold inmates
pending arrival of professionals. This procedure may be modified to accommodate those
restrictions.
PROPERTY BROUGHT INTO DETENTION FACILITIES: Any and all briefcases and parcels
entering the facilities are subject to search.
Professional visitors requesting to bring mobile electronic devices into a detention facility must
sign a Mobile Electronic Device Authorization (J-310 form) annually, prior to entry into the
facility. A detention information assistant (DIA) will archive the J-310 form at the professional
visits window for one (1) year and make a JIMS log entry in the Professional Visitations
Navigator, under the "address detail" tab ("Notes/expected testimony" section) documenting the
form was signed and dated. Usage of such devices will be for necessary and relevant business.
Violation of these use restrictions may result in a revocation of the ability to bring mobile
electronic devices into any San Diego County Sheriff's detention facilities. The watch
commander will be notified of any violation and review any alleged misuse, to determine
whether future authorization will be denied. If the watch commander determines authorization
will be denied he/she will ensure a JIMS log entry is made in the Professional Visitations
Navigator, under the "address detail" tab ("Notes/expected testimony" section). The log entry
will include the watch commander's name, ARJIS, date and a brief reason for denying use of the
mobile electronic device.
IV.
The following persons shall be allowed contact visits with inmates in the course of their
professional duties:
A.
LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS: Any local, state, or federal law enforcement

officer.
B.
ATTORNEYS: Attorneys must present a State Bar Admission card or other verification
of attorney status plus a current, valid driver's license or pictured identification card to
verify identity. The presumption should be that the attorney is visiting a client for
legitimate purposes of representation. This includes any attorney employed with the
attorney of records law firm or office. Prior to scheduling the visit, custody information
personnel shall ascertain whether the visit is professional or social and schedule
accordingly.
C.
INVESTIGATORS EMPLOYED OR RETAINED BY THE ATTORNEY OF

RECORD: Including any licensed private investigator, public defender investigator, or
alternate public defender investigator. The investigator must present proof of their
professional affiliation with counsel of record. In the case of public defender
investigators and alternate public defender investigators, valid county identification cards
will suffice as proof of their professional affiliation. Licensed private investigators with
or without a court order shall be subject to a criminal records clearance check prior to

#16//01
Page 3 of 6
gaining entry into a detention facility. The watch commander or designee will conduct a
criminal clearance check prior to allowing licensed private investigators a professional
visit. If an individual fails the records check he/she will be afforded a professional social
visit with the respective inmate. Private investigators in possession of a valid county ID
are exempt.
D.
INVESTIGATORS EMPLOYED OR RETAINED BY THE CITIZENS LAW

ENFORCEMENT REVIEW BOARD (CLERB)
E.
PROBATION OFFICERS AND PAROLE OFFICERS: Shall be allowed to visit inmates

if they have valid agency identification.
F.
BAIL AGENTS: The facility commander will be responsible for establishing a visiting
procedure/protocol which best suits the needs of their facilitys physical layout and
operational hours.
Bail agents must have in their possession an identification card confirming his/her status
as a licensed bail agent. This shall be verified at every visit to ensure the validity of the
bail bond agent status. Bail agents are also required to complete a Request for
Professional Visit (J-46 form) card prior to each contact visit.
G.
GRAND JURY MEMBERS: Current members of the Grand Jury shall have unlimited
access to the entire detention facility at anytime. The watch commander or designee shall
accompany members at all times during their tour of the detention facility.
H.
MILITARY PERSONNEL: Legal officers, when necessary for signature (not routine
counseling).
I.
COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES EMPLOYEES:
J.
1.
For the purpose of conducting a court-ordered interview.
2.
For the purpose of investigating public health issues.
MEDICAL, PSYCHIATRIC, AND MENTAL HEALTH PERSONNEL:

1.
2.
Physicians/psychiatrists shall be allowed contact visits as follows:

a.
Military physicians approved by the watch commander to give discharge

physicals. Such visits should be by appointment.
b.
Private physicians retained by the inmate shall be permitted entry by court

order.
c.
Contract physicians authorized by the medical administrator or designee.
Department of Public Health Communicable Disease investigators

#16//01
Page 4 of 6
3.
Private physicians/psychiatrists/psychologists/other mental health professionals

retained by the Department of the Public Defender (including Primary, Alternate,
and Multiple Conflicts Office) shall be permitted entry with a letter of
authorization from the Public Defenders Office.
K.
LAB TECHNICIANS: For the purpose of lawfully obtaining a blood or urine sample of
the inmate.
L.
INTERPRETERS: All interpreters must be accompanied by an attorney, law

enforcement officer, probation officer or other justice or medical personnel. If not
accompanied by a law enforcement officer, the interpreter must be a county employee, a
licensed court interpreter or designated as an interpreter by court order.
M.
POLYGRAPH OPERATORS: Pursuant to a letter provided by an inmate's defense

attorney.
N.
CERTIFIED LAW CLERK: A certified law clerk is a law student authorized by the
State Board to perform certain functions, if employed by an attorney. The certified law
clerk may enter the detention facility unaccompanied by an attorney if he/she is in
possession of a "Letter of Authorization" from the employing attorney. This "letter" shall
be placed into the inmate's booking jacket for future reference.
O.
STUDENTS/INTERNS/TRAINEES: Law student interns working for an attorney may

enter the detention facility unaccompanied by an attorney if he/she is in possession of, a
"Letter of Authorization" from the employing attorney. This "letter" shall be placed into
the inmate's booking jacket for future reference (24hr. advance notice will be required in
order to complete a security clearance request by the facility).
Law student interns/volunteers employed by the public defender or the alternate public
defender need only show their county identification and a "Letter of Authorization" to be
allowed professional contact visits.
P.
LEGAL AID ASSISTANTS: Assistants from the Legal Aid Society of San Diego will
be granted professional contact visits for the purpose of providing assistance to in pro per
inmates. Assistants shall be designated by an attorney from Legal Aid who will be
accountable for the assistants conduct. Assistants must pass a background security
check in order to be allowed contact visits. Each detention facility shall keep a current
list of authorized legal aid assistants.
Q.
PARALEGALS: Paralegals are persons with legal business with bona fide clients of
attorneys who employ the paralegal. Paralegals shall possess a "Letter of Authorization"
from the employing attorney. This "letter" shall be placed into the inmate's booking
jacket for future reference.
R.
DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR OFFICIALS: To comply with the Vienna

Convention on Consular Relations Article 36, when a foreign national is in the custody
of the Sheriff, who is represented by a diplomatic or consular official, they shall be

#16//01
Page 5 of 6
entitled to the same professional visit rights as a legal attorney. All reasonable efforts
should be made to accommodate these visits. Diplomatic and consular officials are
required to present proper identification issued by the Department of the State. If there is
any doubt about the authenticity of the identification card, the State Departments Office
of Protocol can verify the identity and status of the official. Call (202) 647-1985 (0900 to
1700 PST) or (571) 345-3146 during all other hours. Please contact the Sheriffs
Department Consul Corp deputy at (858) 495-5575 or via the Departments corporate
directory should any additional questions or issues arise.
S.
CLERGY: A pastor, minister, rabbi, military chaplain, or priest associated with a church,
mosque, or synagogue in the community, shall be allowed access to facilities in
accordance with Section W.3.
T.
OTHER AUTHORIZED PROFESSIONALS: Those whom the facility commander has

approved a contact visit for rehabilitative activity or any other purpose.

#16//01
Page 6 of 6
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 4, 2013
P.17
MONITORING TELEPHONE CALLS/VISITS/MAIL
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for monitoring inmate telephone calls, social visits and mail in
accordance with statute and case law.
POLICY
Mail shall be copied upon written request from a peace officer or deputy district attorney when
the correspondence and/or conversation is not privileged (i.e., with the inmates attorney, doctor,
or religious advisor), and pursuant to the following procedure. All inmate telephone calls will be
recorded unless the call is made to a number that has been verified by the Detentions
Investigations Unit as registered to an attorney, physician or religious advisor; and entered into
the Do Not Record database of telephone numbers. All social visits, with the exception of
contact visits, will be recorded using the inmate telephone system. Inmate telephone calls, social
visits, emails and U.S. mail will be provided to law enforcement personnel upon request.
PROCEDURE
I. An inmates mail can be copied and their telephone calls or social visits may be
recorded for use by law enforcement. Notice must be made to the inmate that
his or her social visits and telephone conversations may be recorded. This
notice may take the form of an announcement on the telephone before the call is
put through to the outside party, or it may be in the form of a warning sign in
the area of the phones, social visit area or on the telephone. There is no
requirement to notify the inmate that their mail is being copied.
A. A sworn staff member of a law enforcement agency must provide a written request to
the Detentions Investigations Unit (DIU) before an inmates recorded telephone calls
and social visits will be provided, and before mail can be monitored. Personnel listed
in IV.C have access to the phone system and therefore do not need to produce a
written request for phone call and/or social visit recordings to be downloaded. The
DIU sergeant or DIU detective will review the request to determine if the request can
be complied with and if so, will initiate procedures for providing of any subsequent
conversations and the copying of any incoming or outgoing mail.
B. All the requests for inmate mail to be copied will be made on the Detentions
Investigations Units Monitoring Request Form and submitted to the DIU. The
request form shall include the following criteria in order to determine the necessity
and reasonableness of the monitoring:
1. Requestor information.
P.17 MONITORING TELEPHONE CALLS/VISITS/MAIL
#13//02
Page 1 of 4
a. Name
b. Agency
c. Contact information
2. Inmate information
a. Name
b. Booking number
c. Investigatory goal The requestor will provide justification for the request,
giving cause that a reasonable and specific investigative goal will be met by
the monitoring. No requests will be granted without an investigative goal
given (i.e., no fishing expeditions).
3. Completed request forms shall include:
a. Name of the detective who reviewed and/or entered the information into the
appropriate Jail Information Management System (JIMS) or other tracking
system
b. The date entered
c. The JIMS entry number
4. Expiration
a. Normal requests will expire after ninety (90) days
b. Special requests can be made for an extension of monitoring and will be
determined on a case-by-case basis.
II.
Social Visit Recording

All social visits, with the exception of contact visits, are recorded by the inmate
telephone system. When the request from an outside agency is made to receive the
recording(s) of a social visit, the request must also meet the criteria in I. B. 2c
above. If the request is approved, DIU personnel will provide the recordings.
III. Mail Holds

When the request from an outside agency or division of the department is for the purpose
of copying an inmates incoming and outgoing mail, a request must also meet the criteria
in I. B. 2c above. If the request is approved, the DIU investigator will have the mail hold
request entered in the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) to alert staff at the
facility where the inmate is housed.
A. Deputies assigned to areas where inmates receive mail will run the Incident Query
Report on the JIMS Web each night before passing out mail. This report will provide
a list of inmates that have active mail holds.
B. At the facilities where scanning equipment is available, deputies will scan the mail
(including the envelope and contents in its entirety) and forward the scanned copies to
the DIU Mailbox by e-mail.
#13//02
Page 2 of 4
1. When e-mailing the files, the name and booking number of the inmate being
monitored will be entered in the Subject line of the e-mail.
2. Each individual piece of correspondence that is scanned will be forwarded as a
separate e-mail.
3. If scanning is not available or is unreadable, the deputy shall photocopy the mail
as an alternative to scanning. The deputy shall forward the photocopies to DIU
for dissemination.
C. The deputy will ensure the mail (including the envelope) is copied. Each piece of
correspondence that is copied will be marked with the following information:
1. Inmates name and booking number
2. Date and time the mail was copied
3. Name and ARJIS of the deputy who made the copy.
The copied mail will then be placed in the jail investigators box for retrieval.
D. Emails sent to inmates with an active mail hold in JIMS will automatically be
delivered to the DIU inbox.
IV. Telephone Recordings
A. All telephone calls will be automatically recorded unless the call is made to a number
that has been verified by the Detentions Investigations Unit as registered to an
attorney, physician or religious advisor; and entered into the Do Not Record
database of telephone numbers. DIU detectives will provide recorded calls as
requested when in accordance with section I. B. 2c. above. DIU detectives will be the
administrators of the system for the Sheriffs Department.
B. Other investigators/ authorized personnel
1. Other authorized persons, (see Section IV.C), shall be granted access to the phone
system in an on-going manner.
2. DIU personnel will maintain and issue user access to the system.
3. DIU will revoke and/or cancel access to the system if misuse or unauthorized
access is obtained.
4. DIU detectives will provide training to authorized persons and act as a point of
contact for minimal technical support of the system.
C. Access to the phone system shall be granted to Sheriffs Department personnel,
District Attorney personnel, and other County agencies as directed.

#13//02
Page 3 of 4
V. Distribution of Mail
A. DIU personnel will forward the e-mails from the DIU mailbox with scanned
documents to the requesting parties by e-mail. They may be printed and forwarded as
a photocopy if not able to be forwarded electronically.
B. Photocopied mail will be picked up from the jails by DIU personnel regularly and
distributed to the requestors through an appropriate means (i.e. county mail).

#13//02
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
AUGUST 21, 2015

Q
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADMISSION, BOOKING, PROPERTY CONTROL AND RELEASE

Q.1
Intake Information
Q.3
In-Transit Bookings
Q.4
Verification of Legal Status and Conformance to Immigration Laws
Q.5
"AKA" (Also Known As) Bookings
Q.6
Unidentified Person (AKA: John/Jane Doe)
Q.7
Inmate Processing
Q.8
Refusal to Cooperate with the Booking Process
Q.9
Processing Juvenile Inmates in Detention Facilities
Q.11 Weekend Sentences

Q.13 Out-of-County Arrests
Q.14 Warrant Self Surrender
Q.15 Bail Bond Surrender
Q.21 Superior Court Warrants and Grand Jury Indictments
Q.23 "Hold" Warrants for Inmates Transferred to Other Jurisdictions
Q.24 Requests for Hearing on Out-of-County Warrants
Q.25 Inmate Additional Arrest Hold Notification
Q.26 Notification of Arrested Foreign Nationals' Consular or Diplomatic Representative
Q.27 Court List Upon Computer Failure
Q.28 Emergency Booking
Q.31 Federal Writs of Habeas Corpus Ad Prosequendum
Q.33 Fingerprinting
Q TABLE OF CONTENTS
#15//06
Page 1 of 2
Q.39 Writ of Habeas Corpus

Q.41 Processing Bail Bonds
Q.43 Court Ordered Hospitalization
Q.45
Service of Civil Process on Inmates
Q.47 Negotiable Paper in Lieu of Cash Payment of Bail or Fines

Q.49 Sealed Court Papers
Q.51 Crimes Committed by "In-Custody" Inmates
Q.55 Property Received with Inmates
Q.57 Property Issued to Inmates
Q.59 Court Ordered Clothing
Q.61 Inmate Footwear
Q.63 Lost Inmate Money or Property
Q.66 Transfer of Inmate Property
Q.67 Evidence/Found Property
Q.69 Property Room
Q.70 Release of Inmates Acquitted at Court
Q.71 Inmate Releases When Computer is Inoperative
Q.73 Release Under 825 P.C.
Q.74 Probable Cause Rejections
Q.75 Release of "Served Time" Inmates
Q.77 Permissive Release of Pre-Arraignment Misdemeanor Inmates
Q.79 Erroneous Release
Q.80 Possible Wrong Person on Warrant
Q.81
Inmates Requiring DNA and Palm Print Collection Per 296 P.C.
Q.82
Possible Over Detention
Q TABLE OF CONTENTS
#15//06
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
Q.1
INTAKE INFORMATION
M.9, Q.5, Q.7
PURPOSE
To establish uniform handling of required documentation for accepting arrestees into Sheriffs detention
facilities.
POLICY
All law enforcement agencies must use a Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form) to
book arrestees into any Sheriffs detention facility. In addition, a Probable Cause Declaration (PCD)
form, which establishes probable cause for warrantless arrests, shall be completed prior to booking.
Inmate Processing Division (IPD) staff will be responsible for making the initial determination of the
acceptance of an arrestee into a Sheriffs detention facility. Acceptance will be in accordance with the
established San Diego County Sheriffs Department Booking Acceptance Criteria. If an appeal of this
decision is made, the watch commander will make the final determination. All arrest documentation will
be verified prior to accepting the inmate into custody.
PROCEDURE
I.
Felony/misdemeanor field arrests: Arresting agencies must present a properly completed J-15
form for every arrestee delivered to a detention facility for booking. If the arrest is for new
criminal charges requiring arraignment in court, a completed PCD must be presented prior to
acceptance of the arrestee.
II.
Felony/misdemeanor warrant arrests: If the arrest is for an outstanding warrant, the warrant or
warrant abstract must be presented prior to acceptance of the arrestee.
III.
Prior to accepting an arrestee into a Sheriffs detention facility, the arrestee shall be medically
screened by the facility registered nurse.
IV.
A.
The registered nurse conducting the screening shall complete the first stage screening
questions so that the arrestee can be properly classified in the Jail Information
Management System.
B.
After completing the questioning, the registered nurse conducting the screening shall
determine if the inmate is Fit for Jail.
Any medical/mental health information obtained during the screening process shall be treated as
confidential unless the information is necessary for the protection of the welfare of inmates, of
others, management of the detention facility, or maintenance of facility security and order.
Q.1 INTAKE INFORMATION

#15//09
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2013
Q.3
IN-TRANSIT BOOKINGS
1550.3 PC
PURPOSE
To establish procedures for the short-term housing of prisoners being transported to another jurisdiction.
POLICY
A law enforcement agency or company acting as an agent for a law enforcement agency can request to
book a prisoner for short term, in-transit housing, into the Las Colinas Detention Facility, Vista
Detention Facility or the San Diego Central Jail, pursuant Penal Code section 1550.3. The request shall
be granted, except when the DSB Assistant Sheriff or a Commander denies such a booking in an
emergency.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures will take place for all inmates that require in-transit housing. The transporting
agency/agent is charged for each day a prisoner is in Sheriffs custody, per the rate schedule assigned for
each detention facility.
I. In-transit Bookings
A. The requesting agency or agent will be advised to contact the Facility Watch Commander to
advise they have an in-transit prisoner to book under penal code section 1550.3.
B. The Watch Commander will advise the Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) of the intransit housing. All inmates booked for in-transit housing will be segregated from other
inmates. Upon housing assignment over 24 hours, personal care items, as listed in Detention
P&P section L.11, will be provided. If applicable, inmates will be given the opportunity to
shower at least every other day. (Inmates held on federal charges will be granted telephone
access to contact an attorney).
C. The Watch Commander shall obtain the agency/company name, along with the name(s) of
the transporting personnel, their contact number(s) and when they plan to pick up the
inmate(s).
D. An entry shall be made in the Watch Commander's Log indicating the following:
1. In-transit Housing
2. Name of the agency/company
3. Name(s) and DOB(s) of the prisoner(s) housed
Q.3 IN-TRANSIT BOOKINGS
NEW
#13//06
Page 1 of 2
4. Contact number(s) for the transporting personnel

5. Date and approximate time of pick-up
E. The Watch Commander will forward this information to the on duty Detention Processing
Supervisor (DPS).
F. The transporting officer will ensure the booking charge listed on the J-15 form is California
Penal Code 1550.3En route." Under charges, the agency/company will indicate the
destination the inmate is en route to and the description of charges in the other jurisdiction
(example: En route to Pima, AZ; Burglary). In the additional charges section on the J-15, the
agency will enter the date and time the inmate will be picked up and contact information
(example: P/U @ 0800 10-02-13 Joe Smith (123) 456-7890).
G. Upon completion of the booking process, the Pre-Book Technician will provide a courtesy
notice to the facility Watch Commander and/or booking supervisor, letting them know an intransit prisoner has been booked into the facility. NOTE: If the Sheriff's Prisoner
Transportation Detail (PTD) books an En Route inmate, the arresting agency will be SDSO.
PTD will not be required to contact the watch commander nor will they be charged to house
these types of inmates. Additional information regarding when the inmate will be picked up
or by which agency, is available by contacting the Out of County Coordinator at the PTD
office.
Q.3 IN-TRANSIT BOOKINGS

NEW
#13//06
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 15, 2016

Q.4
VERIFICATION OF LEGAL STATUS CONFORMANCE
TO IMMIGRATION LAWS
California Penal Code 834(b)
PURPOSE:
To establish policies and guidelines for the verification of legal status and conformance to immigration laws
of persons arrested and booked into Sheriff's detention facilities, pursuant to California Penal Code Section
843(b).
POLICY:
Agents of the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement Office of Detention and Removal
(ICE/DRO), who are assigned to the SDSD booking facilities, will perform screenings and verify the
legal status of persons booked into Sheriff's custody.
PROCEDURE:
ICE/DRO agents are assigned to work at Sheriff's booking facilities, 24-hour staffing coverage. Facility
administrative/sworn staff assigned to the detention facilities is responsible for providing ICE/DRO
agents facility access, as well as conducting a facility orientation to include the physical layout of the
facility and familiarization of applicable rules and regulations. Facility administrative staff will be
responsible for obtaining contact information for agents assigned to their respective facility and maintain
an active ICE/DRO roster. ICE/DRO agents will conform to all applicable rules and regulations of the
facility.
ICE/DRO agents will screen, interview and determine the immigration status of arrestees/detainees. If
an individual is determined to be in the United States illegally, or pending prosecution, ICE/DRO will
issue a Notice of Action formeither a Request for Voluntary Action (I-247D form) or Request for
Voluntary Notification of Release of Suspected Priority Alien (I-247N form) and submit to Inmate
Processing Division (IPD) staff at the respective facility.
The Notice of Action forms (I-247D or I-247N) serve two key functions:
I.
To notify the Sheriff's Department/Law Enforcement Agency (LEA) that ICE intends to arrest or
remove an inmate in the LEA's custody once the inmate is no longer subject to the LEA's
detention.
II.
To request information from the Sheriff's Department/LEA about an inmate's impending release
so ICE may assume custody before the inmate is released from the LEA's custody.
III.
In no event shall an inmate's release be delayed because of the issuance of an I-247D or I-247N
form.
Q.4 VERIFICATION OF LEGAL STATUS AND CONFORMANCE TO IMMIGRATION LAWS

#16//01
Page 1 of 2
Inmates identified by ICE via a Notice of Action form may not be held past their scheduled date of
release from Sheriff's custody.
Once individuals are in ICE custody, they may be removed from the United States. If the LEA wants
the individual to remain in the Unites States for prosecution or other law enforcement purposes,
including acting as a witness, or if they believe they are a victim of a crime, the agency without delay
should notify the local Field Office or ICE Law Enforcement Support Center at (802) 872-6020.
Q.4 VERIFICATION OF LEGAL STATUS AND CONFORMANCE TO IMMIGRATION LAWS

#16//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.5
A.K.A (ALSO KNOWN AS) BOOKINGS
Q.6
PURPOSE
To establish a guideline for processing AKA (also known as) bookings.
POLICY
When it is discovered an inmate is booked under an AKA and a true name is later determined, the true
name shall be entered into the Jail Information Management System (JIMS).
PROCEDURE
I.
When an inmate is received, he/she is to be booked under the name that appears on the Booking
Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form) except the name John or Jane Doe. If it is later
discovered the inmate is booked under an AKA and his/her true name is known, the true name
shall be entered in the AKA tab of the Jail Information Management System (JIMS)
demographic detail screen. The true physical description and DOB should also be entered.
II.
The Detention Processing Technician (DPT) updating JIMS with the true name will ensure
warrant checks are run under the true name and AKAs. The DPT must also notify the Sheriff's
Records Division of the true name. An additional date of birth will be added in the additional
numbers tab if applicable.
Q.5 A.K.A. (ALSO KNOWN AS) BOOKINGS

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2012
Q.6
UNIDENTIFIED PERSON (AKA: JOHN/JANE DOE)
Q.5, Q.7, Q.8
PURPOSE
To provide a standard procedure for processing inmates whose identity cannot be established through
normal procedures.
POLICY
All arrestees brought to Sheriffs detention facilities will be booked in accordance with state and federal
laws, state guidelines and/or court orders. Force will not be used to obtain identification unless the jail
staff is so ordered by an appropriate court. A facility will not refuse to book an inmate due to lack of
identity.
PROCEDURE
I.
If an arrestee refuses or is unable to supply the arresting officer (AO)/transporting officer with a
name and is brought to a booking facility as a John or Jane Doe, the AO/transporting officer will
be directed to stand by while the arrestee is fingerprinted and live scanned. Deputies will contact
CAL-ID prior to live scanning to request an identity only number (IDN). If the arrestees true
identity is confirmed, he/she will be booked in with that information. If after this process the
arrestees identity is still unknown, he/she will be booked in as John or Jane Doe. If the AO has
already attempted to find the arrestees true identity through CAL-ID notify the on duty
Detention Processing Supervisor.
A.
B.
C.
Intoxicated or under the influence of drugs.

1.
Inmates under the influence of drugs or alcohol will be placed in a holding cell,
sobering cell or safety cell as appropriate for his/her condition and will be booked
as John or Jane Doe.
2.
If after the detoxification period, the inmate is unwilling to provide his/her true
name, the fingerprint and live scan process above will be followed.
Possible mental impairment.

1.
Inmates who do not cooperate with the booking process due to possible mental
impairment will be referred to the facility medical staff.
2.
The inmate will be booked as a John or Jane Doe until identification can be
determined.
Date of Birth for John or Jane Doe:
Q.6 UNIDENTIFIED PERSON (AKA: JOHN/JANE DOE)

#12//06
Page 1 of 2
If a date of birth is not provided on the Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (form
J-15) for a John or Jane Doe, January 1 will be used as the month and day of birth.
His/her approximate age will need to be estimated and subtracted from the current year.
Example: the inmate looks to be about 30 years old and the current year is 2003
(2003 - 30 = 1973). In this case the date of birth used would be January 1, 1973.
II.
If an inmate refuses or is unable to be fingerprinted, refer to section Q.8 Refusal to Cooperate

with the Booking Process, of the Detention Policy and Procedures.
III.
If a court order is issued directing an inmate to submit to fingerprints or other means of identity,
the facility will refer to section Q.8 of the Detention Policy and Procedures for guidelines.
Q.6 UNIDENTIFIED PERSON (AKA: JOHN/JANE DOE)

#12//06
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.7
INMATE PROCESSING
Q.1, Q.5, Q.55, J.5, I.52
PURPOSE
To ensure the processing of inmates entering the detention system is consistent, legal, and accurate.
POLICY
To receive and process arrestees efficiently, in accordance with established state and federal laws.
PROCEDURE
I.
INTAKE SCREENING
A.
All arrestees will complete the intake process. The arresting officer (AO) will complete a
Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form) and provide it to the detention
processing technician (DPT). The DPT will verify the arrest is acceptable based on the
established departmental booking acceptance criteria and will create a record in the Jail
Information Management System (JIMS). The DPT will record the inmates booking
number on the J-15 form and on all other documentation and capture the inmates
mugshot photograph. Detainees transferred from work furlough do not require a new
mugshot photograph, as it was captured at work furlough.
B.
Prior to acceptance into the facility, all incoming inmates shall be evaluated to assess
medical or mental health problems. All inmates shall be screened per DSB P&P section
J.5. Licensed medical staff shall utilize the JIMS anual Triage (J-200C form) in this
screening process as described in DSB P&P section Q.1.
C.
Once the inmate is determined to be fit for jail, the pre-book process will be completed
by the assigned DPT. The accuracy and completeness of the J-15 form will be verified in
the AO/transporting officers presence before the arrest information is entered in the
JIMS.
D.
The AO/transporting officer will itemize all personal items (i.e., jewelry, etc.) on the J-15
form. The AO/transporting officer and inmate will sign the J-15 form. If the inmate
refuses to sign, the AO will write refused. All U.S. currency will be processed
according to DSB P&P section Q.55. The AO/transporting officer will heat-seal the
property in a plastic bag. Using a black pen, the officer will print the inmates name and
date of birth on a white label. The officer will place the label on the upper left hand
corner of the sealed property bag. The AO/transporting officer will give the J-15 form,
all required documentation, and the sealed property bag to the intake/pre-book DPT. The
DPT will record the inmates booking number on the sealed property bag and forward it
to property.
Q.7 INMATE PROCESSING

#16//04
Page 1 of 3
II.
III.
E.
The inmate shall be wrist-banded by a deputy and advised of his/her charges, amount of
bail, scheduled court date, and the use of phones. He/she will be placed into a holding
cell. The inmate will be given the opportunity to use the telephone per section 851.5 of
the Penal Code.
F.
After being given the prescribed legal time limit in which to make phone calls, the inmate
shall continue through the booking process.
G.
Any and all searches shall be in compliance with section 4030 of the Penal Code and
DSB P&P section I.52. Those inmates who may be in the process of posting bail, have
posted bail, or receive an O/R, are not subject to a strip search.
H.
During the booking process, the information entered at the pre-book position will be
verified for accuracy. The inmate will be interviewed and his/her personal information
will be entered in the JIMS.
I.
After the booking process is complete, the inmate will be taken to an assigned holding
cell to await the classification process. The Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU)
will determine the appropriate housing assignments for each inmate.
J.
Those inmates who post bail or receive an O/R during the intake, booking, or
classification process are not to be sent to housing units.
NEW INMATE PROPERTY HANDLING

A.
Any additional property found on an inmate after he/she has been accepted into custody
will be inventoried on an Incoming Property Receipt (J-53 form). The deputy will place
all items in an additional property bag and heat-seal it. The deputy and the inmate will
sign the J-53 form. The pink copy of the J-53 form will be given to the inmate. The
deputy will mark the inmates name and DOB on the sealed property bag and attach the
white and canary copies of the J-53 form to the bag. The deputy will give the additional
bag to the designated property staff. The additional sealed property bag will be
inventoried in the JIMS.
B.
The inmates clothing items will be inventoried in the JIMS and stored in the property
room.
INCOMING OUT OF COUNTY/PRISON TRANSFERS

A.
The transporting officer will itemize all valuables (i.e., jewelry, personal items, etc.) and
will complete a J-15 form. If the inmate has an out of county/prison check it will also be
itemized in their property. All U.S. currency will be processed according to DSB P&P
section Q.55. The transporting officer and the inmate will sign the J-15 form and will
heat seal the property bag. The inmate can later request a check cashing request for the
out of county/prison check placed in his or her property to be cashed and placed in their
inmate funds account.
B.
The receiving deputy will conduct a security search of all other property items received
(i.e., clothing, module property, etc.). Acceptable module property will be given to the
inmate. All other items will be appropriately labeled and forwarded to the property room.

#16//04
Page 2 of 3
IV.
INTER-FACILITY TRANSFERS
The transporting officer and/or receiving deputy will forward the inmates personal clothing and
sealed property bag items to the property room.
The receiving deputy will conduct a security search of the inmates module property.
Acceptable items will be given to the inmate. All other items will be itemized on a J-53 form
and will be processed per facility guidelines.

#16//04
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
Q.8
REFUSAL TO COOPERATE WITH THE BOOKING PROCESS
Q.5, Q.7, I.89
PURPOSE
To provide a standard procedure for handling inmates who refuse to cooperate with custody processing
(i.e., booking interview, fingerprinting, and photographing).
POLICY
All arrestees brought to Sheriffs detention facilities will be accurately identified. Uncooperative
arrestees will be processed in accordance with state / federal laws and state guidelines. Only reasonable
and necessary force will be used to obtain fingerprints or photographs when an arrestee is refusing to
cooperate with custody processing. Whenever force is used to obtain fingerprints and photos the process
will be recorded on video.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
DEFINITIONS:
A.
Booking: Penal Code Section 7 defines the verb to book as: the recordation of an arrest
in official police records, and the taking by the police of fingerprints and photographs of
the person arrested, or any of these acts following an arrest.
B.
Booking Interview: A procedure in which the Detentions Processing Technician (DPT)

conducts a series of questions directly to the arrestee in order to record obtained
information.
Inmates who refuse to cooperate with any part of the booking process will:
A.
Be administratively segregated until identified. Confirmation of identification is required

on all persons admitted to the San Diego County Sheriffs detentions facilities. This will
allow for the following:
1.
Proper classification and possible keep separate status.
2.
The detection of aliases and outstanding wants and warrants of a serious nature.
3.
Proper recordation and evidence of an arrest or other custodial/judicial process.
B.
Be given the same amount of telephone access as other arrestees.
C.
Receive food, sanitary facilities and all other essential services provided for all other
inmates in the receiving/booking area.
Q.8 REFUSAL TO COOPERATE WITH THE BOOKING PROCESS

#14//12
Page 1 of 3
III.
IV.
V.
When an arrestee refuses to provide the arresting officer with his/her correct name, the arrestee
will be processed into custody under the names John or Jane Doe. The following procedures
will be followed:
A.
Unnamed arrestees who are obviously under the influence of drugs or alcohol will either
be placed in the phone tank, sobering cell or safety cell as is appropriate for his/her
condition and the configuration of the detention facility.
B.
After the detoxification period, the arrestee will be given another opportunity to identify
himself/herself and to cooperate with the booking process.
C.
Inmates who do not cooperate with the booking process due to possible mental
impairment will be referred to the facility medical staff.
D.
Sober and sane inmates who, after the above steps, conscientiously continue to refuse to
submit to booking will be handled as described in subsections IV and V below. Incident
reports will document the inmates actions and staffs actions taken in response to the
inmates refusal.
E.
Arrestees who meet the requirements of a mandatory strip search per Sections I.52 and
I.55 of the Detention Policy and Procedures and who refuse to cooperate in the strip
search, will be forcibly strip searched pursuant to Policy and Procedures Section I. 52
Inmate Searches.
F.
All John or Jane Doe bookings will be handled according to Section Q.6 Unidentified
Persons (AKA John and Jane Doe) of the Detention Policy and Procedures.
If an inmate refuses to answer booking interview questions, but cooperates with fingerprinting:
A.
The staff will attempt to identify him/her by submitting the fingerprints to the CAL-ID
System.
B.
The booking/property screen will be completed as much as possible, with information

from the intake slip and from the CAL-ID System. If the CAL-ID System cannot provide
identifying information, the procedure described in subsection V of this policy shall be
followed.
C.
Nothing in this policy will preclude the use of legal investigative techniques, records
searches or contact with other agencies and/or citizens in an effort to competently
identify an arrestee.
If an inmate refuses to be fingerprinted or photographed, the following steps will be taken:

A.
The watch commander shall order the use of reasonable and necessary force to obtain
fingerprints and photographs of the inmate and the following practices shall be followed:
1.
Only reasonable and necessary force will be used to obtain the prints.
2.
A Sergeant will be present and oversee the procedure.

#14//12
Page 2 of 3
5.
3.
As in all uses of force, a documenting NetRMS Use of Force Report and

Supplemental Use of Force Report form (SO-120) will be prepared and filed.
4.
Suggestions for forcibly taking fingerprints are set forth below. However, each
inmate and situation being different, other more suitable methods may become
necessary.
i.
Manual research has shown effective results by laying the inmate in a

prone position on the padded floor of a safety or sobering cell. Multiple
deputies immobilize his/her torso, legs, arms and affected hand. Another
deputy will ink and roll the fingerprints.
ii.
Live Capture same as above with the deputies placing the inmate into
the necessary posture to insert the fingers into the aperture for electronic
capture of the inmates prints and transmittal to the CAL-ID System.
Video of the incident shall be attached to the NetRMS report.

#14//12
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 2, 2009
Q.9
PROCESSING JUVENILE INMATES IN DETENTION FACILITIES
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide standardized procedures for the pre-arraignment and post-arraignment processing of
juveniles housed or temporarily brought into any Sheriffs detention facility. To ensure compliance with
all department and legal requirements relating to juveniles housed or temporarily brought into a Sheriffs
detention facility.
POLICY
Except as provided by state law, departmental policy or without the specific permission of the Sheriff,
juveniles will not be brought into nor housed in any of the Sheriffs detention facilities.
PROCEDURE
Whenever information is received that an inmate at a Sheriffs detention facility is suspected of being a
juvenile, the Watch Commander shall be immediately notified. The Watch Commander shall:
1. Place the suspected juvenile inmate into Administrative Segregation.
2. Assign staff the responsibility of conducting a preliminary investigation to determine
whether the inmate is/is not a juvenile. The details of the above investigation shall be
documented on an Inmate Status Report (ISR/form J-19) or other appropriate report format.
3. While being held in Administrative Segregation, all suspected juvenile inmates shall be
afforded all rights, privileges otherwise provided: Those listed in the California Code of
Regulation, Title 15 section 1123, Division 4, Chapter 2, Subchapter 7, Sections 4500-4547
(Minimum Standards for the Detention of Minors in Jails) as well as those listed W&I
Sections 207.1 and 208 (see Section III below).
I.
PRE-ARRAIGNMENT PROCESSING
A.
Whenever an inmate is booked into a detention facility as an adult and, prior to

arraignment, is determined to be a juvenile, the following procedures shall be followed:
1. Separate the juvenile from and restrict communications with adult inmates.
2. Call the arresting agency and request they return to the facility and transport the
subject to Juvenile Hall.
3. Process the booking for release; indicating the inmate is en route to Juvenile Hall.
4. When the arresting officer arrives, return all property and money to the inmate and
have the inmate sign for it.
Q.9 PROCESSING JUVENILE INMATES IN DETENTION FACILITIES
Page 1 of 3
5. Have the arresting officer assuming custody of the inmate, sign the Release
Approval Report under Agency Released to.
6. Close out the booking and release the officer and inmate from the facility.
B.
Whenever Juvenile Hall prisoners are certified by the court to be tried as adults per 707
Welfare and Institutions code (W&I) and delivery to a detention facility is required for
booking, they shall be processed as follows:
1. Deliver the juvenile to the receiving area and keep segregated from adult inmates.
2. Complete the booking process, including fingerprinting and photographing.
3. Annotate in the Notes section of the Jail Information Management System (JIMS)
that the inmate shall be housed at Juvenile Hall.
4. Deliver the juvenile to the transporting deputy for return to Juvenile Hall. Copies of
all court documentation directing future court appearances shall be sent with the
juvenile.
II.
POST-ARRAIGNMENT PROCESSING
A.
III.
If, after the investigation, the inmate is reasonably believed to be a juvenile, keep the
juvenile inmate in Administrative Segregation until all necessary arrangements have been
completed to certify the juvenile inmate and the Adult case to Juvenile Court.
1.
Notify the facility/shift Detention Processing Supervisor (DPS) who will arrange
to notify the appropriate criminal court in a timely manner. After the criminal
court has certified the suspected juvenile inmates case(s) to the Juvenile Court,
the facility DPS or other designated staff member shall notify the Juvenile Hall
Duty Supervisor of the certification.
2.
Arrange for Sheriffs Transportation personnel to transport the inmate to Juvenile

Hall Intake.
3.
Return all property and money to the inmate and have the inmate sign for it. The
arrest will then be closed.
TEMPORARY PRESENCE IN A DETENTION FACILITY FOR TESTING

A.
Procedures for receiving juveniles into a detention facility, for the purpose of conducting
chemical testing (i.e., blood test, urine test, or breath test), or for booking as adults
(Livescan and Photos) are as follows:
1. The juvenile prisoner shall be kept segregated from adult inmates and the necessary
testing conducted in a timely manner.
2. The arresting/transporting officer shall remain in the immediate vicinity of the
juvenile prisoner.
Page 2 of 3
3. Upon completion of the testing, the arresting/transporting officer shall immediately

remove the juvenile prisoner from the detention facility.
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
Q.11
WEEKEND SENTENCES
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for processing inmates sentenced to weekend custody by the court.
POLICY
Inmates committed to serve weekends at a Sheriffs detention facility may be accepted upon meeting the
established guidelines.
PROCEDURE
I.
When a weekender reports to the facility for the first weekend, the receiving/intake deputy will
escort him or her through the booking process. The following will be required for acceptance and
processing:
A.
Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form)
B.
A copy of the commitment
C.
A sealed property bag
D.
Valid identification
During the booking process a detention processing technician (DPT) will enter the sentencing
information, turn on the Weekender Flag, complete the sentence calculation and generate a
Weekender Schedule in the Jail Information Management System (JIMS).
II.
When any person fails to appear for the first weekend, a Failure to Report for Confinement (J-69
form) will be completed, attached to the commitment, and returned to the issuing court.
III.
When any person arrives late for a weekend commitment, but still before the expiration of that
commitment period (weekend), he or she will be accepted, despite lateness. County Counsels
Opinion advises, The Sheriff may not refuse to accept a prisoner who reports later than the
specified time and date. However, a J-69 form will be completed, indicating the circumstances
resulting in the late arrival, and forwarded to the issuing court.
IV.
If an inmate fails to report at any time during any specified period of confinement, after initially
reporting for the first weekend, a J-69 form will be completed and attached to the commitment.
A.
The J-69 form will indicate the number of weekends or total days of the sentence
completed.
Q.11 WEEKEND SENTENCES

#15//09
Page 1 of 2
B.
The J-69 form will be forwarded to the issuing court with a copy to be placed in the
subjects custody record.
C.
The JIMS record will be closed and the subject will not be accepted on that commitment
again. The custody record will then be forwarded to the Records Division.
V.
The inmate will be logged in and out of custody in the Weekender Schedule in the JIMS. Status
change of weekenders who are out of custody is accomplished through the Temp
Release/Return navigator.
VI.
If a weekender reports under the influence of drugs, and/or alcohol, he or she should be
arrested and booked with the appropriate charge(s). The appropriate reports shall be processed
for prosecution. Inmate processing staff will contact the appropriate court of jurisdiction to
provide notification of the new arrest and for direction pertaining to the weekender sentence.
The inmate will receive credit for the weekend served unless the court specifies otherwise.
VII.
If an inmate is brought in on new charges follow the instructions listed under section VI.
Q.11 WEEKEND SENTENCES

#15//09
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2013
Q.13
OUT-OF-COUNTY ARRESTS
Q.1, Q.24
PURPOSE
To ensure all legal and departmental requirements are complied with when processing the various arrests
made for agencies located outside the County of San Diego, but within the State of California.
POLICY
Before beginning the intake/pre-booking process of an Out of County arrest, a local (San Diego County)
warrant check will be done to determine whether any local warrants are outstanding. If local warrants
are found, the inmate shall be booked on the local warrant(s), with the Outside Agency arrest placed
as a hold.
PROCEDURE
I.
OUT OF COUNTY CALIFORNIA AGENCY ARRESTS

The following procedures are for persons arrested for another law enforcement agency outside
San Diego County, but within the State of California. Detention facilities must obtain very
specific information to ensure a legal detention and eventual release.
A.
No Warrant
Occasionally, a San Diego County agency, in cooperation with another agency, will
arrest an individual on criminal charges that are based in the other county, (i.e., SDPD
arrests a person wanted for 187 P.C. by LAPD). The person will be brought to custody to
await pickup by the other agency. These arrangements usually have already been made
between the two agencies; however, it is vital for detention personnel to also be advised
of the arrangement. The other agency MUST pick up the inmate, return him/her to the
other county, and have the arraignment within 48 hours per 825 P.C.
1.
Intake
a.
Obtain from the arresting/transporting officer the charge, the name of the
agency having jurisdiction and the case number (when available). Also
obtain a persons name and phone number to contact the outside agency.
All information is to be noted on the Booking Intake/Personal Property
Inventory (form J-15) by the arresting agency.
b.
Notify the Watch Commander and Detention Processing Supervisor

(DPS).
Q.13 OUT-OF-COUNTY ARRESTS

#13//06
Page 1 of 4
2.
Booking
Book on the California charges indicated on the J-15. The outside agencys name
and case number should be entered in the notes section. Prepare an administrative
electronic message (teletype) notifying the other agency of the inmates custody
status, and indicate they MUST pick up the inmate within 48 hours per 825 P.C.
(The words per 825 P.C. will be included in the teletype message.) Follow up
with a phone call to ensure the message was received. Court destination will be
the appropriate local court having jurisdiction of the location of the arrest, or the
appropriate local court specified by the arresting officer in the event the outside
agency cannot pick up as required.
3.
B.
Watch Commander/Detention Processing Supervisor

a.
Ensure the outside agency is aware the person is in custody and knows the
final pick up date.
b.
Have a Notice of No Complaint, Add, Drop, Change Form (SO-24)

prepared for use upon pick up by the other agency.
c.
Make appropriate arrangements to have the inmate available and ready for
transportation.
d.
Follow through to ensure the inmate is either picked up or released per

825 P.C.
Warrant Arrests (821-822 P.C.)

When a valid California warrant exists for a person, the warrant abstract MUST
accompany the individual to custody. It is the arresting officer/agencys responsibility to
verify the warrant and to make arrangements for the warrant abstract to be forwarded by
the outside agency holding the warrant. A person wanted on a California warrant shall
NOT be accepted without the warrant abstract.
1.
Intake
Verify the warrant abstract contains the seven items for validity (i.e. charges, bail,
court of jurisdiction, issuing judge, issued date, defendants name, and document
number). Also verify the agencys name that holds the warrant (pick up agency).
2.
Booking
a.
b.
Book the subject following procedures outlined in the Inmate Processing

Division Detention Processing Technician manual. The court of
jurisdiction and agency holding the warrant must be entered in the notes
section.
Prepare a teletype message notifying the outside agency of the custody

status, and maximum (last) date for pick up, which is either:
Page 2 of 4
#13//06
i.
ii.
c.
3.
C.
Under 400 miles away; five calendar days including the date of
booking; or
Over 400 miles away; five court days (Exclude Saturday, Sunday
and holidays) including the date of booking (Reference 821 P.C.).
Send the teletype message and file with the warrant in the custody record.
Follow up with a phone call to the other agency that the message was
received. Note the confirmation information and ARJIS on the teletype
message.
Detention Processing Supervisor

a.
Ensure the Notify List for inmates booked on an out-of-county warrant is

checked daily.
b.
Initiate additional contact with the outside agencies that have not
responded to custody teletypes or have not made arrangements for pickup.
c.
If an inmate is still in custody by the maximum date, initiate release

procedures, per 821 P.C. and notify the outside agency.
Auto Theft/Stolen Vehicle Charge:

When a person is arrested in a stolen vehicle within the county of San Diego and the
vehicle has been stolen outside of the county, confirmation must be made by the arresting
agency, with the agency holding the case, to determine whether or not they want the
vehicle and the inmate, or just the vehicle. If the outside agency wants both, the
procedures described above in section A will be followed.
If the outside agency wants the vehicle only, the inmate will be scheduled for court on the
charge of 10851 CVC, Auto Theft, in the appropriate local jurisdiction (i.e., El Cajon,
South Bay, Vista, or San Diego Superior Court) and the following procedures will be
taken:
1.
Intake
A J-15 and probable cause declaration for 10851 CVC, which indicates the name
of an outside agency, and its case number, MUST be completed and delivered
with the arrestee to the Sheriffs detention facility. Confirm with the arresting
officer/agency the inmates wanted status to verify he/she will not be
transported to the outside agency.
2.
Booking
Book as appropriate based on information provided by the arresting officer.
D.
Miscellaneous Outside Agency Arrests

#13//06
Page 3 of 4
1.
Local field arrest charges and/or local warrant(s) received with out-of-county
warrants.
a.
b.
2.
Book on local charges and place the out-of-county warrant(s) as a HOLD.

Notify the outside agency via teletype their warrant has been placed as a
HOLD.
If the inmate is first booked on the out-of-county warrant with a teletype sent
regarding pick up, and a local warrant is discovered, the following procedures will
be taken:
a.
A telephone call will be made to the out-of-county agency of jurisdiction

to determine if officers are en route to pick up the inmate. Also, the case
is to be brought to the attention of the Watch Commander and the DPS.
b.
If the out-of-county officials have been dispatched, the local warrant(s)

will remain active and a copy of the hit will be given to the transporting
officials so they are aware of the warrant and the inmate will be returned
to San Diego County upon completion of the out-of-county case.
c.
If out-of-county officials have not been dispatched, inform the agency of

the current situation and verbally cancel the pick up with the
understanding that official confirmation of the cancellation will follow via
teletype.
3.
Immediately book the local warrant(s) and schedule for the appropriate San Diego
County Court.
4.
Close out the out-of-county arrest and rebook as a hold arrest until the local case
has been resolved.
5.
Rescind the original teletype message with an additional message to the agency
having jurisdiction informing them that the inmate was booked on a local matter
and they will be notified when the inmate will be available to be picked up. .
Follow up with a phone call to the other agency that the message was received.
Note the confirmation information and ARJIS on the teletype message.
When the local case has been resolved, complete an additional arrest for the out-ofcounty warrant and send a teletype to the outside agency indicating that the inmate is
ready for pick up.

#13//06
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
Q.14
WARRANT SELF SURRENDER
Q.6
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines when an individual self-surrenders at a detention facility for an outstanding
warrant.
POLICY
Individuals who voluntarily turn themselves in for an outstanding warrant at any Sheriff's detention
facility shall be arrested and booked into the detention facility following established guidelines.
PROCEDURE
I.
Warrant Self Surrender with Valid Identification

A.
B.
II.
When a person informs any detention facility staff that they have an outstanding warrant,
the following steps shall be immediately followed:
1.
Upon notification, a deputy will detain the individual and verify their identity
utilizing a valid identification.
2.
The deputy shall contact Sheriff's Records to conduct a records check and to
verify the warrant is bookable.
3.
Upon verification that the person does have a valid outstanding warrant, and the
warrant is for a currently approved bookable offense, the surrendering person
shall be arrested and booked into the detention facility following established
guidelines.
If the warrant is not bookable, contact the watch commander concerning a discretionary
booking. If approved, the individual shall be arrested.
Warrant Self Surrender without Valid Identification

A.
In the event that the surrendering person cannot provide a valid identification, the
following steps shall be performed prior to booking the individual into the detention
facility:
1.
A deputy will detain the individual and obtain as much personal identification
information as possible (date of birth, driver's license, social security number,
etc.). Using the information, the deputy will contact Sheriff's Records to conduct
a records check.

#15//09
Page 1 of 2
B.
2.
Utilize the physical description on the warrant abstract to match the surrendering
person.
3.
If the physical description does not provide adequate confirmation, deputies can
utilize Rapid ID scanners (if available) to identify the individual. If necessary,
deputies will contact CAL-ID, prior to live scanning, to request an identity only
number (IDN).
After their identity is confirmed, the surrendering person shall be booked into the
detention facility following established guidelines.

#XX//XX
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 4, 2015
Q.15
BAIL BOND SURRENDER
Q.41, Q.47
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines in accordance with legal mandates regarding surrender of bail bonds.
POLICY
To process the surrender of bail bonds in accordance with sections 1300-1306 of the California Penal
Code.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Bail bond surrenders will be accepted at all times. The bailer (or depositor) must provide one of
the following:
A.
A certified copy of the bail bond.
B.
A certified copy of the certificate of deposit.
C.
An affidavit given by the bail licensee or surety company listing all the specific
information that would be included on a certified copy of a bail bond. (Name of
defendant, DOB, charges, court of jurisdiction, bail amount, date the bail was posted,
booking number (if applicable), warrant or case number (if applicable), bond number,
surety company, agency, and the name of the person authorized to apprehend and
surrender the defendant.
If A or B is presented, it must be accompanied by a signed letter addressed to the Detention

Services Bureau whereby the bondsman, or depositor, certify the bail bond is in full force and
has not been exonerated.
A.
Process the bail bond surrender following procedures in the Inmate Processing Division
detentions processing technician manual.
III.
Within 48 hours of surrender, the defendant will be brought before the court in which the
defendant is next to appear on the case for which he/she has been surrendered, per Penal Code
section 1300.
IV.
If the defendant is in custody on another charge, a bailer may execute the surrender at the facility
by providing those documents specified above. The defendant will be booked for an appearance
in the appropriate court per Penal Code section 1300.
Q.15 BAIL BOND SURRENDER

#15//09
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.21
SUPERIOR COURT WARRANTS AND GRAND JURY INDICTMENTS
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To standardize the procedure for processing Superior Court warrants and Grand Jury indictments (GJI).
POLICY
A Superior Court warrant and GJI will be handled in the same manner.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
The types of Superior Court warrants are:

A.
Violation or revocation of Probation (1203.2(a) PC)
B.
Violation or revocation of Post Release Community Supervision (3455 PC)
C.
Conviction (1197 PC)
D.
Information or Indictment (981 PC)
E.
Civil Contempt (1209 PC)
F.
Drug Court (1210 PC)
G.
Violation or revocation of Parole Reentry Court (3015(d)(2) PC)
H.
Violation or revocation of Mandatory Supervision (1170(h)(5)(b)/1203.2(a) PC)
I.
Violation of Juvenile Probation (777 WIC)
A GJI is, in essence, a felony warrant issued by the Grand Jury and is processed in the same
manner as a Superior Court warrant.
Q.21 SUPERIOR COURT WARRANTS AND GRAND JURY INDICTMENTS

#16//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.23
HOLD WARRANTS FOR INMATES TRANSFERRED TO
OTHER JURISDICTIONS
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide a uniform procedure for the processing of Hold warrants when inmates are transferred to
other jurisdictions or state prison.
POLICY
Hold warrants will be forwarded with the inmate(s), when being transferred to another jurisdiction; or,
returned to the originating agency, as appropriate, in accordance with established procedures.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
OUT-OF-COUNTY "HOLD" WARRANTS

A.
These warrants will be forwarded with the officer accepting custody of the inmate.
B.
An administrative electronic message (teletype) will be sent to the agency of jurisdiction

notifying them of the destination that the inmate is being transferred to and that the
warrant abstract is being forwarded with the inmate.
C.
The agency will be contacted by phone to ensure that the teletype message was received.
D.
The detentions processing technician will print the teletype message and record on it the
persons name who verified receipt of the message, date and time of confirmation, and
his/her ARJIS.
E.
The warrant abstract and teletype message will be filed in the inmates custody record.
FUGITIVE "HOLD" WARRANTS

A.
The Fugitive Unit will be notified that the inmate is being transferred and the agency or
location the inmate is being transferred to.
B.
The fugitive warrant will be filed in the inmates custody record.
STATE PAROLE/CALIFORNIA YOUTH AUTHORITY/CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF

CORRECTIONS AND REHABILITATION "HOLD" WARRANTS/DETAINERS
A.
The original hold warrant abstract/detainer, transportation letter/order and/or oral order
will be forwarded with the officer accepting custody of the inmate.
B.
A copy will be filed in the inmates custody record.
Q.23 HOLD WARRANTS FOR INMATES TRANSFERRED TO OTHER JURISDICTIONS

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.24
REQUEST FOR HEARING ON OUT-OF-COUNTY HOLD WARRANTS
Q.23, Q.25
PURPOSE
To provide a procedure for sentenced inmates to request a trial, or hearing, on out-of-county hold
warrants.
POLICY
Any inmate who has been sentenced to serve more than ninety (90) days on a local commit, and who has
an put-of-county hold warrant(s), will be notified that such a hold exists.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
The Inmate Processing Division shall promptly notify an inmate of the existence of any state and
local charges for which the Sheriffs Department has been notified by way of a detainer, if the
inmate has been committed to Sheriffs custody for a period of 90 or more days, either as a
sentence or a term of probation. The 90 days must be exclusive of any credit for time served.
A.
The Inmate Processing Division shall certify that the inmate is presently in custody and
has been committed to the Sheriffs custody for 90 or more days, either as a sentence or
as a term of probation, exclusive of any credit for time served. The Inmate Processing
Division shall also certify the date upon which the Superior Court committed the
defendant (either as a sentence or as a term of probation) to the custody of the Sheriff, as
well as the inmates scheduled release date.
B.
The Inmate Processing Division shall inform the inmate of the charges, the agency filing
the charges, the court in which the charges were filed, the number of any warrant, the
amount of bail (if any), and the address of the prosecuting agency.
C.
Notification shall be completed via a Notice of Detainer (J-120 form) that includes the
notice, certification of the inmates commitment, certification of delivery of the notice,
and space for the inmate to request a speedy trial pursuant to PC 1381.
The Inmate Processing Division shall deliver the partially-completed J-120 form and a copy to
the administrative sergeant or designee at the facility where the inmate is housed.
A.
The administrative sergeant or designee shall be responsible for ensuring the J-120 form
is delivered to the inmate by a staff member.
B.
The staff member who delivers the form to the inmate shall sign the form indicating the
date of delivery, and then return the signed yellow copy to the Inmate Processing
Division.
C.
The yellow copy shall be placed into the inmates custody record.
Q.24 REQUEST FOR HEARING ON OUT-OF-COUNTY HOLD WARRANTS

#16//03
Page 1 of 2
D.
The inmate is responsible for mailing the original to the appropriate prosecuting agency.
E.
The pink copy will be retained by the inmate.
Q.24 REQUEST FOR HEARING ON OUT-OF-COUNTY HOLD WARRANTS

#16//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.25
INMATE ADDITIONAL ARREST NOTIFICATION
Q.21, Q.23
PURPOSE
To provide a guideline for notifying an inmate of an additional arrest.
POLICY
Inmates will be notified of additional charge(s) received while in custody on other matters.
PROCEDURE
I.
Section 850(c) PC (amended) requires an inmate to be advised of any additional charge(s) or

warrant(s) placed against him/her after initial booking. Facility personnel shall, upon receipt of
information as to the existence of any warrant of abstract, inform the inmate of this in writing.
II.
Upon receipt of any warrant(s) or additional arrests that will be placed on an inmate, the
detentions processing technician (DPT) will prepare an 850 (c) Notification (J-124 form). A
copy of the warrant abstract will be made with all telephone numbers listed on the warrant
abstract being concealed. The canary copy of the J-124 form will be retained for tracking
purposes until the completed form has been received. The copy of the warrant abstract and
original (white and pink) copies of the J-124 form will be forwarded to the inmate for receipt and
signatures.
III.
The deputy will ensure the inmate signs the J-124 form in the designated area. After witnessing
the inmates signature, the deputy will provide his/her signature and ARJIS in the designated
area. The deputy will provide the pink copy of the J-124 form and the photocopy of the warrant
abstract to the inmate and return the white copy of the J-124 form to Inmate Processing Division
staff.
IV.
After receiving the original copy, the DPT will attach the original warrant abstract to the J-124
form and place the originals into the inmates custody record. The canary copy of the J-124 form
will then be destroyed.
Q.25 INMATE ADDITIONAL ARREST NOTIFICATION

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.26
NOTIFICATION OF ARRESTED FOREIGN NATIONALS
CONSULAR OR DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVES
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To follow the U.S. Department of States requirement to record and make notification of all arrested and
detained foreign nationals to their diplomatic or consular representatives in this country.
POLICY
A daily foreign nationals in detention report shall be generated which reflects the detainees name,
identifying date, country of citizenship and their desire for diplomatic notification of detention. Records
will be kept for future reference as requested by the State Department.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
At the time of booking, the detention processing technician (DPT) shall ascertain the citizenship
of each inmate and record this information in the designated field.
A.
If the inmate is a foreign national, he/she shall be afforded the opportunity to request that
his/her consular or diplomatic representative be notified and a Y will be entered in the
designated field.
B.
If notification is requested, it must be given without delay to the nearest consulate or

embassy.
C.
If notification is not desired, an N shall be entered in the designated field.
D.
The non-notification/notification procedure shall be carried out by the use of the foreign
nationals in detention report.
The foreign nationals in detention report is available to the Immigration Customs Enforcement
(ICE) and the Sheriffs international liaison detective.
A.
If it is a mandatory notify country, that countrys representative will be notified.
B.
If it is a non-mandatory country, the country representative will only be notified if the

inmate requests it.
Subject to local laws and regulations regarding access to detained persons, foreign consular
officers shall have the right to unlimited professional type visits in Sheriffs detention facilities,
and those visits will not be charged against the inmates allowable social visits.
Q.26 NOTIFICATION OF ARRESTED FOREIGN NATIONALS CONSULAR

OR DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVES
#16//03
Page 1 of 2
IV.
Local questions pertaining to the notification of consuls and diplomatic representatives should be
referred to the Sheriff's international liaison detective at (858) 495-5614/(858) 495-5648
Q.26 NOTIFICATION OF ARRESTED FOREIGN NATIONALS CONSULAR

OR DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVES
#16//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.27
COURT LIST UPON COMPUTER FAILURE
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform system to be used in the event the computer system fails.
POLICY
To prepare for possible computer failure, Inmate Processing Division staff will generate a facility court
list each night for the following three days.
PROCEDURE
I.
Upon notification by the detention processing supervisor (DPS) or watch commander, the
designated detention processing technician (DPT) will retrieve the court list for the affected date
and disseminate it as follows:
A.
A copy of the court list will be provided to each of the facility court deputies. Housing
Unit deputies will be notified of the inmates needed for court and will be required to
check the face cards for verification. If the inmate(s) is no longer housed in a particular
housing unit, control deputies shall be notified.
B.
If applicable, the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) manual pre-booking and
booking sheets will be reviewed to identify any inmates required to appear in court. A
manual list of these inmates will be provided to the facility court deputy.
C.
As time is of the essence, inmates scheduled for morning courts shall be transported first,
followed by the inmates scheduled for court in the afternoon.
Q.27 COURT LIST UPON COMPUTER FAILURE

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.28
EMERGENCY BOOKING
PURPOSE
To standardize booking procedures in the event of a total system failure.
POLICY
Upon notification from the detention processing supervisor or watch commander, detention processing
technicians (DPT) will continue the intake, pre-booking, and booking processes utilizing the following
procedures.
PROCEDURE
I.
The DPT assigned to intake will assign down booking numbers and down Jail Information
Management System (JIMS) numbers to each arrestee.
A.
The down booking number will be written at the top of the Booking Intake/Personal
Property Inventory (J-15 form) and the JIMS manual pre-booking and booking sheet.
B.
The down booking number will begin with the first two numbers of the current year, i.e.
08 for 2008. The following numbers will appear as; 900,001 for Vista Detention Facility,
900,501 for Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility, and 901,001 for the San Diego
Central Jail. Each number will follow in consecutive order.
C.
The down JIMS numbers will be assigned based on the last down JIMS number used.
The Inmate Processing Division DPT manual can be referenced for further instructions
on assigning down JIMS numbers.
D.
Each down booking and JIMS number are found on the manual booking log. The date,
inmates last name, first name, and date of birth will be written on the manual log next to
the assigned down booking and JIMS number.
E.
Each time the emergency booking procedure is used, begin with the next available down
booking number.
II.
The DPT assigned to pre-book will hand write all the booking information on a JIMS manual
pre-booking and booking sheet and accept the inmates property and money. The money will be
counted and placed in a small envelope with a copy of the J-15 form. The envelopes will be
secured in the locked cash drawers and be placed in the facility safe at the end of shift, should the
computers still be inoperative. The money will be deposited to each inmates account
immediately upon the computer system becoming operational.
III.
Once the computers are operational, all information must be entered into the JIMS using the
down booking and JIMS numbers.
Q.28 EMERGENCY BOOKING

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.31
FEDERAL WRITS OF HABEAS CORPUS AD PROSEQUENDUM
Q.39
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for the watch commander in the event the United States Marshal (USMS) serve a
federal writ of habeas corpus ad prosequendum.
POLICY
The watch commander shall follow the guidelines set forth in determining if the federal writ of habeas
corpus ad prosequendum should be honored. The foregoing policy is necessary to ensure state prisoners
scheduled for state court appearances are readily available.
PROCEDURE
I.
Periodically, USMS serve federal writs of habeas corpus for the purpose of producing a state
prisoner to testify or stand trial in Federal Judicial proceedings.
II.
Although a federal district court has the authority to issue a writ directing the surrender of a state
prisoner for prosecution in a federal court, the Sheriff is not required to, and cannot be compelled
to comply with a federal writ of habeas corpus ad prosequendum.
III.
The Sheriff may as a matter of courtesy honor a writ of habeas corpus ad prosequendum and
release a state prisoner to the custody of the USMS; however, the state prisoner is still under the
constructive custody of the Sheriff.
IV.
The decision to honor such writ is discretionary with the Sheriff. In making a decision, the
following factors shall serve as guidelines:
V.
A.
The nature of the alleged federal offense.
B.
The nature and status, of the state offense (by checking with the District Attorneys
office).
C.
Whether release would defeat the purpose of confinement.
D.
Whether the writ of habeas corpus ad prosequendum guarantees the return of the prisoner
after appearance in federal court.
E.
Date of release to USMS is not in conflict with the prisoners local court date.
If the facility commander or watch commander honors a federal writ of habeas corpus ad
prosequendum, all pertinent information shall be immediately noted in the log writ of habeas
corpus federal court.
Q.31 FEDERAL WRITS OF HABEAS CORPUS AD PROSEQUENDUM

#16//04
Page 1 of 2
VI.
If the federal writ of habeas corpus directs the Sheriff to release the prisoner, the watch
commander will contact the state court of jurisdiction to inform the judge of the writ and then
arrange for the release of the prisoner, or denial thereof.
VII.
Unless unusual circumstances are present, (and the circumstances are conveyed to either the
facility commander or watch commander) any un-sentenced state prisoner delivered to the
USMS for federal judicial proceedings must be returned to the affected detention facility at the
end of each court day. Absent unusual circumstances, any prior refusal by federal officials to
return such a prisoner at the end of any court day, or any subsequent failure upon agreement to
do so shall be considered a breach of faith. A breach of faith shall result in present or future
denial of delivery to the USMS of state prisoners.
Q.31 FEDERAL WRITS OF HABEAS CORPUS AD PROSEQUENDUM

#16//04
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2007
Q.33
FINGERPRINTING
PURPOSE
To establish uniform procedures for the processing of intake and evidentiary fingerprints and to ensure
accurate identification of the individual being fingerprinted.
POLICY
I.
Live Scan:
Sworn staff personnel will take fingerprints. In facilities equipped with Livescan equipment,
Livescan shall be the primary method of processing intake fingerprints. Ink prints shall only be
taken when Livescan is off line. Proper identification and verification of ink and Livescan
fingerprint cards, as defined in the following procedure are required.
PROCEDURE
I.
Prior to fingerprinting an inmate, the Fingerprint Deputy shall:

A.
Witness the inmate signing the cards and verify the inmates picture as the person signing
the cards.
B.
LEGIBLY sign his/her name, and ARJIS number on the fingerprint card(s).
C.
Should an inmate refuse to sign the fingerprint card(s), the deputy shall print, Refused to
sign in the inmates signature block and initial this.
II.
The type of crime charged, a federal charge or non-federal charge, (i.e., state or municipal
ordinances) determines the basic requirements regarding the type and amount of cards needed.
Whether the inmate has been recently arrested and fingerprinted may also impact the type and
amount of cards needed.
III.
An extra set of prints and a photo strip shall be done for other agencies if they request and pay
for the service.
IV.
Major Case prints are occasionally requested by arresting agencies. These prints shall be taken
with standard ink cards. These requests shall be handled in an expeditious manner.
A.
Definition of major case prints.

1.
Full hands and fingers.
2.
Heels and sides of hands.
3.
Tips of fingers.
Q.33 FINGERPRINTING
Page 1 of 2
B.
V.
These prints shall be taken as directed in Section Q.33.I.
Evidence Collection
A.
In the event that an inmate refuses to be fingerprinted for the collection of evidence, then
a court order must be obtained ordering that inmate to submit to being fingerprinted. In
the event that after a court order has been obtained, and the inmate has been advised that
failure to submit to fingerprinting may result in a contempt of court order, and the inmate
still refuses to submit for fingerprinting, then the court shall be advised of this refusal.
To obtain a court order, the procedure described in policy section Q.8 Refusal to
Cooperate with the Booking process subsection V shall be used. As an alternative, the
requesting officer may be contacted and advised of the refusal. The requesting officer
may seek a court order for the fingerprinting and present it to the facility Watch
Commander or designee for compliance.
Q.33 FINGERPRINTING
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.39
WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS
PURPOSE
To establish a procedure for properly receiving and returning a writ of habeas corpus.
POLICY
Any writ of habeas corpus received shall be promptly answered with a Return of Writ of Habeas Corpus
form (J-126 form).
PROCEDURE
I.
A writ of habeas corpus is a formal legal document ordering a detained person to be brought
before a court at a specific date and time to decide the legality of the detention.
II.
Processing a writ of habeas corpus:

A.
III.
Make two additional copies of the writ.

1.
The first copy is given to the watch commander, who notes the appearance date
and will keep the copy on file.
2.
The second copy is to be filed in the inmates custody record.
B.
The original of the writ is to be handled the same as a remand in that the required court
appearance date is entered into the computer.
C.
The watch commander then completes a Return of Writ of Habeas Corpus form (J-126
form).
Return on the writ of habeas corpus

A.
The J-126 form is to be made out in duplicate with both copies signed. If the party is
detained by virtue of any writ, warrant or other written authority, a copy or copies thereof
must be annexed to the J-126 form. The original will be produced and exhibited to the
court at the hearing (the courts have not been requiring us to surrender the original). The
copy or copies must each be certified with the certification stamp.
B.
The two-signed copies of the J-126 form and a copy or copies of the detaining
authority are delivered to the day shift watch commander. The watch commander will
make arrangements for the court deputy, transportation officer, or other designated
personnel to give these to the court with instructions for the court clerk, to sign the
original copy of the J-126 form (denoting receipt). The day shift watch commander will
Q.39 WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS

#16//03
Page 1 of 2
enter the required information in the Return on Writ of Habeas Corpus file. The watch
commander will then have the original copy of the J-126 form filed in the inmates
custody record.
C.
IV.
The original writ of habeas corpus and the inmate are sent to court on the required court
appearance date. The writ is then returned to the facility and filed in the inmates
custody record.
Non-Custodial Returns
If it is determined a writ of habeas corpus is received for a person not in custody, the watch
commander shall contact the Records Division to determine to whom, at what time and place, for
what cause, and by what authority such transfer took place. A J-126 form shall be prepared
documenting this information. The J-126 form will be forwarded to the requesting court.
Q.39 WRIT OF HABEAS CORPUS

#16//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.41
PROCESSING OF BAIL BONDS
Q.47, P.15
PURPOSE
To ensure the validity of bail bonds received, and to standardize the processing of said bonds.
POLICY
Pursuant to California Code of Regulations, section 2068, bail bonds will only be accepted from bail
agents licensed through the California Department of Insurance.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each authorized bail bond agent must have in their possession a Department of Insurance
identification card confirming his/her status as a licensed bail agent and a valid state drivers
license/identification card. A visual comparison of the identifications shall be made at each and
every visitation and delivery of bail bonds to the detention facility.
II.
Prior to accepting a bond, Inmate Processing Division staff will verify the inmate has cleared
wants and warrants through the Whos In Jail? website under bail information. If the inmate is
cleared it will display: "Eligible for Release, Bail Amount." If the Whos In Jail? indicates the
inmate is eligible for release, the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) will be checked
to verify a C has been entered for the wants and warrants clearance. If the website displays
"Not Eligible for Release, In Process," the bond will not be accepted.
III.
Absent a warrant, hold or detainer being placed against an inmate during processing, bail agents
will not be allowed to withdraw the bond after it has been posted. Should a warrant, hold or
detainer be found during processing, the bail agent will be contacted and given the opportunity to
withdraw the bond.
IV.
A bond is a legal document. Therefore, any and all changes made on a bond are to be made and
initialed by the bail bond agent. Changes made on a bond by people other than the bail bond
agent could nullify the bond as a legal document. Should there be too many changes, or if for
any reason the bond is unreadable, the bail bond agent shall issue a new bond.
V.
Each bond should be checked for accuracy and completeness prior to acceptance. This check
should include the following:
A.
The names of the bonding agency and insurance company on each bond.
B.
The license number of the bail agency issuing the undertaking.
C.
The correctness of the court and appropriate judicial district.
Q.41 PROCESSING OF BAIL BONDS

#16//03
Page 1 of 2
D.
The defendants name as it appears in JIMS and current booking number.
E.
The exact bail written out and indicated numerically (as in writing a check).
F.
The correct court date and time.
G.
The correct charge(s) and properly noted whether felony or misdemeanor.
H.
The signed Power of Attorney without any corrections or errors.
I.
The premium charge is indicated.
J.
The bail agents signature.
K.
The correct present date.
L.
The Notary Publics seal, signature, and the date his/her commission expires.
M.
The in-force date of the bond and bail bond value conforms to the amount of bail.
VI.
After the bond is accepted and validity ensured, the bond will be date stamped in an appropriate
location and entered immediately in JIMS. Bail bonds will be processed one at a time while the
agent stands by. This includes bonds delivered in mass quantities. In the event a bond is
processed at another facility for the same inmate, the date stamp will determine which bond shall
be returned.
VII.
After the bail bond has been processed, Inmate Processing Division staff will date and sign their
initials and ARJIS in the approved section located on the bottom of the bond.
VIII.
After the bail bond has been processed and it has been verified that the inmate was released from
custody, the bond will be forwarded to the appropriate court.
A separate bond must be submitted for each individual arrest, warrant, or commit pending. A
single bond will suffice for multiple charges listed on one arrest, commit pending or warrant.
Q.41 PROCESSING OF BAIL BONDS

#16//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.43
COURT ORDERED HOSPITALIZATION
I.45
PURPOSE
To ensure proper proceedings are followed, for inmates hospitalized in excess of 48 hours.
POLICY
Whenever an inmate is to be hospitalized in excess of 48 hours, a Superior Court order shall be obtained
pursuant to Section 4011 P.C.
PROCEDURE
The authority to temporarily house an inmate at the hospital, under guard, is Section 4011.5 P.C.
Hospitalization of an inmate in excess of 48 hours requires a Superior Court Order pursuant to Section
4011 P.C.
I.
II.
The following procedures will be utilized for inmates who are admitted to the hospital.
A.
The watch commanders at all facilities will arrange for guards, (if necessary) through the
San Diego Central Jail watch commander, except for those inmates admitted to the TriCity Medical Center Hospital Guard Unit (HGU). The Vista Detention Facility will have
operational control over inmates admitted to HGU.
B.
The inmate's housing area in the JIMS will be CO and the housing unit will be H1
(with 1 guard), "H2" (with 2 guards) or HN (without guard). Inmates admitted to the
HGU will be logged in JIMS under facility 14 TCMC (Tri-City Medical Center).
C.
The duty nurse outlining the reason for the referral to the hospital and the cause for
admittance will write an inmate report, This report will be forwarded to the day shift
watch commander for processing.
D.
If an inmate is retained longer than 48 hours at the hospital, the secretarial staff at the
detention facility will prepare an Affidavit form; Court Order Form and the watch
commander will obtain a judges signature.
E.
The original order will be filed in the custody record with copies sent to the watch
commanders Court Order Board and to the facility Medical section.
Whenever possible, the watch commander should explore release options in accordance with
existing programs such as O/R, Drop Charge, or Court O/R. If release is not possible and the
inmate is hospitalized at any hospital other than the contracted hospital, arrangements for transfer
to the contracted hospital must be made as soon as practical via the Sheriffs Medical Services
Division.
Q.43 COURT ORDERED HOSPITALIZATION

#16//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.45
SERVICE OF CIVIL PROCESS ON INMATES
PURPOSE
To establish a standard operating procedure for the service of civil process on in-custody inmates.
POLICY
Detention personnel shall comply with California Penal Code section 4013, as it applies to the service of
judicial proceedings on in-custody inmates.
A Sheriff or Jailer upon whom a paper in a judicial proceeding, directed to a prisoner in his custody, is
served must forthwith deliver it to the inmate, with a note thereon of the time of its service. For a neglect
to do so he is liable to the inmate for all damages occasioned thereby. (Penal Code section 4013)
PROCEDURE
I.
In order to comply with the above referenced penal code section, all persons wishing to serve
judicial proceedings on in-custody inmates will be directed to the designated deputy who will
determine if the inmate is in custody. Upon determining the inmate is in custody, the deputy will
stand by while the inmate is served the documents.
II.
If the inmate is in custody, however, unavailable for service, the deputy will notify the watch
commander, who will determine when the processor can return to serve the inmate. If this is not
possible, the watch commander will accept service for the inmate, then later serve the inmate
personally; complying with the guidelines set forth in Penal Code section 4013.
Q.45 SERVICE OF CIVIL PROCESS ON INMATES

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.47
NEGOTIABLE PAPER IN LIEU OF CASH FOR PAYMENT OF
BAIL/FINES
B.5, P.3
PURPOSE
To fulfill legal and department requirements for the acceptance of negotiable paper in-lieu of cash for
payment of bail or fines. This section does not apply to the acceptance of bail bonds.
POLICY
Cashier's checks, money orders, and personal checks are acceptable forms of negotiable paper.
Subject to the restrictions described in this section, cashiers checks and money orders issued by U.S.
businesses (i.e., Western Union money order, postal money order, travelers check, credit unions, banks,
saving & loan associations) are acceptable for any fee or fine, or deposit of bail when made payable to the
San Diego County Treasurer.
Personal checks shall be accepted only in amounts up to $300.00, and only for offenses that are not
declared to be a felony.
PROCEDURE
The prepaid document shall be for an amount equal to, or less than the amount of the bail or fine. If it is
for less than the amount of the bail or fine, the difference shall be made up of cash or other negotiable
paper payable to the San Diego County Treasurer.
I.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
A.
The acceptance of negotiable paper in lieu of cash for bail or fines is the only permissive
action authorized by the Board of Supervisors (#83, 12-15-69). The detention facility shall
not accept personal checks for any out of county warrant arrests or for Superior Court
Juvenile traffic warrants.
B.
Prior to accepting bail, inmate processing staff will verify the inmate has cleared wants and
warrants. If the inmate has not cleared the wants and warrants process, bail will not be
accepted (refer to DSB P&P Q.41 section II for wants and warrants clearance procedures).
C.
Western Union money orders and certain other prepaid documents are sometimes received
so an inmate may self-bail. Due to the reliability of these documents, the watch
commander may approve the cashing of the document and the placement of the funds on
the inmates account. The requested amount to be cashed must be the exact amount of the
bail or less. These documents shall not be cashed when the requested amount exceeds the
inmates bail amount.
Q.47 NEGOTIABLE PAPER IN LIEU OF CASH FOR PAYMENT OF BAIL/FINES

#16//03
Page 1 of 2
II.
D.
Cashiers checks will only be accepted during routine banking hours. The detention
processing supervisor (DPS) (or designee) will verify the funds prior to the information
being entered into the computer.
E.
Money orders or checks received in an inmates name shall first be endorsed and cashed
(following check cashing procedures) and the money taken from their account for self bail.
F.
Money orders and other prepaid documents from a foreign country shall not be accepted.
They may be cashed through regular check cashing procedures if marked payable in
United States currency.
G.
Bail for federal inmates shall be posted with the federal authorities who will in turn advise
the detention facility when the subject is to be released.
PERSONAL CHECKS (FOR IN-COUNTY COURTS ONLY)

Personal checks for bails up to $300 may be accepted for local misdemeanor offense only.
Personal checks will not be accepted for felony charges, including out of county and out of state
warrants.
A.
Checks shall be drawn from a California banking institution with name and address printed
on it. Temporary personal checks will not be accepted.
B.
Checks shall be made payable to the San Diego County Treasurer.
C.
Checks shall be for an amount equal to or less than the amount of bail or fine (if less than
the amount of bail or fine, the difference shall be accompanied by cash or other negotiable
paper to make up the exact amount of bail or fine).
D.
Checks shall not be second party checks, be post-dated or pre-dated, or have other
irregularities.
E.
Valid photo identification shall be required.
F.
The back of the check shall be stamped with a detention facility stamp, and the writers
name, drivers license number and other identification shall be noted by the accepting
detentions information assistant, who shall also provide an ARJIS number on the check.
When approving a check, the DPS or watch commander shall also provide an ARJIS
number on the check.
Q.47 NEGOTIABLE PAPER IN LIEU OF CASH FOR PAYMENT OF BAIL/FINES

#16//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JANUARY 27, 2014

Q.49
SEALED COURT ORDERS
P.15
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the uniform handling of sealed court orders.
POLICY
Detention facility personnel will comply with confidential court orders, and preserve their
confidentiality.
Sealed court orders are not intended to restrict viewing by SDSO personnel. Sealing is intended to
restrict disclosure to those outside of the Sheriffs Department.
PROCEDURE
I.
Any sealed order is defined as an instrument closed against inspection of the contents. This
means the contents of the order are to be read only by those persons who need the information in
order to accomplish the intent of the order. Unless specified in the order, a sealed order does not
restrict viewing by jail personnel.
II.
Any court order received at detention facilities with a notation that it be sealed and remains
confidential will be directed to the watch commander.
III.
The watch commander will review the order and comply with the wishes of the court. If there is
a problem with the order, or its interpretation, the facility commander shall be immediately
notified. The facility commander shall seek assistance from the Sheriffs Legal Advisor, or the
Judge who issued the order, should any uncertainty exist as to proper compliance with the court
order. The contents of the sealed order shall be maintained strictly confidential.
IV.
All orders after review will be:
V.
A.
Placed in the inmates custody record
B.
All pages of the order will be clipped together, along with a cover sheet bearing the
words, SEALED COURT ORDER
If the order deals with a professional visit:

A.
A written authorization will be prepared notifying facility information personnel that the
specified inmate has a Sealed Court Order permitting a professional visitor to enter the
jail.
B.
This authorization will contain the notation that it is to be destroyed upon completion of
the visit.
Q.49 SEALED COURT ORDERS

#14//01
Page 1 of 2
C.
The authorization will contain the name of the inmate, booking number, and the
authorizing watch commander.
D.
The authorization will not contain the visitors name or occupation.
E.
The authorization will be placed into the facilitys alphabetical Pending Professional
Visit File. When an individual arrives for the visit (the individual should state the visit is
court ordered). The watch commander will confirm the individuals name by reading the
Sealed Court Order in the inmates custody record. The detention information assistant
will complete the Request to Interview Prisoner blue card (J-47) with the required
information. This information will also be used to verify the individuals name.
F.
At the conclusion of the visit, the authorization form will be given to the watch
commander for destruction. The J-47 will be clipped to the Sealed Court Order papers
in the inmates custody record.
G.
The authorization shall contain the following, or substantially similar language:

TO: PERSONNEL CONCERNED, (Any Sheriffs) Detention Facility
FROM: Watch Commander, (Detention Facility)
SUBJECT: SEALED COURT ORDER PROFESSIONAL VISITS
Inmate _______________________, (Booking Number) has a court
-ordered visit. When the visit is completed, this memo is to be
destroyed by the watch commander. The Visitor Card is to be
retained and secured in the Sealed Court Order located
in the inmates custody record.
(Signature)
VI.
If a Sealed Court Order deals with matters other than a professional visit, the watch commander
will prepare whatever instructions are necessary.
VII.
If a file containing a sealed court order is subpoenaed in a criminal case, Sheriffs personnel shall
copy and include the sealed court order among the copied files and transmit the subpoenaed
records to the court as directed in the subpoena. The reviewing court will decide whether to
disclose the sealed court order.
VIII.
If a file containing a sealed court order is subpoenaed in a civil case, Sheriffs personnel shall not
include the sealed court order along with the copied records. Instead, only the cover sheet
bearing the words SEALED COURT ORDER shall be copied and included with the
subpoenaed records.
Q.49 SEALED COURT ORDERS

#14//01
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.51
CRIMES COMMITTED BY IN CUSTODY INMATES
PURPOSE
To ensure that all legal and department requirements are met in the handling of crimes committed by
inmates in custody.
POLICY
Whenever sufficient information becomes available to charge an inmate with a crime, appropriate
detention facility staff will complete appropriate reports. All assaults, whether prosecution is desired or
not, will be documented in a crime report.
PROCEDURE
I.
Frequently, arrests are made by sworn detention facility staff for misdemeanor or felony offenses
committed by inmates while in custody. When such arrests are made, sworn personnel must
write reports for the issuance of complaints by the District Attorney. These reports, and any
other follow-up investigation, must be completed in a timely manner in order to obtain
complaints and to enable arraignment of inmates on additional arrest charges. The Detention
Investigations Unit (DIU) shall be notified as soon as possible of any arrests.
A.
Whenever an inmate is arrested for a crime committed while in custody, the appropriate
sworn facility staff member shall complete an arrest report.
B.
Such reports will be submitted prior to the end of shift and the reports shall be reviewed
and approved by appropriate supervisory staff. A report may be completed the next day
if approval is obtained from the watch commander. If overtime is necessary to complete
the above, it will be approved.
C.
After DIU has been contacted and the reports have been completed, an additional arrest
will be completed by Inmate Processing Division staff for the appropriate charge(s) upon
receipt of a Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory form (J-15 form) and a Probable
Cause Declaration.
D.
Once an inmate has been booked on the charge(s), he/she must be arraigned within 48
hours, per 825 PC.
E.
Reports, etc., shall be handled in the same manner as reports taken in the field; and the
arrest will be handled and processed in the same way (i.e., if a misdemeanor crime did
not occur in the presence of the arresting officer, then a warrant may be obtained).
Q.51 CRIMES COMMITTED BY IN CUSTODY INMATES

#16//04
Page 1 of 2
II.
DIU will follow-up on all assaults between inmates, regardless of the crime. The DIU sergeant
will be notified in a timely manner of crimes such as: escapes, attempted escapes, and assaults
with serious injury.
Q.51 CRIMES COMMITTED BY IN CUSTODY INMATES

#16//04
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.55
PROPERTY RECEIVED WITH INMATES
P.3, Q.7, Q.57, Q.59, Q.61, Q.63, Q.66, M.9
PURPOSE
To minimize the amount of, and to account for all, personal property received with new inmates
accepted into the custody of the Sheriff.
POLICY
Only clothing, purses and small personal effects on the inmates person will be accepted. No electronic
computers or devices (e.g. IPads, Tablets. eReaders, etc.), bulk property, tobacco products or weapons
are to be accepted with an incoming inmate or for an inmate already in custody.
PROCEDURE
I.
PERSONAL PROPERTY INVENTORY

A.
It will be the responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer to accurately itemize all

personal property items belonging to the arrestee.
B.
The arresting/transporting officer will document the arrestees personal items on a

Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form) as provided by the Department.
The officer will verify items with the arrestee. Both the officer and the arrestee must sign
the property receipt. If the arrestee refuses to sign the property receipt, the
arresting/transporting officer will write refusal on the inmate signature line and initial
it.
C.
Jewelry or body adornments found on any inmate being booked into a facility will be
removed and placed in the inmate's property. Items such as rings, necklaces, bracelets,
and earrings which are visible during the initial intake process shall be removed. If
needed, the inmate can be provided with any available hand lotion, hand cleaner, oil or
soap to assist with the removal.
D.
The arresting/transporting officer will place all the arrestees personal items and the
money inventory receipt printed from the kiosk in a plastic bag (9 x 12) and heat seal
it. Using a pen, the officer will print the inmates name and date of birth on a white label.
The officer will place the label on the upper left hand corner of the plastic bag and will
give the sealed property bag to the detention processing technician (DPT). The DPT
assigned to the pre-book position will select sealed property bag in the Jail Information
Management System (JIMS). The sealed property bag will be forwarded to the property
room.
Q.55 PROPERTY RECEIVED WITH INMATES

#16//04
Page 1 of 4
E.
II.
III.
IV.
The inmates property bag will remain sealed at all times. If for any reason an inmates
sealed property bag is opened, the deputy opening the property bag will record in JIMS
the date, time, and reason for the property bag being opened. The deputy will then reseal
the bag and return the sealed property bag to the property room.
MONEY INVENTORY
A.
It will be the responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer to accurately inventory

the arrestees money. The officer will count and verify the money amount in the
presence of the arrestee. The officer will deposit cash into the intake cash kiosk machine.
All coin currency will be placed in the arrestee's plastic property bag and will not be
placed on an inmate's funds account. The machine will generate a receipt which will be
placed into the inmate's sealed property bag. Cash deposited into the kiosk machine will
be immediately reflected on the inmate's funds account.
B.
If the cash kiosk is not functioning, the officer will inventory the cash on the J-15 form
and heat seal the money bag onto the sealed personal property bag.
C.
During the intake process, the officer will give the property bag and money bag (if not
deposited to the kiosk) to the DPT assigned to the pre-book position. All monies must be
verified by the DPT prior to the officer leaving the detention facility. It is the
responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer to resolve all money discrepancies prior
to acceptance of the arrestee. The arresting/transporting officer cannot leave the facility
until he/she has received a copy of the J-15 form.
D.
If there is a discrepancy in the amount of money when the sealed money bag is opened,
the watch commander or sergeant will be notified immediately.
E.
Contaminated/mutilated/soiled currency will not be posted to inmate accounts. The

arresting/transporting officer will be required to place the currency in a separate envelope
and mark contaminated on it. That envelope will then be placed into the inmates
property bag prior to heat sealing and "contaminated money" will be indicated on the J15 form.
BULK PROPERTY
A.
All purses must be no larger than 10x10x4 in size. The arresting/transporting officer
must itemize all jewelry and valuable items inside the purse and place such items in the
plastic property bag prior to acceptance of the arrestee.
B.
Other than purses, bulk property will not be accepted (i.e., backpacks, boxes, luggage,
etc.).
UNACCEPTABLE PROPERTY ITEMS

A.
Perishable items such as food, alcoholic beverages, etc., will not be accepted. In
addition, no incendiary items such as explosives, electronic smoking devices (e-cigs),
ammunition or any weapon, including any type of knife, will be accepted.

#16//04
Page 2 of 4
B.
V.
VI.
It will be the responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer to maintain custody of the

inmates bulk property, weapons, contraband, electronic smoking devices, perishables,
etc.
SPECIFIC ITEMS
A.
It will be the responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer to place all arrestee

medication in the property bag with the labels facing up so the reviewing nurse can easily
identify them. If the inmate has an excess amount of medication, the officer should use
an additional sealed property bag.
B.
If a separate medication bag is required, the intake deputy will make a notation on the top
of the J-15 form of "1MB" (one medication bag). This will indicate to booking staff that
the inmate has more than one sealed property bag. The intake deputy will forward the
bag to the stock clerk when the nurse has completed documentation of the inmates
medications.
C.
Miscellaneous items such as legal materials, prostheses, crutches, prescription eyewear,

hearing aids, etc., will be accepted upon approval of the watch commander, sergeant or
nurse. Such miscellaneous items will be noted in the property section of the computer
record.
D.
Items such as hairpieces, wigs or weaves that have been removed at intake will be the
responsibility of the arresting/transporting officer. If found subsequent to the initial
property inventory, these items will be placed into the inmates property with completed
documentation.
JEWELRY AND BODY ADORNMENTS LOCATED AFTER PRE-BOOKING

A.
Jewelry and/or body adornments can pose a safety and security risk. Every attempt will
be made to have the inmate voluntarily remove all jewelry or body adornments utilizing
any available hand lotion, hand cleaner, oil or soap. Deputies can provide reasonable
assistance to cooperative inmates with removing items which are not in the genitalia area.
The removal of an inmate's body adornments from the genitalia area shall only be
attempted by the inmate, and shall be conducted in an area of privacy in the presence of a
deputy of the same gender.
B.
With the exception of rings, if the inmate will remain in Sheriff's custody and is unable to
remove jewelry and/or adornments, the deputy will ensure it is documented in the JIMS
by a DPT or stock clerk, by selecting the kept option in the personal property status
section of the booking maintenance navigator module.
C.
All rings which cannot be removed using the steps previously outlined shall be removed
by using the ring cutting tool. Deputies should be aware that tungsten carbide and
ceramic rings cannot be removed by cutting. All ring cutting tools will be properly
sanitized before and after each use with an aerosol disinfectant (Clippercide, Cavicide,
etc.). After removal, the deputy will follow procedures for placing the items in the
inmate's sealed personal property bag and will document the removal in a JIMS inmate
status report. If attempts to cut a ring are unsuccessful, the deputy will ensure the steps
outlined above for marking the item "kept" are followed and an inmate status report will
be written.
Page 3 of 4
#16//04
VII.
TRANSFER BETWEEN SHERIFF'S FACILITIES

Upon transfer to another San Diego County Sheriffs facility, all personal property is to be sent
to that facility with the inmate (exception: property for the inmates housed at Facility 8 is stored
at the George Bailey Detention Facility).
VIII.
ACCEPTANCE AND RELEASE OF INMATE PROPERTY

A.
Only property and money an inmate actually needs, and is allowed to use while in
custody, will be accepted via the Custody Information Office. Privately provided
medications are generally not administered. Medications will be provided through the
detention facility pharmacy. Should a member of the public wish to leave medications,
the charge nurse will be notified. The charge nurse or designee will come to the Custody
Information Office and obtain the necessary information.
B.
Property received via the Custody Information Office will be delivered to the inmate or
placed in his/her facility property bag as per facility procedures. In all cases, an
Incoming Property Receipt (J-53 form) will be completed, signed and forwarded to the
inmate.
C.
All inmates requesting to release their sealed property must complete and sign an
Outgoing Property Receipt (J-54 form). Personal property items contained in the
inmates sealed property bag will be released only on an all or nothing basis.
D.
Inmates committed to state prison or to Sheriff's custody for a term longer than 1 year
may release their clothing to a designated person by completing a J-54 form. Clothing
may then be accepted for these inmates up to 30 days prior to the date due to be released
from Sheriff's custody. A J-53 form will be completed and the clothing must be
inspected by sworn staff prior to acceptance. If no clothing is available upon release, jailissued release clothing will be provided.
E.
Any agency requesting to review items in an inmates sealed property bag may do so in
the presence of the facility stock clerk. Any agency requesting to remove items from an
inmates sealed property bag must provide a signed letter (using their departments
letterhead) itemizing all contents removed. Pursuant to court orders, departmental
requests or other extenuating circumstances, the on-duty facility watch commander or
designee will remove the items, insert the authorizing paperwork and reseal the bag.

#16//04
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.57
PROPERTY ISSUED TO INMATES
L.11, Q.61
PURPOSE
To specify what items are issued to inmates who are assigned to regular housing units after being
transferred from the receiving areas.
POLICY
Each inmate assigned to a housing unit shall be issued certain items for hygiene and comfort.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
ISSUED ITEMS
A.
Incoming inmates assigned to receiving housing units are to be issued a bedroll

consisting of a blanket(s), mattress cover and towel.
B.
Whenever the inmate is transferred to a regular housing unit within the facility, he/she
shall retain those items. The inmate shall then be issued additional items consisting of a
bar of soap, toothbrush, toothpaste, comb, jail outer clothing, jail under clothing, one pair
of socks and one pair of shower shoes.
C.
Upon reaching the regular housing unit, shaving implements shall be made available to
the inmate through the housing deputy.
INMATE RESPONSIBILITY
Items issued for the hygiene and comfort of the inmate shall be issued in good repair. When
inmates are transferring within the facility they shall be responsible for keeping these items with
them. No facility bedding, clothing, or hygiene items shall be used for any purpose other than for
what they are issued. Destruction or abuse of facility property may result in disciplinary action.
III.
DEPUTY RESPONSIBILITY
Housing unit deputies are responsible for enforcement of these rules and for their explanation
whenever necessary.
Q.57 PROPERTY ISSUED TO INMATES

#16//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.59
COURT ORDERED CLOTHING
PURPOSE
To specify the general procedures to be followed for the acceptance and exchange of inmate court
clothing.
POLICY
All inmates will remain dressed in provided jail clothing unless civilian dress is required for court or
other judicial proceedings.
PROCEDURE
I.
All court clothing will be accepted/exchanged/released only at the San Diego County Sheriffs
detention facility in the court jurisdiction where the defendant is scheduled to appear. Court
clothing for defendants appearing in the Eastern Division (El Cajon Courts) will continue to be
processed at the Eastern Division Courthouse.
A.
Dress Out Order A dress out order will be required for all court proceedings including
jury trials. When an order is received the detentions processing technician (DPT) will
forward the dress out order to the detention processing supervisor (DPS). The DPS will
update the hazards & instructions section to reflect "DO" (Dress Out/Courts) in the
classification navigator evaluation update screen in the Jail Information Management
System (JIMS). The original order will be filed in the inmates custody record.
B.
Custody Information Office When a court order is received through the Custody
Information Office, the detentions information assistant (DIA) will verify if there is
already a court order on file by going into the classification navigator evaluation update
screen and viewing the hazards & instructions. If "DO" is reflected as a hazard, this
indicates the inmate has a court order on file to dress in court clothes. If the hazards &
instructions do not indicate a "DO" on file, the court order will be accepted with the
clothes. The original court order will be forwarded to the DPS. Upon receipt, the DPS
will update the hazards & instructions section to reflect "DO" (Dress Out/Courts). The
original dress out order will be filed in the inmates custody record.
C.
Prior to accepting the clothes, the DIA will verify the inmates housing facility and court
of jurisdiction. In addition, the DIA will verify if there are already court clothes stored
for the inmate by viewing the property navigator in the JIMS. The FAC will indicate the
detention facility where the inmates clothes are stored, the property type will be "court
clothes", and the status will either be "S" (stored), "R" (released), or "I" (in transit).
Q.59 COURT ORDERED CLOTHING

#16//04
Page 1 of 3
II.
III.
D.
Upon verification, an Incoming Property Receipt (J-53 form) will be completed. The DIA
will notify the designated deputy of the incoming court clothes. The designated deputy
will conduct a thorough search of the dress out clothing for contraband. The search will
include the use of a metal detecting wand or portable x-ray machine. Once the deputy
has completed the search, the deputy will sign the J-53 form with his/her name and
ARJIS. The deputy will then return the J-53 form and clothing to the Custody
Information Office. The DIA will sign his/her ARJIS on the J-53 form and return the
white copy to the delivering party. The yellow and pink copies of the J-53 form will then
be forwarded with the clothing, to the property room.
E.
Inmates should only have one set of court clothing at a time. One set of clothes usually
includes; (2) shirts/blouses, (1) pair of pants/skirt or (1) suit/dress, and (1) pair of shoes.
All court clothing must be in a sealed bottom-zip-up plastic garment bag provided by the
delivering party. No metal hangers or metal siding may be on the garment bag. Tennis
shoes will not be accepted for court dress out.
COURT CLOTHING EXCHANGE

A.
Inmates will often have their family or attorney exchange their court clothing during the
course of their trial. Inmates should only have one set of court clothing at a time unless a
court order specifies otherwise.
B.
When court clothing is being exchanged, a J-53 form will accompany the new set of court
clothing and an Outgoing Property Receipt (J-54 form) will be completed for the court
clothing being picked up. An inmates signature is not required if the clothes are
attorneys clothing.
LOST COURT CLOTHING

A.
In the event the inmates court clothes cannot be located or locating the court clothing
creates a delay in producing the defendant in court, the property clerk or deputy will
immediately notify the watch commander or designee.
B.
If unable to locate the inmates court clothes, the watch commander will notify the Court
Service Bureau lieutenant at the respective court division;
Central Division
Eastern Division
Southern Division
Northern Division
IV.
(619) 531-4169
(619) 441-4617
(619) 691-4531
(760) 806-6203
DRESS OUT OF INMATES

A.
B.
Facilities that do not have 24 hour property clerk coverage, will pull the court clothing
the night prior for those inmates requiring court dress out the next morning.
All inmates (males and females) classified as green, orange, yellow or black banded, will
be transported to court in their jail clothing. The inmates will dress out at the detention
facility or court facility associated with the court appearance prior to their scheduled
court time. Upon completion of their court hearing the inmate will be dressed back into
their jail clothing before getting on the transportation bus. The inmate's court clothing
Page 2 of 3
#16//04
will be searched for contraband after every use. The search will include the use of a metal
detecting wand or portable x-ray machine. Once the deputy has completed the search, the
deputy will sign the back of the J-53 form with his/her name and ARJIS and the date of
the search. The deputy will then return the J-53 form and clothing to the Custody
Information Office.
V.
INMATE REFUSAL TO DRESS OUT

When an inmate refuses to dress out, the court deputy will fill out the Court Dress-Out Refusal
(J-71 form) and have the inmate sign acknowledging their refusal. The form, along with the
inmates court clothes, will be forwarded to the court where the inmate is scheduled to appear.

#16//04
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.61
INMATE FOOTWEAR
Q.57
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for inmate footwear.
POLICY
All inmates will wear jail issued footwear unless authorized by detention medical staff.
PROCEDURE
I.
APPROVED INMATE FOOTWEAR

All inmates will be issued sandals (with the standard inmate clothing) during the booking process. The
sandals must be surrendered upon release from custody.
II.
III.
MEDICAL EXCEPTIONS
A.
Inmates with medical/orthopedic problems must obtain specific approval to wear orthopedic
shoes from detention medical staff via the sick call procedure. A physicians order is required
for medically indicated foot appliances or footwear. These can include a cast, splint, walking
boot, and foot drop braces. Medically indicated foot appliance/footwear approved by the jail
physician and acquired from inmate property must be inspected by security staff. The Sheriffs
medical director or designee will review and approve the medically indicated foot appliance if it
must be purchased by the Sheriffs Medical Services Division. A notation will be made on the
inmates property inventory.
B.
Any inmate with a medical condition requiring a "closed" shoe, who does not have acceptable
shoes in his/her personal property, shall be provided a shoe from Sheriffs Commissary by
Inmate Welfare using the same method as that for reading glasses. These shoes become the
property of the inmate and are retained by the inmate upon release.
OTHER EXCEPTIONS
A.
Inmate workers will be provided shoes appropriate to their work assignment.
B.
This policy does not apply to court ordered dress outs.
Q.61 INMATE FOOTWEAR

#16//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 5, 2014
Q.63
LOST INMATE MONEY OR PROPERTY
Q.55, Q.57, Q.66, Q.67
PURPOSE
To standardize the procedure for processing lost/missing inmate property claims.
POLICY
Whenever an inmate claims to be missing personal property (including money or other valuables) or
module property (such as commissary or hygiene products), the watch commander shall be notified. If
the claim is not immediately resolved, a crime report shall be completed.
PROCEDURE
I.
Whenever an inmate claims lost/missing personal or module property, the watch commander will
be advised. The watch commander will ensure that an investigation is conducted into the claim
and a Lost Property Crime Report completed within the shift hours. A copy of this report will be
sent to the Detentions Investigations Unit.
II.
When moving an inmate to another housing unit or facility, or an inmate is released, the
deputy doing so shall ensure the inmates module property is moved with the inmate.
III.
When an inmate is moved from mainline housing to administrative segregation or to

disciplinary housing, the deputy shall indicate in the written report (Status Report,
Administrative Segregation report, etc.) where the inmates module property was stored,
including how it was labeled.
Every effort will be made to resolve claims of lost or missing personal property at the time of the claim.
If the claim is made after the inmate has been released and cannot be resolved, the inmate must fill out a
Claim for Lost or Damaged Personal Property (form RM-122). A copy of the completed form will also
be sent to the Detentions Investigations Unit.
Q.63 LOST INMATE MONEY OR PROPERTY

#14//02
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.66
TRANSFER OF INMATE PROPERTY
Q.63, Q.67, Q.69
PURPOSE
To establish a uniform policy for the inter-facility/agency transfer of inmate property.
POLICY
When transferring inmate property between facilities/agencies, employees shall observe proper handling
procedures to minimize damage or loss.
PROCEDURE
With the exception of the Facility 8, all inmate property is stored at the individual facility where the
inmate is housed. Property for inmates housed at the Facility 8 is stored at the George Bailey Detention
Facility.
I.
II.
INTER-FACILITY TRANSFERS
A.
Upon determination that an inmate will be transferred to another Sheriffs detention

facility, the detention processing staff will notify the property room.. Property room staff
will then pull the property and ensure the computer reflects an in transit status.
B.
The property room staff will deliver the property to the appropriate area for transfer to the
receiving facility.
C.
Property for inmates transferred to Facility 8 shall be transferred to the George Bailey
Detention Facility.
D.
Property will remain in the garment bag and will be transferred intact.
INMATE MODULE PROPERTY

A.
When an inmate is transferred out of a facility, the following procedure will be followed.
1.
Once all inmate transfers for the day have been scheduled in the Jail Information
Management System (JIMS), the housing deputy will print out the daily
transportation list.
2.
All inmates transferring to another facility will receive a brown paper bag with
their name, booking number and facility destination printed legibly on the outside
of the bag. All the inmates module property will be placed in the bag and secured
Q.66 TRANSFER OF INMATE PROPERTY

#16//04
Page 1 of 4
(either stapled or taped) to prevent property from falling out and mixing with
other inmates property.
III.
3.
When the inmate is removed from the module per the daily transportation list, the
floor deputy will make a notation next to the inmates name stating whether the
inmate has module property. The notation will be Y for yes, or N for no.
If the inmate has module property, the number of bags will be noted. The deputy
will initial/ARJIS the daily transportation list.
4.
The sealed brown bags will be placed together in a large plastic bag for ease of
transportation. The plastic bag will be tagged with the facility of origin and
destination. No more than five brown property bags will be placed in a single
plastic bag. When more than one plastic bag is used, the brown property bags will
be grouped alphabetically by last name, in order to make it easier to retrieve brown
property bags for inmates who are scratched from the transfer list.
5.
The annotated daily transportation list will be turned over to the deputy in charge
of processing outgoing inmate transfers. (The list is not to be sent with the
deputies who are transporting the inmates.)
6.
Using the annotated daily transportation list, this deputy will make a JIMS entry
within each inmates inmate history. In the event type pick list, select the
appropriate event (PROM- no property to send, or PROS- property sent). In the
comments section, specify the number of bags belonging to the inmate.
7.
The annotated copy of the daily transportation list will be archived for 90 days.
This will allow it to be referenced in case any property is lost and an investigation
needs to be made. After 90 days, the list can be discarded.
INCOMING TRANSFER PROCESS

A.
When an inmate arrives as a transfer, the following procedure will be followed.

1.
The receiving deputy will prepare for incoming transfers by printing out an
incoming daily transportation list. After verifying the names of the inmates
received, the deputy will cross-reference them against the daily transportation list.
The deputy will determine if the inmates property accompanied them.
2.
The receiving deputy will initial/ARJIS by the inmates name on the transfer list
and indicate whether they received property with a notation of Y (yes) or N
(no).
3.
If an inmates property does not arrive, the receiving deputy will review the
inmates JIMS history to determine if property was sent. If the JIMS history
shows PROS the deputy will notify the facility the inmate came from to attempt
to clear up any discrepancies.
4.
The inmate will be notified that the property did not arrive before the inmate
leaves the receiving area.

#16//04
Page 2 of 4
IV.
5.
The receiving deputy will make a JIMS log entry under the inmates history.
From the event type pick list, select the appropriate event (PRON- property not
received or PROR- property received). In the comments section, record how
many module property bags were received for the inmate. This entry will be
logged for all inmates who arrive at the facility whether or not they have property
in order to prevent false claims of lost property.
6.
Deputies at the receiving facility will check the brown bags for contraband. Any
items, other than contraband which will not be given to the inmate, will be
disposed of or mailed out of the facility at the inmates expense.
TRANSFER TO OTHER JURISDICTIONS

A.
B.
C.
Adult Institutions
1.
Upon transfer of an inmate to adult institutions, the detention processing staff will
initiate property transfer pursuant to section I.A. All property will be packaged
and forwarded to the designated area for release to the adult institution
representative at the time of transfer. The property staff will ensure the computer
reflects released status.
2.
Missing items will be noted in the inmates computer record.
1203.3 P.C. Temporary Out of Custody

1.
Inmates transferred to the Richard J. Donovan for men or California Institution

for Women (RJD/CIW) on 1203.3 P.C. observations will be entered as
temporarily out of custody in JIMS and the custody record will be maintained at
the facility.
2.
All property disallowed by RJD/CIW will be maintained at the facility until such
time the inmate returns.
Commitment to State Prison

1.
Upon notice of an inmates release to state prison, the property staff will pull the
property and ensure the computer reflects released status.
2.
The sealed property bag and inmates clothing will be removed from the garment
bag(s) and placed in a brown paper bag(s) and secured. The inmates name and
booking number will be printed legibly on the outside of the bag(s). The inmates
bag(s) will then be placed inside a larger, more durable, plastic bag that is also
secured. If there is more than one inmate going to prison, the individual bags will
be placed in large plastic bags together for ease of transport. A tag will be secured
to each bag noting where the property is to be delivered.
3.
The large plastic bag(s) will be placed in the designated pick-up area for
California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR).

#16//04
Page 3 of 4
V.
INMATE PROPERTY DISTRIBUTION

A.
Property for inmates no longer in Sheriffs custody shall be processed in the following
manner.
1.
The property will immediately be given to the processing sergeant. The items will
be noted in the personal property screen in JIMS. Detentions Policy and
Procedures section Q.67, subsection II will be followed.
2.
Items other than clothing that are salvageable, including watches, jewelry, money,
negotiable certificates, valuables, etc., shall be packaged and transferred to the
Sheriffs evidence section via a Property and Evidence Form (EVID-1). The
property and a copy of this form will be sent to the Detentions Investigations
Unit.
3.
All other unclaimed property will (for the purposes of this section) be considered
abandoned and shall be disposed of pursuant to sections 2800.4 and 2080.6 of the
Civil Code.

#16//04
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 1, 2014
Q.67
EVIDENCE / FOUND PROPERTY
F.9, Q.66, Q.69
PURPOSE
To fulfill legal and departmental requirements for property control and evidence handling.
POLICY
Any evidence or property that is found, impounded, or collected shall be entered into the property
control system using NetRMS.
PROCEDURE
I.
Evidence
A.
All evidence/property will be processed in accordance with Department Policy and

Procedure section 6.29 of the Department Policies and Procedures Manual.
B.
The reporting deputy will properly process, package and seal the evidence/property.
C.
Property/Evidence Form (EVID-1)
D.
1.
The reporting deputy for each case that has evidence will complete the Property
Tab of the Crime/Incident Report in NetRMS. In certain instances, the deputy
may need to complete an evidence form by hand (Form EVID-1) and/or
Additional Property Form (EVID-1A).
2.
Every piece of evidence is to be listed on the form. Form EVID-1 or Form EVID1A will be used for additional items.
3.
Enter the complete information in the appropriate boxes on the form.
4.
Include a copy of the evidence form for all the evidence submitted.
Evidence Packaging
1.
Each piece of evidence shall be initialed, dated and have the reporting deputys
ARJIS number.
2.
The items should be packaged in as few containers as possible.
3.
Include a copy of the evidence form for all the evidence submitted.
Q.67 EVIDENCE / FOUND PROPERTY

#14//05
Page 1 of 2
E.
II.
Laboratory Request
1.
The reporting deputy will need to complete the proper information on the
Property Tab on the Crime/Incident Report in NetRMS.
2.
The evidence specialists responsible for transporting the evidence to the

Evidence/Crime Unit will hand deliver a copy of the evidence form to the crime
laboratory.
Found Property
A.
The found property is also assigned a case number.
B.
A Property/Evidence Form (EVID-1) is made out with the finders name in the
appropriate box. If the finder wishes to claim the property after the required waiting
period, this information should be recorded on the form. (Finder wishes to claim).
Q.67 EVIDENCE / FOUND PROPERTY

#14//05
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.69
PROPERTY ROOM
Q.55, Q.59, Q.61, Q.63
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the handling of inmate property, going into and out of a Sheriffs detention
facility property room.
POLICY
Each facility will properly inventory, inspect, package, and store inmate property in a secure area, using
set procedural guidelines.
PROCEDURE
I.
Property received with newly booked inmates or with inmates transferred from other facilities or
institutions shall be inventoried, searched, and stored according to the facilitys prescribed
procedures.
II.
The detention processing technician (DPT) assigned to final release will return the inmates
property after the inmate has signed for it. If the inmate claims to be missing items, this will be
reflected in the notes section in the inmates personal property screen in the Jail Information
Management System (JIMS) as well as following the procedures as specified in Detention Policy
and Procedures section Q.63.
III.
Inmate property found/unclaimed will be given immediately to the processing sergeant. The
item(s) discovered will be entered into the inmates note section in JIMS followed by the
procedures specified in Detention Policy and Procedures section Q.67.
IV.
All Incoming or Outgoing Property Receipts (J-53 and J-54 forms) will be processed according
to prescribed procedures. File copies will be kept with the custody records.
Q.69 PROPERTY ROOM

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.70
RELEASE OF INMATES ACQUITTED AT COURT
CSB P&P F.23
PURPOSE
To establish criteria and procedures for releasing inmates acquitted at court of all charges.
POLICY
It is the policy of the Sheriff's Department that inmates acquitted of all charges at court will be processed
expeditiously for release from custody after a check has been completed for any holds and pending legal
proceedings. Acquitted inmates will be transferred back to the detention facility they are housed for
release.
PROCEDURES
I.
Upon notification by a Court Services Bureau (CSB) supervisor that an inmate has been
acquitted at court, the processing sergeant will alert deputies to hold the inmate in the detention
facility receiving area and separate him/her from other inmates.
II.
The detention processing supervisor (DPS) will have inmate processing staff review the inmate's
custody record for additional bookings, holds, and warrants.
III.
Once records checks reveal that no additional legal proceedings or holds are pending that would
require the inmate to remain in custody, the inmate will be processed expeditiously for release.
IV.
Deputies will retrieve module property from the inmate's housing area. The inmate shall not be
allowed to return to housing.
V.
Should the computer or custody record search reveal an acquitted defendant has unresolved
bookings, detainers or holds, the defendant will be returned to housing.
Q.70 RELEASE OF INMATES ACQUITTED AT COURT

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MARCH 11, 2016

Q.71
INMATE RELEASES WHEN COMPUTER IS
INOPERATIVE
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To establish a procedure for releasing inmates when the computers are inoperative.
POLICY
All inmates will have a thorough computer check completed prior to their release. If the computers are
inoperative for any reason, the custody records may be held until the check can be accomplished.
PROCEDURE
I.
When a release of any kind is processed on an inmate and the computers are inoperative, the
detention processing supervisor (DPS) or designee will contact the DSD Help Desk to determine
the length of down time. If the computers are expected to be back in service in less than four
hours, the custody records will be set aside until the computers are working and the record check
can be completed.
II.
When the computers are back in service, the check shall consist of standard operating procedures
for the pre-release and final release positions.
III.
If the computer down time exceeds four hours, the detention processing technician (DPT) shall:
IV.
A.
Pull all documents from the custody record and make sure there are no additional pending
cases.
B.
Check the custody record for any pending warrants or holds.
C.
Review the Booking Intake/Personal Property Inventory (J-15 form) to see if the arresting
officer has written any information that is not already within the custody record.
The DPT will then submit the custody records to the watch commander or designee for review to
determine whether the inmate will be released. If the release is authorized, the release process
will commence. The inmate will be informed that they will be released without receiving their
money and will have to return at a later time to pick up the money. A compass card may be
issued if necessary.
Q.71 INMATE RELEASES WHEN COMPUTER IS INOPERATIVE

#16//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
Q.73
ARRAIGNMENT AND RELEASE UNDER P.C. 825
PURPOSE
To fulfill the requirements of California Penal Code section 825 and County of Riverside v. McLaughlin,
500 U.S. 44 (1991).
POLICY
All inmates not arraigned within 48 hours of arrest, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and official court
holidays, will be released from custody pursuant to California Penal Code section 825.
With the exception of Superior Court Bench Warrants, State Parole Warrants, and Out-of County
Warrants an inmate must be taken before a magistrate within 48 hours from the time of his/her arrest,
excluding Saturdays, Sundays and official court holidays. When the 48 hours expires at a time when the
court is not in session, the time will be extended to include the duration of the next regular court session.
PROCEDURE
I.
INTAKE
The detention processing technician (DPT) assigned to the intake position must ensure the
arresting agency indicates the date and time of actual arrest on the Booking Intake/Personal
Property Inventory (form J-15). The J-15 will then be time stamped to indicate the date and time
the arrestee was accepted for custody.
II.
PRE-BOOKING
A.
The DPT assigned to the pre-book position will record the ACTUAL arrest date and time
as indicated on the J-15 in the full personal data section of the pre-booking navigator.
B.
The date and time of arrest will determine the court date.
C.
The DPT assigned to the pre-book position enters court appearance dates in the Jail
Information Management System (JIMS) using extreme caution to ensure inmates are not
being retained in custody beyond the limits specified in PC 825.
D.
When the 48 hours expires at a time when the court is not in session, the time shall be
extended to include the duration of the next regular court session. In addition, every effort
must be made to ensure that no court action (i.e., Court O/R or O/R issued by the District
Attorney) has been taken prior to a PC 825 release.
Q.73 ARRAIGNMENT AND RELEASE UNDER 825 P.C.

#13//09
Page 1 of 3
III.
INMATES NOT ARRAIGNED WITHIN 48 HOURS

If the arrestee is not arraigned during the time period prescribed herein, the detention processing
supervisor (DPS) will authorize the release of the inmate per PC 825, unless extenuating
circumstances prevail (i.e., per court order, if the complaint is issued; if the inmate was too sick
to appear in court, or had to remain in a safety cell for appropriate reasons).
IV.
SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES
To enhance quality control and delineate supervisory responsibility, the following shall apply:
A.
B.
The DPT shall review all inmate custody records for PC 825 releases for accuracy of all
information including, but not limited to the following:
1.
Correct inmate being considered for release
2.
Correct computation of time in custody
3.
Arrest date and time
4.
Acceptance date and time
5.
Court date
6.
Computer update
7.
Court papers if any
After confirming the accuracy of the arrest information, the DPT will prepare all required
documents along with the inmate custody records and provide to the DPS for review.
Upon completion of the review, the DPS shall sign the necessary documentation in the
designated area authorizing the release pursuant to PC 825.
In the event of serious or violent misdemeanor or felonies, a copy of the charges for the
arrest eligible for release per PC 825 will be provided to the watch commander. The
watch commander will determine whether or not the arresting agency will be notified of
the pending release.
V.
RELEASE
All inmates who are released in accordance with the provisions of PC 825, or as the result of a
dismissal, will be processed completely out of the detention facility. No step of the release
process will be circumvented, unless there are unrelated cases holding him/her in custody.
A.
B.
If the original arresting agency wishes to re-arrest the inmate for the same charges, they
may do so after the inmate has left the facility.
Once the inmate has been re-arrested, the officer will present the DPT assigned to the
intake position with a properly completed J-15. The inmate will then be processed as a
new booking.
Page 2 of 3
#13//09
C.
VI.
Under no circumstance will an inmate released pursuant to PC 825 be held within the
facility and merely re-booked, except as outlined in Part VI below.
REBOOK BY DISTRICT ATTORNEY OR ATTORNEY GENERAL

There are instances when a complaint has been filed against a defendant by the District
Attorney/Attorney General, and the defendant is arraigned, but the case is dismissed by the
court, usually as the result of a key witness not appearing for the preliminary hearing. In these
instances only, the District Attorney Investigator/Attorney General Investigator is authorized to
rebook the defendant on the same case without actually releasing the defendant from custody.
To accomplish these rebooks, the following procedure must be followed:
A.
B.
DISTRICT ATTORNEY/ATTORNEY GENERAL INVESTIGATOR

1.
The investigator must come to the detention facility and personally inform the
defendant of the circumstances and that he/she is being rebooked on the same
case.
2.
The investigator will then provide the DPT with a completed J-15 with the
REBOOK BY D.A (Or "REBOOK BY A.G.) notation in the upper border and
the court document directing dismissal for the case attached there to.
DETENTION PROCESSING STAFF

1.
The DPT will time stamp the J-15 for PC 825 purposes, and will use the form as
authorization to rebook the case.
2.
After the rebook has been completed, the court document directing dismissal will
be used as authorization to close the original arrest. This procedure will not be
used to circumvent the time limitations for arraignment as set forth in Section 825
of the Penal Code.

#13//09
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.74
PROBABLE CAUSE REJECTIONS
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines and procedures for releasing inmates upon a judicial determination that there is
insufficient probable cause for an arrest.
POLICY
Once there has been a judicial determination that there is no probable cause, there is no legal basis to
keep the inmate in custody and the release procedure will be initiated.
PROCEDURE
I.
Upon receipt of a rejected probable cause declaration and determination form, the release of the
inmate will immediately be initiated.
II.
The detention processing technician will immediately notify the on duty detention processing
supervisor and the watch commander of the judicial determination. The watch commander may
notify the arresting agency of the judicial determination; however, under no circumstances will
the release procedure be delayed.
III.
The inmate will be released forthwith on this arrest only, with a disposition of (B1) detention
only.
Q.74 PROBABLE CAUSE REJECTIONS

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 2, 2009
Q.75
RELEASE OF SERVED TIME INMATES
PURPOSE
To establish a standardized time for releasing inmates from final custody, thus reducing the possibility
of confusion on the part of the inmates or staff.
POLICY
To release ALL Served Time inmates at a specific time of day, regardless of their custodial status
(trusty or mainline).
PROCEDURE
I.
Sentenced inmates may legally be released at any time of the day on the last day of their sentence
(Served Time). Normally, such inmates will be released between 0600 and 0800 hours,
however no sentenced inmate is to be released from final custody prior to 0001 hours without the
expressed written permission of the Facility Commander or court order (for cause).
Q.75 RELEASE OF SERVED TIME INMATES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
DECEMBER 3, 2012
Q.77
PERMISSIVE RELEASE OF PRE-ARRAIGNMENT
MISDEMEANOR INMATES
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide for the release of pre-arraignment misdemeanor inmates per Penal Code Sections 849(b)(2)
and 853.6 (O.R.).
POLICY
To expedite the release of pre-arraignment misdemeanor inmates, Penal Code Sections 849(b)(2), and
853.6 shall be liberally construed.
PROCEDURE
In order to provide standards for releases of designated inmates, the following procedure will be
instituted.
I.
Bookings for Penal Code 647 (f) disorderly conduct drunk in public, Health and Safety Code
11550(A) under the influence, California Vehicle Code 21200.5 Riding a bicycle under the
influence, 665(B) HN DUI Boat/Vessel.
When the arresting agency does not desire prosecution of an inmate arrested for Penal code 647(f)
(Drunk in Public), the inmate may be released pursuant to Penal Code849(b)(2). A release order
(J-68) from will be used with no further proceedings. The inmate charged only with Penal Code
647(f) may be released at the discretion of the Watch Commander. However, inmates charged
with Health and Safety Code 11550(A) under the influence, California Vehicle Code 21200.5
Riding a bicycle under the influence, 665(B) HN DUI Boat/Vessel will be processed as book
and release and will be given an O.R notice to appear (J-14) form pursuant to Penal Code 853.6.
II.
Other Misdemeanor Booking

An inmate charged with a misdemeanor shall not be released from custody on his/her promise to
appear pursuant to PC 853.6 when:
A.
The safety of the inmate, or the safety of others, may be jeopardized by the release.
B.
The inmate is arrested for a warrant or there are holds or warrants against the inmate with
total bail in excess of $500.00.
C.
The inmate refuses to sign the O.R. (Notice to Appear) form.
D.
The arrestee refuses or is unable to provide booking/O.R. information due to mental or

emotional problems or intoxication.
Q.77 PERMISSIVE RELEASE OF PRE-ARRAIGNMENT MISDEMEANOR INMATES

#12//07
Page 1 of 3
III.
General Provision
All inmates who are booked into a Sheriffs Detention Facility and subject to release per Section
853.6 PC will be handled as a Detention Facility release.
A.
All releases shall be approved by the Watch Commander.
B.
The authority to exercise the release may be executed at any time prior to the inmates
appearance before a magistrate.
C.
Any military person released pursuant to these sections may be released to the custody of
the military police.
D.
Distribution of the Notice To Appear form is as follows:
E.
IV.
1.
Original and one copy to Court Clerk.
2.
Inmate being released.
3.
Inmates custody record.
4.
Military Police or personnel if applicable.
Any inmate booked under authority of 40302(a) CVC (lack of satisfactory evidence of
identification) may be released by the detention facility. The detention facility may detain
the arrested person for a reasonable period of time (not to exceed two (2) hours) in order to
verify the persons identification per Section 40307 CVC.
California Vehicle Code (CVC) Misdemeanor/Infraction Arrests

Any individual charged with 23152(a) CVC (Drunk Driving-Alcohol/Drugs) or 23152(b) CVC
(.01 Alcohol) may be considered for release through the Conditional Custody Program. In
addition, individuals charged with 23152 (a) VC or 23152(b) VC and charged with 12500(A) VC
or any vehicle Code INFRACTION in addition to driving while intoxicated will be considered for
the program. Additional MISDEMEANOR charges such as 14601 VC would disqualify them for
CCP. In order for an individual to qualify, the following criteria must be met.
As of December 31, 2009, the San Diego County Sheriffs Department suspended the Conditional
Custody Program (CCP) until further notice. All individuals arrested under California Vehicle
Code Sections 23152(a) and/or 23152(b) driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs, will be
required to post bail or await court arraignment proceedings prior to release from custody.
V.
The Detention Processing Technician (DPT) assigned to the final release position will be
responsible for verifying the identity of the subject being released.
A.
Check the wristband for proper name, D.O.B. (date of birth) and booking number.
B.
Check the photo in JIMS with the inmate to be released to verify proper name, booking
number, and D.O.B.

#12//07
Page 2 of 3
C.
The DPT should make sure, through observation and instruction, that the subject does not
take jail property and/or clothes from the premises.
D.
The subject must sign the property receipt section for returned funds and property.

#12//07
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 11, 2016

Q.79
ERRONEOUS RELEASE
PURPOSE
To establish an effective and uniform procedure in the event of an erroneous release from custody.
POLICY
Upon discovery of an erroneous release, staff will immediately begin appropriate notification and search
procedures.
PROCEDURE
I.
Upon discovery, the detention processing supervisor (DPS) or designated lead detention
processing technician (DPT) will notify the watch commander. The watch commander or
designee will immediately notify the Detention Investigations Unit (DIU) at (619) 531-3666,
Division of Inspectional Services (DIS) and the Fugitive Task Force Sergeant (619) 572-3507, of
the erroneous release. If the erroneous release occurs or is discovered after normal business
hours, the watch commander or designee will contact the DIU Sergeant (all call-outs go through
the sergeant). The DPS will provide the watch commander with the name, address, telephone
number and any other pertinent information regarding the inmate. The DPS/lead DPT and the
watch commander will make the appropriate notifications via their respective chain of command.
II.
The DPS/lead DPT will provide the watch commander with:
III.
A.
Two copies of the supporting documentation.
B.
Two copies of the inmates custody record.
C.
The DPS will notify the court should the inmate have future court appearances. In the
event a lead DPT is on duty, the oncoming DPS will contact the court.
The watch commander will assign a deputy to write an erroneous release crime report.
DIU shall commence efforts to contact the released inmate and return him/her to custody. DIU
will, as soon as possible, make an entry into the Officer Notification System (ONS). The DPS
will discuss the situation with DIU to determine who will contact the Court of Record and
request a warrant be issued.
Upon return to custody, the inmate will be booked on the same charges, bail, etc., as the
erroneously released booking.
IV.
In all cases of erroneous release, the on duty DPS will complete an "Incident Notification."
Upon completion, the "Incident Notification" will be forwarded, via the chain of command, to
the Inmate Processing Division manager for review.
Q.79 ERRONEOUS RELEASE

#16//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 4, 2014
Q.80
POSSIBLE WRONG PERSON ON WARRANT
PURPOSE
To ensure an inmate is correctly identified as being the same subject named in the warrant or document
on which he/she is in custody. These procedures do not apply to claims that the warrant was issued in
error, or to general claims of innocence.
PROCEDURE
I.
If, at any time, an inmate claims that he/she is not the person named on a warrant, the person
notified will take the following steps:
A.
Fill out a Possible Wrong Person on Warrant form, found on page three of this procedure,
and segregate the inmate from all other inmates until the matter is resolved, or the inmate
is released.
B.
The form will be given to the on-duty detention processing supervisor (DPS)/lead clerk
or processing sergeant. The DPS/lead clerk or processing sergeant will immediately
contact the watch commander and will notify a JPMU sergeant, or if a sergeant is not
available, the JPMU deputy on duty at the facility.
C.
The JPMU deputy will provide all documentation to the watch commander who will be
responsible for determining if the inmate is the person named on the warrant.
1.
The JPMU sergeant or on duty JPMU deputy will ensure that an entry is made in
the "chronological notes section of JIMS. The entry will document the incident
and the findings after the investigation is completed.
2.
Once the identity of the inmate has been determined, the completed Possible
Wrong Person on Warrant form will be filed in the custody record.
3.
If the watch commander is unable to determine if the inmate is the subject of the
warrant, the inmate will remain in custody. The on-duty DPS/lead clerk will
notify the court of jurisdiction and arrange an identity hearing.
4.
If the inmate is determined to be the wrong person, the watch commander or his
designee (in most cases the processing sergeant) will ensure the inmate remains
segregated and is processed and released from custody immediately.
Q.80 POSSIBLE WRONG PERSON ON WARRANT

#14//03
Page 1 of 3
II.
III.
If the Records and Identification Division determines that the wrong subject has been booked on
a document that belongs to another individual, the Records and Identification Division will
notify the appropriate court and detention facility as follows:
A.
If the Sheriffs Records and Identification Division makes the discovery prior to the
subject making their initial appearance in court, the subject will be released (on this
warrant or document only).
B.
If the Sheriffs Records and Identification Division discovers at any time after the
inmates initial appearance in court, that the inmate is not the correct person in custody,
the Sheriffs Records and Identification Division will notify the detention facility and the
court of jurisdiction. The court will schedule an identity hearing. The inmate will not be
released from custody until the detention facility receives an order from the court. The
inmate should be immediately segregated from all other inmates until the identity hearing
is completed.
C.
If the Sheriffs Records and Identification Division determines the true inmate is in
custody on another matter, the Records and Identification Division will notify the
detention facility with the name and booking number of the correct subject. The
misidentified inmates arrest record will be closed and copies of all the corresponding
documents will be sent to the court from the Sheriffs Records and Identification
Division. The document or warrant will be booked to the correct inmates record.
As a final measure, a call to the arresting agency (or if possible the agency responsible for
originating the document) should be made to determine if there is any additional information to
be considered prior to releasing an individual (such as ONS or BOL information).

#14//03
Page 2 of 3
NOTIFICATION OF POSSIBLE WRONG PERSON ON WARRANT

The following inmate claims that they have been booked on a document that belongs to another
individual.
BOOKING INFORMATION
Current Bkg#/JIMS#
Bkg Name:
System #:
Arrest Date & Time:
Arresting Agency:
Document #:
Court of Jurisdiction:
Date/Time JPMU Notified:
Person Notified:
Notes:
________________________________________
Deputy/Detentions Processing Technicians Signature
________________________
Date and Time
FOR JAIL POPULATION MANAGEMENT USE ONLY

Received By: ____________________________
JPMU Deputy
_______________________
Date and Time
Researched By: __________________________

JPMU Deputy
_______________________
Date and Time
DISPOSITION:
PRINTS MATCH WITH PERSON ON WARRANT
WRONG PERSON ON WARRANT
INVESTIGATION/DOCUMENTATION MATCH WITH WARRANT PERSON
UNABLE TO DETERMINE
Disposition Date/Time:
Agency & Person Contacted:
Watch Commander Signature:

#14//03
Page 3 of 3
San Diego County Sheriffs Department Detention Services Bureau Manual of Policies
and Procedures
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JUNE 3, 2014
Q.81
INMATES REQUIRING DNA AND PALM PRINT
COLLECTION PER 296 PC
I.89, I.95
PURPOSE
To establish policies and guidelines for the collection of DNA samples along with palm print
impressions from persons convicted of specified offenses pursuant to California Penal Code Section
296.
POLICY
The on-duty watch commander and his/her designee is responsible for coordinating the collection of
DNA samples and palm print impressions required for DNA testing, and for mailing or electronically
transmitting the samples to the respective State of California offices.
PROCEDURE
I.
IDENTIFICATION OF QUALIFYING OFFENDERS

The following inmates will provide a DNA sample and palm print impression.
II.
A.
All inmates arrested on or after November 3, 2004, for a felony 290 PC offense, 187 PC
Murder, 192(a) Voluntary Manslaughter charge, or an attempt to commit one of these
crimes, are required to provide a DNA sample and palm print impression unless the DNA
sample and palm print impressions are already in the possession of the California
Department of Justice.
B.
When a Court Order or Minute Order comes to a facility which identifies an inmate as
being convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor with a prior felony conviction, the
detention processing technician reviewing the court document will enter a Y in the
DNA required field indicating that the inmate requires DNA collection.
C.
All inmates arrested for ANY felony offense on or after January 1, 2009 (PC
296(a)(2)(C)). This expansion of the arrestee provision is not retroactive to arrests that
occurred before January 1, 2009.
COLLECTION MANAGEMENT
A.
It is the expectation of the Detention Services Bureau that DNA collections pursuant to
felony arrests are obtained during the classification screening process at the three intake
facilities (LCDF, SDCJ, VDF). The Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) and intake
detention facility deputies shall make every attempt to complete the DNA collection
processes prior to housing the inmates. Housing detention facility deputies (EMDF,
Q.81 INMATES REQUIRING DNA AND PALM PRINT COLLECTION PER 296 PC
#14//06
Page 1 of 5
FAC8, GBDF, SBDF) shall continue to monitor the Jail Information Management
System (JIMS) DNA Required Report and obtain collections from qualifying inmates
assigned to their respective facilities.
III.
IV.
B.
JPMU deputies will examine the CII rap sheet on each inmate booked at one of our
detention facilities. When a deputy receives information from the California Department
of Justice, via a rap sheet, that an inmate has already provided DNA samples and palm
print impressions as required, the deputy will enter a C in the DNA required field. This
will indicate that the inmate has completed submission of a DNA sample.
C.
Each shift, the watch commander or his/her designee will print the DNA Required
Report which lists each inmate who has been identified as requiring to submit DNA
samples as soon as possible, and specifically before the inmate returns to court for
sentencing.
PRE-RELEASE PROCEDURE
A.
The detention processing technician assigned to the Pre-Release position will provide the
watch commander or his/her designee with the name of any inmate who is scheduled to
be released from custody, but must submit a DNA sample prior to being released
pursuant to Penal Code Section 296.
B.
The on-duty watch commander or his/her designee will verify via JIMS history or the
DNA Required Report on the JIMS web, that the inmate is required to submit to DNA
testing but have not submitted samples as required.
C.
If the inmate is to be released from custody and their JIMS history does not indicate
they have previously provided the DNA sample, thumb and palm prints pursuant to Penal
Code Section 296, the watch commander will arrange for the samples to be taken prior to
the inmates release.
D.
Inmates transferring to a State Prison will have their DNA samples, thumb and palm
prints taken prior to transfer.
BUCCAL DNA COLLECTION KIT AND PALM PRINT PROCESSING

A.
Facility medical personnel will not be used to collect the Cal-DNA specimens and
samples (prohibited by Title 15).
B.
The deputy will obtain the following information from the inmates history and will
record the information on the DOJ Specimen Information Card:
1.
Inmates last name, first name, middle initial, and race code.
2.
Date of Birth, Sex, CII number, social security number.
3.
FBI number, qualifying violation (Code only), inmates CDC, CYA or Agency
Case number.
#14//06
Page 2 of 5
V.
4.
The collecting agencys name, date sample is collected, the printed name and
signature of the person verifying that the inmate qualifies for collection of
samples, pursuant to Penal Code section 296.
5.
Check the box of the qualifying offense (Felony, Misdemeanor, Sex Registration
Other (Arrestee)), and the box signifying whether the inmate was an Adult or
Juvenile.
6.
The reverse side of the DOJ Specimen Card requires the inmates printed name
and signature, collectors signature, collection location, and CII number. There is
also a box asking how the inmate was identified; select the appropriate answer.
7.
The inmates right thumb print is required on both sides of the specimen card.
C.
The deputy will notify the inmate that pursuant to Penal Code Section 296, he or she
must submit to DNA testing. The deputy will advise the inmate if they refuse to submit to
testing, they will be arrested and charged with Penal Code Section 298.1 (a
misdemeanor).
D.
The deputy will obtain a Buccal swab sample from the inmate. After obtaining the
sample, the deputy will finish processing and packaging the Buccal DNA Collection Kit.
E.
Once the security seal has been placed on the kit, it is ready for mailing and is considered
sealed until the Cal-DNA lab opens it. The sealed Buccal DNA Collection Kit will be
placed in a locked cabinet and removed by designated personnel at each facility.
F.
The deputy will obtain the palm print and thumb print impressions from the inmate. The
palm print impressions should be sent via Live-Scan whenever possible.
G.
The deputy will notify JPMU that the samples have been collected and a
JPMU deputy or designee will change the Y to a C indicating the samples
have been collected.
H.
The deputy will make a log entry in the inmates history under event type DNA. This
will reflect DNA completed.
REFUSAL TO SUBMIT DNA SAMPLE

A.
If an inmate refuses to submit a DNA sample, the deputy will fill out Form J-75, Penal
Code Section 298.1 Admonishment and have a supervisor sign the form.
B.
The deputy will serve a copy of the form to the inmate again seeking voluntary
compliance. The deputy will read the Admonishment section to the inmate, obtain the
inmates signature that they are refusing to provide a DNA sample, sign the form, and
obtain the supervisors signature. If the inmate refuses to sign the form, two deputies
may sign the form as witnesses to the inmates refusal.
C.
The deputy will then immediately notify the watch commander of the inmates continued
refusal and have the watch commander sign the bottom of the form authorizing the use of
force to obtain the DNA sample.
#14//06
Page 3 of 5
D.
Contact a contracted phlebotomist to come to the facility to collect the required DNA
blood sample using an approved CAL-DNA Blood Collection Kit provided by the DNA
Laboratory.
E.
Collect the sample using the reasonable force if necessary. Court orders are not necessary
to perform the collection. Collection by force if necessary is authorized by statute.
Use of Reasonable Force
1.
Reasonable force shall not be used without the prior written authorization of the
watch commander. The authorization shall include information that reflects the
fact that the offender was asked to provide the requisite specimen, sample, or
impression and refused.
2.
The use of reasonable force shall be preceded by efforts to secure voluntary

compliance with section 298.1 of the Penal Code.
3.
All DNA collections involving a cell extraction or use of force shall be

videotaped.
4.
The watch commander or his/her designee will ensure the deputy writing the
crime/arrest report places the DNA collection specimen in the approved DNA
Blood Collection Kit for shipping. The deputy packaging the DNA sample will
ensure to follow instructions provided in the kit and mail out via regular US
Postal Service as soon as possible. If unable to send the kit immediately due to a
long holiday weekend, the sealed kit should be kept in a specified specimen
refrigerator and the designated administrative deputy will be notified to mail the
completed kit as soon as possible.
F.
The deputy will prepare a crime/arrest report in Net/RMS (Records Management System)
documenting the inmates refusal to submit DNA and detailing any force used. The
deputy will complete the report using the charge 298.1 P.C. Deputies shall also prepare
the Use of Force Supplemental Report Form (SO-120). The watch commander will
direct the deputy to rebook the inmate or submit the case to the District Attorneys
Office. All reports will be completed by the end of the shift.
G.
The deputy will notify JPMU that the samples have been collected and a
JPMU deputy will change the Y to a C indicating the samples
have been collected.
#14//06
Page 4 of 5
VI.
LOGGING AND MAILING OF BUCCAL DNA AND PRINT IMPRESSIONS

The watch commander or his/her designee will ensure the Buccal DNA Collection Kit is
properly packaged, labeled, and mailed. (The Buccal DNA Collection Kits do not need
to be refrigerated.)
The Buccal DNA Collection Kit will be mailed to:

State of California
Department of Justice
DNA Data Bank Program
1001 W. Cutting Blvd. Suite 110
Richmond, CA 94804-2028
The DOJ PALM PRINT CARDS will be mailed to:
Department of Justice
Automated Latent Print Program
P.O. Box 168007
Sacramento, CA 95816-8007
VII.
SUPPLIES
The Buccal and DNA Blood Collection Kits can be ordered by contacting DOJ by telephone at
(510) 620-3300; or fax to (510) 231-8744; or via e-mail to PC296.PC296@doj.ca.gov.
#14//06
Page 5 of 5
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2014
Q.82
POSSIBLE OVER-DETENTION
PURPOSE
To provide detentions personnel with a procedure for responding to inmate claims that he/she has been
over detained on an arrest or booking.
POLICY
Detentions personnel will investigate all inmate allegations of over-detention as outlined within this
section.
PROCEDURE
I.
At any time, if an inmate claims that he/she has been over-detained and should no longer be in
custody, detentions personnel will complete the following steps.
A.
The responding deputy will complete the Possible Over-Detention form (J-300), and
segregate the inmate from other inmates until the matter has been resolved or the inmate
is released.
B.
Once the form has been completed, the deputy will submit the Possible Over-Detention
form to the processing sergeant.
C.
The processing sergeant will immediately contact the Detentions Processing Supervisor
(DPS) and inform him/her of the situation. If a DPS is not on duty at that particular
facility, a DPS should be notified at the San Diego Central Jail and the Possible OverDetention form will be faxed to that location.
D.
Upon receipt of the Possible Over-Detention form, the DPS will ensure the custody
record is reviewed and determine if the inmate has been over detained.
E.
Once the custody status of the inmate has been determined, the completed Possible OverDetention Form will be filed in the inmates custody record.
F.
If the inmate is determined to have been over detained, the watch commander or his
designee will ensure the inmate remains segregated and is processed and released from
custody immediately.
G.
The watch commander will then make an entry in the watch commanders Log. The entry
will briefly relate the circumstances of the incident and indicate which personnel were
notified as well as the findings of the investigation.
Q.82 POSSIBLE OVER DETENTION

#14//12
Page 1 of 2
H.
In all cases where an over-detention has occurred, the on duty DPS will complete an
"Incident Notification". The completed notification will be forwarded, via the chain of
command, to the IPD Manager for review.
Q.82 POSSIBLE OVER DETENTION

#14//12
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JULY 2, 2014
R
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLASSFICATION
R.1
Inmate Classification
R.3
Inmate Classification Code Descriptor Definitions
R.5
Housing of Sexually Violent Predators
R.11
Inmate Facility Assignment Criteria
R.12
Incentive Based Housing
R TABLE OF CONTENTS
#14//07
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
APRIL 4, 2014
R.1
INMATE CLASSIFICATION
R.3, R.11, I.47, J.3, and M.21
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Inmate Classification System is to screen, assess and house inmates in a manner that
will protect the safety of the community, staff and other inmates. It also assists detention managers and
staff in making sound decisions regarding inmate population management. Proper inmate classification
promotes impartial and consistent classification evaluations, and helps provide legal protection to staff
by establishing reasonable, objective and defensible safety practices.
POLICY
An inmates initial classification is determined by their original booking charges, criminal history
information, medical and psychiatric issues or additional special conditions, and information obtained
from the inmate interview. The inmate will be assigned to the most appropriate housing location based
on their classification designation.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Any person booked into a detention facility shall undergo a classification evaluation to determine
an appropriate housing assignment. Exceptions:
A.
Inmates being processed through the Conditional Custody Program, Book and
Release, or similar programs.
B.
Inmates being processed for release per 853.6 P.C.
C.
Any inmate not formally booked (i.e., hospital inmates booked in absentia or juveniles
tried as adults).
Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) Deputy Responsibilities

A.
Inmates should be classified as soon after booking as possible, but in any event, prior to
being assigned to a housing area.
B.
In preparation for the classification interview, care must be taken to obtain the most
complete history on the inmate as possible. A follow-up with various agencies may be
necessary to verify information. This criminal history will often be of greater importance
in determining the inmates security level than the interview.
C.
In cases where the JPMU deputy feels that the objective custody level, as determined by
the use of the decision tree, does not truly reflect the custody risk of the inmate, the
deputy may override the code (either higher or lower) to more accurately assess the
inmate.
R.1 INMATE CLASSIFICATION

#14//03
Page 1 of 3
If the override results in a change in the inmates custody level , the JPMU deputy will
make an entry in the inmates Chronological Notes articulating the rationale behind
their decision. A JPMU sergeant is responsible for reviewing the overrides for
concurrence and approval.
D.
III.
IV.
Determination of the inmates classification code will be entered into JIMS using the
Evaluation Update Screen. Appropriate housing assignment based on the inmates
custody level, and Hazards & Instructions will be made using the movement list on the
JIMS Classification Navigator screen.
Housing Assignments
A.
Inmates with custody levels 1-3 can be housed together. Levels 4 and 5 can be housed
together. Level 6 inmates will be housed in Administrative Segregation.
B.
Exceptions to aforementioned housing assignments will be inmates housed in

Administrative Segregation, Protective Custody, Psychiatric Security Unit (PSU), and
designated medical housing.
Reclassification
Any employee who receives information that could change an inmates classification code and/or
housing assignment has the responsibility of advising a JPMU deputy. The JPMU deputy will
evaluate the information to determine whether it requires the inmate to be reclassified. If it does,
the reporting deputy may be asked to complete an Inmate Status Report detailing the relevant
information. The following are examples of events that may require reclassification:
A.
Information indicating the inmate is a potential escape risk, is assaultive or has threatened
to assault staff.
B.
Sentenced to any number of years to life in prison (with or without the possibility of
Parole), or death.
C.
Medical or psychiatric treatment (medical and psychiatric staff to notify JPMU).
D.
Automatic JIMS notifications:

1.
The addition of new charges, dropping of charges, or the modification of current

charges.
2.
Sentencing to local time.
3.
Prison commitments.

#14//03
Page 2 of 3
V.
Program Participation Evaluation:

Penal Code 4114 requires all inmates sentenced to over 30 days be classified for custody and
treatment purposes. Correctional Counselors will meet with those sentenced inmates to
determine what programs the inmate is eligible for based on the inmates classification,
interview, and institutional behavior. Each inmate serving a jail sentence of over 30 days shall
be interviewed during the first third of his/her sentence. The program evaluation will take into
consideration all programs within our detention system as well as community-based resources
such as Electronic Surveillance Program (ESP), County Parole, Work Furlough, Local Re-entry
Program (LRP), etc.

#14//03
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
May 1, 2014
R.3
INMATE CLASSIFICATION CODE DESCRIPTOR
DEFINITIONS
R.1
PURPOSE
To define the evaluation process and descriptors used for determining an inmates housing and custody
level.
POLICY
The classification evaluation conducted on each inmate shall serve as a summary of the inmates
housing potential and characteristic overview. Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) staff are the
only personnel authorized to enter or modify an inmates classification designation within the JIMS
Classification Navigator. Due to the volume of workers and new inmate worker hires, Facility Inmate
Worker Deputies (IWD) have the ability to add and delete inmate worker status. IWD do not have
authorization to make any other changes.
PROCEDURE
The classification designation is determined by the parameters of the classification navigator within the
Jail Information Management System (JIMS).
I.
An inmates classification designation defines their recommended custody level.

A.
6 HIGH MAXIMUM. The inmate must have a combination of current assaultive

charges, a prior assaultive history, or be an institutional behavior problem. In addition,
they may have a high profile case or extreme act of violence which jeopardizes public
safety or provides the inmate with status that would allow them to have power or
authority over other inmates. Level 6 inmates will be housed individually; any exception
must be approved by JPMU command.
B.
5 MAXIMUM. This inmate must have a combination of two of the following: current
assaultive charges, prior assaultive history, are deemed an institutional behavior problem
or an escape risk.
C.
4 HIGH. This inmate must have one of the following: current assaultive charges, a
prior assaultive history, or are deemed an institutional behavior problem.
D.
3 MEDIUM. This inmate has no current or significant prior assaultive history. This
inmate also has no escape history or known disciplinary problems, but is somewhat more
criminally sophisticated than a Level 2 inmate. This inmate can be on active parole,
active Post Release Community Supervision, sentenced to local prison (1170(h) PC), or
out to court for further proceedings from federal or state prison.
R.3 INMATE CLASSIFICATION CODE DESCRIPTOR DEFINITIONS

#14//05
Page 1 of 8
II.
E.
2 LOW. This inmate has no current or significant prior assaultive history. This inmate
also has no escape history or known disciplinary problems. Inmates sentenced to local
prison time "ICJ or "ICS" will be a classified a minimum of a level 2.
F.
1 MINIMUM. An inmate classified at this level poses the lowest risk to staff and other
inmates. This inmate is non-assaultive with no known disciplinary problems, lacks
criminal sophistication (typically less than 8 combined arrests and/or convictions), and is
sentenced.
The Strike Indicator is used for tracking inmates that qualify for special prosecution
considerations under Penal Code Sections 667, 1170.12 and 1192.7 (c). It is listed under the
Hazards & Instructions section in the inmates JIMS record.
01st2nd3rd-
The inmate has no documented strike count

The inmate is subject to one strike under three strikes
The inmate is being prosecuted for their second strike under three strikes
The inmate is being prosecuted for their third strike under three strikes
Strike indicators are determined by the District Attorneys Office, and entered by JPMU staff.
Inmates with 3rd strike markers shall not be housed at EMDF or Facility Eight. Unsentenced
inmates with only two strikes shall not be housed at EMDF or Facility Eight.
III.
Facility assignment restrictions may prohibit the transfer of an inmate to a specific facility.
These are listed in the Hazards & Instructions section of the inmates JIMS record.
ANY The inmate has no restrictions and can be housed at any jail suitable for his/her
classification.
CMP - The inmate is not to be transferred to a camp (EMDF/FAC8)
CRM - The inmate is not be moved from current cell assignment or transferred without
authorization of Command Staff (Captain or above)
EMD The inmate is not to be transferred to the East Mesa Detention Facility
FC8 - The inmate is not to be transferred to Facility Eight
GBD The inmate is not to be transferred to the George Bailey Detention Facility
LCD The inmate is not to be transferred to the Las Colinas Detention Facility
MED The inmate is subject to medical transfer restrictions
NON The inmate is not to be transferred from their current housing facility due to
administrative reasons
SBD The inmate is not to be transferred to the South Bay Detention Facility
SDC The inmate is not to be transferred to the San Diego Central Jail
VDF The inmate is not to be transferred to the Vista Detention Facility

#14//05
Page 2 of 8
IV.
Housing modifiers denote specific housing requirements and/or special housing considerations.
Modifiers describe an inmates behavior, criminal history, physical characteristics, and/or special
precautionary characteristics. The modifiers are added using to the inmates classification code
in the Hazards & Instructions section of the Evaluation Update screen.
CODE
IDENTIFIER
EXPLANATION
ADS
Administrative Segregation Inmate is housed in Administrative

Segregation. (Ad.Seg.)
AGE
Youthful or advanced age
Youthful appearance or advanced

age characteristics.
ASL
Assaultive to Staff/
Inmates
Chronic disciplinary problem.

Documented history of major rule
violations. Demonstrated hostile
behavior towards inmates or staff.
CHR
Chronic
Inmate is identified as a serial inebriate by

the court.
CLT
Reentry Program
Long Term Reentry Program wait list
COU
Courtesy hold
Inmate is temporarily housed, while in

transit to another destination.
CV
Child victim
Charges include violence or sexual assault.

Crime against a minor(s).
DRC
Dayroom chains
Inmate must wear leg & waist chains while

in dayroom.
ESC
Escape Risk
Documented escape or attempted escape

from a secure facility. Excludes walkaways
or failures to return to confinement.
GB
Greenbander
Inmate is classified as assaultive or escape

risk.
GEN
General Population
Mainline housing.
GNG
Gang affiliation
Documented by the inmates admission,

tattoos or other documentation.
HDP
Home Detention Participant Inmates who are in CPAC Program.
ICC
Immigration Hold Charges
Inmate with Ice Hold due to MISD.

MISD conviction within past 5 years.

#14//05
Page 3 of 8
V.
ICE
Immigration Hold
Inmate with pending Immigration Hold due

to current charges.
ICH
Immigration Hold History
Inmate with Immigration Hold due to

prior felony conviction.
PC
Protective Custody
Inmate is housed in protective custody.
PSU
Psychiatric Security Unit
Inmate is housed in the Psychiatric Security

Unit.
PSY
Psychiatric Inmate
Inmate has been identified by medical staff

as requiring psychiatric care.
RZR
Razor restriction
Inmate has razor use restriction.
SVP
Sexually Violent Predator
Inmate is a Civil Commit and may be

housed only with other Civil Commits.
TGR
Transgender
Inmate has effeminate or masculine

characteristics/mannerisms, or someone
undergoing medical treatment to alter their
physical appearance to that of the opposite
sex.
VAV
Veteran Admin. Verified
Inmate verified by the Veterans

Administration as being a military veteran
and is eligible for consideration for the
Veterans Moving Forward Program.
VAD
Veteran Admin. Denied
Inmate is not a military veteran per the

Veterans Administration's records and not
eligible for the Veterans Moving Forward
Program.
VMF
Veterans Moving Froward
Inmate assigned to Veterans Module and

active participant in the Veterans Moving
Forward Program.
The sentence code describes the inmates sentence status. This code is important as a change can
result in an inmates classification code/security level being modified. An inmate could be
reclassified to a lower level, thereby allowing them to be transferred to a different facility and/or
be eligible for programming. The modifiers are added using to the inmates classification code in
the Hazards & Instructions section of the Evaluation Update screen.
CODE
EXPLANATION
UNS
Inmate is pending court proceedings on all pending bookings/arrests.
SEN
Inmate is sentenced to custody on one or more bookings/arrests.

#14//05
Page 4 of 8
VI.
Sentence modifiers are used to assist processing staff with tracking pending out of jurisdiction
transfers and holds. The modifiers are added using the inmates classification code in the
Hazards & Instructions section of the Evaluation Update screen.
ABK
Sentenced with additional active booking(s).
ACS
Administrative Custodial Sanction
CFL
County Flash Incarceration PCS inmate (3453(q) PC)
CRC
CRC/Norco commit (3151 PC)
DJJ
Department of Juvenile Justice (formerly CYA)
DOC
Department of Corrections commit
FED
Federal Inmate or hold
FUG
Fugitive booking
ICE
Immigration hold
ICJ
Imprisoned in County Jail (1170 (h) PC)
ICS
Imprisoned in County Jail - Split Sentence (1170 (h)(5)(B) PC)
INT
Interstate Parole (1111.71 W&I)
NIW
No inmate worker
O/C
Out of county hold
PAR
Parole hold
PAT
Patton Commit
PCS
Post Release Community Supervision (3455 PC Only)
PTR
Patton Returnee
PRI
Federal/State Prison commits returned for further proceedings.
SFL
State Flash Incarceration of Parolee (3000.80 PC)
WKE
Weekender
WKR
Inmate Worker

#14//05
Page 5 of 8
VII.
Miscellaneous modifiers are used to alert staff of legal considerations, or potential enemies in
custody, prior to the release or transfer an inmate. The modifiers are added using the inmates
classification code in the Hazards & Instructions section of the Evaluation Update screen.
CODE
EXPLANATION
CPA
County Parole
CHR
Chronic
CRM
Command Restricted Movement
CTL
Long Term Reentry Program waiting list
DO
Dress out for court
DCT
Drug court ($55,555)
DNA
DNA Required
DRC
Dayroom Chains
ELC
El Cajon court case
HDP
Home Detention Participant
HN1
Swine flu quarantine
HRT
High Risk Transport
KS
Keep Separate
KSA
Keep Separate All
LRP
Inmate accepted into Local Re-entry Program; housed at participating

Facilities.
LRT
Long Term Reentry Program
MIS
Miscellaneous
P25
Project 25
PIR
Project in Reach
PRO
Pro-Per Inmate
PWO
Pro-Per without privileges
RCC
Regional Center Client

#14//05
Page 6 of 8
VIII.
RCP
Reentry Court Program ($66,777); housed at participating facilities.
SAN
San Diego court case
SBC
South Bay court case
SED
SED Transport only
VEX
Vexatious grievance writer
VIS
Vista court case
WCH
Wheelchair
Special conditions, high risk indicators and administrative alerts are also additional descriptors
used in these sections that may not appear elsewhere. These sections (on an inmates JIMS
record) contain some redundant information contained under Hazards & Instructions, however;
it may be reported using different code designations.
Special Conditions
DEF
Deaf Inmate
Handicap
Juvenile
KOS
Kosher Diet
PP
Pro Per
UP
Universal Precautions
WC
Wheelchair
High Risk Indicators

A
Assaultive
ADS
Administrative Segregation
CRM
DRC
Dayroom Chains
Escape
GB
Greenbander
KSA
Keep Separate All
Protective Custody

#14//05
Page 7 of 8
SED
SED Transport Only
SVP
Sexual Violent Predators
BT
Bandit Transport
Administrative Alerts
001
Escape Risk
002
Assaultive Risk
003
Suicide Risk
004
Bodily Fluid Risk
005
Juvenile
006
High Public Profile
007
Medical
008
Protective Custody
009
Administrative Segregation
CRM
DRC
Dayroom Waist and Leg chains
MCH
1368-mental Competency Hearing
MDG
Multi-disciplinary Behavior Group
MID
MIS-ID
PSA
Previous Suicide Attempt
RCC
Regional Center Client
SED
SED Transport Only
TBF
Tuberculosis Follow-up
UOF
Use of Force

#14//05
Page 8 of 8
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 3, 2011
R.5
HOUSING OF SEXUALLY VIOLENT PREDATORS
Welfare and Institution Code 6600; JONES v. BLANAS,
DSB J.3
PURPOSE
To establish a policy for the proper housing of civil commitments per the Sexually Violent Predators
(SVP) Act.
POLICY
Individuals committed to the custody of the Sheriff under this act are civil commitments. Based on a 9th
Circuit court case ruling, civil commits cannot be subjected to conditions that amount to punishment.
They will be confined in our custody in a manner that ensures their presence at trial, maintains jail
security, and allows for the effective management of the facility. This section does not apply to inmates
who are being held on criminal charges in addition to civil commitment charges. Inmates with both civil
commitment charges and pending criminal charges are not considered civil commitment inmates. They
are considered criminally committed inmates, and the procedures set forth herein do not apply.
DEFINITION
Sexual Violent Predators (SVP) - Welfare and Institution Code Section WI 6600 through 6609.2.
The above sections refer to a person who has been convicted of a sexually violent offense against two or
more victims. The person has a diagnosed mental disorder that makes him/her a danger to the health
and safety of others, in that it is likely that he/she will engage in sexually violent criminal behavior
again. The aforementioned individuals will be referred to in this policy as SVP.
PROCEDURE
SVPs will be housed separately from all other inmates, but they may be housed together with other SVP
inmates. They will be afforded full freedom of movement in their housing unit, somewhat more
opportunity to utilize the recreation yard, dayroom, telephone, and law library than a mainline inmate.
I.
Housing
A.
SVPs will be housed in a dorm setting where they have full use of the dayroom during
waking hours. Generally, usage will begin at breakfast through lights out at night.
B.
They will be allowed to view the television throughout the day. The television will be
turned off when it is clearly becoming a nuisance to the majority of SVPs in the module.
When the majority of SVPs are sleeping or have complained to the deputies about the
noise, it is appropriate to turn off the television.
R.5 SEXUALLY VIOLENT PREDATORS

#11//06
Page 1 of 3
II.
III.
C.
When an SVP demonstrates an inability to conform to the rules of the facility or is a

danger to staff or inmates, he may be placed into Administrative Segregation. While in
this status, the SVP will be subject to the least restrictive rules that apply to them, based
on the reason they require segregated housing.
E.
They will be allowed unrestricted use of the day room phone during the time the dayroom
is open, unless they are creating a disturbance for other sleeping SVPs or have
demonstrably abused the privilege.
F.
Due to facility security concerns, SVPs will be dressed out in jail issue clothing and will
wear black color wrist bands for identification. They will be afforded clothing exchange
on a schedule as with a mainline inmate.
G.
SVPs who are rebooked on criminal charges will be moved to Administrative

Segregation pending a classification review.
Recreation and law library use

A.
SVPs will be allowed to utilize the recreation yard on a schedule that allows for more
opportunities than that afforded to mainline inmates, while not creating an unworkable
burden on the staff. A facility green sheet will be drafted for approval by the Facility
Commander that meets this standard.
B.
SVPs will be allowed to utilize the facility law library on a schedule that allows for as
much opportunity as is reasonably possible to accommodate. They will not be placed in a
lower priority for use than a mainline inmate.
Transfers To or From the Facility

A.
IV.
Transportation
1.
SVPs should be placed into the segregated cages on the bus, or shall be
transferred in a van separated from all other inmates. They should be segregated
from others in the least restrictive manner possible depending on the seating
arrangements available on the particular bus, while maintaining complete
security.
2.
They will be waist chained but cross chaining should only be done when the SVP
has demonstrated that he or she is an escape risk or is possibly assaultive.
IPD Procedures
A.
The arrest type will be Booked Mental Health. If more than one case number is
referenced on the document, an additional arrest will be made for each case. When
entering the charges, the first charge will always be WI 6600, Sexual Predator. The
case number entered will be the court case number and no bail.
Once an SVP appears in court, on the petition, the jail will receive a court document. The
court document will identify the two or more cases and charges that qualify the individual
as an SVP. The SVPs custody records will be updated in the maintenance screen to

#11//06
Page 2 of 3
include the charges listed on the court document. The charge of WI 6600 will not be
removed and will remain as the first charge.
V.
Penal Code Section 2620

No SVP inmate should be booked under 2620 PC. That charge should be used for civil
commitments that return to Sheriffs custody for hearings, such as:
PC section 2621- material witnesses.
PC section 2625 - family law hearing
Inmates who are here for civil hearings as material witnesses, for family law hearings, or for further
proceedings under 2620 et. sq. will not be housed with SVPs, nor will this section apply to them.

#11//06
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
R.11
INMATE FACILITY ASSIGNMENT CRITERIA
R.1, R.3
PURPOSE
To facilitate the management and distribution of the inmate population among the detention facilities.
POLICY
All new inmates shall be screened for the purpose of assignment to an appropriate detention facility.
The general inmate population shall also be reviewed periodically, as needed, to identify inmates who
have become eligible for transfer due to a legal or medical status change. Such a change may result in
the reclassification of an inmate to a more appropriate custody level or housing assignment.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) shall complete the inmate screening. After the
inmate has been assessed, and assigned any applicable hazards, the inmate will be assigned to an
appropriate housing assignment.
II.
Under normal circumstances, the Sheriffs Transportation Division, based on existing

transportation schedules, shall facilitate the transfer of inmates. When there are no timely
scheduled transportation runs, and the Transportation Division has no one available for a special
transportation run, the responsibility shall be handled by the individual facility. The watch
commanders decision to transport inmates using facility personnel shall be based on housing
availability, the necessity of the transport and the security needs of the facility.
III.
Deviation from the criteria established in Section IV, other than emergency situations, shall
require the concurrence of the watch commander of the facility to which the inmates are being
transferred. Documentation of such deviation shall be made in the Watch Commander Log.
IV.
The following guidelines are meant to clarify the basic inmate housing criteria each facility can
accommodate:
Inmates will be assigned to the seven various facilities based on their individual housing criteria
as follows.
R.11 INMATE FACILITY ASSIGNMENT CRITERIA

#14//10
Page 1 of 3
HOUSING
SDCJ
GBDF
CRITERIA
YES
YES
Level 1-3
YES
YES
Level 4-5
YES
YES
Level 6
YES
YES
Greenbanders
Females
Pregnant
YES
YES
Pre-Arraignment
YES
YES
Post-Arraignment
YES
YES
Sentenced
YES
YES
Unsentenced
YES
YES
Parole Holds/Prison
Returnees
YES
YES
Prison Commits
YES
Medical Mainline
YES
YES
Psychiatric Mainline
YES
YES
Medical Observation
(MOB)
YES
Psychiatric Security
Unit (PSU)
YES
YES
Previous Suicide
Attempt
YES
YES
Administrative
Segregation
YES
YES
Protective Custody
YES
SVP
YES
Transgender
Youthful/
Advanced Age
YES Approved for housing
VDF
LCDF
SBDF
FAC8
EMRF
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESYES
YES#
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES#
YES
YES***
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES****
YES****
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
" Not approved for housing
# Inmates sentenced to Local Prison Time (ICS/ICJ) max time of 36 months.

*Facility 8 un-sentenced inmates must meet the following criteria:
1.
2.
3.
4.
No active holds
No Bail over 100,000
No known significant disciplinary problems
Inmates with no bail may be considered (i.e. Inmate arrested for probation violations)
**EMRF may house un-sentenced post-arraignment inmates if they meet the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
No active holds
No Bail over 100,000 (Excluding No Bail Probation Violators, COTP, PAR,)
No current open violent or assaultive charges
No known significant disciplinary problems
***No Prison Returnees

****Medical/Psychiatric Mainline inmates approved by medical/psychiatric personnel.
#14//10
Page 2 of 3
Participants in inmate programs, with Commander approval, will be housed at participating facilities.
NOTE:
Due to the constant change in inmate population and the need to maximize available bed space, facility
transfer restrictions may be changed with the approval of both JPMU supervisors and Sheriff Command
Staff.

#14//10
Page 3 of 3
INMATE FACILITY ASSIGNMENT CRITERIA
file:///V:/DSBPNP/PNP%20Index%20for%20Sharepoint%20Site_files/sheet001.htm[10/24/2014 8:03:55 AM]
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
JULY 1, 2014
R.12
INCENTIVE BASED HOUSING
NEW P&P SECTION
PURPOSE
Incentive Based Housing (IBH) is used to promote a living environment of responsibility and
accountability. This type of housing is designed to reward positive programming participation and/or
inmate behavior through quality of life privileges. The goal of IBH is to instill self-discipline and
provide a platform for successful reentry into the community.
POLICY
The Detention Services Bureau will offer Incentive Based Housing at appropriate facilities with the goal
of generating positive inmate behavior and/or programming participation. Participating facilities will
develop facility specific program guidelines.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Facilities participating in IBH may develop a Multi-Disciplinary Team (MDT) or an appointing

authority to determine the screening and acceptance for inmates into incentive based housing.
A.
Inmates approved for IBH shall maintain compliance with the admission criteria and
established facility rules. Inmate behavior will be monitored by the MDT or appointing
authority. Violations may result in the inmate being removed from IBH and/or a loss of
privileges. Denial from IBH can not be grieved.
B.
Inmates in IBH may be required to attend a variety of programs, groups, classes, or job
assignments.
General criteria for housing in IBH.

General criteria will be established for each facility by the Facility Commander and outlined in a
green sheet.
III.
Incentives
A.
The behavior of the inmates participating in IBH will be the determining factor whether
incentives are gained or lost.
B.
IBH provides incentives not normally afforded to mainline inmates. IBH privileges are
established by the Facility Commander or designee. Facility green sheets will outline the
incentive process.
R.12 INCENTIVE BASED HOUSING

#14//07
Page 1 of 2
IV.
Sanctions
A. Sanctions are generally the removal or denial of incentives.
B. Non-compliance with established IBH rules will be evaluated by the MDT or appointing
authority for sanctions or continued participation in IBH. Inmates may be removed from IBH for
circumstances that create a safety or security risk or for failure to follow established rules as
outlined in Detentions Policy and Procedure Section O.3.
R.12 INCENTIVE BASED HOUSING

#14//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MAY 8, 2013
S
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INMATE WORK PROGRAMS
S.1
Supervision and Assignment of Inmate Workers
S.2
Inmate Worker Identification Cards
S.3
Inmate Worker and Discipline
S.5
Inmate Worker Privileges
S.7
Work Release Program
S TABLE OF CONTENTS
#13//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER , 2013
S.1
SUPERVISION AND ASSIGNMENT OF INMATE WORKERS
S.3, S.5, R.3, MSD I.2, O.1
PURPOSE
To standardize the supervision and assignment of inmate workers within the Detention Services Bureau.
POLICY
It shall be the responsibility of the Inmate Worker Deputy to perform the majority of the supervision and
assignment of inmate workers, and the general responsibility of each deputy to functionally supervise
inmate workers.
PROCEDURE
I.
THE INMATE WORKER DEPUTY DETERMINES INMATE WORKER SUPERVISION

AND ASSIGNMENTS.
A.
The Inmate Worker Deputy will determine the current charges, run a records check, a CII
records check and check the Incidents record on all prospective inmate workers. Inmate
Worker Deputies will ensure the Inmate Worker Application (J-114A) is completed and
filed in the inmate's booking jacket on all inmates hired. All inmate workers shall
complete and sign an Inmate Medical Questionnaire (J235) to be reviewed by the Inmate
Worker Deputy. The Inmate Worker Deputy is also responsible for enrolling inmate
worker information into Custody Programs and conducting a weekly audit of all inmate
workers to monitor their legal status and make appropriate changes. At the time an
inmate is hired, the Inmate Worker Deputy will enter a W in the Management Plan in
JIMS. All inmates hired will be informed of the department's zero tolerance policy on
sexual abuse and harassment and sign the Inmate Worker Contract (J-114) as
acknowledgment of the information. Both the J-114 and J-114A are available online in
English and Spanish in the Detentions forms folder. All inmates hired must have both
forms filed in their booking jacket.
B.
Deputies and other detention facility staff members using inmate workers have the
functional responsibility of supervising and directing the work and conduct of the inmate
workers during their shift. Inmate workers require supervision and frequent reminders of
their work duties, but tolerance and impartiality when supervising them must be
maintained.
C.
When personality issues or poor work standards develop with inmate workers, the Inmate
Worker Deputy will change assignments or take remedial action as soon as possible.
Except in an emergency, the Inmate Worker Deputy will accomplish any duty transfer or
roll up of an inmate worker.
S.1 SUPERVISION AND ASSIGNMENT OF INMATE WORKERS

#13//07
Page 1 of 4
D.
II.
III.
Deputies requesting that an inmate worker be rolled up should refer the incident report
to the Inmate Worker Deputy for handling. The watch commander must approve the
incident report when an immediate roll up is requested. Any questions or concerns
arising out of an inmate workers status will be referred to the Inmate Worker Deputy.
GENERAL CRITERIA FOR ASSIGNMENT OF INMATE TO INMATE WORKER STATUS

A.
Inmates may either be sentenced or unsentenced, as detention facility needs dictate.
B.
The inmates bail amount should be one of several considerations evaluated during the
inmate worker selection process. As such, there is no specific bail amount that, alone,
disqualifies an inmate from inmate worker status. The bail amount should be considered
along with the type of offense, prior record, level of criminal sophistication, prior custody
history, if any, and the availability of inmate worker candidates.
C.
No inmates with Parole Holds who will be returning to prison, or who may otherwise be
considered unacceptable based on parole officers evaluation/information, will be made
an inmate worker.
D.
No history of excess violence.
E.
No one who has been convicted or civilly or administratively adjudicated to have

engaged in sexual abuse in prison, jail or any other confinement facility or attempting to
engage in sexual activity in the community facilitated by force.
F.
No 1551.1 P.C. fugitives.
G.
Generally, inmates with escape records are unacceptable; however, an individual case
may be reviewed and approved by the watch commander.
H.
No inmates with state prison commitments.
MEDICAL SCREENING
A.
All prospective inmate workers shall complete and sign Form J-235. The completed form
will be reviewed by medical staff prior to being hired.
B.
All food service workers shall be screened and cleared by the facility medical staff prior
to being assigned to food preparation and serving areas. The screening shall include a
history of recent exposure to communicable disease, including negative tests for venereal
disease, TB, hepatitis and skin infections.
C.
Additionally, for any inmate worker that remains in active status after six (6) months, it
shall be the responsibility of the IW Deputy to notify medical for a PPD evaluation to
assure that the inmate continues to be TB free.

#13//07
Page 2 of 4
IV.
V.
SENTENCED INMATE WORKERS UNDER SHERIFFS STAFF SUPERVISION MAY

WORK OUTSIDE THE DETENTION FACILITY
A.
The requesting party will furnish the watch commander with a list denoting time, dates
and the number of inmate workers desired for the outside work. A copy of the list will be
given to the Inmate Worker Deputy, who will select the necessary number of inmate
workers. It is preferred to use inmate workers sentenced to thirty (30) days or less.
B.
These inmates are to have no pending HOLDS or charges. The Inmate Worker Deputy
will furnish the Receiving Deputy with the names and photos of the inmate workers and a
copy of the request. The Receiving Deputy will log the inmate workers out, log them in
again, and strip-search them in the Receiving area.
INMATE WORKERS GOING TO COURT

The Inmate Worker Deputy will keep a daily list of all inmate workers going to court. The
Inmate Worker Deputy will provide inmate worker work site supervisors with a daily inmate
worker court list.
VI.
INMATE WORKERS RECEIVING ADDITIONAL HOLDS OR COMMITMENTS

The Court Clerk/Detention Processing Technician will be responsible for adding the hold or
commitment electronically in JIMS as a new arrest type. Once the hold is entered into JIMS, an
automatic notification will be forwarded to the Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) via the
Pending Classification report. The JPMU staff member re-calculating the inmates
classification code due to the added charges will be responsible for immediately notifying the
Inmate Worker Deputy or the Housing Deputy in order to ensure the inmate worker is dismissed
of his duties and removed from the module in a timely manner.
VII.
VIII.
INMATE WORKERS ASSIGNED TO FOOD HANDLING-MEDICALLY SCREENED:

A.
Inmate workers assigned to food handling will be medically screened by the detention
facility medical staff prior to assuming such duties.
B.
The screening shall include a history of recent exposure to communicable disease,

including negative tests for venereal disease, TB, hepatitis and skin infections.
C.
All prospective food handlers will have a current chest x-ray. (within six months)
INMATE WORKERS PARTICIPATING IN VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS

A.
All prospective inmates to be assigned to a vocational program will be medically

screened prior to the assignment.

#13//07
Page 3 of 4
B.
Inmates currently taking psychiatric medications shall not be assigned to the following
vocational programs:
1.
2.
3.
IX.
GBDF- Landscaping
EMRF- Construction and Print Shop
LCDF- Construction and landscaping
INMATE WORKER CLOTHING:

All food handlers shall wear clean, washable outer garments, keep their hands clean, confine
their hair, and use appropriate serving devices, i.e., tongs, gloves, ladles, etc.
X.
RESTRICTIONS:
Housing facilities (SDCJ, GBDF, SBDF and VDF) will limit the number of sentenced level 1
and 2 inmate workers to 15% of the total number of inmate workers authorized. In addition, the
above mentioned housing facilities shall hire inmate workers based on the following priority
order:
A.
B.
C.
D.
XI.
Sentenced Level 3 inmates

Unsentenced Level 1 and 2 inmates
Unsentenced Level 3 inmates
Sentenced Level 1 and 2 inmates
LENGTH OF ASSIGNMENT:
Inmate workers will only be allowed an assignment for a period of one year at any one facility.
After one year has been completed, the inmate will be transferred to another facility as an inmate
worker. The Inmate Worker Deputy at each facility will be responsible for tracking and
coordinating the movement. The Facility Commander has the option of extending an inmate
worker's time for a period of 6 months for the purpose of completion of programs that are not
provided at other facilities.
Exceptions to the one-year term will be allowed for the following facilities:
A.
B.
The Las Colinas Detention Facility due to the limitations of female housing.
The East Mesa Reentry Facility due to reentry programs that will not be available at other
facilities.

#13//07
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 8, 2013
S.2
INMATE WORKER IDENTIFICATION CARDS
PURPOSE
To provide a standardized Inmate Worker identification system throughout the Detention Services
Bureau.
POLICY
Inmate Worker Deputies (IWD) may select inmate workers who meet housing criteria. Inmate workers
will be screened and selected for job assignments by the IWD assigned to the facility. The IWD will
issue appropriate colored identification cards to eligible workers. Inmate workers are required to wear
their identification card once they leave their assigned housing area. Inmates will immediately report a
lost or damaged identification card to a staff member.
PROCEDURE
I. RED Identification Card: Inmate workers that are sentenced and have less than 36 months to
serve or unsentenced and DO NOT fit the criteria for outside worker deployment. Their
assignments require constant direct supervision.
II. BLUE Identification Card: Inmate workers who are sentenced and have less than 18 months to
serve can only work inside of the facility, but DO NOT require constant supervision.
III. YELLOW Identification Card: Inmate workers who may work outside of the facility with
constant supervision. They shall meet the following criteria:
A. Sentenced to local time with no additional bookings, warrants or holds and have less than 12
months to serve.
B. Must not have been convicted of the following types of crimes:
1. Serious history of violent criminal conduct (i.e., armed robbery, assault with or
without a weapon).
2. Escapes or attempted escapes, including walk-aways.
3. Sexual violence or Sex-related offenses or prior convictions.
4. Extensive narcotics history (i.e., usage and/or sales).
5.
Serious weapon charges or history of illegal possession of weapons.
S.2 INMATE WORKER BADGES

#13//03
Page 1 of 2
6. Any charge(s) that is politically sensitive or could cause embarrassment to the

department.
7.
No domestic violence related convictions.
8. No immigration holds.
9. Must have a confirmed U.S. address.
IV.
WHITE Identification Card: In addition to all of the criteria listed in Procedure III, Section
B above for yellow identification card issuance, the inmates must have 6 months or less to
serve. IWD will complete periodic reviews of continued white identification card
eligibility, as deemed necessary by each facility commander. They DO NOT require
constant direct supervision, but will require occasional supervision by the job site
supervisor. Inmates issued white identification cards may be assigned to work off the
facility grounds, with a deputy or other authorized staff member.
S.2 INMATE WORKER BADGES

#13//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 8, 2013
S.3
INMATE WORKER AND DISCIPLINE
O.1, S.1, S.5
PURPOSE
To provide a uniform and consistent method of administering discipline, thereby providing a more
efficient Inmate Work force.
POLICY
An Inmate Worker will not be removed from inmate worker status (rolled-up) without the Watch
Commander or Inmate Worker Deputy having reviewed the Incident report.
PROCEDURE
I. When an Inmate Worker commits any violation of Inmate Rules and Regulations, the deputy
detecting, or observing the violation shall write an Incident report, detailing the circumstances
surrounding the violation.
A. A progressive rate of discipline is recommended. An example of this is as follows:
1. Removal from or change of work assignments
2. Assignment of extra work detail
3. Loss of commissary (1 week)
4. Loss of social visits
5. Loss of pay (inmate worker wages)
6. Loss of good/work time
7. Loss of Inmate Worker status
8.
Disciplinary isolation
9. Disciplinary diet
B. Whenever the disciplinary Incident report is prepared and referred to the Inmate Worker
Deputy, a copy shall be given to the Watch Commander, or Shift Sergeant, of the team that
initiated the Incident report.
C. Any Inmate Worker rolled-up shall be immediately removed from the work site.
S.3 INMATE WORKER AND DISCIPLINE
#13//03
Page 1 of 2
1. The Inmate Worker identification badge shall be confiscated, along with their Inmate
Worker clothing.
2. The Inmate Worker shall be dressed out in mainline clothing and removed from the
Inmate Worker housing unit.
II. Incident reports shall be written on ALL DISCIPLINE affecting Inmate Workers. They are to be
processed and distributed according to policy.
S.3 INMATE WORKER AND DISCIPLINE

#13//03
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 5, 2009
S.5
INMATE WORKER PRIVILEGES
S.1, S.3
PURPOSE
To maintain motivation in the Inmate Worker work force.
POLICY
Inmates serving as Inmate Workers will be afforded certain privileges not available to non-workers.
PROCEDURE
I.
Each facility shall establish a list of Inmate Worker privileges. Each Inmate Worker will be
allowed such privileges except when being disciplined. These privileges include:
A. Pay
B. Extra food
C. Extra visiting time
D. Extra recreation time
II.
Inmate Worker Deputy:

The Inmate Worker Deputy will be responsible for the administration of Inmate Worker
privileges. The Inmate Worker Deputy and Watch Commander will approve any exceptions
or denial of privileges.
S.5 INMATE WORKER PRIVILEGES
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2013
S.7
WORK RELEASE PROGRAM
PC 4024.2
PURPOSE
Provide eligible persons referred by the courts an opportunity to perform public service work in lieu of
serving a term of confinement in custody as ordered by the court.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Work Release Program will review for eligibility any referral by the Superior Court of San
Diego County if the person referred has been sentenced to a term in custody of the Sheriff not exceeding
30 days. Participation by the person referred is on a voluntary basis if the person meets background and
medical standards.
The Supervising Correctional Counselor designated as the supervisor for the Work Release program is
further designated as the person in charge of the program for purposes of issuing Work Release
Notifications of Failure, PC 4024.2 subsection 4 (c).
Pursuant to section 4024.2 subsection 4 (d) Work Release staff may find that an individual authorized by
the court to participate in the Work Release Program in lieu of custody is not a suitable subject for
participation if it appears from the record that the person has refused to satisfactorily perform as
assigned or concludes that the person is not eligible.
PROCEDURE
I.
OUT OF CUSTODY OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES:

A. Self-commit referrals to Work Release will be initiated by the court sending a copy of the
court order to the Work Release office. It is the responsibility of each court to make sure that
court orders are forwarded in a timely fashion. On receipt, the Work Release staff, or
Supervising Correctional Counselor will document the referral by entering the referral into
the Work Release database.
B. The court shall provide the Work Release telephone number (619) 615-2487 to defendants
assigned to the program. The court should also inform the self-commit to contact Work
Release within 72 hours. A voice mail message does not meet this requirement.
C. Work Release staff will gather the necessary information and perform a background check.
The referrals that are cleared for participation will be scheduled for an intake appointment for
enrollment.
For those rap sheets with questionable or borderline charges/convictions, the Supervising
Correctional Counselor will conduct a review of the rap sheet and make a final determination
about eligibility.
S.7 WORK RELEASE PROGRAM

#13//05
Page 1 of 4
D. Work Release staff will notify the referring court of all participants who are found to be
ineligible for the program by completing a Notice of Ineligibility form and sending it to the
Criminal Division of the Clerk of the Court with a copy of the notice to the defendant.
All Notices of Ineligibility will be reviewed and signed by the Supervising Correctional
Counselor or designated staff prior to mailing.
E. Work Release staff (or designated staff in his/her absence) is responsible for Work Release
Orientation and will review the booking slip to ensure that all recorded information is
correct. The Work Release staff (or designated staff) will also review the participants photo
identification and court papers. All approved participants will be given an Order to Release
and Referral to Work Project (pink copy) indicating the total number of days to complete on
Work Release and a date by which they must report to the Work Project Office.
The participant will be provided with a copy of the Program Orientation Sheet that outlines
the program and provides direction to the Work Project Office. The participant will also be
given verbal and written instructions and directions to proceed to the San Diego County
Probation Departments Work Project Office. At the Probation Work Project Office, the
participant is to pay the administrative fee which is subject to change on an annual basis. At
this location, the participant will be enrolled and be provided a work schedule.
II.
PROGRAM COMPLETION/FAILURE PROCEDURES

A. Every week, Work Release staff will receive a list from the Probation Department's Work
Project Office of participants that have completed their commitments, as well as program
failures.
B. On receipt of this information, Work Release staff is responsible for updating the records by
inputting the data into the Work Release database. Two to three days after receipt of the list
noted above, documentation will be received from the Work Project on each participant
either completing the commitment or failing the program. Work Release staff will pull the
participants packet, insert the documentation and return the packet to the appropriate file
drawer.
C. If the participant has successfully completed the program the packet will be filed in the Work
Release Completions file drawer.
D. If the participant failed to complete and was terminated from the Work Release program,
Work Release staff will document the participants termination from the program and prepare
a Notification of Failure. The notification will include the name and date of birth of the
defendant and will provide the number of days remaining to be served.
E. The Supervising Correctional Counselor or designated staff will review and sign the
Notification of Failure for content and accuracy prior to mailing.
F. A copy of the Notice of Failure will be mailed to the participants last known address and the
court.
G. Copies will be attached to the participants packet, which will be filed in the
Ineligible/Failures file cabinet.
#13//05
Page 2 of 4
H. If the person authorized to perform work release in lieu of custody does not contact the Work
Release office within 72 hours as directed by the court, Work Release staff will inform the
court of the non-compliance by forwarding a Notification of Failure form to the court. The
Supervising Correctional Counselor or designated staff will review and sign the Notification
of Failure prior to mailing.
I. As the need arises or when requested by the court, the Supervising Correctional Counselor
shall provide in-house training or presentations to court personnel regarding Work Release
procedures, P&P, documentation or any other Work Release related subject for which the
court needs clarification.
III.
WORK RELEASE PROGRAM FILE AUDITS AND REVIEWS

A. On a quarterly basis, the Supervising Correctional Counselor overseeing the Work Release
Program shall conduct an audit. Each audit will include, but not be limited to, a review of
the following items:
1. All current active cases this will help determine whether any cases listed as active
should actually be closed out.
2. A review of a reasonable percentage of the Notifications of Failure that have been
issued this is to ensure that accurate reporting has taken place and no errors in days
worked vs. days owed has been made.
3. Court commits received directly from the court in the pending file have not been
pending for more than 30 days post-sentencing.
B. The audit will be conducted with the use of the Work Release Audit Form. At the end of
each calendar year, the previous year's Work Release files will be stored and retained for
three years.
IV.
EXCLUSIONARY CHARGES
Persons convicted of the following offenses or the attempts thereof are not eligible for the Work
Release Program.
PC 187
Murder
PC 192
Manslaughter
PC 191.5
Vehicular manslaughter while intoxicated
PC 192C (1) Vehicular Manslaughter
PC 192C (3) Vehicular Manslaughter
PC 203, 205 Mayhem
PC 207, 208 Kidnapping
PC 209
Kidnapping for ransom, robbery, rape
PC 211
Robbery
PC 220
Assaults w/intent to commit sex crime
PC 245C, D ADW on Peace Officer
PC 261
Rape
PC 264.1
Rape w/Foreign Object
PC 286C, D Forcible Sodomy
PC 288
Lewd Act on a child
#13//05
Page 3 of 4
PC 288.5
Continuous Sexual Abuse of a child
PC 288a (2) Forcible oral copulation
PC 288C, D Victim has mental disorder, dev. Disabled or unconscious
PC 289A
Forcible acts of penetration
PC 451
Arson
PC 487(d) (2) Grand theft firearm
PC12022B
Offense w/personal use of deadly weapon
PC12022.5
Personal use of firearm
PC 12022.7 Personal infliction of great bodily harm
PC 273A
Child abuse
PC 273.5
Spousal abuse
PC 136.1
Witness intimidation
HS 11382
Possession for sale of controlled substance
HS 11378
Possession for sale
Additional exclusionary offenses, whether felony or misdemeanor, include any sex offense
wherein the victim is a child under the age of 18, including all offenses requiring registration as a
sex offender under section 290 of the Penal Code; and also offenses involving child
pornography as described in sections 311 through 312.3 of the Penal Code.

#13//05
Page 4 of 4
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
AUGUST 1, 2012
T
TABLE OF CONTENTS
T.1
Correctional Counseling Program
T.2
Inmate Orientation
T.3
Law Library Rules
T.5
Jail Library / Book Donations
T.7
Legal Assistance to Inmates
T.9
Sheriffs Commissary
T.10 Approval Procedures for Stocking and Sale of Commissary Resale Items
T.11 Exercise and Recreation
T.12 Video Programming
T.13 Sentence Modifications
T.19 Inmate Marriages
T.21 General Education Development and Educational Programs
T.23 Narcotics Anonymous (NA) / Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) (Drug/Alcohol Programs)
T.25 Transportation for Released Indigent Inmates
T TABLE OF CONTENTS
#12//04
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 4, 2013
T.1
CORRECTIONAL COUNSELING PROGRAM
E.8, T.3, T.5, T.7, T.21, T.23, T.25
PURPOSE
To provide consistent Correctional Counseling services at each detention facility.
POLICY
Each facility will maintain a Correctional Counseling program that provides opportunities for inmates to
participate in programs and counseling services.
PROCEDURES
I.
Correctional Counselors will provide the following counseling services:

All counselors will be involved in a program of on-going assessment which meets inmate needs
for educational, rehabilitative, vocational, special religious issues, pre-release and post-release,
or other programs necessary for the rehabilitation of and reintegration into society.
Counselors will provide crisis and individual counseling of inmates.
Counselors will provide group counseling of inmates.
Counselors may teach classes to inmates such as anger management, substance abuse, or other
topics as may be designated by the Reentry Services Division Manager.
NOTE: All counseling services are voluntary and the inmate must agree to participate in
programs. Requests for counseling services may be made by the inmate, family members, social
service agencies, government agencies, or Sheriffs staff.
II.
Correctional Counselors may be responsible for the coordination of the following programs at
their respective facilities, as directed by a Supervising Correctional Counselor and/or the Reentry
Services Division manager:
A.
Educational programs such as Adult Basic Education and GED.
B.
Vocational training programs such as janitorial, landscaping, sewing, and print shop.
C.
Volunteer/community-based programs (A.A., Planned Parenthood, P.I.P., etc.).
D.
Rehabilitative programs (anger management, substance abuse education, etc.).
E.
Library Services (operation of the inmate reading library and distribution of reading
materials).
T.1 CORRECTIONAL COUNSELING PROGRAM

#13//07
Page 1 of 2
F.
III.
Grant programs.
Correctional Counselors will fulfill the following duties as directed by a Supervising

Correctional Counselor and/or the Reentry Services Division Manager.
A.
Screen sentenced inmates in conjunction with classification for transfer to minimumsecurity institutions, other alternative housing and programs.
B.
Coordinate inmate referrals to social and public welfare agencies.
C.
As directed by the Reentry Services Division Manager, assist the Facility Commander
and staff with special projects related to inmate services.
D.
Prepare inmate jail behavior reports for County Parole Board hearings and review
hearings.
E.
Serve as the Sheriffs representative on the County Parole Board (3075 P.C.).
F.
Legal Research
1.
Correctional Counselors shall provide Legal Research Request forms, as needed.
2.
The Correctional Counselors are responsible for timely processing and delivery of
legal research requests and responses.
3.
Correctional Counselors are responsible for the documentation and adherence to

the established policies governing legal assistance to inmates.
4.
Correctional Counselors shall provide reasonable assistance to inmates who are

representing themselves in propria persona (in pro per) in a criminal case or an
action challenging the conditions of their confinement, and who have been
granted in pro per status by the court. "Reasonable assistance" consists of
assisting an inmate in learning how to operate the electronic research kiosks, and
how to formulate queries for such research. Counselors shall not conduct research
for the inmate, nor suggest topics of research, nor give legal advice.
G.
Serve as volunteer coordinator for religious programs, community service programs, and
any other applicable voluntary programs for all detention facilities.
H.
Serve as program coordinator for educational, vocational, and rehabilitative programs for
all detention facilities.
I.
Coordinate the HIV Awareness/Education Program.
J.
As directed by the Reentry Services Division Manager, attend interagency and

community meetings relating to the work being done in the Sheriffs detention facilities.
K.
Serve as the Work Release Program coordinator, interacting with the courts and
Probation Department, establishing eligibility and documenting program participation.
L.
When assigned, assist in preparing applications for grants to fund new programs.
T.1 CORRECTIONAL COUNSELING PROGRAM
Page 2 of 2
#13//07
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
MAY28, 2014
T.2
INMATE ORIENTATION
TITLE 15, SEC. 1069
PURPOSE
To orient all newly received inmates at the time of placement in a living area.
POLICY
All facilities will ensure that inmates are oriented at or before the time of placement into a living unit.
This orientation will be provided to inmates in English, Spanish and sign language. The content of the
orientation shall be documented and shall include, but not be limited to, the following;
I.
Correspondence, visiting, and telephone usage rules
II.
Rules and disciplinary procedures
III.
Inmate grievance procedures
IV.
Programs and activities available and method of application
V.
Medical services
VI.
Classification/housing assignments
VII.
Court appearance where scheduled, if known
VIII.
Voting, including registration
IX.
Department Prison Rape Elimination Act (PREA) policy
PROCEDURE
The most current version of the Inmate Orientation Video supplied by the Reentry Services Division
shall be played at least once per day at each of the Sheriffs detention facilities. Facility green sheets
shall be created to specify the time(s) in which the video will be played. Deputies shall make a log entry
in the control log documenting the date/time the video was shown.
T.2 INMATE ORIENTATION

#15/05
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MAY 8, 2013
T.3
LAW LIBRARY RULES
TITLE 15, SEC. 1064, N.7
PURPOSE
To establish rules and procedures by which Pro Per inmates shall abide while utilizing the Jail Law
Library.
POLICY
All inmates granted in propria persona (in pro per) status by court order in a criminal case will be
allowed reasonable access to the Law Library. The detention facility will maintain a Law Library
providing access to a research kiosk.
PROCEDURE
Law Library Rules

A. In order that the Law Library facilities will be most productively utilized, the
inmates:
1. Will use the available law books and legal resources only.
2. Will not carry on conversations with other inmates.
3. Will not remove from the library area any book, pamphlet or document belonging to the Law
Library unless authorized by the Law Library Counselor. Any unauthorized removal of
items from the Law Library will constitute a theft (484 PC).
4. Will not deface or destroy computer terminals or kiosks in the Law Library.
B. Inmates using the library who damage or deface books or computers, or who violate any of the
rules of the Law Library will be disciplined. Law Library privileges may be lost and/or criminal
complaints may be filed.
C. Inmates may use the library only for their own legal research. Inmates who use the resources of
the law library, or any materials provided to in pro per inmates, to perform work for, or give
legal advice to another inmate, will have their law library privileges revoked, and their pro per
materials will be taken away.
T.3 LAW LIBRARY RULES

#13//03
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
JUNE 3, 2014
T.5
JAIL LIBRARY/BOOK DONATIONS
P.3, T.1, V.1, V.3
TITLE 15, SEC. 1064
PURPOSE
To provide library services that are responsive to the interests and educational needs of the inmates.
POLICY
Each facility library shall be kept clean and orderly. Library books shall be checked periodically for
signs of wear and contraband. The Correctional Counselor assigned to the library shall coordinate the
donation and purchase of books.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Operation of the library

A.
The Correctional Counselor assigned to the library shall inspect the library and books on
a regular basis to ensure the area is clean and orderly and the books are usable.
B.
The Correctional Counselor shall keep a record of library services to ensure each housing
unit has an adequate opportunity to obtain books.
Book Donations
A.
The facility shall not accept donations of books through the Jail Information Window
except by approval of the Watch Commander or Correctional Counselor. Community
groups wishing to make donations shall be referred to the Correctional Counselor.
Religious groups wishing to donate literature shall be referred to the Chaplain
Coordinator.
B.
Books or magazines mailed to the facility by the general public shall not be accepted.
Books or magazines mailed directly from publishers shall be accepted. Magazines and
periodicals mailed to specific inmates must follow the guidelines contained in Detentions
P&P Section P.3 (Inmate Mail).
C.
Prior to their placement on the library shelves, the Correctional Counselor shall inspect
all books that have been purchased or donated. This inspection is designed to control the
flow of contraband and to determine the usability of the books.
D.
The Facility Commander has the prerogative to allow or deny any hardbound book into
their facility. The procedures for handling hardbound books shall be incorporated into a
Green Sheet for each facility.
T.5 JAIL LIBRARY/BOOK DONATIONS

#14//06
Page 1of 2
E.
III.
Donated hardbound books may be allowed into the detention facility only after each
volume has been screened for contraband by the Correctional Counselor and/or security
staff. Generally, hardbound books shall be kept in the inmate library; however, they may
be checked out or distributed to the following classes of inmates.
1.
Inmate workers (trusties);
2.
Minimum or medium security housing inmates;
3.
Inmates in maximum security housing areas approved by the Facility

Commander.
F.
Inmates in disciplinary status or those housed in administrative segregation may not

possess hardbound books.
G.
Donations of books for specific inmates shall not be accepted from the general public.
H.
All reading material must meet the standard set forth in Detentions P&P Section P.3,
which covers violence issues, obscene materials, etc.
Use of Volunteers
The Correctional Counselor shall determine how many, if any, volunteers could be used in the
facility library. The Correctional Counselor shall coordinate the selection and use of volunteers
in accordance with Sections V.1 and V.3 of this manual.
T.5 JAIL LIBRARY/BOOK DONATIONS

#14//06
Page 2of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2012
T.7
LEGAL ASSISTANCE TO INMATES
N.3, N.5, N.7, P.15, Q.71, Q.75, T.3
PURPOSE
To outline what a Sheriffs Department employee working within a Detention Facility may and may not
do to assist an inmate with legal matters.
POLICY
All requests for legal assistance shall be referred to those organizations established and properly
equipped to handle such matters. No legal advice is to be given to an inmate by any staff member. No
encouragement is to be given to an inmate pursuing a legal claim against any branch of government or
its employees. No attorney or group of attorneys is to be recommended by a staff member to any
inmate.
PROCEDURE
When a request is received from an inmate for legal assistance, the request should be given to the
facility Correctional Counselor. The Counselor may:
I.
Explain to the inmate the availability, rules and protocol for accessing the off-site legal research
service.
II.
Ensure the appropriate and timely use of the off-site legal research service, include
documentation and delivery of responses.
III.
Refer the inmate to the San Diego County Legal Referral Services.
IV.
Refer the inmate to any other appropriate legal service that does not violate this policy.
T.7 LEGAL ASSISTANCE TO INMATES

#12//06
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
T.9
SHERIFFS COMMISSARY
L.11
CAC TITLE 15, SEC. 1265; 4025 P.C.
PURPOSE
To enable inmates to purchase certain personal items, snacks and stationary, and provide consistent
procedures for the operation of the Sheriffs Commissary.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Commissary shall be operated in a clean, efficient and legal manner. Inmates who have
sufficient funds will be allowed to purchase commissary items unless they have had their commissary
privilege suspended for disciplinary reasons.
PROCEDURE
I.
COMMISSARY ORDERS
A.
The ability to order from commissary will be offered bi-weekly at detention facilities
with the exception of Facility 8, South Bay Detention Facility and San Diego Central Jail.
Inmates are limited to a bi-weekly purchase not to exceed $200 or $100 per order.
Purchases of phone time and orders placed via website, by an outside party, are
independent of these caps and can be ordered in unlimited quantities. The commissary
stores order form will be completed by the inmate purchaser and will include housing
unit, booking number, date and the inmates signature. Forms without signatures will be
rejected. Incomplete forms, other than missing signatures, may be rejected.
B.
Housing deputies will collect completed commissary order forms following night count
and will deliver them to the Facility Storekeeper for scanning.
C.
Commissary staff will make deliveries Monday through Friday to all detention facilities.
D.
Commissary staff will be solely responsible for delivering commissary. Deputies may
stand by for security purposes but will not assist with deliveries. Commissary staff will
verify the inmates identity by checking and scanning the wristband of the inmate who
purchased the commissary. If the inmate's wristband is unable to be scanned for any
reason, commissary staff will return the order to the commissary warehouse. No
unscanned orders will be left for later distribution.
E.
As a general rule, Commissary will not accept order refusals without just cause. Any
inmate who contests their commissary order must do so in writing via an Inmate Request
Form. This form will accompany the refused order and be returned to Commissary for
further review. Commissary personnel will have 10 calendar days to review and respond
to the claim. If after review, the claim is without merit, the items will be returned to the
inmate and the inmate charged for the order. If the inmate has a legitimate claim, the
order will be returned to inventory and any monies taken will be refunded.
T.9 SHERIFFS COMMISSARY

#13//049
Page 1 of 3
F.
Inmates may address any disputes and/or discrepancies via an inmate request addressed
to commissary staff.
G.
If an inmate on disciplinary lockdown has over $2.00 on his/her account, he/she will not
be given a welfare pack and will be required to order allowed items through commissary.
H.
The following items are exempt from suspended Commissary privileges:

Irish Spring Deodorant Soap
Dial Antibacterial Soap
Hand and Body Lotion
Cocoa Butter Cream
Tampax Tampons
Balsam Shampoo
Balsam Conditioner
Dandruff Shampoo
Comb
Afro Pick
Bergamot
Ladies Deodorant
Mens Deodorant
Body Powder
Shaving Cream
Toothbrush 4 Stub
Toothpaste
Washcloth
Toothbrush Cap
Soap Box
Golf Pencil
Eraser Cap
Writing Pad
First Class Stamps
Stamped Postcard
Stamped Envelope
Manila Envelope
Antacid Tablets
Cough Suppressant Tablets
$5 Phone Time
$10 Phone Time
$20 Phone Time
II.
PHONE TIME ORDERS

A.
Inmates may order phone time daily. There is not a limit of the amount of phone time an
inmate may order.
B.
Deputies shall collect phone time order forms and verify the name and booking number
on the order form to ensure it matches the inmates wristband. The deputy will initial and
ARJIS number on the top right corner of the form.

#13//049
Page 2 of 3
III.
AVAILABLE ITEMS
A complete list of available commissary items and their prices shall be kept in each housing unit.

#13//049
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 3, 2008
T.10
APPROVAL PROCEDURES FOR STOCKING AND SALE
OF COMMISSARY RESALE ITEMS
T.9, M.20
PURPOSE
To provide uniform procedures for the approval of new products to be stocked and sold to the inmate
population by the Sheriffs Commissary.
POLICY
The Sheriffs Commissary will only stock and sell products to the inmate population that are approved
by the Inmate Welfare Committee.
PROCEDURE
The following procedures will be utilized whenever the Commissary is considering changes to the items
it sells to the inmate population.
I.
Commissary Stores Current Product Mix

A.
II.
All products currently stocked and sold by Sheriffs Commissary have been previously
approved by the Inmate Welfare Committee (IWC) in accordance with the following
guidelines:
1.
Packaging must not contain any glass or metal or hard plastic (except for the
cap) which may be made into a weapon by an inmate.
2.
Chemical Composition personal care items, such as hair or skin care items,
should not contain any toxic or harmful chemicals or ingredients which could be
used as potential weapons by inmates.
3.
Size most products should be similar in size to those carried by convenience

stores due to the lack of available secured storage for inmates.
New Items to be Stocked and Sold by the Commissary

A.
For purposes of this instruction, new items which require full Inmate Welfare
Committee (IWC) approval, are defined as items which may pose a significant risk to the
safety or security of jail staff or inmates, and which have not been previously carried nor
are similar to any product currently being sold by the commissary. Items that are merely
changed with respect to a different manufacturer or product size, as long as they continue
to meet the stocking criteria approved by the IWC, are not considered new items.
1.
Sheriffs Commissary will select appropriate products that it plans on adding to

the commissarys product mix.
T.10 APPROVAL PROCEDURES FOR COMMISSARY RESALE ITEMS
Page 1 of 3
2.
The Commissary Stores Supervisor will contact the designated member of the
IWC for concurrence.
3.
The designated member of the IWC will present any questionable items to the full
IWC for approval. Additionally, he/she will:
4.
III.
a.
Annually, around March or April, visit the commissary to review all new
items recommended by the Commissary Stores Supervisor. Any item(s)
with safety or security concerns will be presented to the IWC in the
previously prescribed manner.
b.
Obtain concurrence and approval of the Sheriffs Medical Director for any
proposed additions to the current line of previously approved over-thecounter (OTC) medications.
The IWC will vote on whether or not to approve the proposed new item for sale
by the Commissary. A simple majority vote is required for approval.
Removal of Items from the Commissarys Product Mix

Items previously approved by the Inmate Welfare Committee may only be discontinued in one of
the following ways:
A.
Business Decision: The Commissary may discontinue an item if the anticipated sales
potential for an item does not materialize.
B.
Subsequent Safety or Security concerns.

1.
Jail staff who feel that an existing item may present a risk to safety or security
must make their concerns known to their Facility Commander via their internal
chain of command.
a.
Unless an item poses an immediate danger to staff or inmates, sworn staff

will neither confiscate the item from inmates nor direct Commissary
personnel not to provide the item to inmates who properly ordered it.
b.
Confiscation action of any commissary item requires Facility Commander

approval, and concurrent notification to the Commissary Stores
Supervisor. This latter notice is essential so that the sale of the item to that
particular jail can be temporarily suspended until the Inmate Welfare
Committee has completed an appropriate evaluation.
2.
If the applicable Facility Commander approves the confiscation action, he/she

will raise the issue at the next IWC meeting.
3.
If the IWC approves the discontinuance of the item and to avoid a potential
financial drain on both the Commissary and associated Inmate Welfare fund
revenues, the Commissary will discontinue the item as follows:
Page 2 of 3
a.
If the Commissarys existing stock of the item can be returned for credit, it
will be discontinued immediately.
b.
If existing stocks cannot be returned for credit, and unless the IWC
determines the item should be discontinued immediately, the item will
continue to be sold until existing stocks of the item have been fully
depleted.
Page 3 of 3
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
MARCH 5, 2014
T.11
EXERCISE AND RECREATION
TITLE 15, SEC. 1065
PURPOSE
To provide an opportunity for adequate exercise and recreation for all inmates.
POLICY
An exercise and recreation program shall be available to inmates at each facility. It shall afford the
inmate an opportunity to utilize an area designed for recreation. It shall include a minimum of two (2)
exercise periods, and a minimum of three (3) hours per week, per inmate.
PROCEDURE
Each facility shall develop a green sheet that will ensure minimum Title 15 standards for exercise and
recreation are provided to all inmates. This policy shall identify the area to be used for exercise and
recreation, the types of authorized activity, and the equipment that will be made available.
Since each facility has different security concerns and structural limitations, the facility commander
shall determine what activities will be allowed and what equipment will be provided.
I.
Each facilitys Inmate Worker Deputy will ensure there is an adequate supply of equipment. For
some facilities an inmate recreational advisory group might be desired. Certainly, the
information from inmates as to their interest should be sought.
II.
LOGGING ACTIVITES
A.
MAINLINE INMATES OR GROUP ENTRIES

A JIMS entry will be made in the Area Activity Log, using the REC YARD STARTED
drop-down to indicate when inmates have been given access to the recreation yard. In the
description, the deputy will indicate which module went to the recreation yard, and how
many inmates went. Another JIMS entry will be made, using the REC YARD ENDED
drop-down to indicate when the inmates were returned to the housing unit.
If there are no inmates choosing to utilize the recreation yard, an entry will made in the
Area Activity Log in JIMS. Using the REC YARD REFUSED drop-down, the deputy
shall indicate that the inmate(s) chose not to access the recreation yard.
If there are circumstances that preclude the inmates from utilizing the recreation yard
during the scheduled time, (i.e. - inclement weather, maintenance issues, facility
emergency, etc.) a JIMS entry will be made in the Area Activity Log in JIMS, using the
REC YARD UNAVAILABLE drop-down. In the description, the deputy will describe
why the recreation yard was not available. If necessary, the Notes area may be used to
provide a detailed explanation. In these cases, the watch commander will be notified.
T.11 EXERCISE AND RECREATION

#14//02
Page 1 of 2
B.
ADMINISTRATIVELY SEGREGATED INMATES OR INDIVIDUAL ENTRIES

A JIMS entry will be made in the inmates history using the REC YARD STARTED
drop-down to indicate when the inmate has been given access to the recreation yard.
Another JIMS entry will be made using the REC YARD ENDED drop-down in the
inmate's history to indicate when the inmate has been returned to his/her housing unit.
If an inmate(s) chooses not to utilize the recreation yard, an entry will made in the
inmates history by using the "REC YARD REFUSED" drop-down in JIMS.
If there are circumstances that preclude the inmate(s) from utilizing the recreation yard
during the scheduled time, (i.e. - inclement weather, maintenance issues, facility
emergency, etc.), an entry will be made in the inmates history in JIMS. Using the REC
YARD UNAVAILABLE drop-down, the deputy will describe why the recreation yard
was not available. If necessary, the Notes area may be used to provide a detailed
explanation.
The facility sergeants should utilize the JIMS Report Housing Module History Audit
Report under the Housing Header to ensure the appropriate drop-downs for ADSEG
Recreation Yard are being utilized and Title 15 compliance for recreation yard are being
met.
T.11 EXERCISE AND RECREATION

#14//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2007
T.12
VIDEO PROGRAMMING
PURPOSE
To ensure that the Sheriffs staff manages all inmates activities including television and video
programming. To maximize the broadcasting television and video programming. To maximize the
broadcasting capabilities of the existing resources and minimize the potential conflicts emanating from
relinquishing control to inmates.
POLICY
Each Facility Commander or his/her designee will develop a plan to exercise the best control and
utilization of the facilitys existing television and video equipment through Green Sheets.
PROCEDURE
The utilization plan should reflect a combination of informational, educational and recreational videos
representative to the needs of the inmate population. Likewise, television programs and movies shall be
appropriate excluding anything extremely graphic in sex or violence.
T.12 VIDEO PROGRAMMING
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
AUGUST 1, 2007
T.13
SENTENCE MODIFICATION
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines and give specific direction to staff regarding sentence modifications.
POLICY
Detention staff shall adhere to the following procedures concerning the evaluation of inmates who,
through the courts or their attorney, have requested sentence modifications.
PROCEDURE
I.
Sentence modification is a motion made before the sentencing judge requesting re-consideration
of the terms and conditions of the sentence.
II.
A motion for sentence modification may seek to have the inmates sentence modified to:
III.
A.
A served time release.
B.
A temporary release for special purposes (i.e., family illness or death).
C.
Convert the remaining sentence to weekends or short term Work Furlough.
D.
Reflect credit for time previously served (on same case).
E.
Effect changes in fines, terms of probation, etc.
In order for the court to have jurisdiction to modify an inmates sentence, the sentence must
either have:
A.
One or more day(s) suspended; or
B.
A grant of probation (formal or summary).
IV.
Where jurisdictional requirements are met, the sentencing judge retains personal jurisdiction over
the case. That judge or his /her successor will hear all motions for modification.
V.
Inmates may make a motion for sentence modification in any of the following ways:
A.
Through the attorney of record in the case or a new attorney.
B.
Through legal services.
C.
Through Probation Officers.
T.13 SENTENCE MODIFICATION
Page 1 of 2
D.
Through the inmates direct correspondence with the court.
VI.
Jail staff SHALL NOT communicate with the court in order to initiate a modification motion
except in cases relative to correctional or rehabilitative programs conducted by the jail and with
approval of the Facility Commander.
VII.
The jail provides an Inmate Adjustment report to the court for the Modification Hearing.
A.
The report is prepared by a Correctional Counselor upon written request of the court, the
inmate, or the inmates attorney. It is directed to the court and signed by the Facility
Commander or his designee.
B.
The report summarizes:
C.
VIII.
1.
The inmates status in regard to his/her sentence.
2.
The inmates work record, if he/she is a trusty.
3.
The inmates behavior/conduct while in jail.
4.
The inmates participation in rehabilitation programs.
5.
Jail Staff desiring to comment on an inmates behavior should contact a

Correctional Counselor. Evaluations or recommendations may not be made
directly to the court or the inmates attorney.
The original report is prepared by the Correctional Counselor for the Facility
Commanders or his designees signature and is sent to the court, or the inmates
attorney.
The court considers the following facts in motions for sentence modification:
A.
B.
C.
Primary factors:
1.
The inmate has completed one-half of his actual sentence (not including good or
work time deductions).
2.
The inmate does not have any holds, detainers, pending charges or additional
sentences.
Other factors to which the judge gives serious considerations are:

1.
The Inmate Adjustment report.
2.
The Probation Officers recommendations and elements of the probation report.
3.
The District Attorneys recommendation.
The burden is upon the inmate to show sufficient reason, justification, and necessity to
modify the sentence.
T.13 SENTENCE MODIFICATION
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2008
T.19
INMATE MARRIAGES
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for the handling of inmate marriages.
POLICY
Inmate marriages will only be allowed during normal visit periods or at a time set by the watch
commander, given the operational needs of the facility. The inmates clergy will do inmate marriage
preparation unless a court order dictates otherwise. Marriages between inmates will not be facilitated.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
NON-COURT ORDERED MARRIAGES

A.
The persons involved are responsible for fulfilling the requirements of the Civil Code
relating to confidential marriages.
B.
The officiating clergy (or judge) must present the Confidential Marriage License to the
jail information clerk prior to the regularly scheduled visit. The County Clerk shall issue
this license to the person performing the ceremony in accordance with Civil Code Section
4213.1 as amended.
C.
The jail information clerk will obtain the inmates signature on the form and return it to
the clergy or judge.
D.
The marriage will be performed during regular visiting hours over the facility visit-phone
system.
E.
In cases where the marriage would disrupt or delay the visit process, the watch
commander may set a special time to perform the marriage.
F.
The officiating clergy (or judge) is responsible for filing the necessary forms at the
appropriate county office(s).
COURT ORDERED INMATE MARRIAGES

A.
When a court order is received, it is distributed to the watch commander and the inmates
file.
T.19 INMATE MARRIAGES
Page 1 of 2
B.
C.
The watch commander will:

1.
Ensure the valid marriage license is presented prior to the ceremony.
2.
Notify the appropriate agencies (i.e., District Attorney, adult or youth authority,
Probation Department, federal authorities, etc.)
3.
Coordinate the date and time of the ceremony, as in Section: I.D, E.
4.
Determine if a special visit is warranted.
The officiating clergy (or judge) is responsible for filing the necessary papers at the
appropriate county office(s).
T.19 INMATE MARRIAGES
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
JANUARY 18, 2002

T.21
GENERAL EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
TITLE 15, SEC. 1061
PURPOSE
To establish guidelines governing the administration of the G.E.D. and other educational programs.
POLICY
To actively encourage inmates to continue their education while incarcerated.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Criteria
A.
Classes are available to inmates who wish to continue their education. (Refer to green
sheets for programs).
B.
G.E.D. classes are available to inmates not possessing a high school diploma or a G.E.D.
equivalency certificate.
C.
Inmates must meet security criteria.
Administration
The detention facility Correctional Counselor and/or security Sergeant is responsible for
coordination of this program. The responsibility includes:
III.
A.
Coordination between the Inmate Services Division and the school

district.
B.
Classroom hours.
C.
Inmates security clearance criteria.
D.
Other duties as may be prescribed by the Facility Commander or the Commander of

Detention Facility Support Bureau.
Security
A.
Prior to entry into a Sheriffs Detention Facility, a security clearance shall be conducted
and the appropriate Sheriffs Identification issued to the G.E.D. Instructor.
T.21 GENERAL EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS
Page 1 of 2
B.
Prior to attending classes, inmates will be screened as to meeting security clearance

criteria.
C.
The total number of inmates attending per class shall be kept at a manageable level.
D.
Classroom security will be maintained while inmates are present.
E.
Inmates may eat their lunch in the classroom.
T.21 GENERAL EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
OCTOBER 5, 2009
T.23
NARCOTICS ANONYMOUS (NA)/ALCOHOLICS
ANONYMOUS (AA)
RELATED SECTIONS:
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for programs that address drug and alcohol abuse.
POLICY
Each facility will establish inmate programs, which will assist the inmate in preventing or deterring
his/her dependency on alcohol or drugs.
PROCEDURE
I.
The Correctional Counselor will coordinate the establishment of AA and NA and other selfhelp programs at the facility.
A.
B.
Scheduling will be done by the Correctional Counselor based upon:

1.
Volume of inmate interest.
2.
Language considerations.
3.
Facility security.
4.
Other activities.
All program volunteers must be cleared through the standard process for Sheriffs
Volunteers as contained in Policy and Procedure Sections V.1 and V.3
II.
The Correctional Counselor or sworn staff members may deny access to inmates who have
demonstrated an unwillingness to abide by the rules of the facility or who present a security risk
due to their classification.
III.
Staff shall take all reasonable measures to ensure eligible inmates who wish to participate in selfhelp and recovery programs may do so. The cancellation of self-help and recovery programs
shall only be implemented when articulable facility security concerns are present and only when
approved by the watch commander.
T.23 NARCOTICS ANONYMOUS (NA)/ALCOHOLICS ANONYMOUS (AA)
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
JULY 2, 2014
NUMBER:
T.25
SUBJECT:
TRANSPORTATION FOR RELEASED INDIGENT INMATES
RELATED SECTIONS:
4025P.C.
IN COMPLIANCE WITH: 4025. P.C.
PURPOSE
To provide guidelines for the dispersal of Inmate Welfare funds to cover the cost of transportation for
released indigent inmates (those who have little or no funds upon release).
POLICY
Inmate Welfare Fund monies may be expended to provide indigent inmates with essential clothing and
transportation expenses within the county or at the discretion of the Sheriff, transportation to the
inmate's county of residence, if the county is within the state or within 500 miles of the County of San
Diego.
PROCEDURE
I.
An indigent inmate may ask for transportation assistance at the time of his/her release. The
Detentions Processing Technicians (DPTs) shall direct the request to the watch commander.
II.
Non-local travel
III.
A.
Inmates who have less than $2.00 in their account upon release from custody may be
given an Indigent Inmate Travel Voucher (Form J-82).
B.
Form J-82 will be issued to inmates who are released and reside within 500 miles of San
Diego County.
C.
The DPTs will complete the appropriate sections of J-82 and have the indigent inmate
sign in the appropriate section. The watch commander, or designee, shall sign to
authorize J-82.
D.
The inmate shall sign J-82, and upon release, deliver the original J-82 to the Greyhound
station ticket counter. A ticket will be issued to the inmate for the designated destination.
E.
The J-82 will be faxed to Inmate Services Division (619) 258-2817 by the Detention
Processing Supervisor (DPS) of the issuing detention facility for payment from the
Inmate Welfare Fund.
F.
Inmate Services Division will be billed by Greyhound for all travel vouchers expended.
Local Transportation
A.
Inmates who have less than $ 5.00 in their account upon release from custody may be
given a Limited Use Compass Card and/or taxi voucher.
T.25 TRANSPORTATION FOR RELEASED INDIGENT INMATES

#14//07
Page 1 of 2
B.
The DPTs will complete the appropriate sections of the Indigent Inmate Transportation
Voucher Log (J-81). Upon receipt of the card/voucher, the indigent inmate will sign in
the appropriate section.
1.
Limited Use Compass Card: One card shall be given to an inmate.
2.
Taxi Vouchers: One to five inmates can ride per voucher.
C.
At the end of each shift, the form J-81 will be forwarded to the DPS for inventory and
audit purposes. The J-81 will be scanned and saved to the appropriate online folder and
the original sent to the Inmate Services Division (MS S-286). The DPS or other
designated person will maintain a supply of cards/vouchers and ensure an adequate
supply is on hand between purchase requests.
D.
Replacement cards/vouchers will be purchased by Inmate Services Division with Inmate

Welfare funds.
1.
The DPS, or other designated person, will prepare and fax the Inmate Welfare
Purchase Request (IW-101) to the Inmate Services Division (619-258-2817).
2.
The Inmate Services Division will process and deliver the cards to the requesting
facility within 14 days of processing the form IW-101.
T.25 TRANSPORTATION FOR RELEASED INDIGENT INMATES

#14//07
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
NOVEMBER 3, 2008
U
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RELEASE PREPARATION AND TEMPORARY RELEASE

U.1
Work Furlough
U.2
Release to the Community
U.7
Temporary Releases by Court Order
U.8
Temporary Releases by Court Order to a District Attorney or Law Enforcement Agency
U TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 1, 2004
U.1
WORK FURLOUGH
PURPOSE
To provide a procedure whereby inmates may participate in Work, Job Training or Education Furlough
Programs.
POLICY
Eligible inmates will be placed in a Furlough Program when and where such programs are available and
based upon the criteria established for admission to the program.
PROCEDURE
Application for admission to Work Furlough status will be made to the Court, who may order release of
an inmate to the program.
U.1 WORK FURLOUGH
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
SEPTEMBER 2, 2008
U.2
RELEASE TO THE COMMUNITY
PURPOSE
To provide a procedure, whereby inmates may be released up to three (3) days prior to the expiration of
their sentence to prepare for their return to the community.
POLICY
Eligible inmates may receive an early release to prepare for their return to the community or may be
released to United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).
PROCEDURE
When inmates are reviewed for release per 4018.6 PC, the following procedure will apply.
I.
Criteria for release:

A.
No extensive or recent drug usage.
B.
No obvious propensity for violence.
C.
Local community ties or pending processing by ICE.
D.
No other factors which indicate that release would not be in the interest of justice, or the
safety of the community.
II.
A staff member designated by the Facility Commander will review the names of the served
time list.
III.
A record check will be completed on each inmate to determine suitability for the program.
IV.
The data will be sent to the Facility Commander or his/her designee for review and
approval/denial.
V.
For those approved, authorization memorandums will be prepared and signed by the Facility
Commander or his/her designee.
VI.
Undocumented aliens with 3 days or less remaining on their sentence may be release to USINS.
VII.
Authorization memorandums will be filed in the inmates booking jacket.
U.2 RELEASE TO THE COMMUNITY
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
NOVEMBER 1, 2011
U.7
TEMPORARY RELEASES BY COURT ORDER
CSB E.18, I.5, Q.8, Q.6
PURPOSE
To ensure that court-ordered or court-requested temporary releases from jail comply with applicable
statutory requirements and are processed appropriately.
POLICY
An order for the temporary release of an inmate from the custody of the Sheriff will be treated as a
judicially ordered sentence modification or modification of a pre-sentence custody order, and will be
followed under all circumstances in which the authenticity of the order is verified. The procedures set
forth in Part II of this section shall be followed.
A court document that references Penal Code 4018.6, or makes clear that the court is requesting a
temporary release, or uses other such permissive rather than mandatory language shall be construed as a
request by the Court for a temporary release at the discretion of the Sheriff, pursuant to Penal Code
4018.6. In such circumstances, the request will be considered pursuant to Part III of this section.
A court order that references Penal Code 4004, or requires that an inmate be released from jail but
remain in the custody of the Sheriff, shall be examined pursuant to Part IV of this section.
I.
INITIAL REVIEW
Upon receipt of a court document requesting or ordering a temporary release, the Watch
Commander will determine whether the court document calls for the inmates release from jail,
or release from Sheriffs custody. If the Watch Commander is unsure, he or she shall contact
Legal Affairs.
If the court document calls for an inmate to be temporarily released from jail but remain in the
custody of the Sheriff, the Watch Commander shall follow the procedures set forth in Section IV.
If the court document calls for an inmate to be temporarily released from Sheriffs custody, the
Watch Commander shall determine whether the court document is an order or a request pursuant
to Penal Code 4018.6. If the Watch Commander is unsure, he/she shall contact Legal Affairs
for assistance.
If the court document is an order, the Watch Commander shall follow the procedures set forth in
Part II.
If the court document is a request, or invokes Penal Code 4018.6, the Watch Commander shall
follow the procedures set forth in Part III.
U.7 TEMPORARY RELEASES BY COURT ORDER

#11//10
Page 1 of 5
II. REVIEW OF ORDERS FOR TEMPORARY RELEASES FROM SHERIFFS CUSTODY

An order from the Superior Court that temporarily releases an inmate from Sheriffs custody
shall be followed unless it appears to the Watch Commander that the document is a forgery (not
actually issued by a judge). If the Watch commander suspects forgery, he or she shall attempt to
make contact with the Court to determine the authenticity of the order. If the Court cannot be
reached, the Watch Commander shall contact Legal Affairs.
If the inmate is the subject of a State or Federal hold, the Watch Commander shall contact Legal
Affairs and transmit to Legal Affairs all documentation of the hold. A representative of Legal
Affairs will contact the judge issuing the order and notify the judge of the hold. If the judge
reaffirms the order, the Watch Commander shall notify the agency that placed the hold of the
inmates temporary release prior to releasing the inmate.
If the inmates JIMS history reveals incidents of violence while in custody, the Watch
Commander shall contact Legal Affairs.
III.
REVIEW OF REQUESTS FOR TEMPORARY RELEASES FROM SHERIFFS CUSTODY

The Sheriffs Department believes that although the Sheriff has the power to temporarily release
an inmate from his custody, such releases should be rare and only at the urging of the Superior
Court. The criteria and procedures listed below are intended to ensure that (1) Only those
inmates who pose no risk to the safety of the public and are not a flight risk are released, (2)
Release pursuant to Penal Code 4018.6 occurs in only the most exceptional of circumstances,
(3) The Sheriffs Department has sufficient time to evaluate the request, and (4) An inmate who
is temporarily released remains in the presence of a responsible person.
Upon receiving court document requesting a temporary release from Sheriffs custody, the
Watch Commander of the facility where the inmate is housed shall take the following action:
A.
Verify that the order calls for the release of the inmate not less than 48 hours (excluding
weekends and holidays) from the time that the order is presented to the Sheriffs
Department. This requirement may be waived if the Watch Commander is satisfied that he
or she has sufficient time and resources to properly review the order.
B.
Verify that the court order specifies that the release is to allow the inmate to attend to a
funeral for, or critical illness of, an immediate family member (spouse, sibling, parent,
step-parent, child, stepchild or grandparent).
C.
Verify that the order states that the inmate may not leave the County, and that the order
specifies the location of the funeral/family emergency.
D.
Verify that the order states that the inmate must remain at all times in the custody of a
relative, chaplain, or other responsible person. Any temporary release order must specify
the name and address of the person in whose custody the inmate is to be released.
E.
A temporary release order shall state that the inmate is to return at a specific time. In no
event shall the release last longer than 72 hours.

#11//10
Page 2 of 5
F.
Verify that the inmate has a record of conduct within the detention facility that is free of
any instances of violence or threats of violence, or any major disciplinary actions.
G.
Verify that the inmate has no prior record of violence, or is not charged with any crime of
violence.
H.
Verify that the inmate is not charged with violating a statute that would require registration
as a sex offender pursuant to Penal Code 290.
I.
Verify that the inmate is not classified as an escape risk.
J.
Verify that the inmate is not be subject to a state or federal hold, or is in the lawful
custody of any state or federal agency.
K.
Verify that the inmate is not charged with an offense that could result in a sentence of 25 or
more years in State prison (e.g., two-strikers).
L.
Verify that the inmate is not one who has been denied bail, or whose total bail is over
$50,000.00.
M.
Verify that the inmate has not been sentenced to State Prison.
N.
Verify that the inmate has no record of any prior failure to appear in court.
The Watch Commander will notify their Detention Services Bureau Commander of the request
and which (if any) of the above conditions have not been met. The Commander or Sheriffs
Legal Affairs shall notify the Watch Commander as to whether the Sheriffs Department will
temporarily release the inmate pursuant to Penal Code 4018.6. If the decision is made not to
temporarily release the inmate, Sheriffs Legal Affairs shall notify the judge who issued the
order and the defendants attorney.
IV.
REVIEW OF ORDERS GRANTING TEMPORARY RELEASES FROM JAIL OF INMATES

WHO WILL REMAIN IN CUSTODY
The California Court of Appeal in Block v. Superior Court (Downey) (1998) 62 Cal. App. 4th
363, 370 wrote that such orders for temporary releases will only be issued in exceptional
circumstances, and then only rarely.
The procedures and criteria below are intended to ensure that (1) Only those inmates who pose
minimal risk to the safety of the public and to the Sheriffs employees qualify for such orders, (2)
Release pursuant to Section 4004 occurs in only the most exceptional of circumstances, (3)
When such orders are issued, they allow the Sheriffs Department sufficient time to plan for such
an operation, and (4) Such orders do not result in an unjustifiable diversion of resources away
from the other operations.
Upon receipt of an order temporarily releasing an inmate from jail in the custody of the Sheriff,
the Watch Commander shall take the following action:
A.
Verify that the order calls for the release of the inmate not less than 72 hours (excluding
weekends and holidays) from the time that the order is presented to the Sheriffs
Department.
Page 3 of 5
#11//10
B.
Verify that the court order specifies a compelling reason for the release that involves
emergency or exigent circumstances. Examples include a funeral for, or critical illness of,
an immediate family member (spouse, sibling, parent, step-parent, child, stepchild or
grandparent). Normal milestones or life events of family members do not constitute
emergency or exigent circumstances.
C.
Verify that the order calls for transport within San Diego County.
D.
Verify that the inmate has a record of conduct within the detention facility that is free of
any instances of violence or threats of violence, or any major disciplinary actions.
E.
Verify that the inmate has no prior record of violence, or is not charged with any crime of
violence.
F.
Verify that the order requires payment of transportation costs by the inmate to the Sheriff.
G.
Notify the DSB Commander overseeing the Prisoner Transportation Detail of the transport
order. The inmate will not be released if, in the judgment of the DSB Command Staff, the
transportation of the inmate presents a substantial danger to the public that would require
an unacceptable use of Sheriffs resources to provide necessary security, or presents a
substantial danger to Sheriffs employees, or if the Sheriffs operational needs do not
permit the diversion of Sheriffs resources. The Watch Commander must provide the DSB
Commander with the inmates booking history, as well as his/her criminal history.
If any of the above criteria for release are not met, the Watch Commander shall advise the
Sheriffs Legal Affairs Division. Legal Affairs shall discuss the order with the issuing judge, and
report back to the Watch Commander whether the inmate is to be transported.
If the order requires payment to the Sheriff for transportation charges, such charges must be paid
prior to the inmates temporary release. The Transportation Sergeant or Lieutenant will assume
responsibility for determining needed security. Once determined, the Prisoner Transportation
Detail In-County Deputy will complete the Transportation of Inmates for Outside Services form
and collect fees. Upon completion of the trip, the person responsible for the escort will report the
actual cost information to Financial Services. Final costs will be determined at that time. Cash,
cashiers check or money order is acceptable form of payment. All transactions and money
exchanges are to occur at the originating facility. All checks are to be made out to the San Diego
County Sheriffs Department. A Miscellaneous Receipt (Auditors 200) will be provided to the
person making the payment. Funds and forms will be forwarded to the facility accounting staff.
Once fees have been deposited, the accounting staff will forward the paperwork to Financial
Services.
V.
TEMPORARY RELEASED INMATES RETURNING TO CUSTODY

All facilities shall accept custody of inmates returning from being temporarily released on their
own recognizance by court order, unless the temporary release order specifically directs the
inmate to return to court rather than the jail facility. Inmates will not be turned away for not
having valid credentials verifying their identification.
Inmates returning to custody will need to be accurately identified by the accepting facility.
Deputies will verify the returning inmates identity using the live scan and JIMS. Deputies will
Page 4 of 5
#11//10
contact CAL-ID prior to live scanning to request an identity only number (IDN) and provide
them with the inmates name and CII number from JIMS. After a positive identification has been
obtained, the inmate will go through the booking process.
In the event of not being able to obtain positive identification using the livescan refer to Q.6
Unidentified Person (AKA: John and Jane Does), of the Detention Policy and Procedures.
If an inmate refuses or is unable to be fingerprinted, refer to section Q.8 Refusal to Cooperate
with the Booking Process, of the Detention Policy and Procedures.
VI.
FAILURE TO RETURN TO CUSTODY

If an inmate who was temporarily released from custody fails to return to custody at the
appointed time, he/she shall be deemed an escape (Penal Code 4532). The Judge who issued
the release order shall be notified. The Watch Commander shall commence procedures set forth
in Detention P & P Section I.5 Emergency Inmate Escape Procedure.

#11//10
Page 5 of 5
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
OCTOBER 3, 2012
U.8
TEMPORARY RELEASES BY COURT ORDER TO A
DISTRICT ATTORNEY OR LAW ENFORCEMENT
AGENCY
U.7, CSB E.18
PURPOSE
To provide guidance on the temporary release of inmates to the custody of the District Attorneys Office
or other Law Enforcement Agencies.
POLICY
An inmate may be temporarily removed from the jail while remaining in law enforcement custody, upon
the order of a Judge of the Superior Court.
Upon receipt and verification of a Declaration and Order for Production of Defendant which is
processed as an Order to Produce (OTP), the requesting agency will assume temporary custody of an
inmate currently in Sheriffs custody.
I.
REVIEW OF ORDERS GRANTING A TEMPORARY RELEASE OF INMATES FROM JAIL

TO THE CUSTODY OF THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY OR LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCY
The District Attorney and various law enforcement agencies oftentimes submit a Declaration
and Order for Production of Defendant, which is processed as an order to produce (OTP). The
OTP allows the requesting agency to assume temporary custody of an inmate currently in
Sheriffs custody. The order must include the date and time the inmate should be released, who
the inmate is being released to, and when the inmate will be returned to Sheriffs custody.
Inmates will be released from the jail facility rather than from court holding areas.
Due to the sensitive nature, confidentiality, liability, and security concerns associated with these
types of releases, it is imperative that their release be effectively coordinated with the requesting
agency.
The inmate will be correctly identified and accounted for by utilizing the designators of District
Attorney Pick Up (DAPU) and Law Enforcement Pick Up (LEPU). These designators will be
entered into the Jail Information Management System (JIMS) by the Detention Processing
Supervisor (DPS) or lead Detentions Processing Technician (DPT) when processing temporary
releases to the District Attorney and other Law Enforcement agencies.
In accordance with the OTP, the DPT will enter the event start date and time and the event end
date and time into JIMS. The only entries that will be utilized for this purpose will be the DAPU
and LEPU descriptors. These inmates will no longer be placed in temporary out-of-custody
status and no entries will be placed in the notes/remarks module in JIMS.
U.8 TEMPORARY RELEASES BY COURT ORDER TO A DISTRICT ATTORNEY OR LAW

ENFORCEMENT AGENCY
Page 1 of 3
#12//06
When the inmate is released to the requesting agency, the person taking custody of the inmate
will provide the Watch Commander or designee with the original court order. The Watch
Commander or designee will ensure the person taking custody of the inmate is listed on the court
order as being authorized to remove the inmate from the facility. The Watch Commander or
designee will print the Transportation Trip Ticket from JIMS (IMS/SCHEDULE/SCHEDULING
REPORTS/TRANSPORTATION TRIP TICKET) and document the time the inmate was picked
up and by whom. When the inmate is returned to the facility, the Watch Commander or designee
will enter the time the inmate was returned, then file the completed Transportation Trip Ticket
form and original court order in the inmates booking jacket.
II.
REVIEW OF ORDERS GRANTING A TEMPORARY RELEASE OF INMATES FROM

COURT TO THE CUSTODY OF THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY OR LAW ENFORCEMENT
AGENCY
An order for the temporary release of an inmate to the District Attorney, direct from the
courtroom, shall be honored. It is the Sheriffs Departments expectation that the inmate will
remain in the presence of an armed peace officer employed by the District Attorneys office at all
times. Inmates will be released from court holding areas rather than from a jail facility.
The District Attorney investigators will fax a copy of the court order to the Watch Commander
of the facility where the inmate is housed.
A. The Watch Commander will review and sign the face of the court order, and make two
copies. The Watch Commander will maintain one and provide the second copy to the
DPS or lead DPT.
B. The Watch Commander will then fax the court order to the requesting investigator. Any
concerns about a release order should be addressed first with the requesting investigator,
or if necessary with the Court. Court Services Bureau personnel will handle approved
temporary releases according to CSB Policy E.18.
If the court order is to be sealed, it will be processed by the Watch Commander in
accordance with Policy and Procedure Section Q.49.
C. Upon receipt of the order to produce, the housing facility of the inmate will be
determined. If the inmate is not at the facility where the order to produce was received,
the order will be faxed to the housing facility. The receipt of the order to produce by the
housing facility must be confirmed.
D. The DPS or lead DPT will schedule the event through the scheduling module in the Jail
Information Management System (JIMS). If the District Attorney is assuming temporary
custody of the inmate, the event type will be entered as DAPU (District Attorney Pick
Up), destination NO BUS (Hold for Pick Up). All other Law Enforcement agencies will
be entered as LEPU (Law Enforcement Pick Up), destination NO BUS (Hold for Pick
Up).
III.
RELEASE TO OTHER SHERIFF'S PERSONNEL

ENFORCEMENT AGENCY
Page 2 of 3
#12//06
Facility Watch Commanders may authorize San Diego Sheriff's investigative personnel
to remove inmates from detention facilities without a court order for investigative
purposes. In these cases, a note will be made in the Watch Commander Log identifying
the inmate, the Sheriff's personnel taking custody of the inmate and the estimated time of
return. The Sheriff's personnel taking custody of the inmate will maintain custody at all
times and will not relinquish custody of the inmate to anyone else.

ENFORCEMENT AGENCY
Page 3 of 3
#12//06
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
MAY 1, 2003
V
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUNTEER PROGRAMS
V.1
Selection of Volunteers
V.3
Volunteer Requirements
V TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
V.1
SELECTION OF VOLUNTEERS
I.71, T.23, V.3
PURPOSE
To provide a procedure for screening and selecting volunteers who will be used in a detention facility.
POLICY
Volunteers must be cleared through the Reentry Services Division and Detentions Investigations Unit
and selected by the Religious and Volunteer Coordinator prior to entering any detention facility.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
III.
The Religious and Volunteer Coordinator will receive names of potential volunteers from the
following sources:
A.
Referrals from the Sheriffs Volunteer Program.
B.
Referrals from a volunteer agency (i.e. School District, Narcotics Anonymous,

Alcoholics Anonymous, etc.).
C.
Volunteers solicited by a Correctional Counselor, or other Sheriffs employee to fill a

specific need within a detention facility.
Screening Process
A.
All potential volunteers must submit a completed and signed J-23 form and a copy of
their valid California Drivers License or California Identification Card.
B.
All applicants will be notified in writing of the place and time of a mandatory orientation
session that they must attend prior to their application being processed. Failure to attend
the orientation session will result in the application being made inactive.
C.
All potential volunteers will be screened and cleared by the Detentions Investigations
Unit prior to entering any detention facility.
D.
An applicant who fails the background investigation and is denied access per the
Detentions Investigations Unit will be notified in writing. Information on which the
denial is based will be provided.
Selection Process and Retention of Records

A.
The Coordinator will notify successful volunteers of their selection, and coordinate their
activities.
V.1 SELECTION OF VOLUNTEERS

#15//02
Page 1 of 2
B.
IV.
The Coordinator will keep appropriate records of names of volunteers, type of work
performed, clearances and orientation training, etc.
Volunteers Retention
A.
The Coordinator will terminate volunteers when they do not fulfill their obligations or
jeopardize the safety and security within a detention facility.
B.
A clearance will remain in effect for one year. A month before expiration, the
Coordinator will review the volunteers status and will terminate or resubmit the name to
the Detentions Investigations Unit based on the needs of the division at the time of
renewal.
C.
The on-duty watch commander has the authority to deny access to any volunteer.
V.1 SELECTION OF VOLUNTEERS

#15//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
V.3
VOLUNTEER REQUIREMENTS
I.71, V.1
PURPOSE:
To establish specific requirements for all volunteers prior to working in a detention facility.
POLICY:
The Religious and Volunteer Coordinator will ensure all requirements are met prior to utilizing a
volunteer in a detention facility.
PROCEDURE:
I.
Use of Volunteers (excluding religious volunteers)

A.
Each facilitys staff will determine where volunteers are to be used to supplement the
regular staff in operating facility programs and services.
B.
The designated Religious and Volunteer Coordinator will compile a list of areas,
programs and services and keep this information available and updated for use in
selecting volunteers.
C.
All volunteer applicants must attend a mandatory orientation session prior to having their
application processed and prior to working in any detention facility. Failure to attend the
mandatory orientation session will result in their application being made inactive.
D.
The mandatory orientation session will consist of the following:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Levels of authority within the facility

Policies and regulations relating to volunteers and their conduct
An overview of the volunteer program
A description of the volunteers duties
Needs, attitudes and lifestyles of the inmates
Facility and staff security procedures and applicable policies
PREA requirements for volunteers
Any other pertinent information
E.
The volunteer coordinator will have the volunteers sign a waiver form signifying their
knowledge of the dangers inherent in detentions work.
F.
The volunteer coordinator will facilitate issuance of facility identification badges.
V.3 VOLUNTEER REQUIREMENTS

#15//02
Page 1 of 2
II.
III.
Restriction
A.
Security staff will determine areas of the facility where, by virtue of the level of required
security, volunteers will be denied access.
B.
Volunteers will only be used for areas in which they have been certified or have
received recognized special training.
C.
Volunteers must adhere to rules made by the Facility Administration, which affects their
area of activity.
D.
Volunteers may be limited in their activities when the security of the facility or the safety
of the volunteer, staff and/or inmates warrants such action. This action may be initiated
by the watch commander or Coordinator.
E.
The Coordinator has the authority to cancel, postpone, or limit volunteer programs or
services when necessary.
F.
Volunteers will be authorized to enter a detention facility for specific duties. Entrance
for any other reason must be approved by the facility watch commander.
Student Interns
A.
Student interns who are preparing for a career in counseling, social work, law
enforcement or detentions may be recruited to do an internship in the detention setting.
Such persons should be working at the college level at a recognized college or university,
and will be accorded volunteer status while working in the jails.
B.
Interns will normally be recruited by the Reentry Services Division Manager or their
designee, who will refer approved candidates to Sheriffs Personnel for clearance and
issuance of an I.D. card. All interns must be approved by the facility commander and/or
Bureau Commander.
C.
The Reentry Services Division shall provide on-going supervision of student interns and
will maintain liaison with college officials. Interns will receive an appropriate security
briefing and necessary training. They will be expected to adhere to institutional rules at
all times. The Volunteer Coordinator or watch commander may terminate internships, at
any time, for cause. A report will be completed by the person terminating the internship,
explaining why the action was taken. This report will be directed to the facility
commander with a copy to the Reentry Services Manager. At the conclusion of the
internship, the Sheriffs I.D. card must be returned to the Sheriffs Personnel Office.
V.3 VOLUNTEER REQUIREMENTS

#15//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
W
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHURCH AND CHAPLAINS

W.1
Supervising Chaplains and Facility Chaplains
W.3
Community Clergy Visits
W.5
Inmate Church Services
W.7
Religious Head Coverings
W.9
Approved Religious Items
W TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
W.1
SUPERVISING CHAPLAINS & FACILITY CHAPLAINS
W.3, W.5
PURPOSE
To ensure a reasonable opportunity for inmates to express their religious faith while in custody.
Chaplains shall ensure that all religions have equal status and opportunities to exercise their faith.
POLICY
All inmates shall be afforded religious services and programs where practical. The Chaplain
Coordinator, facility commander and the Reentry Services Manager shall coordinate these services and
programs.
PROCEDURE
I.
Chaplains shall plan, direct and supervise all aspects of the Religious Programs. They shall have
physical access to all areas of the facilities to minister to inmates and staff, unless such access
compromises security.
A.
The Chaplain Coordinator will assign a facility chaplain (s) at each facility. The facility
chaplain shall supervise the several chaplains assigned to each detention facility.
B.
All chaplains shall meet the qualifications of specialized training and endorsement by the
appropriate religious certifying body.
C.
The facility chaplain(s) shall:
D.
1.
Facilitate church services and other religious programs.
2.
Facilitate pastoral care and maintain close relationships with the religious
community.
3.
Assess religious needs of inmates and make appropriate referrals.
Bibles, Religious Symbols and Religious Reading Material

1.
All requests for Bibles and religious reading material shall be forwarded to the
facility chaplain.
2.
The Chaplain Coordinator shall authorize religious symbols, except for those
items that are expensive, are potentially contraband or weapons. The facility
commander shall authorize these items.
W.1 SUPERVISING CHAPLAINS & FACILITY CHAPLAINS

#15/02
Page 1 of 2
II.
E.
All give away materials of this nature are stored in the Chaplain Coordinators
warehouse and sent out as needed. No such materials shall be accepted at detention
facility information windows for delivery to inmates. The facility chaplains are to give
the Bibles and other materials to the inmates.
F.
If the facility chaplain is unavailable for an unusual length of time (i.e., vacation, longterm illness, etc.), the request shall be sent to the Chaplain Coordinator.
Selection and Training Process of Detention Chaplains

A.
All Chaplains are selected based on qualifications evaluated by the Chaplain Coordinator.
B.
Potential Chaplains religious credentials shall be checked by the Chaplain Coordinator

and their background check shall be done by Detentions Investigations Unit.
C.
The Chaplain Coordinator provides each newly appointed Chaplain an overall orientation
of their duties and responsibilities. Training Coordinators at each facility shall also
arrange the non-sworn staff training for them. Seminars for Chaplains are also held
periodically for further training, sponsored by the Chaplain Coordinator and Reentry
Services Manager.
All Chaplains volunteer their services to the facilities, therefore, they qualify for meals
while attending to their pastoral duties in our detention facilities.
W.1 SUPERVISING CHAPLAINS & FACILITY CHAPLAINS

#15/02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
IN COMPLIANCE WITH:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
W.3
COMMUNITY CLERGY VISITS
W.1, W.5
CAC TITLE 15 SEC. 1070, 1072
PURPOSE
To ensure the availability of clergy and religious counseling as an essential aspect of incarceration.
POLICY
Representatives of recognized religious groups should provide all inmates the opportunity to obtain
pastoral counseling. The chaplain coordinator will coordinate all community clergy visits.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Methods for inmates to obtain pastoral counseling from ministers or religious leaders not
otherwise provided by our Reentry Services Division are as follows:
A.
When a religious leader of an inmates faith is not represented through the chaplains or
volunteers, an effort will be made by the Chaplain Coordinator or an appointed
representative to obtain someone from that faith, who is credentialed.
B.
Telephone or write pastors directly.
C.
Speak to a facility chaplain while they are in the facility making rounds or at services.
D.
Submit an Inmate Request (form J-21) to the facility chaplain.
COMMUNITY CLERGY PROFESSIONAL VISITING PROCEDURES

A.
Community clergy are permitted to visit their parishioners who are in custody. Facility
chaplains will make contact with newly committed inmates, if requested by family or
inmate.
B.
Community clergy are permitted entry to the facility for pastoral care if they:
1.
Possess a drivers license or other suitable identification.
2.
Possess the original Pastoral Invitation letter, issued by the Chaplain Coordinator.
No copies of this letter will be accepted for entry.
3.
Military chaplains must be in uniform, and possess a military identification card.

Military chaplains are exempt from the Pastoral Invitation requirement.
W.3 COMMUNITY CLERGY VISITS

#15//02
Page 1 of 2
C.
III.
If there is a question concerning clergy status, a telephone visit may be authorized by the
watch commander.
SECURITY REGULATIONS
A.
No article of any kind is to be exchanged with inmates.
B.
Religious material is available through the facility chaplain. However, if community

clergy representatives desire to give such material to an inmate, it must first be cleared by
the Chaplain Coordinator in advance of the visit who, in turn, has had prior approval
from the Detention Services Bureau, Area 1 Commander.
C.
Community clergy representatives are expected to dress and conduct themselves in an

appropriate manner. Activity such as proselytizing, or involvement in legal or
administrative processes, is prohibited. The hours for community clergy will be 07002100 hours.
D.
Community clergy shall not be permitted contact visits with blood relatives.
E.
The Chaplain Coordinator will send a Pastoral Invitation letter to the community clergy
and a request for a security check to be run on the clergy by the Detentions Investigation
Unit.
1.
The letter will be for five (5) visits only.
2.
The Chaplain Coordinator may authorize additional weekly visits.
W.3 COMMUNITY CLERGY VISITS

#15//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
FEBRUARY 5, 2015
NUMBER:
W.5
SUBJECT:
INMATE CHURCH SERVICES
RELATED SECTIONS:
W.1, W.3
IN COMPLIANCE WITH: TITLE 15, SEC. 1070
PURPOSE
To make religious services available to all inmates on a voluntary basis.
POLICY
Religious services shall be available to all inmates, subject to classification or other security limiting
factors.
PROCEDURE
I.
II.
Church services shall be scheduled by each facility under the coordination of the facility chaplain
and/or Chaplain Coordinator.
A.
The dates and times of church services shall be sent to the Reentry Services Manager,
facility commander and Chaplain Coordinator in advance of the month the services will
become effective.
B.
The Chaplain Coordinator shall schedule the religious groups to perform weekly religious
services in all detention facilities. This computer printed material shall be forwarded to
the Chaplain Coordinator in a timely fashion monthly. The Chaplain Coordinator shall
make up and send the final church services lists to each facility at least one week before
the scheduled services.
C.
The Detentions Investigation Unit shall ensure the names on the religious-group list have
been properly checked for outstanding warrants of arrest or security concerns due to prior
criminal history. If warrants or security concerns are discovered, the Chaplain
Coordinator shall be notified immediately and the disqualified prospective religious
visitor informed of denial.
Inmates may sign-up for church services if they so desire.

A.
Each facility shall develop a procedure for handling the sign-ups prior to the services.
B.
A staff member shall be designated to screen the list and make a final determination as to
who may attend based on the following criteria.
1.
The inmates' classification (i.e., security risk, keep separate, protective custody,
etc.).
W.5 INMATE CHURCH SERVICES

#15//02
Page 1 of 2
III.
2.
Maximum number allowable per service.
3.
Each facility has a different security mission and some limiting physical
characteristics, which limit some inmates from attending services. Rotation of
inmates to have opportunities to attend services is recommended. Chaplains
should visit all areas of our facilities to ensure all inmates religious needs are
met.
Church services shall be monitored with at least periodic visual checks to ensure the safety of the
facility, inmates, and clergy.
There shall be no physical contact (i.e., hugging, kissing, etc.), other than a handshake, and no
alcoholic beverages (including wine) shared with the inmates. (The Catholic Priest may drink
wine consecrated at the Mass.)
IV.
Each Facility Chaplain and administrative security staff shall periodically review the number of
inmate sign-ups to determine the need to add or delete services.
The review report shall be sent to the Chaplain Coordinator. A copy of the report shall be sent to
the Reentry Services Manager and facility commander.
W.5 INMATE CHURCH SERVICES

#15//02
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
W.7
RELIGIOUS HEAD COVERINGS
W.1, W.3, W.5, Religious Land Use and Institutionalized Persons
Act of 2000 (RLUIPA)
PURPOSE
To balance the need for institutional safety and security with an inmate's religious practice of keeping
his or her head covered.
POLICY
The Department recognizes an inmates right to exercise religious beliefs while in custody. Inmates may
profess a religious belief that requires that his or her head be covered as a key component of their
religious practices. Therefore, when an inmate professes such a religious belief, staff shall make all
reasonable efforts to allow the inmate to keep his or her head covered, except where institutional safety
and security concerns dictate otherwise.
PROCEDURE
I.
Religious Head Coverings at Intake

During intake, inmates religious head covering shall be removed and searched as required for
contraband. Staff shall make every reasonable effort to ensure that it is done in a manner that:
A.
B.
C.
Keeps the inmate out of view from other inmates and uninvolved staff.
Allows the inmate to remove the religious head covering in an area of privacy.
Utilizes staff of the same gender as the inmate.
1.
Inmate(s) shall not be permitted to retain their personal religious head coverings
in housing.
2.
To ensure modesty is maintained when an inmates religious head covering is

removed, staff requesting removal of the religious head covering shall be the
same gender as the inmate. Only the necessary number of staff needed to ensure
security shall be present while the inmates head is uncovered.
3.
After ensuring the inmates hair and religious head covering are free of
contraband, weapons, and drugs, with the exception of items submitted into
evidence, the personal religious head covering will be placed in the inmates
property bag.
4.
The deputy will then provide the inmate with a jail-issued religious head covering
of the same color as their issued jail uniform. The inmate shall be allowed to don
the jail issued religious head covering before leaving the private area.
W.7 RELIGIOUS HEAD COVERINGS

#13//09
Page 1 of 2
5.
II.
III.
Staff shall take an additional booking photograph of the inmate wearing the jail
issued religious head covering. A new wristband shall be made utilizing the
photograph of the inmate wearing the jail-issued religious head covering.
Detention Policy and Procedures section I.47 Inmate Identification Wristbands
and Clothing should be adhered to when constructing the new wristband.
Religious Head Coverings Within the Facility

A.
Staff shall permit inmates to wear religious head coverings within the facility. This
includes but is not limited to: inside housing units/modules, while en route to religious
services, court, medical, visits, educational programs, etc. Religious head coverings are
explicitly subject to search for security reasons in the manner aforementioned.
B.
Prior to leaving the module or housing unit, inmates wearing religious head coverings
will have their identity verified by staff of the same gender as the inmate and the religious
head covering will be searched in the manner aforementioned.
Inmates Requesting a Religious Head Covering

A.
Inmates requesting a head covering for religious purposes that did not have one at the
time of booking, shall submit an Inmate Request form (J-21) to the chaplain coordinator.
The chaplain shall interview the inmate to establish that the inmate can articulate the
religious significance between their professed religion and the requested religious head
covering. The chaplain shall ask questions necessary to determine the inmates sincerity
of beliefs, but shall not test for religious proficiency.
B.
As part of reviewing an inmates request for a religious head covering, the chaplain shall
document his/her findings on form J-21 and the form shall be forwarded to the facility
commander for review. The facility commander will review the inmate request and the
chaplains findings. The facility commander shall approve or disapprove the inmate's
request, based on the information presented and any other mitigating factors. An entry
shall be generated documenting the incident in the inmate's JIMS history. The chaplain
coordinator will use the 'Religious' event type and note the item issued in the comments.
C.
The original form J-21 shall be filed in the inmates custody record and a copy given to
the inmate.
D.
If the request for a religious head covering is approved by the facility commander, a
facility chaplain, at the direction of the chaplain coordinator, will provide the inmate with
a jail issued religious head covering of the same color as their jail issued uniform.
E.
Staff shall take an additional booking photograph of the inmate wearing the jail issued
religious head covering. A new wristband shall be made utilizing the photograph of the
inmate wearing the jail-issued religious head covering. Detention Policy and Procedures
section I.47 Inmate Identification Wristbands and Clothing should be adhered to when
constructing the new wristband.
W.7 RELIGIOUS HEAD COVERINGS

#13//09
Page 2 of 2
DATE:
NUMBER:
SUBJECT:
RELATED SECTIONS:
DECEMBER 5, 2013
W.9
APPROVED RELIGIOUS ITEMS
W.1, W.3, W.5, Religious Land Use and Institutionalized Persons
Act of 2000 (RLUIPA)
PURPOSE
To balance the need for institutional safety and security with an inmate's right to exercise their religion
while in custody.
POLICY
The Department recognizes an inmates right to exercise their religious beliefs while in custody. Certain
items for religious use may be provided or allowed for an inmate to possess, or for limited use, upon
facility commander approval and distribution via the chaplain coordinator.
PROCEDURE
Facility chaplains will distribute requested items to inmates at the direction of the chaplain coordinator.
Items approved for distribution include: prayer rugs, head coverings and religious texts. Requests for
additional religious items will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis and will require the approval of the
facility commander.
The facility commander shall approve the request unless the facility commander can articulate that an
inmate's possession of the item presents a legitimate threat to facility safety or security, or interferes
with penalogical goals. All denials shall be recorded in the Jail Information Management System
(JIMS), along with the reason for denial as articulated by the facility commander.
I.
The Inmate Services Division (ISD) will manufacture certain items for inmate use. ISD will
provide each facility with a stock of the items, to be made available to inmates who arrive at the
facility, with said items for exchange. A supply will also be maintained and given to the
chaplain coordinator for distribution upon inmate request. Items provided by ISD:
A.
Prayer Rugs:
The prayer rug is made of a white terry cloth material, with a blue striped edge. The
approximate dimensions are 31 inches x 21 inches.
B.
Head coverings:
Three types of head coverings are made: (2) for males and (1) for females. All head
coverings are made of the same material used for inmate clothing. The coverings are
made in three colors: Blue, Tan and Green.
1.
"Yarmulke" or "Kippah" (Male):

Round, flat skullcap, approximately 7 inches in diameter
W.9 APPROVED RELIGIOUS ITEMS

#13//09
Page 1 of 2
II.
2.
"Kufi" (Male):
A fitted hat style, top approximately 7 inches in diameter
3.
"Khimar" (Female):
A piece of cloth approximately 43 inches x 43 inches. It covers the hair, neck and
shoulders, the face remains visible.
Department Approved Religious Items

When a religious item is approved for use by the facility commander, the facility commander
shall notify the Detention Support Division Captain, who chairs the Detention Policy and
Procedures Committee, and advise of the approved religious item. When this policy section is
updated, the update shall include those items which have been approved. Currently approved
items are as follows:
Tefillin- a set of small black leather boxes and leather straps containing scrolls of parchment
inscribed with verses from the Torah, which are worn by observant Jews during weekday
morning prayers. Inmates shall be allowed access to the use of the tefillin during dayroom hours
but not necessarily in the dayroom itself. Inmates will be kept separate from other inmates while
using the tefillin. When not in use, the tefillin will be stored in the deputy station or other secure
area.
III.
Inmate Transfers and Final Release

Absent misuse, once an inmate has received a specified item for religious use, they will be
allowed to keep it if transferred to another facility. Department approved religious items will be
packaged and labeled separately from the inmate's personal property and stored by the receiving
facility's security staff accordingly. Upon final release, head coverings and prayer rugs will be
taken and sent to laundry for reuse and distribution. All other items will be returned to the
chaplain coordinator's office.
IV.
Jail Information Management System Entry

An entry shall be generated documenting the request in the inmate's history in JIMS. Deputies
will use the 'Religious' event type and note the item issued in the comments.
V.
Disciplinary Process for Removal of Approved Religious Items

A.
Inmate(s) shall not lose their right to exercise religious beliefs for violations of inmate
rules and regulations not associated with their approved religious items.
B.
Inmates found utilizing their approved religious items to secrete contraband, harm
themselves/others, or any other unintended use, may be subject to discipline and/or
criminal action including, but not limited to, loss of use of the religious item(s). Inmate
rules and regulations and law violations should be documented appropriately in a Rule
Violation Report (RVR), Inmate Status Report (ISR), Crime Report, and/or Arrest
Report.
C.
The watch commander or his/her designee shall be notified prior to confiscating an

inmates religious items. An entry must be made into the inmate's JIMS history
documenting the loss of use of the religious item(s).
Page 2 of 2
#13//09

#13//09
Page 3 of 2

San Diego County Sheriff's Detention Service Policy and Procedure Manual

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

San Diego County Sheriff's Detention Service Policy and Procedure Manual

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SAN DIEGO COUNTY

Detention Services Bureau

ADMINISTRATION, ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT

Philosophy, Goals and Policies

Definitions; Policy and Procedure Manual

Review and Endorsement; Policy and Procedure Manual

Numbering System and Format: Policy and Procedure Manual

A.10 Intranet Library of Policies and Procedures

Public Information Plan

NOVEMBER 10, 2015

A.1 PHILOSOPHY, GOALS AND POLICIES

The Detention Services Bureau is comprised of three commands: Detention Operations

Detention Operations Command Area 1 is comprised of the following facilities/units:

The Inmate Processing Division (IPD) is administered by an inmate processing

The East Mesa Reentry Facility (EMRF) is administered by a Sheriffs captain.

The Detention Support Division (DSD) is administered by a Sheriffs captain.

Reentry Services is administered by a reentry manager. The division also

Inmate Welfare Fund

A.3 TABLE OF ORGANIZATION

The Inmate Services Division is administered by an inmate services manager.

Detention Operations Command Area 2 is comprised of the following facilities/units:

The San Diego Central Jail (SDCJ) is administered by a Sheriff's captain.

The South Bay Detention Facility (SBDF) is administered by a Sheriff's

The Las Colinas Detention and Reentry Facility (LCDRF) is administered by a

The Vista Detention Facility (VDF) is administered by a Sheriff's captain.

The Jail Population Management Unit (JPMU) is administered by a Sheriff's

The Prisoner Transportation Detail (PTD) is administered by a Sheriff's

The Detention Operations Command Area 3 is comprised of the following

The Detentions Training Unit (DTU) is administered by a Sheriff's lieutenant.

The Medical Services Division (MSD) is administered by a medical services

The Detention Investigations Unit (DIU) is administered by a Sheriff's lieutenant.

The Food Services Division is administered by a food services manager.

A.3 TABLE OF ORGANIZATION

NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A.5 DEFINITIONS: POLICY AND PROCEDURE MANUAL

NOVEMBER 20, 2015

A lieutenant or sergeant from each detention facility, as selected by the facility

A.7 DSB P&P MANUAL REVIEW, REVISION AND ACCOUNTABILITY

Minor grammatical, typographic and non-substantive changes may be approved

Upon department-wide electronic notification of a policy change or update, facility or

A.7 DSB P&P MANUAL REVIEW, REVISION AND ACCOUNTABILITY

NOVEMBER 20, 2015

Where possible, procedures will be written in generalized terms to apply to all

San Diego Central Jail will use the letter C

No "green sheets" will be placed in this manual, except as a supplement to a

It will be the responsibility of individual commands to prepare their own "green

The manual will use a standard outline format, as follows:

Roman numerals to designate major categories

Capital letters for subjects within categories.

Numbers for sub-sections

Lower case letters for sub-sub sections.

Example (Indent as shown)

Do not use an I if there is no II

Do not use an A if there is no B

Do not use a 1 if there is no 2

A.9 NUMBERING SYSTEM AND FORMAT: P&P MANUAL

Do not use an a if there is no b

TYPING AND PRINTING

Double space between paragraphs, and single space all else.

Date Date of latest revision

Subject Select a title that can be easily found in the Index.

Related Sections List other policy sections related to this section.

A.9 NUMBERING SYSTEM AND FORMAT: P&P MANUAL